<?xml version="1.0"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="fedregister.xsl"?>
<FEDREG xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="FRMergedXML.xsd">
  <VOL>76</VOL>
  <NO>173</NO>
  <DATE>Wednesday, September 7, 2011</DATE>
  <UNITNAME>Contents</UNITNAME>
  <CNTNTS>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Agriculture</EAR>
      <PRTPAGE P="iii"/>
      <HD>Agriculture Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Forest Service</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>55345</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22740</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Animal</EAR>
      <HD>Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Commercial Transportation of Equines to Slaughter,</DOC>
          <PGS>55213-55217</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="4" T="07SER1.sgm">2011-22762</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Centers Disease</EAR>
      <HD>Centers for Disease Control and Prevention</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>55391-55394</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22788</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22790</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22795</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Task Force on Community Preventive Services,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55394</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22801</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Coast Guard</EAR>
      <HD>Coast Guard</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Safety Zones:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Annual Firework Displays within Captain of the Port, Puget Sound Area of Responsibility,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55261</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SER1.sgm">2011-22769</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Corporate Party on Hornblower Yacht, San Francisco, CA,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55261-55264</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="07SER1.sgm">2011-22773</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Commerce</EAR>
      <HD>Commerce Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>International Trade Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Patent and Trademark Office</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>55346-55347</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22860</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Corporation</EAR>
      <HD>Corporation for National and Community Service</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>55367</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22747</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Defense Department</EAR>
      <HD>Defense Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Navy Department</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Federal Acquisition Regulation; Architect-Engineer Qualifications,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55389</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22870</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Delaware</EAR>
      <HD>Delaware River Basin Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Meetings,</DOC>
          <PGS>55368</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22642</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Education</EAR>
      <HD>Education Department</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>President's Board of Advisors on Historically Black Colleges and Universities,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55368-55369</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22859</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Energy Department</EAR>
      <HD>Energy Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Assistance to Foreign Atomic Energy Activities,</DOC>
          <PGS>55278-55288</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="10" T="07SEP1.sgm">2011-22679</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Environmental Management Site-Specific Advisory Board, Nevada,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55370</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22815</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Environmental Management Site-Specific Advisory Board, Savannah River Site,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55369</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22814</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Environmental Protection</EAR>
      <HD>Environmental Protection Agency</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Approvals and Promulgations of Air Quality Implementation Plans:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>West Virginia; Kentucky; Ohio; Huntington-Ashland Nonattainment Area; Determinations of Attainment of 1997 Annual Fine Particulate Standards,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55542-55544</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="07SER3.sgm">2011-22653</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Approvals and Promulgations of Implementation Plans and Designations of Areas for Air Quality Planning Purposes:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Kentucky and Indiana; Louisville; Determination of Attainment by Applicable Attainment Date for 1997 Annual Fine Particulate Standards,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55544-55546</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="07SER3.sgm">2011-22649</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Exemptions from Requirement of Tolerance:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1T,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55268-55272</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="4" T="07SER1.sgm">2011-22868</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Lipase, triacylglycerol,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55264-55268</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="4" T="07SER1.sgm">2011-22844</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Pesticide Tolerances:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Flubendiamide; Technical Amendment,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55272-55273</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SER1.sgm">2011-22866</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Approvals and Promulgations of State Implementation Plans:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Alaska,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55325-55329</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="4" T="07SEP1.sgm">2011-22841</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Pesticide Petitions Filed for Residues of Pesticide Chemicals in or on Various Commodities,</DOC>
          <PGS>55329-55332</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="07SEP1.sgm">2011-22845</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>External Peer Review for Draft Guidance of Applying Quantitative Data to Develop Data-Derived Extrapolation Factors, etc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55384</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22660</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>FIFRA Scientific Advisory Panel,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55381-55384</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22843</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>SFIREG EQI Working Committee,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55380-55381</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22665</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System General Permit:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Denial of Reissuance, Final Beneficial Reuse or Disposal of Municipal Sewage Sludge in Louisiana,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55384-55385</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22837</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Requests to Voluntarily Cancel Certain Pesticide Registrations,</DOC>
          <PGS>55385-55387</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22847</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR/>
      <HD>Executive Office of the President</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Presidential Documents</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Trade Representative, Office of United States</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Farm Credit</EAR>
      <HD>Farm Credit Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act,</DOC>
          <PGS>55387-55388</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-23037</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Aviation</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Aviation Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Establishment of Class E Airspace:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Copperhill, TN,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55232-55233</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SER1.sgm">2011-22315</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Procedures for Protests and Contracts Dispute,</DOC>
          <PGS>55217-55230</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="13" T="07SER1.sgm">2011-22842</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <PRTPAGE P="iv"/>
        <SJ>Special Conditions:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Embraer S.A.; Model EMB 505; Single-Place Side-Facing Lavatory Seat Dynamic Test Requirements,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55230-55232</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="07SER1.sgm">2011-22880</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Standard Instrument Approach Procedures, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle Departure Procedures,</DOC>
          <PGS>55233-55237</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="07SER1.sgm">2011-22444</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="07SER1.sgm">2011-22450</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Airworthiness Directives:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Bombardier, Inc. Model DHC-8-300 Series Airplanes,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55296-55298</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="07SEP1.sgm">2011-22710</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Establishment of Class D and E Airspace and Amendment of Class E Airspace:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Brooksville, FL,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55298-55299</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEP1.sgm">2011-22881</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Special Conditions:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Diamond Aircraft Industries, Model DA-40NG; Electronic Engine Control System,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55293-55296</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="07SEP1.sgm">2011-22890</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Communications</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Communications Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Privacy Act; Systems of Records,</DOC>
          <PGS>55388</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22832</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Radio Broadcasting Services:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>AM or FM Proposals to Change the Community of License,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55388</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22745</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Energy</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>55370-55372</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22712</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Combined Filings,</DOC>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22735</FRDOCBP>
          <PGS>55372-55377</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22736</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22737</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22803</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22807</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22811</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Environmental Assessments; Availability, etc.:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Public Utility District No. 1 of Okanogan County, WA,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55377</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22818</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Initial Market-Based Rate Filings Including Requests for Blanket Section 204 Authorizations:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>AmericaWide Energy, LLC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55378</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22808</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Bellevue Solar, LLC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55377</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22810</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Yamhill Solar, LLC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55378</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22809</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Proposed Restricted Service Lists for Programmatic Agreements:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Alabama Power Co., Alabama Holt Hydroelectric Project,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55378-55379</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22711</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Rate Elections:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Public Service Company of Colorado,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55379</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22816</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Requests Under Blanket Authorizations:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Tennessee Gas Pipeline Co.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55379-55380</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22819</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Staff Attendances:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>California Independent System Operator Corp.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55380</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22817</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Highway</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Highway Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>55458-55459</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22670</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Final Federal Agency Actions on Proposed Highway in Washington,</DOC>
          <PGS>55459</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22742</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Motor</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Qualification of Drivers; Exemption Applications; Diabetes Mellitus,</DOC>
          <PGS>55460-55463</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22755</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Qualification of Drivers; Exemption Applications; Vision,</DOC>
          <PGS>55463-55470</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22753</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22756</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22757</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22758</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Railroad</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Railroad Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Alternate Passenger Rail Service Pilot Program,</DOC>
          <PGS>55335-55343</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="8" T="07SEP1.sgm">2011-22699</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Reserve</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Reserve System</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Capital Plans:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55288-55292</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="4" T="07SEP1.sgm">2011-22912</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Changes in Bank Control:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Acquisitions of Shares of a Bank or Bank Holding Company,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55388</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22836</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Proposals to Engage in Permissible Nonbanking Activities or to Acquire Companies Engaged in Permissible Nonbanking Activities,</DOC>
          <PGS>55388-55389</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22835</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Transit</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Transit Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Limitation on Claims against Proposed Public Transportation Project,</DOC>
          <PGS>55470-55471</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22797</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Fish</EAR>
      <HD>Fish and Wildlife Service</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Proposed Safe Harbor Agreements; Availability:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>California Red-legged Frog, et al., at Palo Corona Regional Park, Monterey County, CA,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55413-55414</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22793</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Food and Drug</EAR>
      <HD>Food and Drug Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Filing of Color Additive Petitions:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>CooperVision, Inc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55321</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEP1.sgm">C2--2011--16089</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Citizen Petitions; Petition for Reconsideration or Stay of Action; Advisory Opinions,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55396-55397</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22857</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Medical Devices; Humanitarian Use Devices,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55394-55396</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22858</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Immunology Devices Panel of the Medical Devices Advisory Committee; Postponement,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55398</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22767</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55397-55398</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22766</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Forest</EAR>
      <HD>Forest Service</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Northern New Mexico Resource Advisory Committee,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55345-55346</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22796</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>General Services</EAR>
      <HD>General Services Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Federal Travel Regulations:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Per Diem,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55273-55275</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="07SER1.sgm">2011-22676</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Federal Acquisition Regulation; Architect-Engineer Qualifications,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55389</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22870</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Health and Human</EAR>
      <HD>Health and Human Services Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Centers for Disease Control and Prevention</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Food and Drug Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>National Institutes of Health</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Guidance on Exculpatory Language in Informed Consent, Draft,</DOC>
          <PGS>55390-55391</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22883</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Peer Review Draft Monograph Panel and Release of Draft NTP Monograph; Postponement,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55391</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22823</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <PRTPAGE P="v"/>
        <SJ>Secretarial Review and Publication of Annual Reports to Congress:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Contracted Consensus-Based Entity Regarding Performance Measurement,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55474-55499</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="25" T="07SEN2.sgm">2011-22624</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Homeland</EAR>
      <HD>Homeland Security Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Coast Guard</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands Transitional Worker Classification,</DOC>
          <PGS>55502-55539</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="37" T="07SER2.sgm">2011-22622</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Housing</EAR>
      <HD>Housing and Urban Development Department</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Funding Awards for Fiscal Year 2010 Transformation Initiative:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Sustainable Communities Research Grant Program,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55403-55404</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22871</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Funding Awards:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Resident Opportunity and Self-Sufficiency Service Coordinators Program, Fiscal Year 2010,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55404-55407</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22874</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Public and Indian Housing Family Self-Sufficiency Program Funding Awards:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Resident Opportunity and Self-Sufficiency Program, Fiscal Year 2010,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55407-55413</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="6" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22872</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Interior</EAR>
      <HD>Interior Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Fish and Wildlife Service</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Land Management Bureau</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Internal Revenue</EAR>
      <HD>Internal Revenue Service</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Definition of Solid Waste Disposal Facilities for Tax-Exempt Bond Purposes; Correction,</DOC>
          <PGS>55255-55256</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SER1.sgm">2011-22738</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SER1.sgm">2011-22739</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Failure to Include Information Required to be Disclosed with Respect to a Reportable Transaction,</DOC>
          <PGS>55256-55260</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="4" T="07SER1.sgm">2011-22853</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Certain Employee Remuneration in Excess of $1,000,000 Under Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m); Correction,</DOC>
          <PGS>55321-55322</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEP1.sgm">2011-22734</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Section 67 Limitations on Estates or Trusts,</DOC>
          <PGS>55322-55325</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="07SEP1.sgm">2011-22732</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>International Trade Adm</EAR>
      <HD>International Trade Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Aerospace Executive Service Trade Mission at Singapore Air Show,</DOC>
          <PGS>55347-55349</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22751</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Extension of Time Limit for Preliminary Results and Partial Rescission of Antidumping Duty Administrative Reviews:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Honey from Argentina,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55349-55350</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22865</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Extension of Time Limit for the Preliminary Results of the New Shipper Review:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Certain Frozen Warmwater Shrimp from the Socialist Republic of Vietnam,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55350-55351</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22852</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Final Results of Expedited First Sunset Reviews of Antidumping Duty Orders:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Artist Canvas from the People's Republic of China,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55351-55352</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22864</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Preliminary Results and Partial Rescissions of Antidumping Duty Administrative Reviews:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Light-Walled Rectangular Pipe and Tube from Mexico,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55352-55357</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="5" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22861</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Preliminary Results of Antidumping Duty Administrative Reviews:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Floor-Standing, Metal-Top Ironing Tables and Certain Parts Thereof from the People's Republic of China,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55357-55362</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="5" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22856</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>International Trade Com</EAR>
      <HD>International Trade Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Investigations:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Certain Dynamic Random Access Memory and NAND Flash Memory Devices and Products Containing Same,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55417-55418</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22799</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Certain LED Photographic Lighting Devices and Components Thereof,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55416-55417</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22798</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Justice Department</EAR>
      <HD>Justice Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Parole Commission</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Federal Bureau of Investigation Anti-Piracy Warning Seal Program,</DOC>
          <PGS>55332-55334</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="07SEP1.sgm">2011-22877</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Lodging of Consent Decrees Under CERCLA,</DOC>
          <PGS>55419</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22786</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Land</EAR>
      <HD>Land Management Bureau</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Alaska Native Claims Selection,</DOC>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22761</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22759</FRDOCBP>
          <PGS>55414-55415</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22760</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Application for Withdrawal and Public Meeting; Oregon; Correction,</DOC>
          <PGS>55415</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22763</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Rio Grande Natural Area Commission,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55416</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22791</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Millenium</EAR>
      <HD>Millennium Challenge Corporation</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Report on Countries that are Candidates for Millennium Challenge Account Eligibility in Fiscal Year 2012, etc.,</DOC>
          <PGS>55419-55421</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22882</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>NASA</EAR>
      <HD>National Aeronautics and Space Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Federal Acquisition Regulation; Architect-Engineer Qualifications,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55389</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22870</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>National Institute</EAR>
      <HD>National Institutes of Health</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Qualitative Feedback on Agency Service Delivery,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55398-55399</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22830</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Center for Scientific Review,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55400-55403</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22822</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22824</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55399-55400</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22826</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22828</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Institute of Dental and Craniofacial Research,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55399</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22829</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55400</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22820</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>National Labor</EAR>
      <HD>National Labor Relations Board</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act,</DOC>
          <PGS>55421</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22986</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>National Oceanic</EAR>
      <HD>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Octopus in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands; Closure,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55276-55277</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SER1.sgm">2011-22846</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Shallow-Water Species Fishery by Vessels Using Trawl Gear in the Gulf of Alaska; Closure,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55276</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SER1.sgm">2011-22709</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Pacific Coast Groundfish:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Secretarial Fishery Management Plan Amendment 1; Public Hearing,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55344</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEP1.sgm">2011-22746</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <PRTPAGE P="vi"/>
        <SJ>Pacific Halibut Fisheries:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Catch Sharing Plan for Guided Sport and Commercial Fisheries in Alaska,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55343</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEP1.sgm">2011-22862</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Customer Surveys,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55362-55363</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22851</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Seafood Inspection and Certification Requirements,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55363</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22850</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Pacific Fishery Management Council,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55363-55364</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22741</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Request for Information:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Technical Inputs etc., for the 2013 U.S. National Climate Assessment Report,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55364</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22743</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>National Science</EAR>
      <HD>National Science Foundation</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act,</DOC>
          <PGS>55422</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-23006</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Navy</EAR>
      <HD>Navy Department</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Board of Visitors of Marine Corps University,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55367-55368</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22785</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Nuclear Regulatory</EAR>
      <HD>Nuclear Regulatory Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Exemptions:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Donald C. Cook Nuclear Plant, Unit 1, Indiana Michigan Power Co.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55422-55423</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22806</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act,</DOC>
          <PGS>55424</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22949</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR/>
      <HD>Office of United States Trade Representative</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Trade Representative, Office of United States</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Parole</EAR>
      <HD>Parole Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act,</DOC>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22564</FRDOCBP>
          <PGS>55419</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22565</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Patent</EAR>
      <HD>Patent and Trademark Office</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Rules for Patent Maintenance Fees,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55364-55367</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22792</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Personnel</EAR>
      <HD>Personnel Management Office</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Technical Amendments to Federal Employees' Retirement System:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Present Value Conversion Factors for Spouses of Deceased Separated Employees; Corrections,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55213</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SER1.sgm">2011-22873</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>CFC-50 Commission; Establishment,</DOC>
          <PGS>55424-55425</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22875</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Postal Regulatory</EAR>
      <HD>Postal Regulatory Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Post Office Closings,</DOC>
          <PGS>55425-55427</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22705</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22805</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Presidential Documents</EAR>
      <HD>Presidential Documents</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROCLAMATIONS</HD>
        <SJ>Special Observances:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Childhood Cancer Awareness Month (Proc. 8705),</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55547-55550</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="07SED2.sgm">2011-23060</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Ovarian Cancer Awareness Month (Proc. 8703),</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55209-55210</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SED0.sgm">2011-22937</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Prostate Cancer Awareness Month (Proc. 8706),</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55551-55552</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SED3.sgm">2011-23062</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Wilderness Month (Proc. 8704),</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55211-55212</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SED1.sgm">2011-22939</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Securities</EAR>
      <HD>Securities and Exchange Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Use of Derivatives by Investment Companies under Investment Company Act of 1940,</DOC>
          <PGS>55237-55255</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="18" T="07SER1.sgm">2011-22724</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Companies Engaged in Business of Acquiring Mortgages and Mortgage-Related Instruments,</DOC>
          <PGS>55300-55308</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="8" T="07SEP1.sgm">2011-22771</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Treatment of Asset-Backed Issuers under the Investment Company Act,</DOC>
          <PGS>55308-55321</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="13" T="07SEP1.sgm">2011-22772</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Applications:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Horizon Technology Finance Corp.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55427-55428</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22770</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act,</DOC>
          <PGS>55428-55429</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22901</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Self-Regulatory Organizations; Proposed Rule Changes:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>C2 Options Exchange, Inc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55440-55441</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22776</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Chicago Board Options Exchange, Inc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55429-55431, 55447-55449</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22774</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22827</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55441-55445</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22764</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22765</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55449-55453</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="4" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22726</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>NASDAQ OMX BX, Inc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55445-55447</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22775</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>NASDAQ OMX PHLX LLC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55438-55440, 55453-55455</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22725</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22777</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>New York Stock Exchange LLC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55432-55434</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22779</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>NYSE Amex LLC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55434-55437</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22781</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22782</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>NYSE Arca, Inc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55431-55432, 55437-55438</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22778</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22780</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Small Business</EAR>
      <HD>Small Business Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>55455-55456</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22721</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Surface Transportation</EAR>
      <HD>Surface Transportation Board</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Abandonment Exemptions; Discontinuance of Service Exemptions:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Pittsburgh and West Virginia Railroad and Wheeling and Lake Erie Railway Co., Allegheny County, PA,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>55471</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22840</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Trade Representative</EAR>
      <HD>Trade Representative, Office of United States</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Trade and Investment Partnership for the Middle East and North Africa,</DOC>
          <PGS>55456-55457</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22804</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Transportation Department</EAR>
      <HD>Transportation Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Federal Aviation Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Federal Highway Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Federal Railroad Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Federal Transit Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Surface Transportation Board</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Maintenance of and Access to Records Pertaining to Individuals; Proposed Exemption,</DOC>
          <PGS>55334-55335</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEP1.sgm">2011-22729</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Rights and Protections Available under Federal Antidiscrimination and Whistleblower Protection Laws,</DOC>
          <PGS>55457-55458</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SEN1.sgm">2011-22802</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Treasury</EAR>
      <HD>Treasury Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Internal Revenue Service</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <PTS>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">Separate Parts In This Issue</HD>
      <HD>Part II</HD>
      <DOCENT>
        <DOC>Health and Human Services Department,</DOC>
        <PGS>55474-55499</PGS>
        <FRDOCBP D="25" T="07SEN2.sgm">2011-22624</FRDOCBP>
      </DOCENT>
      <HD>Part III</HD>
      <DOCENT>
        <DOC>Homeland Security Department,</DOC>
        <PGS>55502-55539</PGS>
        <FRDOCBP D="37" T="07SER2.sgm">2011-22622</FRDOCBP>
      </DOCENT>
      <PRTPAGE P="vii"/>
      <HD>Part IV</HD>
      <DOCENT>
        <DOC>Environmental Protection Agency,</DOC>
        <PGS>55542-55546</PGS>
        <FRDOCBP D="2" T="07SER3.sgm">2011-22653</FRDOCBP>
        <FRDOCBP D="2" T="07SER3.sgm">2011-22649</FRDOCBP>
      </DOCENT>
      <HD>Part V</HD>
      <DOCENT>
        <DOC>Presidential Documents,</DOC>
        <PGS>55547-55552</PGS>
        <FRDOCBP D="3" T="07SED2.sgm">2011-23060</FRDOCBP>
        <FRDOCBP D="1" T="07SED3.sgm">2011-23062</FRDOCBP>
      </DOCENT>
    </PTS>
    <AIDS>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">Reader Aids</HD>
      <P>Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this page for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, reminders, and notice of recently enacted public laws.</P>
      
      <P>To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents LISTSERV electronic mailing list, go to http://listserv.access.gpo.gov and select Online mailing list archives, FEDREGTOC-L, Join or leave the list (or change settings); then follow the instructions.</P>
    </AIDS>
  </CNTNTS>
  <VOL>76</VOL>
  <NO>173</NO>
  <DATE>Wednesday, September 7, 2011</DATE>
  <UNITNAME>Rules and Regulations</UNITNAME>
  <RULES>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="55213"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="F">OFFICE OF PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT</AGENCY>
        <CFR>5 CFR Part 843</CFR>
        <RIN>RIN 3206-AM29</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Technical Amendments to Federal Employees' Retirement System; Present Value Conversion Factors for Spouses of Deceased Separated Employees; Corrections</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Office of Personnel Management.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Correcting amendments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>The Office of Personnel Management published a final rule in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on August 23, 2011, (76 FR 52539) revising the factor at 5 CFR 843.309(b)(2) used to convert a lump sum basic employee death benefit under 5 U.S.C. 8442(b) to 36 installment payments. That change inadvertently stated that the revised factor would apply to deaths occurring on or after October 1, 2004. The revised factor, however, applies to deaths occurring on or after October 1, 2011. Therefore, this document corrects the final regulation by revising this date. Additionally, this document corrects a misspelling in the heading to Appendix A to subpart C of part 843 that was included with the rule.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Effective on September 7, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Roxann Johnson, (202) 606-0299.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>The Office of Personnel Management published a final rule in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on August 23, 2011, (76 FR 52539) that changed the factor at 5 CFR 843.309(b)(2) used to convert a lump sum basic employee death benefit under 5 U.S.C. 8442(b) to 36 installment payments. The rule inadvertently stated that the revised factor at 5 CFR 843.309(b)(2) applies to deaths occurring on or after October 1, 2004. Section 843.309(b)(2) is being corrected to state that the revised factor applies when an employee's death occurs on or after October 1, 2011. Additionally, the misspelling of the word, “deceased” is being corrected in the heading to Appendix A to subpart C of part 843.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 5 CFR Part 843</HD>
          <P>Air traffic controllers, Disability benefits, Firefighters, Government employees, Law enforcement officers, Pensions, Retirement.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <P>Accordingly, 5 CFR part 843 is corrected by making the following correcting amendments:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="843" TITLE="5">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 843—FEDERAL EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT SYSTEM—DEATH BENEFITS AND EMPLOYEE REFUNDS</HD>
          </PART>
        </REGTEXT>
        <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 843 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>5 U.S.C. 8461; §§ 843.205, 843.208, and § 843.209 also issued under 5 U.S.C. 8424; 843.309 also issued under 5 U.S.C. 8442; 843.406 also issued under 5 U.S.C. 8441.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <REGTEXT PART="843" TITLE="5">
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Current and Former Spouse Benefits</HD>
          </SUBPART>
        </REGTEXT>
        <AMDPAR>2. Amend § 843.309 by revising paragraph (b)(2) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 843.309</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Basic employee death benefit.</SUBJECT>
          <STARS/>
          <P>(b) * * *</P>
          <P>(2) For deaths occurring on or after October 1, 2011, 36 equal monthly installments of 3.01643 percent of the amount of the basic employee death benefit.</P>
          <STARS/>
        </SECTION>
        <REGTEXT PART="843" TITLE="5">
          <AMDPAR>3. Revise the Heading of Appendix A to subpart C of part 843 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <APPENDIX>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix A to Subpart C of Part 843—Present Value Conversion Factors for Earlier Commencing Date of Annuities of Current and Former Spouses of Deceased Separated Employees</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <SIG>
            <FP>U.S. Office of Personnel Management.</FP>
            <NAME>John Panagakos,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Manager, Retirement Policy.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </APPENDIX>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-22873 Filed 9-6-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6325-38-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>9 CFR Part 88</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. APHIS-2006-0168]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 0579-AC49</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Commercial Transportation of Equines to Slaughter</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, USDA.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>We are amending the regulations regarding the commercial transportation of equines to slaughter to add a definition of<E T="03">equine for</E>
            <E T="03">slaughter</E>and make other changes that will extend the protections afforded by the regulations to equines bound for slaughter but delivered first to an assembly point, feedlot, or stockyard. This action will further ensure the humane treatment of such equines by helping to ensure that the unique and special needs of equines in commercial transportation to slaughter are met.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>October 7, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Dr. P. Gary Egrie, Farm Animal Welfare Coordinator, VS, APHIS, 4700 River Road Unit 46, Riverdale, MD 20737; (301) 734-0695.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>

        <P>The regulations in 9 CFR part 88 (referred to below as the regulations) contain minimum standards to ensure the humane movement of equines for slaughter via commercial transportation. The regulations cover, among other things, the food, water, and rest provided to such equines prior to their transportation to slaughter, standards for conveyances used to transport equines to slaughter, and certain paperwork required to accompany equines during such transportation. The regulations also require the owner/shipper of the equines to take certain actions to ensure the safety and humane treatment of equines during loading and transportation for slaughter, including seeking immediate assistance from an equine veterinarian for any equine in obvious physical distress. In addition, the regulations prohibit the commercial transportation to slaughtering facilities<PRTPAGE P="55214"/>of equines considered to be unfit for travel, the use of electric prods on equines in commercial transportation to slaughter, and, after December 7, 2006, the use of double-deck trailers for commercial transportation of equines to slaughtering facilities. The regulations were issued pursuant to the provisions of the Federal Agriculture Improvement and Reform Act of 1996 (the Act), in which Congress, recognizing that equines being transported to slaughter have unique and special needs, authorized the Secretary of Agriculture to issue guidelines for the regulation of the commercial transportation of equines for slaughter by persons regularly engaged in that activity in the United States (see 7 U.S.C. 1901 note).</P>
        <P>On November 7, 2007, we published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(72 FR 62798-62802, Docket No. APHIS-2006-0168) a proposed rule<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>to amend the regulations by adding a definition of<E T="03">equine for</E>
          <E T="03">slaughter</E>and make other changes that would extend the protections afforded by the regulations to slaughter equines delivered first to an assembly point, feedlot, or stockyard. We proposed this action to further ensure the humane treatment of such equines by helping to ensure that the unique and special needs of equines in commercial transportation to slaughter are met.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>1</SU>To view the proposed rule, economic analysis, and the comments we received, go to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov/fdmspublic/component/main?main=DocketDetail&amp;d=APHIS-2006-0168.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>We solicited comments concerning our proposal for 60 days ending January 7, 2008. We received 93 comments by that date. They were from private citizens, a State animal industry board, livestock industry associations, horse rescue organizations, animal welfare groups, and a foreign government. Thirty-five commenters supported the rule as proposed. Four commenters opposed the rule but did not address its specific provisions. The remaining commenters raised several issues relating to the proposed rule. These issues are discussed below.</P>
        <P>Several commenters opposed the rule because of the potential for negative economic impacts on those engaged in horse transport but did not discuss specific issues. One of these commenters expressed concern that these potential negative economic impacts could result in horse abandonment.</P>
        <P>We have prepared an analysis of the potential economic effects of the rule, as required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act. Based on that analysis, a summary of which is set forth below,<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>we do not expect that this rule will have a significant economic impact on small entities. Similar concerns about horse abandonment were expressed when the regulations were first adopted in 2001, but horse abandonment did not increase significantly then, and therefore we do not anticipate that horse abandonment will increase as a result of this final rule.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>The complete economic analysis is available on the regulations.gov Web site. See footnote 1 for directions on accessing the Web site.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Seven commenters asked how the regulations would be enforced and expressed concern that enforcement will not be sufficiently aggressive.</P>
        <P>Enforcement is and will continue to be a cooperative effort between the Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS) and State officials. APHIS will take strong measures to ensure that the requirements of the regulations are met and violations prosecuted.</P>
        <P>Two commenters asked why, if the number of entities transporting equines to slaughter is under 100, APHIS did not work with them to gain voluntary compliance.</P>
        <P>APHIS has worked, and continues to work, with owner/shippers to gain compliance with the regulations. However, as a result of the closure of slaughter facilities that handle equines in the United States, there is an increased need to transport the equines to intermediate points before transporting them to slaughter facilities. Therefore the risk for those equines being treated inhumanely has increased as well. For reasons that are elaborated in the final regulatory flexibility analysis, we believe that most transporters to and from intermediate points are already in compliance with most or all of the rule's requirements on a voluntary basis. However, we also need regulatory options to address the owner/shippers who have chosen not to transport them humanely.</P>
        <P>One commenter requested that the terms “assembly point,” “feedlot,” and “stockyard” be defined in the regulations to improve clarity.</P>
        <P>We agree with the commenter and will add definitions for these terms to the regulations. Those terms are set forth in the regulatory text at the end of this document and are intended to be consistent with common industry and dictionary definitions of those terms as well as with the definitions established by the Grain Inspection, Packers, and Stockyards Administration in 9 CFR part 201.</P>
        <P>One commenter stated that the definition of “shipper” is too narrow and will exempt commercial shipments of equines to slaughter when those shipments are incidental to the primary activity of production agriculture.</P>
        <P>APHIS disagrees that the definition is too narrow. The definition specifies that for purposes of these regulations, “production agriculture” means food or fiber production. Therefore, any entity that moves more than 20 equines to slaughter annually is subject to the regulations, regardless of that entity's primary line of business. We did not propose to amend the definition of “owner/shipper” already established in the regulations and are making no changes in response to this comment.</P>
        <P>Several commenters asked for changes to the definition for<E T="03">equine for</E>
          <E T="03">slaughter.</E>Some of these commenters stated that the term should exclude equines moving from premises of origin to a market or assembly point. Others asked that the definition be expanded to include equines moving to auctions specifically.</P>
        <P>These suggested modifications are not consistent with the definition in the Act. We are making no changes in response to these comments.</P>
        <P>One commenter stated that because there are no equine slaughter facilities in the United States at this time, the rule will not accomplish anything.</P>
        <P>The commenter is correct that there are currently no equine slaughter facilities in the United States, but equines are still being sent to slaughter in Mexico and Canada. These animals need protection on their way to the border. Furthermore, while some States have banned horse slaughter, not all have done so, and the possibility exists that slaughter facilities that handle equines may open in the future.</P>
        <P>Three commenters stated a certificate of veterinary inspection and a negative equine infectious anemia (EIA) test chart may not be reliable evidence that an equine is not for slaughter.</P>
        <P>We agree with the commenters, but note that there are other ways to tell if an equine is for slaughter; for example, horses come away from sales designated as slaughter animals on the bill of sale. We have never used the presence or absence of certificates of veterinary inspection or EIA test charts as the sole means of identifying slaughter equines.</P>

        <P>One commenter stated that the same penalties that apply to owner/shippers who falsify documents such as certificates of veterinary inspection and EIA test charts should also apply to veterinarians who provide falsified documents.<PRTPAGE P="55215"/>
        </P>
        <P>APHIS notes that the same penalties already do apply to both owner/shippers and veterinarians who provide falsified documents.</P>
        <P>One commenter stated that the regulations should be extended to prohibit the transport of heavily pregnant mares, and that owner/shippers should be automatically considered in violation of the regulations if a mare gives birth in transit.</P>
        <P>APHIS notes that the regulations already provide these protections to heavily pregnant mares. The owner/shipper certificate must include a statement of fitness to travel at the time of loading, which will indicate that the equine is able to bear weight on all four limbs, is able to walk unassisted, is not blind in both eyes, is older than 6 months of age, and is not likely to give birth during the trip. These certificates are subject to review by a United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) representative and the USDA representative may direct the owner/shipper to take appropriate actions to alleviate the suffering of any equine.</P>
        <P>One commenter stated that if an equine arrives at a slaughter facility or United States border crossing with an injury that should have prevented the equine from being transported, the owner/shipper should be found in violation of the regulations and subject to civil penalties.</P>
        <P>APHIS notes that this is already the case. As we described above in reference to heavily pregnant mares, the owner/shipper certificate must include a statement of fitness to travel, and these certificates are subject to review by USDA representatives, who may direct the owner/shipper to take appropriate action to alleviate the suffering of any equine.</P>
        <P>One commenter asked how APHIS defines inhumane treatment, and whether it was different for equines than for other livestock. Another commenter asked for elaboration as to why double-deck trailers specifically are considered a source of injury or discomfort to equines.</P>
        <P>For purposes of this regulation, APHIS considers inhumane treatment to mean actions that result in the infliction of pain, discomfort, or distress on equines for slaughter. There is a sizeable body of evidence, including studies in peer-reviewed journals, showing that significantly more equines are injured during transport in double-deck trailers than in single-deck trailers.<SU>3</SU>
          <FTREF/>Double-deck trailers do not provide adequate headroom for adult equines, which may acquire cuts and abrasions on the tops of their heads. Because equines cannot stand in a normal position with their heads raised, they cannot maintain balance as easily and may suffer injuries from falling. In addition, ramps used to load animals onto double-deck trailers are at a relatively steep angle. While other species of animal, such as sheep, can maneuver the ramps without incident, equines frequently sustain injuries from being forced up and down the steep inclines. Because of their long legs and relatively high center of gravity, equines injure their withers and heads when they jump for the small opening at the top of a ramp leading out of a double-deck trailer.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>3</SU>See,<E T="03">e.g.,</E>C.L. Stull, “Responses of Horses to Trailer Design, Duration, and Floor Area During Commercial Transportation to Slaughter,”<E T="03">J. Anim. Sci.</E>77:2925-2933; Temple Grandin,<E T="03">Livestock Handling and Transport</E>(CABI, 2007), 257.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>One commenter asked if APHIS had considered issuing more specific guidelines for trailer design specifications rather than banning double-deck trailers outright.</P>
        <P>As we explained above, there is a significant body of evidence indicating that many more equines are injured during transport in double-deck trailers than in single-deck trailers. The overpasses on most U.S. interstate highways are between 14- to 16-feet high. A tall equine can be 8 feet tall to the top of its head when standing on all four legs and close to 12 feet tall when rearing. Therefore, we believe that no conveyance is capable, under normal circumstances, of traversing most U.S. highways while carrying equines standing in a normal postural position on two or more stacked levels. Moreover, even if a route was chosen that did not involve passage under overpasses, a conveyance tall enough to transport equines standing in a normal postural position on two or more stacked levels would be extremely top-heavy and prone to tipping. For these reasons we do not believe that equines can be safely and humanely transported on a conveyance that has an animal cargo space divided into two or more stacked levels.</P>
        <P>One commenter stated that the proposed ban on electric prods is inappropriate without solid scientific evidence to support it.</P>
        <P>We did not propose to ban the use of electric prods on equines for slaughter. The regulations already provide that electric prods may not be used on equines for slaughter except when human safety is threatened.</P>
        <P>A number of commenters requested changes outside the scope of the current rulemaking. These changes included adding certification requirements for owner/shippers, adding inspection requirements, and increasing recordkeeping requirements. These changes, if undertaken, would have to be part of a separate rulemaking and made available for public comment before being adopted.</P>
        <P>Many commenters suggested banning the use of double-deck trailers for transport of all equines, restricting shipments of equines to Mexico and Canada, establishing a complete ban on the use of electric prods, and outlawing slaughter of equines in the United States. These suggested actions are outside APHIS' statutory authority.</P>
        <P>Therefore, for the reasons given in the proposed rule and in this document, we are adopting the proposed rule as a final rule, with the changes discussed in this document.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 and Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
        <P>This final rule has been determined to be significant for the purposes of Executive Order 12866 and, therefore, has been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget.</P>

        <P>We have prepared an economic analysis for this rule. The economic analysis provides a cost-benefit analysis, as required by Executive Orders 12866 and 13563, which direct agencies to assess the costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and to select regulatory approaches that maximize benefits, reduce costs, harmonize rules across agencies, and promote flexibility. The economic analysis also analyzes the potential economic effects of this action on small entities, as required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act. The analysis is summarized below. Copies of the full analysis are available by contacting the person listed under<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>or on the<E T="03">Regulations.gov</E>Web site (see footnote 1 above for instructions for accessing<E T="03">Regulations.gov</E>).</P>
        <P>This final rule amends the regulations regarding the commercial transportation of equines to slaughter by making equines delivered to intermediate points en route to slaughter subject to the same regulations as those moved directly to slaughtering establishments. The purpose of the rule is to ensure the humane treatment of equines bound for slaughter that are moved first to an assembly point, feedlot, or stockyard.</P>

        <P>The regulations require that the equines have access to food, water and the opportunity to rest for at least 6 hours prior to transit and following 28consecutive hours or more of transit; adequate space during transit to prevent injury or discomfort; segregation of<PRTPAGE P="55216"/>stallions or other aggressive equines; use of electric prods only in life-threatening situations; and certification of each equine's fitness to travel, including notation of any special handling needs.</P>
        <P>Since 2007, no commercial equine slaughter facilities have operated in the United States. However, the amended regulations will apply to entities that transport equines within the United States for slaughter in Canada or Mexico. Shippers who transport equines from farms or feedlots to intermediate points en route to slaughter are likely to be largely in regulatory compliance voluntarily. They have an incentive to provide the animals with food, water, and care as required by the regulations because healthy equines have increased slaughter value.</P>
        <P>The rule will ban the use of double-deck trailers, as is currently the case when equines are transported directly to slaughter. Double-deck trailers have a greater carrying capacity (45 equines) than single-deck trailers (38 equines). Fewer equines per conveyance will mean increased transportation costs on a per animal basis. Commercial transporters typically charge a flat rate per shipment, and should be little affected by the ban on double-deck trailers. However, businesses that rely on their own or hired double-deck trailers to transport equines will be negatively affected by the reduced number of animals that can be transported per trip. Notwithstanding the prevalence of small entities among businesses that may be affected, the effects of the rule are expected to be relatively minor.</P>
        <P>Under these circumstances, the Administrator of the Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service has determined that this action will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Executive Order 12372</HD>
        <P>This program/activity is listed in the Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance under No. 10.025 and is subject to Executive Order 12372, which requires intergovernmental consultation with State and local officials. (See 7 CFR part 3015, subpart V.)</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Executive Order 12988</HD>
        <P>This final rule has been reviewed under Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform. This rule: (1) Preempts all State and local laws and regulations that are in conflict with this rule; (2) has no retroactive effect; and (3) does not require administrative proceedings before parties may file suit in court challenging this rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Executive Order 13175</HD>

        <P>In accordance with Executive Order 13175, APHIS has consulted with Tribal Government officials. A tribal summary impact statement has been prepared that includes a summary of Tribal officials' concerns and of how APHIS has attempted to address them. The tribal summary impact statement may be viewed on the Regulations.gov Web site (see<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov/fdmspublic/component/main?main=DocketDetail&amp;d=APHIS-2006-0168</E>). In addition, copies may be obtained by calling or writing to the individual listed under<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT.</E>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>

        <P>In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501<E T="03">et seq.</E>), the information collection or recordkeeping requirements included in this rule have been approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under OMB control number 0579-0332.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">E-Government Act Compliance</HD>
        <P>The Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service is committed to compliance with the E-Government Act to promote the use of the Internet and other information technologies, to provide increased opportunities for citizen access to Government information and services, and for other purposes. For information pertinent to E-Government Act compliance related to this rule, please contact Mrs. Celeste Sickles, APHIS' Information Collection Coordinator, at (301) 851-2908.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 9 CFR Part 88</HD>
          <P>Animal welfare, Horses, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Transportation.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>Accordingly, we are amending 9 CFR part 88 as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="88" TITLE="9">
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 88—COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION OF EQUINES FOR SLAUGHTER</HD>
          </SUBPART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 88 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>7 U.S.C. 1901, 7 CFR 2.22, 2.80, 371.4.</P>
          </AUTH>
          

          <AMDPAR>2. Section 88.1 is amended by adding, in alphabetical order, new definitions for “<E T="03">assembly point”,</E>“<E T="03">equine for slaughter”,</E>“<E T="03">feedlot”,</E>and “<E T="03">stockyard”</E>to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 88.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Assembly point.</E>Any facility, including auction markets, ranches, feedlots, and stockyards, in which equines are gathered in commerce.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Equine for slaughter.</E>Any member of the Equidae family being transferred to a slaughter facility, including an assembly point, feedlot, or stockyard.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Feedlot.</E>Any facility which consolidates livestock for preconditioning, feeding, fattening, or holding before being sent to slaughter.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Stockyard.</E>Any place, establishment, or facility commonly known as stockyards, conducted, operated, or managed for profit or nonprofit as a public market for livestock producers, feeders, market agencies, and buyers, consisting of pens, or other enclosures, and their appurtenances, in which live cattle, sheep, swine, horses, mules, or goats are received, held, or kept for sale or shipment in commerce.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="88" TITLE="9">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 88.2</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>3. In § 88.2, paragraph (b) is amended by removing the words “equines to a slaughtering facility” and adding the words “equines for slaughter” in their place.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="88" TITLE="9">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 88.3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>4. Section 88.3 is amended as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>a. In paragraph (a) introductory text, by removing the words “equines to slaughtering facilities” and adding the words “equines for slaughter” in their place.</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>b. In paragraph (b), by removing the words “Equines in commercial transportation to slaughtering facilities” and adding the words “Equines for slaughter” in their place.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="88" TITLE="9">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 88.4</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>5. Section 88.4 is amended as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>a. In paragraph (a) introductory text, by removing the words “equines to a slaughtering facility” and adding the words “equines for slaughter” in their place.</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>b. In paragraph (a)(3) introductory text, by removing the words “transit to the slaughtering facility” and adding the words “transit to slaughter” in their place.</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>c. In paragraph (b) introductory text, by removing the words “transit to the slaughtering facility” and adding the words “commercial transportation of equines for slaughter” in their place.</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>d. In paragraph (b)(4), by removing the words “equine to the slaughtering facility” and adding the words “equines for slaughter” in their place.</AMDPAR>

          <AMDPAR>e. In paragraph (c), by removing the words “equines in commercial<PRTPAGE P="55217"/>transportation to a slaughtering facility” both times they occur and adding the words “equines for slaughter” in their place.</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>f. In paragraphs (d) and (e), by removing the words “equines to a slaughtering facility” both times they occur and adding the words “equines for slaughter” in their place.</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>g. By adding an OMB citation at the end of the section to read “(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control numbers 0579-0160 and 0579-0332)”.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Done in Washington, DC, this 30th day of August 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Edward Avalos,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Under Secretary for Marketing and Regulatory Programs.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-22762 Filed 9-6-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3410-34-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 17</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2010-0840; Amdt. No. 17-1]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 2120-AJ82</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Procedures for Protests and Contracts Dispute</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This action updates, simplifies, and streamlines the current regulations governing the procedures for bid protests brought against the FAA and contract disputes brought against or by the FAA. It also adds a voluntary dispute avoidance and early resolution process. This action ensures the regulations reflect the changes that have evolved since they were first implemented in 1999. The intended effect of this action is to further improve the protest and dispute process.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Effective October 7, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>For information on where to obtain copies of rulemaking documents and other information related to this final rule, see the How To Obtain Additional Information section of this document.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Marie A. Collins, Senior Attorney and Dispute Resolution Officer, FAA Office of Dispute Resolution for Acquisition, AGC-70, Room 8332, Federal Aviation Administration, 400 7th Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590, telephone (202) 366-6400.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking and Background</HD>
        <P>In 1995 Congress, through the Department of Transportation Appropriations Act,<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>directed the FAA “to develop and implement, not later than April 1, 1996, an acquisition management system that addressed the unique needs of the agency and, at a minimum, provided for more timely and cost effective acquisitions of equipment and materials.” The Act instructed the FAA to design the system, notwithstanding provisions of Federal acquisition law, and to not use certain provisions of Federal acquisition law. In response, the FAA developed the Acquisition Management System (AMS) for the management of FAA procurement. The AMS included a system of policy guidance that maximized the use of agency discretion in the interest of best business practices. As a part of the AMS, the FAA created the Office of Dispute Resolution for Acquisition (ODRA) to facilitate the Administrator's review of procurement protests and contract disputes. In a 1996 notice<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, the FAA announced the creation of the ODRA and stated the agency would promulgate rules of procedure governing the dispute resolution process.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>Public Law 104-50, 109 Stat. 436 (November 15, 1995).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>61 FR 24348; May 14, 1996.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>In August 1998, the FAA issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM)<SU>3</SU>
          <FTREF/>that proposed regulations under 14 CFR part 17 for the conduct of protests and contract disputes under the FAA AMS. The comment period for the NPRM closed on October 26, 1998. On June 18, 1999,<SU>4</SU>
          <FTREF/>the FAA published the final rule entitled, Procedures for Protests and Contract Disputes; Amendment of Equal Access to Justice Act Regulations, which codified (effective June 28, 1999) the procedures governing the dispute resolution process. On August 31, 1999, the FAA published a document<SU>5</SU>
          <FTREF/>that made certain corrections to the June 1999 final rule.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>3</SU>63 FR 45372; August 25, 1998.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>4</SU>64 FR 32926; June 18, 1999.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>5</SU>64 FR 47361; August 31, 1999.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>In addition to the rules of procedures, ODRA operates pursuant to delegations of authority from the Administrator. In a memorandum signed by the Administrator on July 29, 1998 (1998 Delegation),<SU>6</SU>
          <FTREF/>the Administrator generally authorized the ODRA through its Director to provide dispute resolution services including administrative adjudication of all bid protests and contract disputes under the AMS. The 1998 Delegation further provided that all final decisions must be executed by the Administrator. The 1998 Delegation was expanded by a Delegation dated March 27, 2000 (2000 Delegation), which provided additional authority to the ODRA Director “to execute and issue, on behalf of the Administrator, Orders and Final Decisions for the Administrator in all matters within the ODRA's jurisdiction valued at not more than $1 Million.”<SU>7</SU>
          <FTREF/>The 2000 Delegation was superseded by a Delegation of Authority from the Administrator, dated March 10, 2004 (2004 Delegation), which increased the dollar limit of the final decisional authority of the ODRA Director from $1 Million to $5 Million.<SU>8</SU>
          <FTREF/>The 2004 Delegation was superseded by another Delegation of Authority dated March 31, 2010 (2010 Delegation), which increased the dollar limit of the final decisional authority of the ODRA Director from $5 Million to $10 Million.<SU>9</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>6</SU>The FAA published the text of the delegations set forth in the July 29, 1998 memorandum in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(see 63 FR 49151; September 14, 1998).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>7</SU>65 FR 19958-01; April 13, 2000.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>8</SU>69 FR 17469-02; April 2, 2004.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>9</SU>The 2010 Delegation was issued by the Administrator in a memorandum dated March 31, 2010. Although the FAA has not yet published the text of the memorandum in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, the public can view the memorandum itself at<E T="03">http://www.faa.gov/about/office_org/headquarters_offices/agc/pol_adjudication/agc70/odra_process/</E>.</P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>Congress provided further confirmation about the FAA's dispute resolution authority in the Vision 100-Century of Aviation Reauthorization Act of 2003 (2003 Reauthorization Act),<E T="03">see</E>Public Law 108-176, § 224(b), 117 Stat. 2490, 2528 (codified as amended at 49 U.S.C. 40110(d)(4)), which confirmed the ODRA's exclusive jurisdiction. Specifically, the 2003 Reauthorization Act expressly provided at Subsection (b)(2)(4) under the title “Adjudication of Certain Bid Protests and Contract Disputes,” that “[a] bid protest or contract dispute that is not addressed or resolved through alternative dispute resolution shall be adjudicated by the Administrator, through Dispute Resolution Officers or Special Masters of the Federal Aviation Administration Office of Dispute Resolution for Acquisition, acting pursuant to Sections 46102, 46104, 46105, 46106 and 46107 and shall be subject to judicial review under Section 46110 and Section 504 of Title 5.”</P>

        <P>The ODRA dispute resolution procedures encourage the parties to<PRTPAGE P="55218"/>protests and contract disputes to use Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) as the primary means to resolve protests and contract disputes, pursuant to the Administrative Dispute Resolution Act of 1996 (“ADRA”), Public Law 104-320, 5 U.S.C. 570-579, and in consonance with Department of Transportation and FAA policies to maximize the use of ADR to the extent possible. Under these procedures, the ODRA actively encourages the parties to consider ADR techniques such as case evaluation, mediation, arbitration, or other types of ADR. In this regard, on October 15, 2001, the FAA published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>Final Guidance (66 FR 52475) for the use of binding arbitration for purposes of resolving bid protests and contract disputes relating to procurements and contracts under the FAA AMS after receiving the concurrence of the Attorney General in accordance with Section 575 of the ADRA. Additionally, the ODRA developed an informal pre-dispute process, which provides voluntary dispute avoidance services that are available to parties upon request.</P>
        <P>On January 12, 2011, the FAA published the Procedures for Protests and Contracts Dispute NPRM,<SU>10</SU>
          <FTREF/>which proposed to update, simplify and streamline the procedures for bid protests against the FAA and contract disputes brought against or by the FAA. The NPRM had a 60-day comment period, which ended March 14, 2011.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>10</SU>76 FR 2035; January 12, 2011.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Statement of the Problem</HD>
        <P>Since the issuance of the FAA's rules of procedure more than 10 years ago, the ODRA's statutory and regulatory authorities for conducting a dispute resolution process evolved, along with the body of case law interpreting those rules. The ODRA's implementation of these rules of procedure also resulted in the identification of procedural issues in need of clarification to provide uniform guidance. The ODRA further identified certain aspects of the rules that need revision to reflect evolving practices at the ODRA, as well as evolving dispute resolution practices in general. An example of such practices is the increased emphasis on early intervention and dispute avoidance efforts.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Overview of Final Rule</HD>
        <P>In order to address the changing environment with respect to the FAA's dispute resolution process, the agency adopts the rules proposed in the Procedures for Protests and Contracts Dispute NPRM it published on January 12, 2011. Today's final rule revises part 17 to incorporate the ODRA's evolving practices; reflect the availability of a pre-dispute process; reorganize and streamline the rules for ease of use; and harmonize the existing part 17 rules with current statutory and other authority.</P>
        <P>The final rule reorganizes and consolidates for ease of use the current part 17 procedures for adjudicating protests and contract disputes. The procedures related to the adjudicative process for protests and for contract disputes that are currently in subpart E are now included in subpart B and subpart C, respectively. The finality and review provisions have been moved from subpart F to subpart E.</P>
        <P>Also, today's final rule includes streamlined procedures, as well as expanded coverage in areas where guidance was lacking or a process has evolved over time. Examples of expanded coverage include the addition of a section on the confidentiality of ADR (§ 17.39) and a section for filing requests for reconsideration (§ 17.47). In addition, new sections have been added to subpart F to address “other matters” like sanctions and professional conduct. Further, new subpart G has been added to address procedures for filing pre-disputes.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Summary of the NPRM</HD>

        <P>The NPRM proposed to update, simplify, and streamline the FAA's regulations governing the procedures for bid protests brought against the FAA and contract disputes brought against or by the FAA. It also proposed to add a voluntary dispute avoidance and early resolution process. The FAA published the NPRM in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on January 12, 2011 with a 60-day comment period. The comment period ended on March 14, 2011. No comments were received to the rulemaking docket. You may refer to the NPRM for further details.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion of Final Rule</HD>
        <P>A discussion, organized by subpart, and excluding minor editorial revisions and clarifications, of the adopted changes to 14 CFR part 17, follows. Additionally, even though we received no comments, the FAA has made non-substantive editorial and clarifying changes to the NPRM which are explicitly identified below.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Subpart A—General</HD>
        <P>Subpart A is revised as noted below.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Definitions (§ 17.3)</HD>
        <P>The following new definitions are added to this section: Adjudicative Process, Default Adjudicative Process, Counsel, Contractor, Legal Representative, and Pre-disputes. An additional editorial change was made to correct the sentence structure of paragraph (s) by relocating the phrase “of the parties.”</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Filing and Computation of Time (§ 17.7)</HD>
        <P>Paragraph (c) is revised to clarify that “other days on which Federal Government offices in Washington, DC are not open” is an excluded timeframe in calculating time limits for filings. In addition, paragraph (d) is added to allow the use of electronic filing where permitted by the ODRA.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Protective Orders (§ 17.9)</HD>
        <P>Paragraph (d) is revised to explain the type of sanctions that could be imposed if a protective order is violated.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Subpart B—Protests</HD>
        <P>In subpart B, current § 17.21 (Protest remedies) is renumbered as § 17.23, and the Adjudicative process for protests section that is currently in subpart E is moved to § 17.21.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Filing a Protest (§ 17.15)</HD>
        <P>Paragraph (d)(2) is revised to make clear the standard of review for a request for a suspension or delay of the procurement. Also, paragraph (d)(3) is added to explain the possible consequences of protesters” failure to provide appropriate supporting documentation in their requests to suspend a procurement or contract performance. An additional editorial change was made to correct the sentence structure of paragraph (a)(1) by relocating the phrase “SIR or solicitation,” and to paragraph (d)(4) by substituting the word “That” for “Whether.”</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Initial Protest Procedures (§ 17.17)</HD>

        <P>In § 17.17(a), the timeframes for responding to a request for a suspension or delay of the procurement are revised according to the established ODRA practice of granting an extension until the date of the initial status conference. In § 17.17(b), the purpose of the initial status conference is clarified. In § 17.17(c), the requirement that parties file a joint statement about whether they are pursuing ADR, and the adjudication timeframes that automatically begin when no ADR is contemplated are removed. An additional editorial change was made to correct the sentence structure by substituting the word “If” for “Should” in paragraphs (d) and (e).<PRTPAGE P="55219"/>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Motions Practice and Dismissal or Summary Decision of Protests (§ 17.19)</HD>
        <P>Paragraph (a) is revised to clarify the use of appropriate motions for dismissal or summary decision of protests and the ODRA's standard of review for such motions. Paragraph (d) is revised to clarify when such a decision is construed as a final agency order. An additional editorial change was made to provide consistency with § 17.31(a) which states the same standard in a more concise manner.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Adjudicative Process for Protests (§ 17.21)</HD>

        <P>In addition to moving the procedures for the Adjudicative Process for protests from current § 17.37 of subpart E to proposed § 17.21 of subpart B, this section is revised to more fully address the management of the discovery process and the type of discovery that is authorized. This section further is revised to delineate the ODRA's standard of review for protests, the development of the administrative record, and under what circumstances<E T="03">ex parte</E>communications are permitted in protests. In addition, the revisions to this section address the procedures for preparing and issuing the ODRA's findings and recommendations and final FAA order. An additional editorial change was made for clarification by replacing the words “to pursue” with “for.”</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Protest Remedies (§ 17.23)</HD>
        <P>Paragraph (b) of this section is revised to identify the factors the ODRA considers in determining an appropriate remedy.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Subpart C—Contract Disputes</HD>
        <P>In subpart C, current §§ 17.23, 17.25, 17.27, and 17.29 are renumbered as §§ 17.25, 17.27, 17.29 and 17.31, respectively. Section 17.33 (Adjudicative process for contract disputes), which has been moved from current § 17.39 of subpart E, is added to proposed subpart C. Also, the requirement in current § 17.27 (Submission of joint or separate statements) is deleted. An additional editorial change was made to correct the sentence structure in § 17.21 (p) by substituting the words “if” for “should” and “be” for “was.” An additional editorial change was made to delete the redundant phrase “or more.”</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Filing a Contract Dispute (§ 17.25)</HD>
        <P>Paragraph (a) is revised to provide additional guidance on the information to be included in the contract dispute. Paragraph (e) is added to state the ODRA retains the discretion to modify any timeframe established by the regulations in connection to contract disputes.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Informal Resolution Period (§ 17.29)</HD>
        <P>This section is revised to conform to current practice regarding the informal resolution process. This includes clarifications related to scheduling and assigning a potential neutral for ADR.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Dismissal or Summary Decision of Contract Disputes (§ 17.31)</HD>
        <P>Section 17.31 is revised to clarify the standard for requesting a dismissal or summary decision, and the process for responding to and issuing a decision on a request for dismissal or summary decision. This section also is revised to clarify when such a decision is to be construed as a final agency order.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Adjudicative Process for Contract Disputes (§ 17.33)</HD>

        <P>In addition to moving this section from current § 17.39 of subpart E, § 17.33 is revised to clarify that the process for submitting the Dispute File applies to cases initiated by the contractor or alternatively by the FAA. Also, it is revised to more fully explain what documents will be admitted into the administrative record and the timeframes for responding to written discovery. Further, the section is revised to streamline the requirements for final submissions. Additionally, the revisions state that the ODRA must conduct a de novo review using the preponderance of the evidence standard, unless a different standard is required. The revisions also identify the circumstances under which<E T="03">ex parte</E>communications are permitted in contract disputes. An additional editorial change was made to § 17.33 (g)(1) to delete the unnecessary phrase “to resolve the dispute.”</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Subpart D—Alternative Dispute Resolution</HD>

        <P>The current sections under subpart D are renumbered from §§ 17.31 and 17.33 to §§ 17.35 and 17.37, respectively. Also, a new § 17.39 (Confidentiality of ADR) is added to provide for the applicability of the Administrative Dispute Resolution Act of 1996, 5 U.S.C. 571<E T="03">et seq.,</E>and to clarify how ADR communications are treated. Further, current § 17.35 (Selection of neutrals for the alternative dispute resolution process) is deleted. An additional editorial correction was made to § 17.37 (e) to delete the word “informal.” An additional revision was made to § 17.39 (c) to reflect current practice permitting the parties to agree to include ADR communications in the administrative record.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Subpart E—Finality and Review</HD>
        <P>As noted previously, §§ 17.37 and 17.39 of current subpart E (Default Adjudicative Process) is moved to subparts B (§ 17.21) and C (§ 17.33), respectively. In today's final rule, the requirements in current subpart F (Finality and Review—§§ 17.41, 17.43, and 17.45) are moved to subpart E. Also, § 17.47 (Reconsideration) is added to subpart E to provide the timeframe for filing requests for reconsideration and to state the standard for reconsideration according to ODRA precedent.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Subpart F—Other Matters</HD>
        <P>Subpart F is revised to add sections covering sanctions, decorum and professional conduct, the use of orders and subpoenas for testimony and document production, and Standing Orders of the ODRA Director.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Subpart G—Pre-Disputes</HD>
        <P>A new subpart (subpart G) is added. This subpart makes clear that the pre-dispute process applies to all potential disputes arising under contracts or solicitations with the FAA. Also, it sets forth the process for filing a pre-dispute. Further, it clarifies the non-binding voluntary nature of the pre-dispute process and that it is subject to the confidentiality requirements of § 17.39.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Appendix A to Part 17—Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR)</HD>
        <P>Appendix A is revised to eliminate the description of “Minitrial” and to add a provision that addresses and clarifies the use of binding arbitration.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Notices and Analyses</HD>

        <P>Changes to Federal regulations must undergo several economic analyses. First, Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct that each Federal agency shall propose or adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned determination that the benefits of the intended regulation justify its costs. Second, the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-354) requires agencies to analyze the economic impact of regulatory changes on small entities. Third, the Trade Agreements Act (Pub. L. 96-39) prohibits agencies from setting standards that create unnecessary obstacles to the foreign commerce of the United States. In developing U.S. standards, this Trade Act requires agencies to consider international standards and, where appropriate, that they be the basis of U.S. standards. Fourth, the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4) requires agencies to prepare a written assessment of the costs, benefits, and other effects of proposed or final rules that include<PRTPAGE P="55220"/>a Federal mandate likely to result in the expenditure by State, local, or tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million or more annually (adjusted for inflation with base year of 1995). This portion of the preamble summarizes the FAA's analysis of the economic impact of the final rule.</P>
        <P>Department of Transportation Order DOT 2100.5 prescribes policies and procedures for simplification, analysis, and review of regulations. If the expected cost impact is so minimal that a proposed or final rule does not warrant a full evaluation, this order permits that a statement to that effect and the basis for it to be included in the preamble if a full regulatory evaluation of the costs and benefits is not prepared. Such a determination has been made for this final rule.</P>
        <P>The reasoning for this determination follows: Under the FAA's Acquisition Management System, the Office of Dispute Resolution for Acquisition (ODRA) manages the dispute resolution process, including administrative adjudication of all procurement protests and contract disputes. This final rule simplifies and clarifies the current part 17 regulations under which ODRA operates, including clarifying language and definitions, reorganization and consolidation of certain sections, and simplification and clarification of certain procedures such as filing requirements. These changes will make it easier (less costly) to use the dispute resolution process.</P>
        <P>In addition, the final rule is updated to incorporate changes in statutory authority and additional authority delegated by the Administrator to ODRA (these changes will have no effect on expected costs). The rulemaking also will codify a voluntary dispute avoidance and early resolution process that ODRA is already using. The voluntary process is inherently less costly than the more formal dispute resolution process. The FAA expects that codification of the voluntary process will increase its use, thereby lowering the overall cost of dispute resolutions.</P>
        <P>Since no comments were received regarding our determination in the NPRM that the benefits exceed the costs, the FAA expects the final rule to have benefits that exceed the costs. The FAA therefore has determined that this final rule does not warrant a full regulatory evaluation.</P>
        <P>The FAA has also determined that this final rule is not a “significant regulatory action” as defined in section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, and is not “significant” as defined in DOT's Regulatory Policies and Procedures.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Flexibility Determination</HD>
        <P>The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-354) (RFA) establishes “as a principle of regulatory issuance that agencies shall endeavor, consistent with the objectives of the rule and of applicable statutes, to fit regulatory and informational requirements to the scale of the businesses, organizations, and governmental jurisdictions subject to regulation. To achieve this principle, agencies are required to solicit and consider flexible regulatory proposals and to explain the rationale for their actions to assure that such proposals are given serious consideration.” The RFA covers a wide range of small entities, including small businesses, not-for-profit organizations, and small governmental jurisdictions.</P>
        <P>Agencies must perform a review to determine whether a rule will have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. If the agency determines that it will, the agency must prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis as described in the RFA. However, if an agency determines that a rule is not expected to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities, section 605(b) of the RFA provides that the head of the agency may so certify and a regulatory flexibility analysis is not required. The certification must include a statement providing the factual basis for this determination, and the reasoning should be clear.</P>
        <P>As noted above, the changes to part 17 are either cost beneficial or have no effect on costs. We received no comments regarding the initial regulatory flexibility analysis determination of no significant economic impact. Accordingly, the final rule will not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. Therefore, as the FAA Administrator, I certify that this final rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">International Trade Impact Assessment</HD>
        <P>The Trade Agreements Act of 1979 (Pub. L. 96-39), as amended by the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (Pub. L. 103-465), prohibits Federal agencies from establishing standards or engaging in related activities that create unnecessary obstacles to the foreign commerce of the United States. Pursuant to these Acts, the establishment of standards is not considered an unnecessary obstacle to the foreign commerce of the United States, so long as the standard has a legitimate domestic objective, such the protection of safety, and does not operate in a manner that excludes imports that meet this objective. The statute also requires consideration of international standards and, where appropriate, that they be the basis for U.S. standards. The FAA has assessed the potential effect of this final rule and determined it will have little or no effect on international trade as it applies to both foreign and domestic contractors with the FAA.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Unfunded Mandates Assessment</HD>
        <P>Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4) requires each Federal agency to prepare a written statement assessing the effects of any Federal mandate in a proposed or final agency rule that may result in an expenditure of $100 million or more (adjusted annually for inflation with the base year 1995) in any one year by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector; such a mandate is deemed to be a “significant regulatory action.” The FAA currently uses an inflation-adjusted value of $140.8 million.</P>
        <P>This final rule does not contain such a mandate. The requirements of Title II do not apply.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Executive Order 13132, Federalism</HD>
        <P>The FAA has analyzed this final rule under the principles and criteria of Executive Order 13132, Federalism. We have determined that this action will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government, and, therefore, will not have federalism implications.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Environmental Analysis</HD>
        <P>FAA Order 1050.1E identifies FAA actions that are categorically excluded from preparation of an environmental assessment or environmental impact statement under the National Environmental Policy Act in the absence of extraordinary circumstances. The FAA has determined this final rule qualifies for the categorical exclusion identified in paragraph 312d and involves no extraordinary circumstances.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use</HD>

        <P>The FAA has analyzed this final rule under Executive Order 13211, Actions Concerning Regulations that Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use (May 18, 2001). We<PRTPAGE P="55221"/>have determined that it is not a “significant energy action” under the executive order, it is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866 and DOT's Regulatory Policies and Procedures, and it is not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>
        <P>The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3507(d)) requires that the FAA consider the impact of paperwork and other information collection burdens imposed on the public. The FAA has determined that there is no new requirement for information collection associated with this final rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">International Compatibility</HD>
        <P>In keeping with U.S. obligations under the Convention on International Civil Aviation, it is FAA policy to conform to International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) Standards and Recommended Practices to the maximum extent practicable. The FAA has determined that there are no ICAO Standards and Recommended Practices that correspond to these regulations.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Executive Order Determinations</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Order 12866</HD>
        <P>See the “Regulatory Evaluation” discussion in the “Regulatory Notices and Analyses” section elsewhere in this preamble.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Order 13132, Federalism</HD>
        <P>The FAA has analyzed this final rule under the principles and criteria of Executive Order 13132, Federalism. The agency determined that this action will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, or the relationship between the Federal Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government, and, therefore, does not have Federalism implications.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Order 13211, Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use</HD>
        <P>The FAA analyzed this final rule under Executive Order 13211, Actions Concerning Regulations that Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use (May 18, 2001). The agency has determined that it is not a “significant energy action” under the executive order and it is not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">How To Obtain Additional Information</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Rulemaking Documents</HD>
        <P>An electronic copy of a rulemaking document my be obtained by using the Internet—</P>
        <P>1. Search the Federal eRulemaking Portal (<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov/</E>);</P>
        <P>2. Visit the FAA's Regulations and Policies Web page at<E T="03">http://www.faa.gov/regulations_policies</E>; or</P>
        <P>3. Access the Government Printing Office's Web page at<E T="03">http://www.gpoaccess.gov/fr/index.html.</E>
        </P>
        <P>Copies may also be obtained by sending a request (identified by notice, amendment, or docket number of this rulemaking) to the Federal Aviation Administration, Office of Rulemaking, ARM-1, 800 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 0591, or by calling (202) 267-9680.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">The Rulemaking Docket</HD>

        <P>The rulemaking docket includes a copy of the rulemaking and related documents, as well as any public comments. You may access the docket for this rulemaking at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the online instructions to search the docket number for this action.</P>

        <P>While no comments were filed to this rulemaking docket, anyone is able to search the electronic form of comments received into any of the FAA's dockets by using the name of the individual submitting the comment (or signing the comment, if submitted on behalf of an association, business, labor union,<E T="03">etc.</E>).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act</HD>

        <P>The Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act (SBREFA) of 1996 requires FAA to comply with small entity requests for information or advice about compliance with statutes and regulations within its jurisdiction. A small entity with questions regarding this document, may contact its local FAA official, or the person listed under the<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>heading at the beginning of the preamble. To find out more about SBREFA on the Internet, visit<E T="03">http://www.faa.gov/regulations_policies/rulemaking/sbre_act/</E>.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 17</HD>
          <P>Administrative practice and procedure, Authority delegations (Government agencies), Government contracts.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Amendment</HD>
        <P>In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration amends chapter I of title 14, Code of Federal Regulations by revising part 17 to read as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="17" TITLE="14">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 17—PROCEDURES FOR PROTESTS AND CONTRACT DISPUTES</HD>
            <CONTENTS>
              <SUBPART>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—General</HD>
                <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
                <SECTNO>17.1</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>17.3</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>17.5</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Delegation of authority.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>17.7</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Filing and computation of time.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>17.9</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Protective orders.</SUBJECT>
              </SUBPART>
              <SUBPART>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Protests</HD>
                <SECTNO>17.11</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Matters not subject to protest.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>17.13</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Dispute resolution process for protests.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>17.15</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Filing a protest.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>17.17</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Initial protest procedures.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>17.19</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Motions practice and dismissal or summary decision of protests.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>17.21</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Adjudicative Process for protests.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>17.23</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Protest remedies.</SUBJECT>
              </SUBPART>
              <SUBPART>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Contract Disputes</HD>
                <SECTNO>17.25</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Dispute resolution process for contract disputes.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>17.27</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Filing a contract dispute.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>17.29</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Informal resolution period.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>17.31</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Dismissal or summary decision of contract disputes.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>17.33</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Adjudicative Process for contract disputes.</SUBJECT>
              </SUBPART>
              <SUBPART>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Alternative Dispute Resolution</HD>
                <SECTNO>17.35</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Use of alternative dispute resolution.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>17.37</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Election of alternative dispute resolution process.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>17.39</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Confidentiality of ADR.</SUBJECT>
              </SUBPART>
              <SUBPART>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Finality and Review</HD>
                <SECTNO>17.41</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Final orders.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>17.43</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Judicial review.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>17.45</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Conforming amendments.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>17.47</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Reconsideration.</SUBJECT>
              </SUBPART>
              <SUBPART>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart F—Other Matters</HD>
                <SECTNO>17.49</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Sanctions.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>17.51</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Decorum and professional conduct.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>17.53</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Orders and subpoenas for testimony and document production.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>17.55</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Standing orders of the ODRA director.</SUBJECT>
              </SUBPART>
              <SUBPART>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart G—Pre-Disputes</HD>
                <SECTNO>17.57</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Dispute resolution process for pre-disputes.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>17.59</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Filing a pre-dispute.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>17.61</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Use of alternative dispute resolution.</SUBJECT>
              </SUBPART>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Appendix A to Part 17—Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR)</FP>
            </CONTENTS>
            <AUTH>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
              <P>5 U.S.C. 570-581, 49 U.S.C. 106(f)(2), 40110, 40111, 40112, 46102, 46014, 46105, 46109, and 46110.</P>
            </AUTH>
            <SUBPART>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—General</HD>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.1</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>

                <P>This part applies to all Acquisition Management System (AMS) bid protests and contract disputes involving the FAA that are filed at the Office of Dispute Resolution for Acquisition<PRTPAGE P="55222"/>(ODRA) on or after October 7, 2011, with the exception of those contract disputes arising under or related to FAA contracts entered into prior to April 1, 1996, where such contracts have not been modified to be made subject to the FAA AMS. This part also applies to pre-disputes as described in subpart G of this part.</P>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.3</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
                <P>(a)<E T="03">Accrual</E>means to come into existence as a legally enforceable claim.</P>
                <P>(b)<E T="03">Accrual of a contract claim</E>means that all events relating to a claim have occurred, which fix liability of either the government or the contractor and permit assertion of the claim, regardless of when the claimant actually discovered those events. For liability to be fixed, some injury must have occurred. Monetary damages need not have been incurred, but if the claim is for money, such damages must be capable of reasonable estimation. The accrual of a claim or the running of the limitations period may be tolled on equitable grounds, including but not limited to active concealment, fraud, or if the facts were inherently unknowable.</P>
                <P>(c)<E T="03">Acquisition Management System</E>(AMS) establishes the policies, guiding principles, and internal procedures for the FAA's acquisition system.</P>
                <P>(d)<E T="03">Adjudicative Process</E>is an administrative adjudicatory process used to decide protests and contract disputes where the parties have not achieved resolution through informal communication or the use of ADR. The Adjudicative Process is conducted by a Dispute Resolution Officer (DRO) or Special Master selected by the ODRA Director to preside over the case in accordance with Public Law 108-176, Section 224, Codified at 49 U.S.C. 40110(d)(4).</P>
                <P>(e)<E T="03">Administrator</E>means the Administrator of the Federal Aviation Administration.</P>
                <P>(f)<E T="03">Alternative Dispute Resolution</E>(ADR) is the primary means of voluntary dispute resolution that is employed by the ODRA. See Appendix A of this part.</P>
                <P>(g)<E T="03">Compensated Neutral</E>refers to an impartial third party chosen by the parties to act as a facilitator, mediator, or arbitrator functioning to resolve the protest or contract dispute under the auspices of the ODRA. The parties pay equally for the services of a compensated neutral, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties. An ODRA DRO or neutral cannot be a compensated neutral.</P>
                <P>(h)<E T="03">Contract Dispute</E>, as used in this part, means a written request to the ODRA seeking, as a matter of right under an FAA contract subject to the AMS, the payment of money in a sum certain, the adjustment or interpretation of contract terms, or for other relief arising under, relating to, or involving an alleged breach of that contract. A contract dispute does not require, as a prerequisite, the issuance of a Contracting Officer final decision. Contract disputes, for purposes of ADR only, may also involve contracts not subject to the AMS.</P>
                <P>(i)<E T="03">Counsel</E>refers to a Legal Representative who is an attorney licensed by a State, the District of Columbia, or a territory of the United States to practice law or appear before the courts of that State or territory.</P>
                <P>(j)<E T="03">Contractor</E>is a party in contractual privity with the FAA and responsible for performance of a contract's requirements.</P>
                <P>(k)<E T="03">Discovery</E>is the procedure whereby opposing parties in a protest or contract dispute may, either voluntarily or to the extent ordered by the ODRA, obtain testimony from, or documents and information held by, other parties or non-parties.</P>
                <P>(l)<E T="03">Dispute Resolution Officer</E>(DRO) is an attorney and member of the ODRA staff. The term DRO can include the Director of the ODRA.</P>
                <P>(m)<E T="03">Interested party</E>, in the context of a bid protest, is one whose direct economic interest has been or would be affected by the award or failure to award an FAA contract. Proposed subcontractors are not “interested parties” within this definition and are not eligible to submit protests to the ODRA. Subcontractors not in privity with the FAA are not interested parties in the context of a contract dispute.</P>
                <P>(n)<E T="03">Intervenor</E>is an interested party other than the protester whose participation in a protest is allowed by the ODRA. For a post-award protest, the awardee of the contract that is the subject of the protest will be allowed, upon timely request, to participate as an intervenor in the protest. In such a protest, no other interested parties will be allowed to participate as intervenors.</P>
                <P>(o)<E T="03">Legal Representative</E>is an individual(s) designated to act on behalf of a party in matters before the ODRA. Unless otherwise provided under §§ 17.15(c)(2), 17.27(a)(1), or 17.59(a)(6), a Notice of Appearance must be filed with the ODRA containing the name, address, telephone and facsimile (Fax) numbers of a party's legal representative.</P>
                <P>(p)<E T="03">Neutral</E>refers to an impartial third party in the ADR process chosen by the parties to act as a facilitator, mediator, arbitrator, or otherwise to aid the parties in resolving a protest or contract dispute. A neutral can be a DRO or a person not an employee of the ODRA.</P>
                <P>(q)<E T="03">ODRA</E>is the FAA's exclusive forum acting on behalf of the Administrator, pursuant to the statutory authority granted by Public Law 108-176, Section 224, to provide dispute resolution services and to adjudicate matters within its jurisdiction. The ODRA may also provide non-binding dispute resolution services in matters outside of its jurisdiction where mutually requested to do so by the parties involved.</P>
                <P>(r)<E T="03">Parties</E>include the protester(s) or the contractor, the FAA, and any intervenor(s).</P>
                <P>(s)<E T="03">Pre-Disputes</E>mean an issue(s) in controversy concerning an FAA contract or solicitation that, by mutual agreement of the parties, is filed with the ODRA. See subpart G of this part.</P>
                <P>(t)<E T="03">Product Team,</E>as used in these rules, refers to the FAA organization(s) responsible for the procurement or contracting activity, without regard to funding source, and includes the Contracting Officer (CO). The Product Team, acting through assigned FAA counsel, is responsible for all communications with and submissions to the ODRA in pending matters.</P>
                <P>(u)<E T="03">Screening Information Request</E>(SIR or Solicitation) means a request by the FAA for documentation, information, presentations, proposals, or binding offers concerning an approach to meeting potential acquisition requirements established by the FAA.</P>
                <P>(v) A<E T="03">Special Master</E>is a non-FAA attorney or judge who has been assigned by the ODRA to act as its finder of fact, and to make findings and recommendations based upon AMS policy and applicable law and authorities in the Adjudicative Process.</P>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.5</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Delegation of authority.</SUBJECT>
                <P>(a) The authority of the Administrator to conduct dispute resolution and adjudicative proceedings concerning acquisition matters is delegated to the Director of the ODRA.</P>
                <P>(b) The Director of the ODRA may redelegate to Special Masters and DROs such delegated authority in paragraph (a) of this section as deemed necessary by the Director for efficient resolution of an assigned protest or contract dispute, including the imposition of sanctions for the filing of frivolous pleadings, making false statements, or other disciplinary actions. See subpart F of this part.</P>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.7</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Filing and computation of time.</SUBJECT>

                <P>(a) Filing of a protest or contract dispute may be accomplished by overnight delivery, by hand delivery, by<PRTPAGE P="55223"/>Fax, or, if permitted by Order of the ODRA, by electronic filing. A protest or contract dispute is considered to be filed on the date it is received by the ODRA during normal business hours. The ODRA's normal business hours are from 8:30 a.m. to 5 p.m. Eastern Time. A protest or contract dispute received after the time period prescribed for filing shall not be considered timely filed. Service shall also be made on the Contracting Officer (CO) pursuant to §§ 17.15(e) and 17.27(d).</P>
                <P>(b) Submissions to the ODRA after the initial filing of a protest or contract dispute may be accomplished by any means available in paragraph (a) of this section. Copies of all such submissions shall be served on the opposing party or parties.</P>
                <P>(c) The time limits stated in this part are calculated in business days, which exclude weekends, Federal holidays and other days on which Federal Government offices in Washington, DC are not open. In computing time, the day of the event beginning a period of time shall not be included. If the last day of a period falls on a weekend or a Federal holiday, the first business day following the weekend or holiday shall be considered the last day of the period.</P>
                <P>(d) Electronic Filing—Procedures for electronic filing may be utilized where permitted by Order of the ODRA on a case-by-case basis or pursuant to a Standing Order of the ODRA permitting electronic filing.</P>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.9</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Protective orders.</SUBJECT>
                <P>(a) The ODRA may issue protective orders addressing the treatment of protected information, including protected information in electronic form, either at the request of a party or upon its own initiative. Such information may include proprietary, confidential, or source-selection-sensitive material, or other information the release of which could result in a competitive advantage to one or more firms.</P>
                <P>(b) The terms of the ODRA's standard protective order may be altered to suit particular circumstances, by negotiation of the parties, subject to the approval of the ODRA. The protective order establishes procedures for application for access to protected information, identification and safeguarding of that information, and submission of redacted copies of documents omitting protected information.</P>
                <P>(c) After a protective order has been issued, counsel or consultants retained by counsel appearing on behalf of a party may apply for access to the material under the order by submitting an application to the ODRA, with copies furnished simultaneously to all parties. The application shall establish that the applicant is not involved in competitive decision-making for any firm that could gain a competitive advantage from access to the protected information and that the applicant will diligently protect any protected information received from inadvertent disclosure. Objections to an applicant's admission shall be raised within two (2) days of the application, although the ODRA may consider objections raised after that time for good cause.</P>
                <P>(d) Any violation of the terms of a protective order may result in the imposition of sanctions, including but not limited to removal of the violator from the protective order and reporting of the violator to his or her bar association(s), and the taking of other actions as the ODRA deems appropriate. Additional civil or criminal penalties may apply.</P>
              </SECTION>
            </SUBPART>
            <SUBPART>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Protests</HD>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.11</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Matters not subject to protest.</SUBJECT>
                <P>The following matters may not be protested before the ODRA, except for review of compliance with the AMS:</P>
                <P>(a) FAA purchases from or through, State, local, and tribal governments and public authorities;</P>
                <P>(b) FAA purchases from or through other Federal agencies;</P>
                <P>(c) Grants;</P>
                <P>(d) Cooperative agreements;</P>
                <P>(e) Other transactions.</P>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.13</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Dispute resolution process for protests.</SUBJECT>
                <P>(a) Protests concerning FAA SIRs, solicitations, or contract awards shall be resolved pursuant to this part.</P>
                <P>(b) Potential protestors should, where possible, attempt to resolve any issues concerning potential protests with the CO. Such attempts are not a prerequisite to filing a protest with the ODRA.</P>
                <P>(c) Offerors or prospective offerors shall file a protest with the ODRA in accordance with § 17.15. The protest time limitations set forth in § 17.15 will not be extended by attempts to resolve a potential protest with the CO. Other than the time limitations specified in § 17.15 for the filing of protests, the ODRA retains the discretion to modify any timeframes established herein in connection with protests.</P>
                <P>(d) In accordance with § 17.17(b), the ODRA shall convene an initial status conference for the purpose of scheduling proceedings in the protest and to encourage the parties to consider using the ODRA's ADR process to attempt to resolve the protest, pursuant to subpart D of this part. It is the Agency's policy to use voluntary ADR to the maximum extent practicable. If the parties elect not to attempt ADR, or if ADR efforts do not completely resolve the protest, the protest will proceed under the ODRA Adjudicative Process set forth in subpart E of this part. Informal ADR techniques may be utilized simultaneously with ongoing adjudication.</P>
                <P>(e) The ODRA Director shall designate DROs, outside neutrals or Special Masters as potential neutrals for the resolution of protests through ADR. The ultimate choice of an ADR neutral is made by the parties participating in the ADR. The ODRA Director also shall, at his or her sole discretion, designate an adjudicating DRO or Special Master for each matter. A person serving as a neutral in an ADR effort in a matter, shall not serve as an adjudicating DRO or Special Master for that matter.</P>
                <P>(f) Multiple protests concerning the same SIR, solicitation, or contract award may be consolidated at the discretion of the ODRA Director, and assigned to a single DRO or Special Master for adjudication.</P>
                <P>(g) Procurement activities, and, where applicable, contractor performance pending resolution of a protest, shall continue during the pendency of a protest, unless there is a compelling reason to suspend all or part of the procurement activities or contractor performance. Pursuant to §§ 17.15(d) and 17.17(a), the ODRA may impose a temporary suspension and recommend suspension of award or contract performance, in whole or in part, for a compelling reason. A decision to suspend procurement activities or contractor performance is made in writing by the Administrator or the Administrator's delegee upon recommendation of the ODRA.</P>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.15</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Filing a protest.</SUBJECT>
                <P>(a) An interested party may initiate a protest by filing with the ODRA in accordance with § 17.7(a) within the timeframes set forth in this Section. Protests that are not timely filed shall be dismissed. The timeframes applicable to the filing of protests are as follows:</P>
                <P>(1) Protests based upon alleged SIR or solicitation improprieties that are apparent prior to bid opening or the time set for receipt of initial proposals shall be filed prior to bid opening or the time set for the receipt of initial proposals.</P>

                <P>(2) In procurements where proposals are requested, alleged improprieties that do not exist in the initial solicitation, but which are subsequently incorporated into the solicitation, must be protested not later than the next<PRTPAGE P="55224"/>closing time for receipt of proposals following the incorporation.</P>
                <P>(3) For protests other than those related to alleged solicitation improprieties, the protest must be filed on the later of the following two dates:</P>
                <P>(i) Not later than seven (7) business days after the date the protester knew or should have known of the grounds for the protest; or</P>
                <P>(ii) If the protester has requested a post-award debriefing from the FAA Product Team, not later than five (5) business days after the date on which the Product Team holds that debriefing.</P>
                <P>(b) Protests shall be filed at:</P>
                <P>(1) ODRA, AGC-70, Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue, SW., Room 323, Washington, DC 20591; Telephone: (202) 267-3290, Fax: (202) 267-3720; or</P>

                <P>(2) Other address as shall be published from time to time in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
                <P>(c) A protest shall be in writing, and set forth:</P>
                <P>(1) The protester's name, address, telephone number, and FAX number;</P>
                <P>(2) The name, address, telephone number, and FAX number of the protester's legal representative, and who shall be duly authorized to represent the protester, to be the point of contact;</P>
                <P>(3) The SIR number or, if available, the contract number and the name of the CO;</P>
                <P>(4) The basis for the protester's status as an interested party;</P>
                <P>(5) The facts supporting the timeliness of the protest;</P>
                <P>(6) Whether the protester requests a protective order, the material tobe protected, and attach a redacted copy of that material;</P>
                <P>(7) A detailed statement of both the legal and factual grounds of the protest, and one (1) copy of each relevant document;</P>
                <P>(8) The remedy or remedies sought by the protester, as set forth in § 17.23;</P>
                <P>(9) The signature of the legal representative, or another person duly authorized to represent the protester.</P>
                <P>(d) If the protester wishes to request a suspension of the procurement or contract performance, in whole or in part, and believes that a compelling reason(s) exists to suspend the procurement or contract performance because of the protested action, the protester shall, in its initial filing:</P>
                <P>(1) Set forth such compelling reason(s), supply all facts and documents supporting the protester's position; and</P>
                <P>(2) Demonstrate—</P>
                <P>(i) The protester has alleged a substantial case;</P>
                <P>(ii) The lack of a suspension would be likely to cause irreparable injury;</P>
                <P>(iii) The relative hardships on the parties favor a suspension; and</P>
                <P>(iv) That a suspension is in the public interest.</P>
                <P>(3) Failure of a protester to provide information or documents in support of a requested suspension or failure to address the elements of paragraph (d)(2) of this section may result in the summary rejection of the request for suspension, or a requirement that the protester supplement its request prior to the scheduling of a Product Team response to the request under § 17.17(a).</P>
                <P>(e) Concurrent with the filing of a protest with the ODRA, the protester shall serve a copy of the protest on the CO and any other official designated in the SIR for receipt of protests, by means reasonably calculated to be received by the CO on the same day as it is to be received by the ODRA. The protest shall include a signed statement from the protester, certifying to the ODRA the manner of service, date, and time when a copy of the protest was served on the CO and other designated official(s).</P>
                <P>(f) Upon receipt of the protest, the CO shall notify the awardee of a challenged contract award in writing of the existence of the protest. The awardee and/or interested parties shall notify the ODRA in writing, of their interest in participating in the protest as intervenors within two (2) business days of receipt of the CO's notification, and shall, in such notice, designate a person as the point of contact for the ODRA.</P>
                <P>(g) The ODRA has discretion to designate the parties who shall participate in the protest as intervenors. In protests of awarded contracts, only the awardee may participate as an intervenor as a matter of right.</P>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.17</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Initial protest procedures.</SUBJECT>
                <P>(a) If, as part of its initial protest filing, the protester requests a suspension of procurement activities or contractor performance in whole or in part, in accordance with § 17.15(d), the Product Team shall submit a response to the request to the ODRA by no later than the close of business on the date of the initial scheduling conference or on such other date as is established by the ODRA. Copies of the response shall be furnished to the protester and any intervenor(s) so as to be received within the same timeframe. The protester and any intervenor(s) shall have the opportunity of providing additional comments on the response within two(2) business days of receiving it. Based on its review of such submissions, the ODRA, in its discretion, may—</P>
                <P>(1) Decline the suspension request; or</P>
                <P>(2) Recommend such suspension to the Administrator or the Administrator's designee. The ODRA also may impose a temporary suspension of no more than ten (10) business days, where it is recommending that the Administrator impose a suspension.</P>
                <P>(b) Within five (5) business days of the filing of a protest, or as soon thereafter as practicable, the ODRA shall convene an initial status conference for purposes of:</P>
                <P>(1) Reviewing the ODRA's ADR and adjudication procedures and establishing a preliminary schedule;</P>
                <P>(2) Identifying legal or other preliminary or potentially dispositive issues and answering the parties' questions regarding the ODRA process;</P>
                <P>(3) Dealing with issues related to protected information and the issuance of any needed protective order;</P>
                <P>(4) Encouraging the parties to consider using ADR;</P>
                <P>(5) Appointing a DRO as a potential ADR neutral to assist the parties in considering ADR options and developing an ADR agreement; and</P>
                <P>(6) For any other reason deemed appropriate by the DRO or by the ODRA.</P>
                <P>(c) The Product Team and protester will have five (5) business days from the date of the initial status conference to decide whether they will attempt to use an ADR process in the case. With the agreement of the ODRA, ADR may be used concurrently with the adjudication of a protest. See § 17.37(e).</P>
                <P>(d) If the Product Team and protester elect to use ADR proceedings to resolve the protest, they will agree upon the neutral to conduct the ADR proceedings (either an ODRA DRO or a compensated neutral of their own choosing) pursuant to § 17.37, and shall execute and file with the ODRA a written ADR agreement. Agreement of any intervenor(s) to the use of ADR or the resolution of a dispute through ADR shall not be required.</P>
                <P>(e) If the Product Team or protester indicate that ADR proceedings will not be used, or if ADR is not successful in resolving the entire protest, the ODRA Director upon being informed of the situation, will schedule an adjudication of the protest.</P>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.19</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Motions practice and dismissal or summary decision of protests.</SUBJECT>

                <P>(a) Separate motions generally are discouraged in ODRA bid protests. Counsel and parties are encouraged to incorporate any such motions in their respective agency responses or comments. Parties and counsel are encouraged to attempt to resolve typical motions issues through the ODRA ADR process. The ODRA may rule on any non-dispositive motion, where<PRTPAGE P="55225"/>appropriate and necessary, after providing an opportunity for briefing on the motion by all affected parties. Unjustifiable, inappropriate use of motions may result in the imposition of sanctions. Where appropriate, a party may request by dispositive motion to the ODRA, or the ODRA may recommend or order, that:</P>
                <P>(1) The protest, or any count or portion of a protest, be dismissed for lack of jurisdiction, timeliness, or standing to pursue the protest;</P>
                <P>(2) The protest, or any count or portion of a protest, be dismissed, if frivolous or without basis in fact or law, or for failure to state a claim upon which relief may be had;</P>
                <P>(3) A summary decision be issued with respect to the protest, or any count or portion of a protest, if there are no material facts in dispute and a party is entitled to summary decision as a matter of law.</P>
                <P>(b) In connection with consideration of possible dismissal or summary decision, the ODRA shall consider any material facts in dispute, in a light most favorable to the party against whom the dismissal or summary decision would operate and draw all factual inferences in favor of the non-moving party.</P>
                <P>(c) Either upon motion by a party or on its own initiative, the ODRA may, at any time, exercise its discretion to:</P>
                <P>(1) Recommend to the Administrator dismissal or the issuance of a summary decision with respect to the entire protest;</P>
                <P>(2) Dismiss the entire protest or issue a summary decision with respect to the entire protest, if delegated that authority by the Administrator; or</P>
                <P>(3) Dismiss or issue a summary decision with respect to any count or portion of a protest.</P>
                <P>(d) A dismissal or summary decision regarding the entire protest by either the Administrator, or the ODRA by delegation, shall be construed as a final agency order. A dismissal or summary decision that does not resolve all counts or portions of a protest shall not constitute a final agency order, unless and until such dismissal or decision is incorporated or otherwise adopted in a decision by the Administrator (or the ODRA, by delegation) regarding the entire protest.</P>
                <P>(e) Prior to recommending or entering either a dismissal or a summary decision, either in whole or in part, the ODRA shall afford all parties against whom the dismissal or summary decision is to be entered the opportunity to respond to the proposed dismissal or summary decision.</P>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.21</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Adjudicative Process for protests.</SUBJECT>
                <P>(a) Other than for the resolution of preliminary or dispositive matters, the Adjudicative Process for protests will be commenced by the ODRA Director pursuant to § 17.17(e).</P>
                <P>(b) The Director of the ODRA shall appoint a DRO or a Special Master to conduct the adjudication proceedings, develop the administrative record, and prepare findings and recommendations for review of the ODRA Director.</P>
                <P>(c) The DRO or Special Master may conduct such proceedings and prepare procedural orders for the proceedings as deemed appropriate; and may require additional submissions from the parties.</P>
                <P>(d) The Product Team response to the protest will be due to be filed and served ten (10) business days from the commencement of the ODRA Adjudication process. The Product Team response shall consist of a written chronological, supported statement of proposed facts, and a written presentation of applicable legal or other defenses. The Product Team response shall cite to and be accompanied by all relevant documents, which shall be chronologically indexed, individually tabbed, and certified as authentic and complete. A copy of the response shall be furnished so as to be received by the protester and any intervenor(s) on the same date it is filed with the ODRA. In all cases, the Product Team shall indicate the method of service used.</P>
                <P>(e) Comments of the protester and the intervenor on the Product Team response will be due to be filed and served five (5) business days after their receipt of the response. Copies of such comments shall be provided to the other participating parties by the same means and on the same date as they are furnished to the ODRA. Comments may include any supplemental relevant documents.</P>
                <P>(f) The ODRA may alter the schedule for filing of the Product Team response and the comments for good cause or to accommodate the circumstances of a particular protest.</P>
                <P>(g) The DRO or Special Master may convene the parties and/or their representatives, as needed for the Adjudicative Process.</P>
                <P>(h) If, in the sole judgment of the DRO or Special Master, the parties have presented written material sufficient to allow the protest to be decided on the record presented, the DRO or Special Master shall have the discretion to decide the protest on that basis.</P>
                <P>(i) The parties may engage in limited, focused discovery with one another and, if justified, with non-parties, so as to obtain information relevant to the allegations of the protest.</P>
                <P>(1) The DRO or Special Master shall manage the discovery process, including limiting its length and availability, and shall establish schedules and deadlines for discovery, which are consistent with timeframes established in this part and with the FAA policy of providing fair and expeditious dispute resolution.</P>
                <P>(2) The DRO or Special Master may also direct the parties to exchange, in an expedited manner, relevant, non-privileged documents.</P>
                <P>(3) Where justified, the DRO or Special Master may direct the taking of deposition testimony, however, the FAA dispute resolution process does not contemplate extensive discovery.</P>
                <P>(4) The use of interrogatories and requests for admission is not permitted in ODRA bid protests.</P>
                <P>(5) Where parties cannot voluntarily reach agreement on a discovery-related issue, they may timely seek assistance from an ODRA ADR neutral or may file an appropriate motion with the ODRA. Parties may request a subpoena.</P>
                <P>(6) Discovery requests and responses are not part of the record and will not be filed with the ODRA, except in connection with a motion or other permissible filing.</P>
                <P>(7) Unless timely objection is made, documents properly filed with the ODRA will be deemed admitted into the administrative record.</P>
                <P>(j) Hearings are not typically held in bid protests. The DRO or Special Master may conduct hearings, and may limit the hearings to the testimony of specific witnesses and/or presentations regarding specific issues. The DRO or Special Master shall control the nature and conduct of all hearings, including the sequence and extent of any testimony. Hearings will be conducted:</P>
                <P>(1) Where the DRO or Special Master determines that there are complex factual issues in dispute that cannot adequately or efficiently be developed solely by means of written presentations and/or that resolution of the controversy will be dependent on his/her assessment of the credibility of statements provided by individuals with first-hand knowledge of the facts; or</P>
                <P>(2) Upon request of any party to the protest, unless the DRO or Special Master finds specifically that a hearing is unnecessary and that no party will be prejudiced by limiting the record in the adjudication to the parties' written submissions. All witnesses at any such hearing shall be subject to cross-examination by the opposing party and to questioning by the DRO or Special Master.</P>

                <P>(k) The Director of the ODRA may review the status of any protest in the<PRTPAGE P="55226"/>Adjudicative Process with the DRO or Special Master.</P>
                <P>(l) After the closing of the administrative record, the DRO or Special Master will prepare and submit findings and recommendations to the ODRA that shall contain the following:</P>
                <P>(1) Findings of fact;</P>
                <P>(2) Application of the principles of the AMS, and any applicable law or authority to the findings of fact;</P>
                <P>(3) A recommendation for a final FAA order; and</P>
                <P>(4) If appropriate, suggestions for future FAA action.</P>
                <P>(m) In preparing findings and recommendations in protests, the DRO or Special Master, using the preponderance of the evidence standard, shall consider whether the Product Team actions in question were consistent with the requirements of the AMS, had a rational basis, and whether the Product Team decision was arbitrary, capricious or an abuse of discretion. Notwithstanding the above, allegations that government officials acted with bias or in bad faith must be established by clear and convincing evidence.</P>
                <P>(n) The DRO or Special Master has broad discretion to recommend a remedy that is consistent with § 17.23.</P>
                <P>(o) A DRO or Special Master shall submit findings and recommendations only to the Director of the ODRA or the Director's designee. The findings and recommendations will be released to the parties and to the public upon issuance of the final FAA order in the case. If an ODRA protective order was issued in connection with the protest, or if a protest involves proprietary or competition-sensitive information, a redacted version of the findings and recommendations, omitting any protected information, shall be prepared wherever possible and released to the public, as soon as is practicable, along with a copy of the final FAA order. Only persons admitted by the ODRA under the protective order and Government personnel shall be provided copies of the unredacted findings and recommendations that contain proprietary or competition-sensitive information.</P>

                <P>(p) Other than communications regarding purely procedural matters or ADR, there shall be no substantive<E T="03">ex parte</E>communication between ODRA personnel and any principal or representative of a party concerning a pending or potentially pending matter. A potential or serving ADR neutral may communicate on an<E T="03">ex parte</E>basis to establish or conduct the ADR.</P>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.23</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Protest remedies.</SUBJECT>
                <P>(a) The ODRA has broad discretion to recommend and impose protest remedies that are consistent with the AMS and applicable law. Such remedies may include, but are not limited to one or a combination of, the following:</P>
                <P>(1) Amend the SIR;</P>
                <P>(2) Refrain from exercising options under the contract;</P>
                <P>(3) Issue a new SIR;</P>
                <P>(4) Require a recompetition or revaluation;</P>
                <P>(5) Terminate an existing contract for the FAA's convenience;</P>
                <P>(6) Direct an award to the protester;</P>
                <P>(7) Award bid and proposal costs; or</P>
                <P>(8) Any other remedy consistent with the AMS that is appropriate under the circumstances.</P>
                <P>(b) In determining the appropriate recommendation, the ODRA may consider the circumstances surrounding the procurement or proposed procurement including, but not limited to: the nature of the procurement deficiency; the degree of prejudice to other parties or to the integrity of the acquisition system; the good faith of the parties; the extent of performance completed; the feasibility of any proposed remedy; the urgency of the procurement; the cost and impact of the recommended remedy; and the impact on the Agency's mission.</P>
                <P>(c) Attorney's fees of a prevailing protester are allowable to the extent permitted by the Equal Access to Justice Act, 5 U.S.C. 504(a)(1) (EAJA) and 14 CFR part 14.</P>
              </SECTION>
            </SUBPART>
            <SUBPART>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Contract Disputes</HD>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.25</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Dispute resolution process for contract disputes.</SUBJECT>
                <P>(a) All contract disputes arising under contracts subject to the AMS shall be resolved under this subpart.</P>
                <P>(b) Contract disputes shall be filed with the ODRA pursuant to § 17.27.</P>
                <P>(c) The ODRA has broad discretion to recommend remedies for a contract dispute that are consistent with the AMS and applicable law, including such equitable remedies or other remedies as it deems appropriate.</P>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.27</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Filing a contract dispute.</SUBJECT>
                <P>(a) Contract disputes must be in writing and should contain:</P>
                <P>(1) The contractor's name, address, telephone and Fax numbers and the name, address, telephone and Fax numbers of the contractor's legal representative(s) (if any) for the contract dispute;</P>
                <P>(2) The contract number and the name of the Contracting Officer;</P>
                <P>(3) A detailed chronological statement of the facts and of the legal grounds underlying the contract dispute, broken down by individual claim item, citing to relevant contract provisions and attaching copies of the contract and other relevant documents;</P>
                <P>(4) Information establishing the ODRA's jurisdiction and the timeliness of the contract dispute;</P>

                <P>(5) A request for a specific remedy, and the amount, if known, of any monetary remedy requested, together with pertinent cost information and documentation (<E T="03">e.g.</E>, invoices and cancelled checks). Supporting documentation should be broken down by individual claim item and summarized; and</P>
                <P>(6) The signature of a duly authorized representative of the initiating party.</P>
                <P>(b) Contract disputes shall be filed at the following address: ODRA, AGC-70, Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue, SW., Room 323, Washington, DC 20591; Telephone: (202) 267-3290, Fax: (202) 267-3720.</P>
                <P>(c) A contract dispute against the FAA shall be filed with the ODRA within two (2) years of the accrual of the contract claim involved. A contract dispute by the FAA against a contractor (excluding contract disputes alleging warranty issues, fraud or latent defects) likewise shall be filed within two (2) years of the accrual of the contract claim. If an underlying contract entered into prior to the effective date of this part provides for time limitations for filing of contract disputes with the ODRA, which differ from the aforesaid two (2) year period, the limitation periods in the contract shall control over the limitation period of this section. In no event will either party be permitted to file with the ODRA a contract dispute seeking an equitable adjustment or other damages after the contractor has accepted final contract payment, with the exception of FAA contract disputes related to warranty issues, gross mistakes amounting to fraud or latent defects. FAA contract disputes against the contractor based on warranty issues must be filed within the time specified under applicable contract warranty provisions. Any FAA contract disputes against the contractor based on gross mistakes amounting to fraud or latent defects shall be filed with the ODRA within two (2) years of the date on which the FAA knew or should have known of the presence of the fraud or latent defect.</P>
                <P>(d) A party shall serve a copy of the contract dispute upon the other party, by means reasonably calculated to be received on the same day as the filing is received by the ODRA.</P>

                <P>(e) With the exception of the time limitations established herein for the<PRTPAGE P="55227"/>filing of contract disputes, the ODRA retains the discretion to modify any timeframe established herein in connection with contract disputes.</P>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.29</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Informal resolution period.</SUBJECT>
                <P>(a) The ODRA process for contract disputes includes an informal resolution period of twenty (20) business days from the date of filing in order for the parties to attempt to informally resolve the contract dispute either through direct negotiation or with the assistance of the ODRA. The CO, with the advice of FAA legal counsel, has full discretion to settle contract disputes, except where the matter involves fraud.</P>
                <P>(b) During the informal resolution period, if the parties request it, the ODRA will appoint a DRO for ADR who will discuss ADR options with the parties, offer his or her services as a potential neutral, and assist the parties to enter into an agreement for a formal ADR process. A person serving as a neutral in an ADR effort in a matter shall not serve as an adjudicating DRO or Special Master for that matter.</P>
                <P>(c) The informal resolution period may be extended at the request of the parties for good cause.</P>
                <P>(d) If the matter has not been resolved informally, the parties shall file joint or separate statements with the ODRA no later than twenty (20) business days after the filing of the contract dispute. The ODRA may extend this time, pursuant to § 17.27(e). The statement(s) shall include either:</P>
                <P>(1) A joint request for ADR, or an executed ADR agreement, pursuant to § 17.37(d), specifying which ADR techniques will be employed; or</P>
                <P>(2) Written explanation(s) as to why ADR proceedings will not be used and why the Adjudicative Process will be needed.</P>
                <P>(e) If the contract dispute is not completely resolved during the informal resolution period, the ODRA's Adjudicative Process will commence unless the parties have reached an agreement to attempt a formal ADR effort. As part of such an ADR agreement the parties, with the concurrence of the ODRA, may agree to defer commencement of the adjudication process pending completion of the ADR or that the ADR and adjudication process will run concurrently. If a formal ADR is attempted but does not completely resolve the contract dispute, the Adjudicative Process will commence.</P>
                <P>(f) The ODRA shall hold a status conference with the parties within ten (10) business days, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, of the ODRA's receipt of a written notification that ADR proceedings will not be used, or have not fully resolved the Contract Dispute. The purpose of the status conference will be to commence the Adjudicative Process and establish the schedule for adjudication.</P>
                <P>(g) The submission of a statement which indicates that ADR will not be utilized will not in any way preclude the parties from engaging in non-binding ADR techniques during the Adjudicative Process, pursuant to subpart D of this part.</P>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.31</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Dismissal or summary decision of contract disputes.</SUBJECT>
                <P>(a) Any party may request by motion, or the ODRA on its own initiative may recommend or direct, that a contract dispute be dismissed, or that a count or portion thereof be stricken, if:</P>
                <P>(1) It was not timely filed;</P>
                <P>(2) It was filed by a subcontractor or other person or entity lacking standing;</P>
                <P>(3) It fails to state a matter upon which relief may be had; or</P>
                <P>(4) It involves a matter not subject to the jurisdiction of the ODRA.</P>
                <P>(b) Any party may request by motion, or the ODRA on its own initiative may recommend or direct, that a summary decision be issued with respect to a contract dispute, or any count or portion thereof if there are no material facts in dispute and a party is entitled to a summary decision as a matter of law.</P>
                <P>(c) In connection with any potential dismissal of a contract dispute, or summary decision, the ODRA will consider any material facts in dispute in a light most favorable to the party against whom the dismissal or summary decision would be entered, and draw all factual inferences in favor of that party.</P>
                <P>(d) At any time, whether pursuant to a motion or on its own initiative and at its discretion, the ODRA may:</P>
                <P>(1) Dismiss or strike a count or portion of a contract dispute or enter a partial summary decision;</P>
                <P>(2) Recommend to the Administrator that the entire contract dispute be dismissed or that a summary decision be entered; or</P>
                <P>(3) With a delegation from the Administrator, dismiss the entire contract dispute or enter a summary decision with respect to the entire contract dispute.</P>
                <P>(e) An order of dismissal of the entire contract dispute or summary decision with respect to the entire contract dispute, issued either by the Administrator or by the ODRA, on the grounds set forth in this section, shall constitute a final agency order. An ODRA order dismissing or striking a count or portion of a contract dispute or entering a partial summary judgment shall not constitute a final agency order, unless and until such ODRA order is incorporated or otherwise adopted in a final agency decision of the Administrator or the Administrator's delegee regarding the remainder of the dispute.</P>
                <P>(f) Prior to recommending or entering either a dismissal or a summary decision, either in whole or in part, the ODRA shall afford all parties against whom the dismissal or summary decision would be entered the opportunity to respond to a proposed dismissal or summary decision.</P>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.33</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Adjudicative Process for contract disputes.</SUBJECT>
                <P>(a) The Adjudicative Process for contract disputes will be commenced by the ODRA Director upon being notified by the ADR neutral or by any party that either—</P>
                <P>(1) The parties will not be attempting ADR; or</P>
                <P>(2) The parties have not settled all of the dispute issues via ADR, and it is unlikely that they can do so within the time period allotted and/or any reasonable extension.</P>
                <P>(b) In cases initiated by a contractor against the FAA, within twenty (20) business days of the commencement of the Adjudicative Process or as scheduled by the ODRA, the Product Team shall prepare and submit to the ODRA, with a copy to the contractor, a chronologically arranged and indexed substantive response, containing a legal and factual position regarding the dispute and all documents relevant to the facts and issues in dispute. The contractor will be entitled, at a specified time, to supplement the record with additional documents.</P>
                <P>(c) In cases initiated by the FAA against a contractor, within twenty (20) business days of the commencement of the Adjudicative Process or as scheduled by the ODRA, the contractor shall prepare and submit to the ODRA, with a copy to the Product Team counsel, a chronologically arranged and indexed substantive response, containing a legal and factual position regarding the dispute and all documents relevant to the facts and issues in dispute. The Product Team will be entitled, at a specified time, to supplement the record with additional documents.</P>

                <P>(d) Unless timely objection is made, documents properly filed with the ODRA will be deemed admitted into the administrative record. Discovery requests and responses are not part of the record and will not be filed with the ODRA, except in connection with a motion or other permissible filing.<PRTPAGE P="55228"/>Designated, relevant portions of such documents may be filed, with the permission of the ODRA.</P>
                <P>(e) The Director of the ODRA shall assign a DRO or a Special Master to conduct adjudicatory proceedings, develop the administrative adjudication record and prepare findings and recommendations for the review of the ODRA Director or the Director's designee.</P>
                <P>(f) The DRO or Special Master may conduct a status conference(s) as necessary and issue such orders or decisions as are necessary to promote the efficient resolution of the contract dispute.</P>
                <P>(g) At any such status conference, or as necessary during the Adjudicative Process, the DRO or Special Master will:</P>
                <P>(1) Determine the appropriate amount of discovery required;</P>
                <P>(2) Review the need for a protective order, and if one is needed, prepare a protective order pursuant to § 17.9;</P>
                <P>(3) Determine whether any issue can be stricken; and</P>
                <P>(4) Prepare necessary procedural orders for the proceedings.</P>
                <P>(h) Unless otherwise provided by the DRO or Special Master, or by agreement of the parties with the concurrence of the DRO or Special Master, responses to written discovery shall be due within thirty (30) business days from the date received.</P>
                <P>(i) At a time or at times determined by the DRO or Special Master, and in advance of the decision of the case, the parties shall make individual final submissions to the ODRA and to the DRO or Special Master, which submissions shall include the following:</P>
                <P>(1) A statement of the issues;</P>
                <P>(2) A proposed statement of undisputed facts related to each issue together with citations to the administrative record or other supporting materials;</P>
                <P>(3) Separate statements of disputed facts related to each issue, with appropriate citations to documents in the Dispute File, to pages of transcripts of any hearing or deposition, or to any affidavit or exhibit which a party may wish to submit with its statement;</P>
                <P>(4) Separate legal analyses in support of the parties' respective positions on disputed issues.</P>
                <P>(j) Each party shall serve a copy of its final submission on the other party by means reasonably calculated so that the other party receives such submissions on the same day it is received by the ODRA.</P>
                <P>(k) The DRO or Special Master may decide the contract dispute on the basis of the administrative record and the submissions referenced in this section, or may, in the DRO or Special Master's discretion, direct the parties to make additional presentations in writing. The DRO or Special Master may conduct hearings, and may limit the hearings to the testimony of specific witnesses and/or presentations regarding specific issues. The DRO or Special Master shall control the nature and conduct of all hearings, including the sequence and extent of any testimony. Evidentiary hearings on the record shall be conducted by the ODRA:</P>
                <P>(1) Where the DRO or Special Master determines that there are complex factual issues in dispute that cannot adequately or efficiently be developed solely by means of written presentations and/or that resolution of the controversy will be dependent on his/her assessment of the credibility of statements provided by individuals with first-hand knowledge of the facts; or</P>
                <P>(2) Upon request of any party to the contract dispute, unless the DRO or Special Master finds specifically that a hearing is unnecessary and that no party will be prejudiced by limiting the record in the adjudication to the parties' written submissions. All witnesses at any such hearing shall be subject to cross-examination by the opposing party and to questioning by the DRO or Special Master.</P>
                <P>(l) The DRO or Special Master shall prepare findings and recommendations, which will contain findings of fact, application of the principles of the AMS and other law or authority applicable to the findings of fact, and a recommendation for a final FAA order.</P>
                <P>(m) The DRO or Special Master shall conduct a de novo review using the preponderance of the evidence standard, unless a different standard is prescribed for a particular issue. Notwithstanding the above, allegations that government officials acted with bias or in bad faith must be established by clear and convincing evidence.</P>
                <P>(n) The Director of the ODRA may review the status of any contract dispute in the Adjudicative Process with the DRO or Special Master.</P>
                <P>(o) A DRO or Special Master shall submit findings and recommendations to the Director of the ODRA or the Director's designee. The findings and recommendations will be released to the parties and to the public, upon issuance of the final FAA order in the case. Should an ODRA protective order be issued in connection with the contract dispute, or should the matter involve proprietary or competition-sensitive information, a redacted version of the findings and recommendations omitting any protected information, shall be prepared wherever possible and released to the public, as soon as is practicable, along with a copy of the final FAA order. Only persons admitted by the ODRA under the protective order and Government personnel shall be provided copies of the unredacted findings and recommendations.</P>

                <P>(p) Attorneys' fees of a qualified prevailing contractor are allowable to the extent permitted by the EAJA, 5 U.S.C. 504(a)(1).<E T="03">See</E>14 CFR part 14.</P>

                <P>(q) Other than communications regarding purely procedural matters or ADR, there shall be no substantive<E T="03">ex parte</E>communication between ODRA personnel and any principal or representative of a party concerning a pending or potentially pending matter. A potential or serving ADR neutral may communicate on an ex parte basis to establish or conduct the ADR.</P>
              </SECTION>
            </SUBPART>
            <SUBPART>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Alternative Dispute Resolution</HD>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.35</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Use of alternative dispute resolution.</SUBJECT>
                <P>(a) By statutory mandate, it is the policy of the FAA to use voluntary ADR to the maximum extent practicable to resolve matters pending at the ODRA. The ODRA therefore uses voluntary ADR as its primary means of resolving all factual, legal, and procedural controversies.</P>
                <P>(b) The parties are encouraged to make a good faith effort to explore ADR possibilities in all cases and to employ ADR in every appropriate case. The ODRA uses ADR techniques such as mediation, neutral evaluation, binding arbitration or variations of these techniques as agreed by the parties and approved by the ODRA. At the beginning of each case, the ODRA assigns a DRO as a potential neutral to explore ADR options with the parties and to convene an ADR process. See § 17.35(b).</P>
                <P>(c) The ODRA Adjudicative Process will be used where the parties cannot achieve agreement on the use of ADR; where ADR has been employed but has not resolved all pending issues in dispute; or where the ODRA concludes that ADR will not provide an expeditious means of resolving a particular dispute. Even where the Adjudicative Process is to be used, the ODRA, with the parties' consent, may employ informal ADR techniques concurrently with the adjudication.</P>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.37</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Election of alternative dispute resolution process.</SUBJECT>

                <P>(a) The ODRA will make its personnel available to serve as Neutrals in ADR proceedings and, upon request by the parties, will attempt to make qualified<PRTPAGE P="55229"/>non-FAA personnel available to serve as Neutrals through neutral-sharing programs and other similar arrangements. The parties may elect to employ a mutually acceptable compensated neutral at their expense.</P>
                <P>(b) The parties using an ADR process to resolve a protest shall submit an executed ADR agreement containing the information outlined in paragraph (d) of this section to the ODRA pursuant to § 17.17(c). The ODRA may extend this time for good cause.</P>
                <P>(c) The parties using an ADR process to resolve a contract dispute shall submit an executed ADR agreement containing the information outlined in paragraph (d) of this section to the ODRA pursuant to § 17.29.</P>
                <P>(d) The parties to a protest or contract dispute who elect to use ADR must submit to the ODRA an ADR agreement setting forth:</P>
                <P>(1) The agreed ADR procedures to be used; and</P>
                <P>(2) The name of the neutral. If a compensated neutral is to be used, the agreement must address how the cost of the neutral's services will be reimbursed.</P>
                <P>(e) Non-binding ADR techniques are not mutually exclusive, and may be used in combination if the parties agree that a combination is most appropriate to the dispute. The techniques to be employed must be determined in advance by the parties and shall be expressly described in their ADR agreement. The agreement may provide for the use of any fair and reasonable ADR technique that is designed to achieve a prompt resolution of the matter. An ADR agreement for non-binding ADR shall provide for a termination of ADR proceedings and the commencement of adjudication under the Adjudicative Process, upon the election of any party. Notwithstanding such termination, the parties may still engage with the ODRA in ADR techniques (neutral evaluation and/or informal mediation) concurrently with adjudication.</P>
                <P>(f) Binding arbitration is available through the ODRA, subject to the provisions of applicable law and the ODRA Binding Arbitration Guidance dated October 2001 as developed in consultation with the Department of Justice.</P>
                <P>(g) The parties may, where appropriate in a given case, submit to the ODRA a negotiated protective order for use in ADR in accordance with the requirements of § 17.9.</P>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.39</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Confidentiality of ADR.</SUBJECT>

                <P>(a) The provisions of the Administrative Dispute Resolution Act of 1996, 5 U.S.C. 571,<E T="03">et seq.,</E>shall apply to ODRA ADR proceedings.</P>
                <P>(b) The ODRA looks to the principles of Rule 408 of the Federal Rules of Evidence in deciding admissibility issues related to ADR communications.</P>
                <P>(c) ADR communications are not part of the administrative record unless otherwise agreed by the parties.</P>
              </SECTION>
            </SUBPART>
            <SUBPART>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Finality and Review</HD>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.41</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Final orders.</SUBJECT>
                <P>All final FAA orders regarding protests or contract disputes under this part are to be issued by the FAA Administrator or by a delegee of the Administrator.</P>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.43</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Judicial review.</SUBJECT>
                <P>(a) A protester or contractor may seek review of a final FAA order, pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 46110, only after the administrative remedies of this part have been exhausted.</P>
                <P>(b) A copy of the petition for review shall be filed with the ODRA and the FAA Chief Counsel on the date that the petition for review is filed with the appropriate circuit court of appeals.</P>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.45</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Conforming amendments.</SUBJECT>
                <P>The FAA shall amend pertinent provisions of the AMS, standard contract forms and clauses, and any guidance to contracting officials, so as to conform to the provisions of this part.</P>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.47</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Reconsideration.</SUBJECT>
                <P>The ODRA will not entertain requests for reconsideration as a routine matter, or where such requests evidence mere disagreement with a decision or restatements of previous arguments. A party seeking reconsideration must demonstrate either clear errors of fact or law in the underlying decision or previously unavailable evidence that warrants reversal or modification of the decision. In order to be considered, requests for reconsideration must be filed within ten (10) business days of the date of issuance of the public version of the subject decision or order.</P>
              </SECTION>
            </SUBPART>
            <SUBPART>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart F—Other Matters</HD>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.49</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Sanctions.</SUBJECT>
                <P>If any party or its representative fails to comply with an Order or Directive of the ODRA, the ODRA may enter such orders and take such other actions as it deems necessary and in the interest of justice.</P>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.51</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Decorum and professional conduct.</SUBJECT>
                <P>Legal representatives are expected to conduct themselves at all times in a civil and respectful manner appropriate to an administrative forum. Additionally, counsel are expected to conduct themselves at all times in a professional manner and in accordance with all applicable rules of professional conduct.</P>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.53</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Orders and subpoenas for testimony and document production.</SUBJECT>
                <P>(a) Parties are encouraged to seek cooperative and voluntary production of documents and witnesses prior to requesting a subpoena or an order under this section.</P>
                <P>(b) Upon request by a party, or on his or her own initiative, a DRO or Special Master may, for good cause shown, order a person to give testimony by deposition and to produce records. Section 46104(c) of Title 49 of the United States Code governs the conduct of depositions or document production.</P>
                <P>(c) Upon request by a party, or on his or her own initiative, a DRO or Special Master may, for good cause shown, subpoena witnesses or records related to a hearing from any place in the United States to the designated place of a hearing.</P>
                <P>(d) A subpoena or order under this section may be served by a United States marshal or deputy marshal, or by any other person who is not a party and not less than 18 years of age. Service upon a person named therein shall be made by personally delivering a copy to that person and tendering the fees for one day's attendance and the mileage provided by 28 U.S.C. 1821 or other applicable law; however, where the subpoena is issued on behalf of the Product Team, money payments need not be tendered in advance of attendance. The person serving the subpoena or order shall file a declaration of service with the ODRA, executed in the form required by 28 U.S.C. 1746. The declaration of service shall be filed promptly with the ODRA, and before the date on which the person served must respond to the subpoena or order.</P>
                <P>(e) Upon written motion by the person subpoenaed or ordered under this section, or by a party, made within ten (10) business days after service, but in any event not later than the time specified in the subpoena or order for compliance, the DRO may—</P>
                <P>(1) Rescind or modify the subpoena or order if it is unreasonable and oppressive or for other good cause shown, or</P>

                <P>(2) Require the party on whose behalf the subpoena or order was issued to advance the reasonable cost of producing documentary evidence. Where circumstances require, the DRO may act upon such a motion at any time<PRTPAGE P="55230"/>after a copy has been served upon all parties.</P>
                <P>(f) The party that requests the DRO to issue a subpoena or order under this section shall be responsible for the payment of fees and mileage, as required by 49 U.S.C. 46104(d), for witnesses, officers who serve the order, and the officer before whom a deposition is taken.</P>
                <P>(g) Subpoenas and orders issued under this section may be enforced in a judicial proceeding under 49 U.S.C. 46104(b).</P>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.55</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Standing orders of the ODRA Director.</SUBJECT>
                <P>The Director may issue such Standing Orders as necessary for the orderly conduct of business before the ODRA.</P>
              </SECTION>
            </SUBPART>
            <SUBPART>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart G—Pre-Disputes</HD>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.57</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Dispute resolution process for Pre-Disputes.</SUBJECT>
                <P>(a) All potential disputes arising under contracts or solicitations with the FAA may be resolved with the consent of the parties to the dispute under this subpart.</P>
                <P>(b) Pre-disputes shall be filed with the ODRA pursuant to § 17.59.</P>
                <P>(c) The time limitations for the filing of Protests and Contract Disputes established in §§ 17.15(a) and 17.27(c) will not be extended by efforts to resolve the dispute under this subpart.</P>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.59</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Filing a Pre-Dispute.</SUBJECT>
                <P>(a) A Pre-dispute must be in writing, affirmatively state that it is a Pre-dispute pursuant to this subpart, and shall contain:</P>
                <P>(1) The party's name, address, telephone and Fax numbers and the name, address, telephone and Fax numbers of the contractor's legal representative(s) (if any);</P>
                <P>(2) The contract or solicitation number and the name of the Contracting Officer;</P>
                <P>(3) A chronological statement of the facts and of the legal grounds for the party's positions regarding the dispute citing to relevant contract or solicitation provisions and documents and attaching copies of those provisions and documents; and</P>
                <P>(4) The signature of a duly authorized legal representative of the initiating party.</P>
                <P>(b) Pre-disputes shall be filed at the following address: ODRA, AGC-70, Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue, SW., Room 323, Washington, DC 20591; Telephone: (202) 267-3290, Fax: (202) 267-3720.</P>
                <P>(c) Upon the filing of a Pre-dispute with the ODRA, the ODRA will contact the opposing party to offer its services pursuant to § 17.57. If the opposing party agrees, the ODRA will provide Pre-dispute services. If the opposing party does not agree, the ODRA Pre-dispute file will be closed and no service will be provided.</P>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 17.61</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Use of alternative dispute resolution.</SUBJECT>
                <P>(a) Only non-binding, voluntary ADR will be used to attempt to resolve a Pre-dispute pursuant to § 17.37.</P>
                <P>(b) ADR conducted under this subpart is subject to the confidentiality requirements of § 17.39.</P>
                <APPENDIX>
                  <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix A to Part 17—Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR)</HD>
                  <P>A. The FAA dispute resolution procedures encourage the parties to protests and contract disputes to use ADR as the primary means to resolve protests and contract disputes, pursuant to the Administrative Dispute Resolution Act of 1996, Public Law 104-320, 5 U.S.C. 570-579, and Department of Transportation and FAA policies to utilize ADR to the maximum extent practicable. Under the procedures presented in this part, the ODRA encourages parties to consider ADR techniques such as case evaluation, mediation, or arbitration.</P>
                  <P>B. ADR encompasses a number of processes and techniques for resolving protests or contract disputes. The most commonly used types include:</P>
                  <P>(1)<E T="03">Mediation.</E>The neutral or compensated neutral ascertains the needs and interests of both parties and facilitates discussions between or among the parties and an amicable resolution of their differences, seeking approaches to bridge the gaps between the parties” respective positions. The neutral or compensated neutral can meet with the parties separately, conduct joint meetings with the parties” representatives, or employ both methods in appropriate cases.</P>
                  <P>(2)<E T="03">Neutral Evaluation.</E>At any stage during the ADR process, as the parties may agree, the neutral or compensated neutral will provide a candid assessment and opinion of the strengths and weaknesses of the parties” positions as to the facts and law, so as to facilitate further discussion and resolution.</P>
                  <P>(3)<E T="03">Binding Arbitration.</E>The ODRA, after consultation with the United States Department of Justice in accordance with the provisions of the Administrative Disputes Resolution Act offers true binding arbitration in cases within its jurisdiction. The ODRA's Guidance for the Use of Binding Arbitration may be found on its website at:<E T="03">http://www.faa.gov/go/odra.</E>
                  </P>
                </APPENDIX>
              </SECTION>
            </SUBPART>
          </PART>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued in Washington, DC, on July 25, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>J. Randolph Babbitt,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Administrator.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-22842 Filed 9-6-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 23</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. CE315; Special Conditions No. 23-254-SC]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Special Conditions: Embraer S.A.; Model EMB 505; Single-Place Side-Facing Lavatory Seat Dynamic Test Requirements</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final special conditions; request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>These special conditions are issued for the Embraer S.A., EMB 505 airplane. This airplane will have a novel or unusual design feature(s) associated with the installation of a single-place side-facing seat. The applicable airworthiness regulations do not provide adequate or appropriate safety standards for this design feature. In order to provide a level of safety that is equivalent to that afforded to occupants of forward and aft facing seating, additional airworthiness standards, in the form of special conditions, are necessary.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>The effective date of these special conditions is August 31, 2011. Comments must be received on or before October 7, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Comments on these special conditions may be mailed in duplicate to: Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Regional Counsel, ACE-7,<E T="03">Attention:</E>Rules Docket, Docket No. CE315, 901 Locust, Room 506, Kansas City, Missouri 64106, or delivered in duplicate to the Regional Counsel at the above address. Comments must be marked: CE315. Comments may be inspected in the Rules Docket weekdays, except Federal holidays, between 7:30 a.m. and 4 p.m.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Mr. Bob Stegeman, Federal Aviation Administration, Aircraft Certification Service, Small Airplane Directorate, ACE-111, 901 Locust, Kansas City, Missouri, 816-329-4140, fax 816-329-4090, e-mail<E T="03">Robert.Stegeman@faa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>The FAA has determined that notice and opportunity for prior public comment hereon are impracticable because these procedures would significantly delay issuance of the approval design and thus delivery of the affected aircraft. In addition, the substance of these special conditions has been subject to the public comment process in several prior instance with no substantive comments<PRTPAGE P="55231"/>received. The FAA therefore finds that good cause exists for making these special conditions effective upon issuance.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Invited</HD>
        <P>We invite interested people to take part in this rulemaking by sending written comments, data, or views. The most helpful comments reference a specific portion of the special conditions, explain the reason for any recommended change, and include supporting data. We ask that you send us two copies of written comments.</P>

        <P>We will file in the docket all comments we receive, as well as a report summarizing each substantive public contact with FAA personnel concerning these special conditions. You can inspect the docket before and after the comment closing date. If you wish to review the docket in person, go to the address in the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section of this preamble between 7:30 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.</P>
        <P>We will consider all comments we receive on or before the closing date for comments. We will consider comments filed late if it is possible to do so without incurring expense or delay. We may change these special conditions based on the comments we receive.</P>
        <P>If you want us to let you know we received your comments on these special conditions, send us a pre-addressed, stamped postcard on which the docket number appears. We will stamp the date on the postcard and mail it back to you.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <P>On October 14, 2010, Embraer S.A. applied for a design change to Type Certificate No. A60CE for installation of a side-facing belted lavatory in the EMB-505 airplane. The belted lavatory will be used as a passenger seat during takeoff and landing; therefore, comply with the provisions of §§ 23.562 and 23.785 (in addition to the certification basis as established in type certificate A60CE) and any additional requirements the FAA determines are applicable. In this case, the approval of a side-facing seat to these provisions is considered new and novel and as such will require special conditions and specific methods of compliance to certificate.</P>
        <P>14 CFR part 23 was amended August 8, 1988, by Amendment 23-36, to revise the emergency landing conditions that must be considered in the design of the airplane. Amendment 23-36 revised the static load conditions in § 23.561, and added a new § 23.562 that required dynamic testing for all seats approved for occupancy during takeoff and landing. The intent of Amendment 23-36 is to provide an improved level of safety for occupants on part 23 airplanes. Because most seating is forward-facing in part 23 airplanes, the pass/fail criteria developed in Amendment 23-36 focused primarily on these seats. Since the regulations do not address side-facing seats, these criteria should be documented in special conditions.</P>
        <P>The FAA decision to review compliance with these regulations stems from the fact that the current regulations do not provide adequate and appropriate standards for the type certification of this type of seat.</P>
        <P>These requirements are substantially similar to other single-place side-facing seat installations approved for use on several different part 25 aircraft.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Type Certification Basis</HD>
        <P>Under the provisions of § 21.101, Embraer S.A. must show that the model EMB 505 meets the applicable provisions of the regulations incorporated by reference in Type Certificate No. A60CE or the applicable regulations in effect on the date of application for the change to the Embraer model 505 type certificate. The regulations incorporated by reference in the type certificate are commonly referred to as the “original type certification basis.”</P>
        <P>The following model is covered by this special condition:</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Embraer S.A. EMB 505:</E>
        </P>
        <P>For the model listed above, the certification basis also includes all exemptions, if any; equivalent level of safety findings, if any; and special conditions not relevant to the special conditions adopted by this rulemaking action.</P>

        <P>If the Administrator determines that the applicable airworthiness regulations (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>part 23 as amended) do not contain adequate or appropriate safety standards for the Embraer S.A. model EMB 505 with a side-facing seat as installed on this Embraer S.A. Aircraft model because of a novel or unusual design feature, special conditions are prescribed under the provisions of § 21.16.</P>
        <P>The FAA issues special conditions, as appropriate, as defined in § 11.19, in accordance with § 11.38, and become part of the type certification basis in accordance with § 21.101.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Novel or Unusual Design Features</HD>
        <P>The Embraer S.A., model EMB 505, will incorporate the following novel or unusual design feature:</P>
        <P>A side-facing lavatory seat intended for taxi/takeoff and landing.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion</HD>
        <P>The seat is to incorporate design features that reduce the potential for injury in the event of an accident. In a severe impact, the occupant will be restrained by a 2-point seatbelt and bear on an adjacent padded wall. In addition to the design features intended to minimize occupant injury during an accident sequence, the installation will also require operational procedures that will facilitate egress after an accident, including leaving the lavatory door locked open during taxi, takeoff and landing. The adjacent forward wall/bulkhead interior structure will have padding, which will provide some protection to the head of the occupant.</P>
        <P>The Code of Federal Regulations states performance criteria for forward- and aft-facing seats and restraints in an objective manner. However, none of these criteria are adequate to address the specific issues raised concerning side-facing seats. Therefore, the FAA has determined that, in addition to the requirements of parts and 23, special conditions are needed to address the installation of this seat installation/restraint.</P>
        <P>Accordingly, these special conditions are for the Embraer S.A., model EMB 505, side-facing seat location. Other conditions may be developed, as needed, based on further FAA review and discussions with the manufacturer and civil aviation authorities.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Applicability</HD>
        <P>As discussed above, these special conditions are applicable to the EMB 505. Should Embraer S.A. apply at a later date for a change to the type certificate to include another model incorporating the same novel or unusual design feature, the special conditions would apply to that model as well.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Conclusion</HD>
        <P>This action affects only certain novel or unusual design features on one model of airplane. It is not a rule of general applicability, and it affects only the applicant who applied to the FAA for approval of these features on the airplane.</P>

        <P>The substance of these special conditions has been subjected to the notice and comment period in several prior instances and has been derived without substantive change from those previously issued. It is unlikely that prior public comment would result in a significant change from the substance contained herein. Therefore, because a delay would significantly affect the<PRTPAGE P="55232"/>certification of the airplane, which is imminent, the FAA has determined that prior public notice and comment are unnecessary and impracticable, and good cause exists for adopting these special conditions upon issuance. The FAA is requesting comments to allow interested persons to submit views that may not have been submitted in response to the prior opportunities for comment described above.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 23</HD>
          <P>Aircraft, Aviation safety, Signs and symbols.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Citation</HD>
        <P>The authority citation for these special conditions is as follows:</P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113 and 44701; 14 CFR 21.16 and 21.101; and 14 CFR 11.38 and 11.19.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Special Conditions</HD>
        <P>The minimum acceptable standards for dynamic seat certification of the belted lavatory seat are as follows:</P>
        <P>(a)<E T="03">Existing Criteria.</E>As referenced by § 23.785(b), all injury protection criteria of §§ 23.562(c)(1) through (c)(7) apply to the occupants of the side-facing seats. Head injury criteria (HIC) assessments are only required for head contact with the seat and/or adjacent structures.</P>
        <P>(b)<E T="03">Body-to-wall/furnishing contact.</E>The seat must be installed aft of a structure such as an interior wall or furnishing that will contact the pelvis, upper arm, chest, or head of an occupant seated next to the structure. A conservative representation of the structure and its stiffness must be included in the tests. It is required that the contact surface of this structure must be covered with at least two inches of energy absorbing protective padding (foam or equivalent), such as Ensolite.</P>
        <P>(c)<E T="03">Thoracic Trauma.</E>Testing with a Side Impact Dummy (SID), as defined by 49 CFR part 572, Subpart F, or its equivalent, must be performed in order to establish Thoracic Trauma Index (TTI) injury criteria. TTI acquired with the SID must be less than 85, as defined in 49 CFR part 572, Subpart F. SID TTI data must be processed as defined in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) Part 571.214, section S6.13.5. Rational analysis, comparing an installation with another installation where TTI data were acquired and found acceptable, may also be viable.</P>
        <P>(d)<E T="03">Pelvis.</E>Pelvic lateral acceleration must not exceed 130g. Pelvic acceleration data must be processed as defined in FMVSS Part 571.214, section S6.13.5.</P>
        <P>(e)<E T="03">Shoulder Strap Loads.</E>Where upper torso straps (shoulder straps) are used for occupants, tension loads in individual straps must not exceed 1,750 pounds. If dual straps are used for restraining the upper torso, the total strap tension loads must not exceed 2,000 pounds.</P>
        <P>(f)<E T="03">Compression Loads.</E>The compression load measured between the pelvis and the lumbar spine of the ATD may not exceed 1,500 pounds.</P>
        <P>(g)<E T="03">Emergency Evacuation.</E>When occupied, the lavatory door must be latched open for takeoff and landing and must remain latched under the § 23.561(b) loads. The airplane configuration must meet the emergency evaluation requirements of its certification basis with the seat occupied.</P>
        <P>(h)<E T="03">Lavatory Door Placard.</E>A placard specifying the lavatory door must be latched open for takeoff and landing when occupied must be displayed on the outside of the door.</P>
        <P>(i)<E T="03">Test Requirements in § 23.562 dynamic loads.</E>The tests in § 23.562(a), (b) and (c) must be conducted on the lavatory seat. Floor deformation is required except for a seat that is cantilevered to the bulkhead.</P>
        <P>The following are the agreed to methods of compliance and testing requirements:</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">General Test Guidelines</HD>
        <P>(a) One longitudinal test with the SID ATD or its equivalent, undeformed floor, no yaw, and with all lateral structural supports (armrests/walls) will be accomplished.</P>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">—Pass/fail injury assessments: TTI and pelvic acceleration.</FP>
        
        <P>(b) One longitudinal test with the Hybrid II ATD, deformed floor, with 10 degrees yaw, and with all lateral structural supports (armrests/walls) will be accomplished.</P>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">—Pass/fail injury assessments: HIC and upper torso restraint load, restraint system retention and pelvic acceleration.</FP>
        
        <P>(c) Vertical (15 G's) test is to be conducted with modified Hybrid II ATDs with existing pass/fail criteria.</P>
        <P>(d) The ATD can be tethered for the floor deformation test.</P>
        <P>(e) The seatbelt is not required to have a TSO Authorization but will need to comply with the TSO-C22g Minimum Performance Standards (MPS).</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued in Kansas City, Missouri, on August 31, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Earl Lawrence,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Manager, Small Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-22880 Filed 9-6-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 71</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2011-0402; Airspace Docket No. 11-ASO-18]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Establishment of Class E Airspace; Copperhill, TN</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This action establishes Class E Airspace at Copperhill, TN, to accommodate the new Area Navigation (RNAV) Global Positioning System (GPS) Standard Instrument Approach Procedures serving Martin Campbell Field Airport. This action enhances the safety and airspace management of Instrument Flight Rules (IFR) operations within the National Airspace System.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Effective 0901 UTC, October 20, 2011. The Director of the Federal Register approves this incorporation by reference action under title 1, Code of Federal Regulations, part 51, subject to the annual revision of FAA Order 7400.9 and publication of conforming amendments.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>John Fornito, Operations Support Group, Eastern Service Center, Federal Aviation Administration, P.O. Box 20636, Atlanta, Georgia 30320; telephone (404) 305-6364.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">History</HD>
        <P>On June 17, 2011, the FAA published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>a notice of proposed rulemaking to establish Class E airspace at Copperhill, TN (76 FR 35370) Docket No. FAA-2011-0402. Interested parties were invited to participate in this rulemaking effort by submitting written comments on the proposal to the FAA. No comments were received. Class E airspace designations are published in paragraph 6005 of FAA Order 7400.9U dated August 18, 2010, and effective September 15, 2010, which is incorporated by reference in 14 CFR 71.1. The Class E airspace designations listed in this document will be published subsequently in the Order.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Rule</HD>

        <P>This amendment to Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) part 71 establishes the Class E airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface at Copperhill, TN to provide the controlled airspace required to<PRTPAGE P="55233"/>accommodate the new Area Navigation (RNAV) Global Positioning System (GPS) Standard Instrument Approach Procedures developed for Martin Campbell Field Airport. This action is necessary for the safety and management of IFR operations at the airport.</P>
        <P>The FAA has determined that this regulation only involves an established body of technical regulations for which frequent and routine amendments are necessary to keep them operationally current, is non-controversial and unlikely to result in adverse or negative comments. It, therefore, (1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034; February 26, 1979); and (3) does not warrant preparation of a Regulatory Evaluation as the anticipated impact is so minimal. Since this is a routine matter that will only affect air traffic procedures and air navigation, it is certified that this rule, when promulgated, will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
        <P>The FAA's authority to issue rules regarding aviation safety is found in Title 49 of the United States Code. Subtitle I, section 106 describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the agency's authority.</P>
        <P>This rulemaking is promulgated under the authority described in subtitle VII, part A, subpart I, section 40103. Under that section, the FAA is charged with prescribing regulations to assign the use of airspace necessary to ensure the safety of aircraft and the efficient use of airspace. This regulation is within the scope of that authority as it establishes controlled airspace at Martin Campbell Field Airport, Copperhill, TN.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Lists of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 71</HD>
          <P>Airspace, Incorporation by reference, Navigation (air).</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Adoption of the Amendment</HD>
        <P>In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration amends 14 CFR part 71 as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="71" TITLE="14">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 71—DESIGNATION OF CLASS A, B, C, D AND E AIRSPACE AREAS; AIR TRAFFIC SERVICE ROUTES; AND REPORTING POINTS</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 71 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g); 40103, 40113, 40120; E.O. 10854, 24 FR 9565, 3 CFR, 1959-1963 Comp., p. 389.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="71" TITLE="14">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 71.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>2. The incorporation by reference in 14 CFR 71.1 of Federal Aviation Administration Order 7400.9U, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, dated August 18, 2010, effective September 15, 2010, is amended as follows:</AMDPAR>
          
          <EXTRACT>
            <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paragraph 6005Class E airspace areas extending upward from 700 feet or more above the surface of the earth.</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">ASO TN E5Copperhill, TN [New]</HD>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Martin Campbell Field Airport, TN</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(Lat. 35°0′57″ N., long. 84°20′49″ W.)</FP>
            
            <P>That airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface within an 8.1-mile radius of the Martin Campbell Field Airport.</P>
          </EXTRACT>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued in College Park, Georgia, on August 19, 2011</DATED>
          <NAME>Mark D. Ward,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Manager, Operations Support Group, Eastern Service Center, Air Traffic Organization.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-22315 Filed 9-6-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 97</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. 30799; Amdt. No. 3440]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Standard Instrument Approach Procedures, and Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle Departure Procedures; Miscellaneous Amendments</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This establishes, amends, suspends, or revokes Standard Instrument Approach Procedures (SIAPs) and associated Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle Departure Procedures for operations at certain airports. These regulatory actions are needed because of the adoption of new or revised criteria, or because of changes occurring in the National Airspace System, such as the commissioning of new navigational facilities, adding new obstacles, or changing air traffic requirements. These changes are designed to provide safe and efficient use of the navigable airspace and to promote safe flight operations under instrument flight rules at the affected airports.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This rule is effective September 7, 2011. The compliance date for each SIAP, associated Takeoff Minimums, and ODP is specified in the amendatory provisions. The incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in the regulations is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as of September 7, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Availability of matters incorporated by reference in the amendment is as follows:</P>
        </ADD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">For Examination</HD>
        <P>1. FAA Rules Docket, FAA Headquarters Building, 800 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20591;</P>
        <P>2. The FAA Regional Office of the region in which the affected airport is located;</P>
        <P>3. The National Flight Procedures Office, 6500 South MacArthur Blvd., Oklahoma City, OK 73169 or</P>

        <P>4. The National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:<E T="03">http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</E>
        </P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Availability</E>—All SIAPs and Takeoff Minimums and ODPs are available online free of charge. Visit<E T="03">http://www.nfdc.faa.gov</E>to register. Additionally, individual SIAP and Takeoff Minimums and ODP copies may be obtained from:</P>
        <P>1. FAA Public Inquiry Center (APA-200), FAA Headquarters Building, 800 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20591; or</P>
        <P>2. The FAA Regional Office of the region in which the affected airport is located.</P>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Harry J. Hodges, Flight Procedure Standards Branch (AFS-420), Flight Technologies and Programs Divisions, Flight Standards Service, Federal Aviation Administration, Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center, 6500 South MacArthur Blvd., Oklahoma City, OK 73169 (Mail Address: P.O. Box 25082, Oklahoma City, OK 73125) Telephone: (405) 954-4164.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>This rule amends Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 97 (14 CFR part 97), by establishing, amending, suspending, or revoking SIAPS, Takeoff Minimums and/or ODPS. The complete regulators description of each SIAP and its associated Takeoff Minimums or ODP for an identified airport is listed on FAA form documents which are incorporated by reference in this amendment under 5 U.S.C. 552(a), 1 CFR part 51, and 14 CFR 97.20. The applicable FAA Forms<PRTPAGE P="55234"/>are FAA Forms 8260-3, 8260-4, 8260-5, 8260-15A, and 8260-15B when required by an entry on 8260-15A.</P>

        <P>The large number of SIAPs, Takeoff Minimums and ODPs, in addition to their complex nature and the need for a special format make publication in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>expensive and impractical. Furthermore, airmen do not use the regulatory text of the SIAPs, Takeoff Minimums or ODPs, but instead refer to their depiction on charts printed by publishers of aeronautical materials. The advantages of incorporation by reference are realized and publication of the complete description of each SIAP, Takeoff Minimums and ODP listed on FAA forms is unnecessary. This amendment provides the affected CFR sections and specifies the types of SIAPs and the effective dates of the, associated Takeoff Minimums and ODPs. This amendment also identifies the airport and its location, the procedure, and the amendment number.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Rule</HD>
        <P>This amendment to 14 CFR part 97 is effective upon publication of each separate SIAP, Takeoff Minimums and ODP as contained in the transmittal. Some SIAP and Takeoff Minimums and textual ODP amendments may have been issued previously by the FAA in a Flight Data Center (FDC) Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) as an emergency action of immediate flight safety relating directly to published aeronautical charts. The circumstances which created the need for some SIAP and Takeoff Minimums and ODP amendments may require making them effective in less than 30 days. For the remaining SIAPS and Takeoff Minimums and ODPS, an effective date at least 30 days after publication is provided.</P>
        <P>Further, the SIAPs and Takeoff Minimums and ODPS contained in this amendment are based on the criteria contained in the U.S. Standard for Terminal Instrument Procedures (TERPS). In developing these SIAPS and Takeoff Minimums and ODPs, the TERPS criteria were applied to the conditions existing or anticipated at the affected airports. Because of the close and immediate relationship between these SIAPs, Takeoff Minimums and ODPs, and safety in air commerce, I find that notice and public procedures before adopting these SIAPS, Takeoff Minimums and ODPs are impracticable and contrary to the public interest and, where applicable, that good cause exists for making some SIAPs effective in less than 30 days.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Conclusion</HD>
        <P>The FAA has determined that this regulation only involves an established body of technical regulations for which frequent and routine amendments are necessary to keep them operationally current. It, therefore—(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034; February 26, 1979); and (3) does not warrant preparation of a regulatory evaluation as the anticipated impact is so minimal. For the same reason, the FAA certifies that this amendment will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 97</HD>
          <P>Air Traffic Control, Airports, Incorporation by reference, and Navigation (air).</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued in Washington, DC on August 19, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>John M. Allen,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director, Flight Standards Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Adoption of the Amendment</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me, Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations, part 97 (14 CFR part 97) is amended by establishing, amending, suspending, or revoking Standard Instrument Approach Procedures and/or Takeoff Minimums and/or Obstacle Departure Procedures effective at 0902 UTC on the dates specified, as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="97" TITLE="14">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 97—STANDARD INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURES</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 97 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40103, 40106, 40113, 40114, 40120, 44502, 44514, 44701, 44719, 44721-44722.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="97" TITLE="14">
          <AMDPAR>2. Part 97 is amended to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <EXTRACT>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Effective 22 SEP 2011</HD>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Shenandoah, IA, Shenandoah Muni, VOR/DME RWY 12, Amdt 4</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">McCall, ID, McCall Muni, NDB RWY 34, Orig, CANCELLED</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Bedford, IN, Virgil I Grisson Muni, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Orig</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Manistee, MI, Manistee Co.-Blacker, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Amdt 6</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Miles City, MT, Frank Wiley Field, NDB RWY 4, Amdt 5A, CANCELLED</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Ballinger, TX, Bruce Field, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Orig</FP>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Effective 20 OCT 2011</HD>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Anchorage, AK, Ted Stevens Anchorage Intl, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Amdt 6</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">St. Paul Island, AK, St. Paul Island, RNAV (GPS) RWY 18, Amdt 2B</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Almyra, AR, Almyra Muni, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Orig</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Brinkley, AR, Frank Federer Memorial, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Orig</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Walnut Ridge, AR, Walnut Ridge Rgnl, RNAV (GPS) RWY 4, Orig</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Walnut Ridge, AR, Walnut Ridge Rgnl, RNAV (GPS) RWY 18, Amdt 1</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Walnut Ridge, AR, Walnut Ridge Rgnl, RNAV (GPS) RWY 22, Amdt 1</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Walnut Ridge, AR, Walnut Ridge Rgnl, RNAV (GPS) RWY 36, Amdt 1</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Walnut Ridge, AR, Walnut Ridge Rgnl, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Orig</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Hemet, CA, Hemet-Ryan, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Amdt 2</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Oakland, CA, Metropolitan Oakland Intl, RNAV (RNP) Z RWY 11, Orig-A</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Susanville, CA, Susanville Muni, RNAV (GPS)-A, Amdt 1</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Aspen, CO, Aspen-Pitkin Co/Sardy Field, SARDD TWO Graphic DP</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">St Petersburg-Clearwater, FL, St Petersburg-Clearwater Intl, ILS OR LOC RWY 18L, ILS RWY 18L (SA CAT I), ILS RWY 18L (CAT II), Amdt 21A</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">St Petersburg-Clearwater, FL, St Petersburg-Clearwater Intl, ILS OR LOC/DME RWY 36R, Amdt 2A</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">St Petersburg-Clearwater, FL, St Petersburg-Clearwater Intl, RNAV (GPS) RWY 18L, Amdt 1A</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">St Petersburg-Clearwater, FL, St Petersburg-Clearwater Intl, RNAV (GPS) RWY 36R, Amdt 2A</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">St Petersburg-Clearwater, FL, St Petersburg-Clearwater Intl, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Amdt 3</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">St Petersburg-Clearwater, FL, St Petersburg-Clearwater Intl, VOR RWY 36R, Amdt 1A</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">St Petersburg-Clearwater, FL, St Petersburg-Clearwater Intl, VOR/DME RWY 18L, Amdt 1A</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Chariton, IA, Chariton Muni, NDB RWY 17, Amdt 3A, CANCELLED</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Pocahontas, IA, Pocahontas Muni, VOR/DME RWY 30, Amdt 4</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">McCall, ID, McCall Muni, MCCALL ONE Graphic DP, CANCELLED</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">McCall, ID, McCall Muni, PEPUC ONE Graphic DP</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">McCall, ID, McCall Muni, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Amdt 3</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Jacksonville, IL, Jacksonville Muni, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Orig</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Monticello, IL, Piatt County, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Orig</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Portland, IN, Portland Muni, RNAV (GPS) RWY 9, Amdt 1</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Portland, IN, Portland Muni, RNAV (GPS) RWY 27, Amdt 1</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Winamac, IN, Arens Field, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Orig</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Atchison, KS, Amelia Earhart, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Orig</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Ashland, KY, Ashland Rgnl, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Amdt 5</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Danville, KY, Stuart Powell Field, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Amdt 1</FP>

            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Marksville, LA, Marksville Muni, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Orig<PRTPAGE P="55235"/>
            </FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Cumberland, MD, Greater Cumberland Rgnl, RNAV (GPS) RWY 23, Orig-A</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Albert Lea, MN, Albert Lea Muni, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Amdt 1</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Moorhead, MN, Moorhead Muni, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Orig</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Potosi, MO, Washington County, RNAV (GPS) RWY 2, Amdt 2</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Billings, MT, Billings Logan Intl, RNAV (GPS) RWY 25, Orig-B</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Bowman, ND, Bowman Muni, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Orig</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Mohall, ND, Mohall Muni, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Orig</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Hugo, OK, Stan Stamper Muni, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Orig</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Madill, OK, Madill Muni, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Amdt 1</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Miami, OK, Miami Muni, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Orig</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Mooreland, OK, Mooreland Muni, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Orig</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Stillwater, OK, Stillwater Rgnl, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Orig</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Beaver Falls, PA, Beaver County, LOC RWY 10, Amdt 4</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Lehighton, PA, Jake Arner Memorial, NDB RWY 8, Amdt 3, CANCELLED</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Lehighton, PA, Jake Arner Memorial, NDB RWY 26, Amdt 4, CANCELLED</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Columbia/Mount Pleasant, TN, Maury County, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Amdt 2</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Smyrna, TN, Smyrna, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Amdt 6</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Sparta, TN, Upper Cumberland Rgnl, RNAV (GPS) RWY 4, Orig-B</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Sparta, TN, Upper Cumberland Rgnl, RNAV (GPS) RWY 22, Orig-B</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Brownsville, TX, Brownsville/South Padre Island Intl, RNAV (GPS) RWY 17, Orig</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Brownsville, TX, Brownsville/South Padre Island Intl, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Orig</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">El Paso, TX, Horizon, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Orig</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Kenedy, TX, Karnes County, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Amdt 1</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Sinton, TX, Alfred C `Bubba' Thomas, VOR RWY 32, Amdt 9</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Sweetwater, TX, Avenger Field, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Orig</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Nephi, UT, Nephi Muni, NEPHI ONE Graphic DP</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Nephi, UT, Nephi Muni, RNAV (GPS) RWY 17, Orig</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Nephi, UT, Nephi Muni, RNAV (GPS) RWY 35, Orig</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Nephi, UT, Nephi Muni, Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Orig</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">New Richmond, WI, New Richmond Rgnl, RNAV (GPS) RWY 14, Amdt 2</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">New Richmond, WI, New Richmond Rgnl, RNAV (GPS) RWY 32, Amdt 2</FP>
          </EXTRACT>
        </REGTEXT>
        
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-22444 Filed 9-6-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 97</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. 30800; Amdt. No. 3441]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Standard Instrument Approach Procedures, and Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle Departure Procedures; Miscellaneous Amendments</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This rule establishes, amends, suspends, or revokes Standard Instrument Approach Procedures (SIAPs) and associated Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle Departure Procedures for operations at certain airports. These regulatory actions are needed because of the adoption of new or revised criteria, or because of changes occurring in the National Airspace System, such as the commissioning of new navigational facilities, adding newobstacles, or changing air traffic requirements. These changesare designed to provide safe and efficient use of the navigable airspace and to promote safe flight operations under instrument flight rules at the affected airports.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This rule is effective September 7, 2011. The compliance date for each SIAP, associated Takeoff Minimums, and ODP is specified in the amendatory provisions.</P>
          <P>The incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in the regulations is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as of September 7, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Availability of matter incorporated by reference in the amendment is as follows:</P>
        </ADD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">For Examination</HD>
        <P>1. FAA Rules Docket, FAA Headquarters Building, 800 IndependenceAvenue, SW., Washington, DC 20591;</P>
        <P>2. The FAA Regional Office of the region in which the affectedairport is located;</P>
        <P>3. The National Flight Procedures Office, 6500 SouthMacArthur Blvd., Oklahoma City, OK 73169 or</P>

        <P>4. The National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). Forinformation on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:<E T="03">http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</E>
        </P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Availability</E>—All SIAPs are available online free of charge. Visit<E T="03">http://nfdc.faa.gov</E>to register. Additionally, individual SIAP and Takeoff Minimums and ODP copies may be obtained from:</P>
        <P>1. FAA Public Inquiry Center (APA-200), FAA HeadquartersBuilding, 800 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20591; or</P>
        <P>2. The FAA Regional Office of the region in which the affectedairport is located.</P>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Harry J. Hodges, Flight Procedure Standards Branch (AFS-420) Flight Technologies and Programs Division, Flight Standards Service, Federal Aviation Administration, Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center, 6500 South MacArthur Blvd., Oklahoma City, OK 73169 (Mail Address: P.O. Box 25082 Oklahoma City, OK 73125) telephone: (405) 954-4164.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>This rule amends Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations, part 97 (14 CFR part 97) by amending the referenced SIAPs. The complete regulatory description of each SIAP is listed on the appropriate FAA Form 8260, as modified by the National Flight Data Center (FDC)/Permanent Notice to Airmen (P-NOTAM), and is incorporated by reference in the amendment under 5 U.S.C. 552(a), 1 CFR part 51, and § 97.20 of Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations.</P>

        <P>The large number of SIAPs, their complex nature, and the need for a special format make their verbatim publication in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>expensive and impractical. Further, airmen do not use the regulatory text of the SIAPs, but refer to their graphic depiction on charts printed by publishers of aeronautical materials. Thus, the advantages of incorporation by reference are realized and publication of the complete description of each SIAP contained in FAA form documents is unnecessary. This amendment provides the affected CFR sections and specifies the types of SIAP and the corresponding effective dates. This amendment also identifies the airport and its location, the procedure and the amendment number.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Rule</HD>
        <P>This amendment to 14 CFR part 97 is effective upon publication of each separate SIAP as amended in the transmittal. For safety and timeliness of change considerations, this amendment incorporates only specific changes contained for each SIAP as modified by FDC/P-NOTAMs.</P>

        <P>The SIAPs, as modified by FDC P-NOTAM, and contained in this<PRTPAGE P="55236"/>amendment are based on the criteria contained in the U.S. Standard for Terminal Instrument Procedures (TERPS). In developing these changes to SIAPs, the TERPS criteria were applied only to specific conditions existing at the affected airports. All SIAP amendments in this rule have been previously issued by the FAA in a FDC NOTAM as an emergency action of immediate flight safety relating directly to published aeronautical charts. The circumstances which created the need for all these SIAP amendments requires making them effective in less than 30 days.</P>
        <P>Because of the close and immediate relationship between these SIAPs and safety in air commerce, I find that notice and public procedure before adopting these SIAPs are impracticable and contrary to the public interest and, where applicable, that good cause exists for making these SIAPs effective in less than 30 days.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Conclusion</HD>
        <P>The FAA has determined that this regulation only involvesan established body of technical regulations for which frequentand routine amendments are necessary to keep them operationally current. It, therefore—(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a “significant rule” under DOT regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR11034; February 26, 1979); and (3) does not warrant preparationof a regulatory evaluation as the anticipated impact is sominimal. For the same reason, the FAA certifies that this amendment will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 97</HD>
          <P>Air Traffic Control, Airports, Incorporation by reference, and Navigation (Air).</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued in Washington, DC on August 19, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>John M. Allen,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director, Flight Standards Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Adoption of the Amendment</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me, Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations, part 97, 14 CFR part 97, is amended by amending Standard Instrument Approach Procedures, effective at 0901 UTC on the dates specified, as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="97" TITLE="14">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 97—STANDARD INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURES</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 97 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40103, 40106, 40113, 40114, 40120, 44502, 44514, 44701, 44719, 44721-44722.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="97" TITLE="14">
          <AMDPAR>2. Part 97 is amended to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <P>By amending: § 97.23 VOR, VOR/DME, VOR or TACAN, and VOR/DME or TACAN; § 97.25 LOC, LOC/DME, LDA, LDA/DME, SDF, SDF/DME; § 97.27 NDB, NDB/DME; § 97.29 ILS, ILS/DME, MLS, MLS/DME, MLS/RNAV; § 97.31 RADAR SIAPs; § 97.33 RNAV SIAPs; and § 97.35 COPTER SIAPs, identified as follows:</P>
          
          <EXTRACT>
            <HD SOURCE="HD2">* * * EFFECTIVE UPON PUBLICATION</HD>
          </EXTRACT>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs48,xls32,r50,r75,10,10,xs120" COLS="7" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">AIRAC date</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">State</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">City</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Airport</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">FDC No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">FDC Date</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Subject</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">22-Sep-11</ENT>
              <ENT>CO</ENT>
              <ENT>Denver</ENT>
              <ENT>Denver Intl</ENT>
              <ENT>1/1391</ENT>
              <ENT>8/16/11</ENT>
              <ENT>ILS OR LOC RWY 7, Amdt 2A.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">22-Sep-11</ENT>
              <ENT>CO</ENT>
              <ENT>Denver</ENT>
              <ENT>Denver Intl</ENT>
              <ENT>1/1393</ENT>
              <ENT>8/16/11</ENT>
              <ENT>ILS RWY 26, Amdt 2.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">22-Sep-11</ENT>
              <ENT>TX</ENT>
              <ENT>Dallas-Fort Worth</ENT>
              <ENT>Dallas/Fort Worth Intl</ENT>
              <ENT>1/7239</ENT>
              <ENT>7/28/11</ENT>
              <ENT>RNAV (RNP) Z RWY 31R, Amdt 1B.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">22-Sep-11</ENT>
              <ENT>TX</ENT>
              <ENT>Dallas-Fort Worth</ENT>
              <ENT>Dallas/Fort Worth Intl</ENT>
              <ENT>1/7240</ENT>
              <ENT>7/28/11</ENT>
              <ENT>RNAV (RNP) Z RWY 31L, Orig-C.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">22-Sep-11</ENT>
              <ENT>TX</ENT>
              <ENT>Dallas-Fort Worth</ENT>
              <ENT>Dallas/Fort Worth Intl</ENT>
              <ENT>1/7241</ENT>
              <ENT>7/28/11</ENT>
              <ENT>RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 31L, Orig.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">22-Sep-11</ENT>
              <ENT>TX</ENT>
              <ENT>Dallas-Fort Worth</ENT>
              <ENT>Dallas/Fort Worth Intl</ENT>
              <ENT>1/7242</ENT>
              <ENT>7/28/11</ENT>
              <ENT>CONVERGING ILS RWY 31R, Amdt 7B.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">22-Sep-11</ENT>
              <ENT>TX</ENT>
              <ENT>Eastland</ENT>
              <ENT>Eastland Muni</ENT>
              <ENT>1/7445</ENT>
              <ENT>7/28/11</ENT>
              <ENT>NDB RWY 35, Amdt 3.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">22-Sep-11</ENT>
              <ENT>IA</ENT>
              <ENT>Monticello</ENT>
              <ENT>Monticello Rgnl</ENT>
              <ENT>1/7975</ENT>
              <ENT>8/2/11</ENT>
              <ENT>RNAV (GPS) RWY 15, Amdt 1.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">22-Sep-11</ENT>
              <ENT>MA</ENT>
              <ENT>Lawrence</ENT>
              <ENT>Lawrence Muni</ENT>
              <ENT>1/8163</ENT>
              <ENT>8/8/11</ENT>
              <ENT>ILS OR LOC Z RWY 5, Orig.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">22-Sep-11</ENT>
              <ENT>TX</ENT>
              <ENT>Houston</ENT>
              <ENT>Houston-Southwest</ENT>
              <ENT>1/8752</ENT>
              <ENT>8/8/11</ENT>
              <ENT>LOC/DME RWY 9, Amdt 3A.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">22-Sep-11</ENT>
              <ENT>WI</ENT>
              <ENT>Oconto</ENT>
              <ENT>Oconto/J. Douglas Bake Memorial</ENT>
              <ENT>1/8920</ENT>
              <ENT>8/8/11</ENT>
              <ENT>GPS RWY 11, Orig.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">22-Sep-11</ENT>
              <ENT>WI</ENT>
              <ENT>Oconto</ENT>
              <ENT>Oconto/J. Douglas Bake Memorial</ENT>
              <ENT>1/8922</ENT>
              <ENT>8/8/11</ENT>
              <ENT>GPS RWY 29, Orig-A.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">22-Sep-11</ENT>
              <ENT>KS</ENT>
              <ENT>Harper</ENT>
              <ENT>Harper Muni</ENT>
              <ENT>1/9393</ENT>
              <ENT>8/9/11</ENT>
              <ENT>VOR OR GPS B, Amdt 1.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">22-Sep-11</ENT>
              <ENT>IL</ENT>
              <ENT>Alton/St. Louis</ENT>
              <ENT>St Louis Rgnl</ENT>
              <ENT>1/9395</ENT>
              <ENT>8/9/11</ENT>
              <ENT>VOR A, Amdt 9.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">22-Sep-11</ENT>
              <ENT>IN</ENT>
              <ENT>Indianapolis</ENT>
              <ENT>Indianapolis Executive</ENT>
              <ENT>1/9445</ENT>
              <ENT>8/8/11</ENT>
              <ENT>ILS OR LOC RWY 36, Amdt 5.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">22-Sep-11</ENT>
              <ENT>IN</ENT>
              <ENT>Indianapolis</ENT>
              <ENT>Indianapolis Executive</ENT>
              <ENT>1/9446</ENT>
              <ENT>8/8/11</ENT>
              <ENT>RNAV (GPS) RWY 36, Orig-A.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">22-Sep-11</ENT>
              <ENT>IN</ENT>
              <ENT>Marion</ENT>
              <ENT>Marion Muni</ENT>
              <ENT>1/9712</ENT>
              <ENT>8/9/11</ENT>
              <ENT>VOR RWY 15, Amdt 10A.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">22-Sep-11</ENT>
              <ENT>GA</ENT>
              <ENT>Brunswick</ENT>
              <ENT>Malcolm McKinnon</ENT>
              <ENT>1/9942</ENT>
              <ENT>8/16/11</ENT>
              <ENT>Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle DP, Amdt 2.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">22-Sep-11</ENT>
              <ENT>WI</ENT>
              <ENT>Milwaukee</ENT>
              <ENT>Milwaukee/Lawrence J Timmerman</ENT>
              <ENT>1/9970</ENT>
              <ENT>8/9/11</ENT>
              <ENT>RNAV (GPS) RWY 15L, Orig.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">22-Sep-11</ENT>
              <ENT>WI</ENT>
              <ENT>Milwaukee</ENT>
              <ENT>Milwaukee/Lawrence J Timmerman</ENT>
              <ENT>1/9971</ENT>
              <ENT>8/9/11</ENT>
              <ENT>LOC RWY 15L, Amdt 6.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">22-Sep-11</ENT>
              <ENT>WI</ENT>
              <ENT>Milwaukee</ENT>
              <ENT>Milwaukee/Lawrence J Timmerman</ENT>
              <ENT>1/9972</ENT>
              <ENT>8/9/11</ENT>
              <ENT>VOR RWY 4L, Amdt 9.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">22-Sep-11</ENT>
              <ENT>WI</ENT>
              <ENT>Milwaukee</ENT>
              <ENT>Milwaukee/Lawrence J Timmerman</ENT>
              <ENT>1/9973</ENT>
              <ENT>8/9/11</ENT>
              <ENT>VOR RWY 15L, Amdt 14.</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
        </REGTEXT>
        <PRTPAGE P="55237"/>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-22450 Filed 9-6-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <CFR>17 CFR Part 271</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Release No. IC-29776; File No. S7-33-11]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 3235-AL22</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Use of Derivatives by Investment Companies Under the Investment Company Act of 1940</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Securities and Exchange Commission.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Concept release; request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) and its staff are reviewing the use of derivatives by management investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Investment Company Act” or “Act”) and companies that have elected to be treated as business development companies (“BDCs”) under the Act (collectively, “funds”). To assist in this review, the Commission is issuing this concept release and request for comments on a wide range of issues relevant to the use of derivatives by funds, including the potential implications for fund leverage, diversification, exposure to certain securities-related issuers, portfolio concentration, valuation, and related matters. In addition to the specific issues highlighted for comment, the Commission invites members of the public to address any other matters that they believe are relevant to the use of derivatives by funds. The Commission intends to consider the comments to help determine whether regulatory initiatives or guidance are needed to improve the current regulatory regime for funds and, if so, the nature of any such initiatives or guidance.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments should be received on or before November 7, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
        </ADD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Electronic Comments</HD>
        <P>• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/concept.shtml</E>);</P>
        <P>• Send an e-mail to<E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov;</E>or</P>
        <P>• Use the Federal eRulemaking Portal (<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>). Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Paper Comments</HD>
        <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Elizabeth M. Murphy, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
        

        <FP>All submissions should refer to File Number S7-33-11. This file number should be included on the subject line if comments are submitted by e-mail. To help us process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's Internet Web site (<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/concept.shtml</E>). Comments are also available for public inspection and copying in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. All comments received will be posted without change; the Commission does not edit personal identifying information from submissions. Therefore, you should only submit information that you wish to make available publicly.</FP>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Edward J. Rubenstein, Senior Special Counsel, or Michael S. Didiuk, Senior Counsel, at (202) 551-6825, Office of Chief Counsel, Division of Investment Management, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549-5030.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table of Contents</HD>
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. Introduction</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Purpose and Scope of the Concept Release</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Background Concerning the Use of Derivatives by Funds</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Request for Comment</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Derivatives Under the Senior Securities Restrictions of the Investment Company Act</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Purpose, Scope, and Application of the Act's Senior Securities Limitations</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Statutory Restrictions on Senior Securities and Related Commission Guidance</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Staff No-Action Letters Concerning the Segregated Account Approach</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Alternative Approaches to the Regulation of Portfolio Leverage</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. The Current Asset Segregation Approach</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Other Approaches</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Request for Comment</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Issues Concerning the Current Asset Segregation Approach</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Alternatives to the Current Asset Segregation Approach</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Related Matters</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">III. Derivatives Under the Investment Company Act's Diversification Requirements</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. The Diversification Requirements</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Application of the Diversification Requirements to a Fund's Use of Derivatives</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Valuation of Derivatives for Purposes of Determining a Fund's Classification as Diversified or Non-Diversified</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Identification of the Issuer of a Derivative for Purposes of Determining a Fund's Classification as Diversified or Non-Diversified</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Request for Comment</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IV. Exposure to Securities-Related Issuers Through Derivatives</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Investment Company Act Limitations on Investing in Securities-Related Issuers</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Counterparty to a Derivatives Investment</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Exposure to Other Securities-Related Issuers Through Derivatives</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. Valuation of Derivatives for Purposes of Rule 12d3-1 Under the Investment Company Act</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">E. Request for Comment</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">V. Portfolio Concentration</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Investment Company Act Provisions Regarding Portfolio Concentration</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Issues Relating to the Application of the Act's Concentration Provisions to a Fund's Use of Derivatives</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Request for Comment</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VI. Valuation of Derivatives</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Investment Company Act Valuation Requirements</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Application of the Valuation Requirements to a Fund's Use of Derivatives</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Request for Comment</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VII. General Request for Comment</FP>
          <STARS/>
        </EXTRACT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Introduction</HD>
        <P>The activities of funds, including their use of derivatives, are regulated extensively under the Investment Company Act,<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>Commission rules, and Commission guidance.<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>Derivatives may<PRTPAGE P="55238"/>be broadly described as instruments or contracts whose value is based upon, or derived from, some other asset or metric (referred to as the “underlier,” “underlying,” or “reference asset”).<SU>3</SU>
          <FTREF/>As detailed below,<SU>4</SU>
          <FTREF/>funds employ derivatives for a variety of purposes, including to increase leverage to boost returns, gain access to certain markets, achieve greater transaction efficiency, and hedge interest rate, credit, and other risks.<SU>5</SU>
          <FTREF/>At the same time, derivatives can raise risk management issues for a fund relating, for example, to leverage, illiquidity (particularly with respect to complex OTC derivatives), and counterparty risk, among others.<SU>6</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>15 U.S.C. 80a. All statutory references to the Investment Company Act are to 15 U.S.C. 80a, and, unless otherwise stated, all references to rules under the Investment Company Act are to Title 17, Part 270 of the Code of Federal Regulations [17 CFR 270]. All references to the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) are to 15 U.S.C. 77a, and, unless otherwise stated, all references to rules under the Securities Act are to Title 17, Part 230 of the Code of Federal Regulations [17 CFR 230]. All references to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) are to 15 U.S.C. 78a, and, unless otherwise stated, all references to rules under the Exchange Act are to Title 17, Part 240 [17 CFR 240].</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>2</SU>The staff has also issued no-action and other letters that relate to fund use of derivatives. In addition to Investment Company Act provisions, funds using derivatives must comply with all other applicable statutory and regulatory requirements, such as other Federal securities law provisions, the Internal Revenue Code (the “IRC”), Regulation T of the Federal Reserve Board (“Regulation T”), and the rules and regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”).<E T="03">See also</E>Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Public Law 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010) (the “Dodd-Frank Act”),<E T="03">available at http://www.sec.gov/about/laws/wallstreetreform-cpa.pdf</E>.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>3</SU>
            <E T="03">See, e.g., Board Oversight of Derivatives,</E>Independent Directors Council Task Force Report (July 2008) (“2008 IDC Report”) at 1, 3,<E T="03">available at http://www.ici.org/pdf/ppr_08_derivatives.pdf.</E>
            <E T="03">See also</E>
            <E T="03">Mutual Funds and Derivative Instruments,</E>Division of Investment Management Memorandum transmitted by Chairman Levitt to Representatives Markey and Fields (Sept. 26, 1994) (“1994 Report”) at text accompanying n. 1 (“[t]he term ‘derivative’ is generally defined as an instrument whose value is based upon, or derived from, some underlying index, reference rate (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>interest rates or currency exchange rates), security, commodity, or other asset.”), and at n. 2 (the “term `derivative' generally is used to embrace forward contracts, futures, swaps, and options”),<E T="03">available at</E>
            <E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/news/studies/deriv.txt</E>; John C. Hull,<E T="03">Options, Futures, and Other Derivatives</E>(7th ed. 2009) (“Hull”) at 1, 779 (“A<E T="03">derivative</E>can be defined as a financial instrument whose value depends on (or derives from) the values of other, more basic underlying variables,” and a derivative is an “instrument whose price depends on, or is derived from, the price of another asset”) (italics in original); rule 3b-13 under the Exchange Act, which defines “eligible OTC derivative instrument,” and rule 16a-1(c) under the Exchange Act, which defines “derivative securities;” section 5200(b) of the Revised Statutes of the United States [12 U.S.C. 84(b)] (as amended by section 610(a)(3) of the Dodd-Frank Act,<E T="03">supra</E>note 2), which defines a “derivative transaction” to include “any transaction that is a contract, agreement, swap, warrant, note, or option that is based, in whole or in part, on the value of, any interest in, or any quantitative measure or the occurrence of any event relating to, one or more commodities, securities, currencies, interest or other rates, indices, or other assets.”</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>4</SU>For a definition, and examples of types, of derivatives,<E T="03">see infra</E>Section I.B.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>5</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>2008 IDC Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 3,<E T="03"/>at<E T="03"/>8-11.<E T="03">See also infra</E>Section I.B.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>6</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>2008 IDC Report,<E T="03">supr</E>a note 3, at 12-13.<E T="03">See also Mutual Fund Derivative Holdings: Fueling the Need for Improved Risk Management,</E>JPMorgan Thought Magazine (Summer 2008) (“2008 JPMorgan Article”),<E T="03">available at</E>
            <E T="03">http://www.jpmorgan.com/cm/BlobServer?blobcol=urldata&amp;blobtable=MungoBlobs&amp;blobkey=id&amp;blobwhere=1158494213964&amp;blobheader=application%2Fpdf&amp;blobnocache=true&amp;blobheadername1=Content.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The dramatic growth in the volume and complexity of derivatives investments over the past two decades, and funds' increased use of derivatives,<SU>7</SU>
          <FTREF/>have led the Commission and its staff to initiate a review of funds' use of derivatives under the Investment Company Act.<SU>8</SU>
          <FTREF/>The staff generally has been exploring the benefits, risks, and costs associated with funds' use of derivatives. The staff also has been exploring issues relating to the use of derivatives by funds such as: whether current market practices involving derivatives are consistent with the leverage, concentration, and diversification provisions of the Investment Company Act; whether funds that rely substantially upon derivatives, particularly those that seek to provide leveraged returns, maintain and implement adequate risk management and other procedures in light of the nature and volume of their derivatives investments; whether funds' boards of directors are providing appropriate oversight of the use of derivatives by the funds; whether existing rules sufficiently address matters such as the proper procedures for a fund's pricing and liquidity determinations regarding its derivatives holdings; whether existing prospectus disclosures adequately address the particular risks created by derivatives; and whether funds' derivative activities should be subject to any special reporting requirements.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>7</SU>While complete data concerning the nature of derivatives activities of funds is unavailable, for a partial snapshot of derivatives activity by selected fund complexes<E T="03">see Commodity Pool Operators and Commodity Trading Advisors: Amendments to Compliance Obligations,</E>Investment Company Institute (“ICI”) Comment Letter to the CFTC at 18 (Apr. 12, 2011),<E T="03">available at</E>
            <E T="03">http://www.ici.org/pdf/25107.pdf</E>.<E T="03">See also, e.g.,</E>Tim Adam and Andre Guettler,<E T="03">The Use of Credit Default Swaps by U.S. Fixed-Income Mutual Funds,</E>FDIC Ctr. for Fin. Research, Working Paper No. 2011-01, (Nov. 19, 2010) (“Adam and Guettler Article”),<E T="03">available at http://www.fdic.gov/bank/analytical/cfr/2011/wp2011/CFR_WP_2011_01.pdf</E>(study of the use of credit default swaps (“CDS”) by the largest 100 U.S. corporate bond funds between 2004 and 2008 reflects an increase from about 20% of funds using credit default swaps in 2004 to 60% of funds using them in 2008; among CDS users, the average size of CDS positions (measured by their notional values) increased from 2% to almost 14% of a fund's NAV over the same period, with the CDS positions representing less than 10% of NAV for most funds, but with some funds exceeding this level by a wide margin, particularly in 2008; CDS are predominantly used to increase a fund's exposure to credit risks (net sellers of CDS) rather than to hedge credit risk (net buyers); the frequency of credit default swap usage by the largest bond funds is comparable to that of most hedge funds),<E T="03">available at http://www.fdic.gov/bank/analytical/cfr/2011/wp2011/CFR_WP_2011_01.pdf;</E>
            <E T="03">Assess the Risks: Key Strategies for Overseeing Derivatives,</E>Board IQ at 1 (Jan. 15, 2008) (“In recent years, the use of derivatives by mutual funds has soared.”),<E T="03">available at</E>
            <E T="03">http://www.interactivedata.com/uploads/BoardIQ1207.pdf</E>; 2008 JPMorgan Article,<E T="03">supra</E>note 6.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>8</SU>In a press release issued in March 2010, the Commission announced that the staff was conducting a review to evaluate the use of derivatives by mutual funds, registered exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), and other investment companies. The press release indicated that the review would examine whether and what additional protections are necessary for those funds under the Investment Company Act. The press release further indicated that pending completion of this review, the staff would defer consideration of exemptive requests under the Act relating to ETFs that would make significant investments in derivatives.<E T="03">See</E>SEC Press Release 2010-45,<E T="03">SEC Staff Evaluating the Use of Derivatives by Funds</E>(Mar. 25, 2010) (“2010 Derivatives Press Release”),<E T="03">available at</E>
            <E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/news/press/2010/2010-45.htm</E>. As part of the staff's review to evaluate fund use of derivatives, and to further enhance its knowledge of how funds are using, and managing their use of, derivatives, the staff met with industry groups as well as with some fund complexes that use OTC derivatives. The staff also reviewed fund disclosures relating to the use of derivatives and their risks. In addition, the staff considered<E T="03">The Report of the Task Force on Investment Company Use of Derivatives and Leverage,</E>Committee on Federal Regulation of Securities, ABA Section of Business Law (July 6, 2010) (“2010 ABA Derivatives Report”),<E T="03">available at http://meetings.abanet.org/webupload/commupload/CL410061/sitesofinterest_files/DerivativesTF_July_6_2010_final.pdf.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Purpose and Scope of the Concept Release</HD>
        <P>The goal of the Commission's and staff's review is to evaluate whether the regulatory framework, as it applies to funds' use of derivatives, continues to fulfill the purposes and policies underlying the Act and is consistent with investor protection. The purpose of this concept release is to assist with this review and solicit public comment on the current regulatory regime under the Act as it applies to funds' use of derivatives. We intend to use the comments to help determine whether regulatory initiatives or guidance are needed to improve the current regulatory regime and the specific nature of any such initiatives.<SU>9</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>9</SU>Section 2(c) of the Investment Company Act provides that “[w]henever pursuant to this title the Commission is engaged in rulemaking and is required to consider or determine whether an action is consistent with the public interest, the Commission shall also consider, in addition to the protection of investors, whether the action will promote efficiency, competition, and capital formation.”</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>A fund that invests in derivatives must take into consideration various provisions of the Investment Company Act and Commission rules under the Act. The fund must consider the leverage limitations of section 18 of the Investment Company Act, which governs the extent to which a fund may issue “senior securities.”<SU>10</SU>

          <FTREF/>A fund's use of derivatives also may raise issues<PRTPAGE P="55239"/>under Investment Company Act provisions governing diversification,<SU>11</SU>
          <FTREF/>concentration,<SU>12</SU>
          <FTREF/>investing in certain types of securities-related issuers,<SU>13</SU>
          <FTREF/>valuation,<SU>14</SU>
          <FTREF/>and accounting and financial statement reporting,<SU>15</SU>
          <FTREF/>among others,<SU>16</SU>
          <FTREF/>as well as under applicable disclosure provisions.<SU>17</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>10</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>sections 18(a)(1) and 18(f)(1) of the Investment Company Act.<E T="03">See also Securities Trading Practices of Registered Investment Companies,</E>Investment Company Act Release No. 10666 (Apr. 18, 1979) (“Release 10666”) [44 FR 25128 (Apr. 27, 1979)], and<E T="03">Registered Investment Company Use of Senior Securities-Select Bibliography</E>(“Senior Security Bibliography”),<E T="03">available at http://www.sec.gov/divisions/investment/seniorsecurities-bibliography.htm</E>(prepared by the staff).<E T="03">See also</E>discussion<E T="03">infra</E>at Section II. (Derivatives under the Senior Securities Restrictions of the Investment Company Act).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>11</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>sections 5(b)(1) and 13(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act.<E T="03">See also infra</E>discussion at Section III. (Derivatives under the Investment Company Act's Diversification Requirements).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>12</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>sections 8(b)(1)(E) and 13(a)(3) of the Investment Company Act.<E T="03">See also</E>Form N-1A, Item 4(a), instruction 4 to Item 9(b)(1), and Item 16(c)(1)(iv); Form N-2, Item 8.2.b (2), and Item 17.2.e.<E T="03">See also infra</E>discussion at Section V. (Portfolio Concentration).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>13</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>section 12(d)(3) of the Investment Company Act and rule 12d3-1 thereunder.<E T="03">See also infra</E>discussion at Section IV. (Exposure to Securities-Related Issuers Through Derivatives).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>14</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>section 2(a)(41) of the Investment Company Act.<E T="03">See also Restricted Securities,</E>Investment Company Act Release No. 5847 (Oct. 21, 1969) [35 FR 19989 (Dec. 31, 1970)] (“ASR 113”),<E T="03">available at</E>
            <E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/interp/1969/ic-5847.pdf;</E>
            <E T="03">Accounting for Investment Securities by Registered Investment Companies,</E>Investment Company Act Release No. 6295 (Dec. 23, 1970) [35 FR 19986 (Dec. 31, 1970)] (“ASR 118”),<E T="03">available at</E>
            <E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/interp/1970/ic-6295.pdf</E>.<E T="03">See also infra</E>discussion at Section VI. (Valuation of Derivatives).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>15</SU>
            <E T="03">See generally</E>section 30(e) of the Investment Company Act.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>16</SU>
            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Investment Company Act provisions relating to custody (section 17(f) and related rules), and fund names (section 35(d) and rule 35d-1). Also, an open-end fund should consider the effect that the use of derivatives may have on the liquidity of the fund's portfolio. For general guidance on liquidity and open-end funds,<E T="03">see, e.g., Resale of Restricted Securities; Changes to Method of Determining Holding Period of Restricted Securities Under Rules 144 and 145,</E>Investment Company Act Release No. 17452 (Apr. 23, 1990) [55 FR 17933 (Apr. 30, 1990)],<E T="03">available at</E>
            <E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/final/1990/33-6862.pdf</E>.<E T="03">See also Revisions of Guidelines,</E>Investment Company Act Release No. 18612 (Mar. 12, 1992) [57 FR 9828 (Mar. 20, 1992)],<E T="03">available at</E>
            <E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/other/1992/33-6927.pdf</E>.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>17</SU>
            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>section 8(b) of the Investment Company Act, and Items 4(a), 4(b), 9(b), 9(c), and 16(b) of Form N-1A. Certain derivatives-related disclosure issues were discussed in a 2010 staff letter to the ICI.<E T="03">See Derivatives-Related Disclosures by Investment Companies,</E>Letter from Barry D. Miller, Associate Director, Division of Investment Management, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, to Karrie McMillan, General Counsel, ICI (July 30, 2010) (“2010 Staff Derivatives Disclosure Letter”),<E T="03">available at</E>
            <E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/divisions/investment/guidance/ici073010.pdf</E>.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Derivatives generally entail the potential for leveraged future gains and/or losses that may significantly impact the overall risk/reward profile of a fund. Applying the Act's provisions relating to diversification, concentration, and investments in securities-related issuers, among others, may require determining what value to assign to the derivative and which of the derivative's multiple exposures should be measured for purposes of the relevant provision. This determination may be complex because there are at least two potential measures of the “value”<SU>18</SU>
          <FTREF/>of a derivative for purposes of applying various provisions of the Act: the current market value or fair value reflecting the price at which the derivative could be expected to be liquidated; and the notional amount reflecting the contract size (number of units per contract) multiplied by the current unit price of the reference asset on which payment obligations are calculated.<SU>19</SU>
          <FTREF/>In addition, derivatives often create exposures to multiple variables, such as the credit of a counterparty as well as to a reference asset on which the derivative is based.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>18</SU>The Bank for International Settlements (the “BIS”) reports gross market values (positive and negative) for open derivative contracts, which are defined as “the sums of the absolute values of all open contracts with either positive or negative replacement values evaluated at market prices prevailing at the reporting date. Thus, the gross positive market value of a dealer's outstanding contracts is the sum of the replacement values of all contracts that are in a current gain position to the reporter at current market prices * * * The gross negative market value is the sum of the values of all contracts that have a negative value on the reporting date * * *.”<E T="03">Guide to the International Financial Statistics,</E>Bank for International Settlements (July 2009) (“BIS Guide”) at 31,<E T="03">available at http://www.bis.org/statistics/intfinstatsguide.pdf</E>.<E T="03">See also</E>Sarah Sharer Curley and Elizabeth Fella,<E T="03">Where to Hide? How Valuation of Derivatives Haunts the Courts—Even After BAPCPA,</E>83 Am. Bankr. L.J. 297, 298-99 (Spring 2009) (“In a simple interest rate swap * * * [t]he value of the swap is the net difference between the present value of the payments each party expects to receive and the present value of the payments each party expects to make. The value is generally zero to each party at the inception of the swap, and becomes positive to one party and negative to the other depending on what direction the interest rates move.”);<E T="03">CFTC Glossary, Mark-to-Market Definition, available at</E>
            <E T="03">http://www.cftc.gov/ConsumerProtection/EducationCenter/CFTCGlossary/index.htm</E>(stating that marking to market is accomplished for a futures or option contract by “calculating the gain or loss in each contract position resulting from changes in the price of the contracts at the end of each trading session. These amounts are added or subtracted to each account balance.”).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>19</SU>The BIS describes “notional amounts outstanding” as “a reference from which contractual payments are determined in derivatives markets.” BIS Guide,<E T="03">supra</E>note 18, at 30. “Notional value” can be defined as “the value of a derivative's underlying assets at the spot price.” In the case of an options or futures contract, the notional value is the number of units of an asset underlying the contract, multiplied by the spot price of the asset.<E T="03">See http://www.investorwords.com/5930/notional-value.htm.</E>The “spot price” of a derivative's underlying asset is the asset's price for immediate delivery,<E T="03">i.e.,</E>in the current market, in contrast with the asset's future or forward price.<E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Hull,<E T="03">supra</E>note 3, at 789. “Notional value” is also defined as “the underlying value (face value), normally expressed in U.S. dollars, of the financial instrument or commodity specified in a futures or options on futures contract.”<E T="03">See CME Group Glossary,</E>
            <E T="03">available at</E>
            <E T="03">http://www.cmegroup.com/education/glossary.html</E>. “ ‘Notional principal’ or ‘notional amount’ of a derivative contract is a hypothetical underlying quantity upon which interest rate or other payment obligations are computed.” ISDA Online Product Descriptions and Frequently Asked Questions at<E T="03">http://www.isda.org/educat/faqs.html#7</E>.<E T="03">See also</E>Hull,<E T="03">supra</E>note 3, at 786 (“Notional principal” is the “principal used to calculate payments in an interest rate swap. The principal is ‘notional’ because it is neither paid nor received”); Frank J. Fabbozzi,<E T="03">et al., Introduction to Structured Finance,</E>at 27 (2006) (“[In an interest rate swap] [t]he dollar amount of the interest payments exchanged is based on some predetermined dollar principal, which is called the<E T="03">notional amount.”</E>) (italics in original); 2010 ABA Derivatives Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 8, at n.11 (noting that the term “notional amount” is used differently by different people in different contexts, but is used, in the Report, to refer to “the nominal or face amount that is used to calculate payments made on a particular instrument, without regard to whether its obligation under the instrument could be netted against the obligation of another party to pay the fund under the instrument.”).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The Commission or its staff, over the years, has addressed a number of issues relating to derivatives on a case-by-case basis. The Commission now seeks to take a more comprehensive and systematic approach to derivatives-related issues under the Investment Company Act. In particular, in this release the Commission discusses and seeks comment on the following issues, among others, relating to funds' use of derivatives:<SU>20</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>20</SU>The Commission recognizes that there are other significant derivatives-related issues under the Investment Company Act that this release does not address, such as disclosure-related issues, which the Commission may consider at a later date.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>• The attendant costs, benefits and risks;</P>
        <P>• The application of the Act's prohibitions and restrictions on senior securities and leverage;</P>
        <P>• The application of the Act's prohibition on investments in securities-related issuers;</P>
        <P>• The application of the Act's provisions concerning portfolio diversification and concentration; and</P>
        <P>• The application of the Act's provisions governing valuation of funds' assets.</P>
        <P>In addition to the specific issues highlighted for comment, the Commission invites members of the public to address any other matters that they believe are relevant to the use of derivatives by funds.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Background Concerning the Use of Derivatives by Funds</HD>
        <P>As noted above, derivatives may be broadly defined to include instruments or contracts whose value is based upon, or derived from, some reference asset. Reference assets can include, for example, stocks, bonds, commodities, currencies, interest rates, market indices, currency exchange rates, or other assets or interests, in virtually endless variety.<SU>21</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>21</SU>For example, the reference asset of a Standard &amp; Poor's (“S&amp;P”) 500 futures contract is the S&amp;P<PRTPAGE/>500 index. 2008 IDC Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 3, at Appendix C at C5.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <PRTPAGE P="55240"/>
        <P>Derivatives are often characterized as either exchange-traded or OTC.<SU>22</SU>
          <FTREF/>Exchange-traded derivatives—such as futures, certain options,<SU>23</SU>
          <FTREF/>and options on futures<SU>24</SU>
          <FTREF/>—are standardized contracts traded on regulated exchanges, such as the Chicago Mercantile Exchange and the Chicago Board Options Exchange. OTC derivatives—such as swaps,<SU>25</SU>
          <FTREF/>non-exchange traded options, and combination products such as swaptions<SU>26</SU>
          <FTREF/>and forward swaps<SU>27</SU>
          <FTREF/>—are contracts negotiated and entered into outside of an organized exchange. Unlike exchange-traded derivatives, OTC derivatives may be significantly customized, and may not be guaranteed by a central clearing organization. OTC derivatives that are not centrally cleared, therefore, may involve greater counterparty credit risk, and may be more difficult to value, transfer, or liquidate than exchange-traded derivatives.<SU>28</SU>
          <FTREF/>The Dodd-Frank Act and Commission rules thereunder seek to establish a comprehensive new regulatory framework for two broad categories of derivatives—swaps and security-based swaps—designed to reduce risk, increase transparency, and promote market integrity within the financial system.<SU>29</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>22</SU>
            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Robert W. Kolb &amp; James A. Overdahl,<E T="03">Financial Derivatives,</E>at 21 (2010) (“Kolb &amp; Overdahl”).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>23</SU>An option is the right to buy or sell an asset. There are two basic types of options, a “call option” and a “put option.” A call option gives the holder the right (but does not impose the obligation) to buy the underlying asset by a certain date for a certain price. The seller, or “writer,” of a call option has the obligation to sell the underlying asset to the holder if the holder exercises the option. A put option gives the holder the right (but does not impose the obligation) to sell the underlying asset by a certain date for a certain price. The seller, or “writer”, of a put option has the obligation to buy from the holder the underlying asset if the holder exercises the option. The price that the option holder must pay to exercise the option is known as the “exercise” or “strike” price. The amount that the option holder pays to purchase an option is known as the “option premium,” “price,” “cost,” or “fair value” of the option. For a basic explanation of options, s<E T="03">ee, e.g.,</E>Hull,<E T="03">supra</E>note 3, at 6-8, 179-236, and Kolb &amp; Overdahl,<E T="03">supra</E>note 22, at 13-16.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>24</SU>Options on futures generally trade on the same exchange as the relevant futures contract. When a call option on a futures contract is exercised, the holder acquires from the writer a long position in the underlying futures contract plus a cash amount equal to the excess of the futures price over the strike price. When a put option on a futures contract is exercised, the holder acquires a short position in the underlying futures contract plus a cash amount equal to the excess of the strike price over the futures price.<E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Hull,<E T="03">supra</E>note 3, at 184, 341-54, and 782.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>25</SU>A “swap” is generally an agreement between two counterparties to exchange periodic payments based upon the value or level of one or more rates, indices, assets, or interests of any kind. For example, counterparties may agree to exchange payments based on different currencies or interest rates.<E T="03">See generally, e.g.,</E>Kolb &amp; Overdahl,<E T="03">supra</E>note 22, at 11-13; Hull,<E T="03">supra</E>note 3, at 147-73.<E T="03">See also</E>section 3(a)(69) of the Exchange Act for the definition of “swap” (using the definition in section 1a of the Commodity Exchange Act, 7 U.S.C. 1a (the “CEA”)); section 3(a)(68) of the Exchange Act for the definition of “security-based swap;” section 721(a)(3) of the Dodd-Frank Act,<E T="03">supra</E>note 2, for the definition of “cleared swap;” and section 721(a)(12) of the Dodd-Frank Act for the definition of “foreign exchange swap.”<E T="03">See also</E>
            <E T="03">Further Definition of “Swap,” “Security-Based Swap,” and “Security-Based Swap Agreement;” Mixed Swaps; Security-Based Swap Agreement Recordkeeping,</E>Securities Act Release No. 9204 (Apr. 29, 2011) [<E T="03">7</E>6 FR 29818 (May 23, 2011)] (“Swap Definition Release”),<E T="03">available at</E>
            <E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/proposed/2011/33-9204.pdf</E>.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>26</SU>A “swaption” is an option to enter into an interest rate swap where a specified fixed rate is exchanged for a floating rate.<E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Hull,<E T="03">supra</E>note 3, at 172, 658-62, 790.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>27</SU>A forward swap (or deferred swap) is an agreement to enter into a swap at some time in the future.<E T="03">See</E>Swap Definition Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 25, at n. 147.<E T="03">See also, e.g.,</E>Hull,<E T="03">supra</E>note 3, at 171, 779 (“deferred swap”).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>28</SU>An OTC derivative may be more difficult to transfer or liquidate than an exchange-traded derivative because, for example, an OTC derivative may provide contractually for non-transferability without the consent of the counterparty, or may be sufficiently customized that its value is difficult to establish or its terms too narrowly drawn to attract transferees willing to accept assignment of the contract, unlike most exchange-traded derivatives.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>29</SU>The Dodd-Frank Act,<E T="03">supra</E>note 2, was signed into law on July 21, 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act mandates, among other things, substantial changes in the OTC derivatives markets, including new clearing, reporting, and trade execution mandates for swaps and security-based swaps, and both exchange-traded and OTC derivatives are contemplated under the new regime.<E T="03">See</E>Dodd-Frank Act sections 723 (mandating clearing of swaps) and 763 (mandating clearing of security-based swaps). Some of these changes will require Commission action through rulemaking to become effective.<E T="03">See Temporary Exemptions and Other Temporary Relief, Together With Information on Compliance Dates for New Provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Applicable to Security-Based Swaps,</E>Exchange Act Release No. 64678 (June 15, 2011) [76 FR 36287 (June 22, 2011)],<E T="03">available at</E>
            <E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/exorders/2011/34-64678.pdf</E>. For summaries of other recent, pending, and future Commission and staff initiatives relating to derivatives,<E T="03">see, e.g., Testimony on Enhanced Oversight after the Financial Crisis: The Wall Street Reform Act at One-Year,</E>by Chairman Mary L. Schapiro, Chairman, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, before the United States Senate Committee on Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs (July 21, 2011),<E T="03">available at</E>
            <E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/news/testimony/2011/ts072111mls.htm</E>.<E T="03">See also, e.g.,</E>
            <E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/spotlight/dodd-frank/accomplishments.shtml#derivatives; http://www.sec.gov/spotlight/dodd-frank/dfactivity-upcoming.shtml#07-12-12; http://www.sec.gov/spotlight/dodd-frank/dfactivity-upcoming.shtml#08-12-11; http://www.sec.gov/spotlight/dodd-frank/dfactivity-upcoming.shtml#01-06-12; http://www.sec.gov/news/press/2011/2011-137.htm; http://www.sec.gov/rules/other/2011/34-64926.pdf; and http://www.sec.gov/spotlight/dodd-frank/derivatives.shtml.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>A common characteristic of most derivatives is that they involve leverage.<SU>30</SU>
          <FTREF/>Certain derivatives investments entered into by a fund, such as futures contracts, swaps, and written options, create obligations, or potential indebtedness, to someone other than the fund's shareholders, and enable the fund to participate in gains and losses on an amount that exceeds the fund's initial investment.<SU>31</SU>
          <FTREF/>Other derivatives entered into by a fund, such as purchased call options, provide the economic equivalent of leverage because they convey the right to a gain or loss on an amount in excess of the fund's investment but do not impose a payment obligation on the fund above its initial investment.<SU>32</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>30</SU>The Commission has stated that “[l]everage exists when an investor achieves the right to a return on a capital base that exceeds the investment which he has personally contributed to the entity or instrument achieving a return.” Release 10666,<E T="03">supra</E>note 10, at n. 5.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>31</SU>The leverage created by such an arrangement is sometimes referred to as “indebtedness leverage.” 1994 Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 3, at 22.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>32</SU>This type of leverage is sometimes referred to as “economic leverage.”<E T="03">See</E>1994 Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 3, at 23 (“Other derivatives provide the economic equivalent of leverage because they display heightened price sensitivity to market fluctuations * * * such as changes in stock prices or interest rates. In essence, these derivatives magnify a fund's gain or loss from an investment in much the same way that incurring indebtedness does.”). The 1994 Report gives a leveraged inverse floating rate bond, with an interest rate that moves inversely to a benchmark rate, as another example of an instrument that displays economic leverage.<E T="03">See also</E>2010 ABA Derivatives Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 8, at 20-21 (discussion of “implied” or “economic” leverage”). For additional discussion of the leveraging effects of derivatives (not limited to “economic leverage”),<E T="03">see</E>2010 ABA Derivatives Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 8, at 8-9.<E T="03">See also</E>2008 IDC Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 3, at 3 (“Market participants are able to acquire exposure (either long or short) to a large dollar amount of an asset (the notional value) with only a small down payment, enabling parties to shift risk more efficiently and with lower costs. The leverage inherent in these instruments magnifies the effect of changes in the value of the underlying asset on the initial amount of capital invested. For example, an initial 5% collateral deposit on the total value of the commodity would result in 20:1 leverage, with a potential 80% loss (or gain) of the collateral in response to a 4% movement in the market price of the underlying commodity.”).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Funds use derivatives to implement their investment strategies, and to manage risk.<SU>33</SU>

          <FTREF/>A fund may use derivatives to gain, maintain, or reduce exposure to a market, sector, or security more quickly and/or with lower transaction costs and portfolio<PRTPAGE P="55241"/>disruption than investing directly through the securities markets. At the same time, use of derivatives may entail risks relating, for example, to leverage, illiquidity (particularly with respect to complex OTC derivatives), and counterparty risk, among others.<SU>34</SU>
          <FTREF/>A fund's use of derivatives presents challenges for its investment adviser and board of directors to ensure that the derivatives are employed in a manner consistent with the fund's investment objectives, policies, and restrictions, its risk profile, and relevant regulatory requirements, including those under Federal securities laws. With respect to some primary types of reference assets, funds may use derivatives for the following purposes, among others:</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>33</SU>2008 IDC Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 3, at 7-11. A fund may also use derivatives to hedge current portfolio exposures (for example, when a fund's portfolio is structured to reflect the fund's long-term investment strategy and its investment adviser's forecasts, interim events may cause the fund's investment adviser to seek to temporarily hedge a portion of the portfolio's broad market, sector, and/or security exposures). Industry participants believe that derivatives may also provide a more efficient hedging tool than reducing exposure by selling individual securities, offering greater liquidity, lower round-trip transaction costs, lower taxes, and reduced disruption to the portfolio's longer-term positioning.<E T="03">See id.</E>at 11.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>34</SU>
            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>2008 IDC Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 3, at 12-13.<E T="03">See also</E>2008 JPMorgan Article,<E T="03">supra</E>note 6.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>•<E T="03">Currency derivatives.</E>
          <SU>35</SU>
          <FTREF/>A fund may use currency derivatives to increase or decrease exposure to specific currencies, to hedge against adverse impacts on the fund's portfolio caused by currency fluctuations, and to seek additional returns. For example, currency derivatives can provide a hedge against the risk that a fund's investment in a foreign debt security will decline in value because of a decline in the value of the foreign currency in which the foreign debt security is denominated.<SU>36</SU>
          <FTREF/>Funds also may use currency derivatives to hedge against a rise in the value of a foreign currency, or may use “cross-currency” hedging or “proxy” hedging when, for instance, it is difficult or expensive to hedge a particular currency against the U.S. dollar.<SU>37</SU>
          <FTREF/>Apart from hedging, funds may use currency derivatives to seek returns on the basis of anticipated changes in the relative values of two currencies.<SU>38</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>35</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Swap Definition Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 25, at II.C.1, for a description of certain currency derivatives (foreign exchange swaps, foreign exchange forwards, foreign currency options, non-deliverable forwards, currency swaps, and cross-currency swaps). The 2010 ABA Derivatives Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 8 at 6-7, gives as examples of currency derivatives forward currency contracts, currency futures contracts, currency swaps, and options on currency futures contracts. As a general matter, futures, forwards, swaps, and options can all be used to increase or decrease exposures to reference currencies. A fund's investment adviser selects the particular instrument based on the level and type of exposure the adviser seeks to obtain and the costs that are associated with the particular instrument.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>36</SU>For example, if a fund enters into a short currency forward (which obligates the fund to sell the currency at a future date, at a predetermined price, and in the currency in which the foreign debt security is denominated), the fund's exposure to a decline in the value of the currency is reduced.<E T="03">See</E>2010 ABA Derivatives Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 8, at 6.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>37</SU>For example, a fund may use a forward contract on one foreign currency (or a basket of foreign currencies) to hedge against adverse changes in the value of another foreign currency (or basket of currencies).<E T="03">See id.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>38</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>at 7.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>•<E T="03">Interest rate derivatives.</E>
          <SU>39</SU>
          <FTREF/>A fund may use interest rate derivatives to modify its exposure to the gains or losses arising from changes in interest rates and to seek enhanced returns. For example, a fund may use an interest rate swap to hedge against the risk of a decline in the prices of bonds owned by a fund due to rising interest rates. Similarly, a fund could shorten the duration of its portfolio by selling futures contracts on U.S. Treasury bonds or notes, or Eurodollar futures. Apart from hedging, a fund might use interest rate derivatives to seek to enhance its returns based on its investment adviser's views concerning future movements in interest rates or changes in the shape of the yield curve.<SU>40</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>39</SU>Interest rate derivatives include interest rate or bond futures, Eurodollar futures, caps, floors, overnight indexed swaps, interest rate swaps, and options on futures and swaps.<E T="03">See, e.g., id. See also</E>Swap Definition Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 25, at III.B.1 (briefly describing interest and other monetary rate swaps, and discussing that when payments exchanged under a Title VII (of the Dodd-Frank Act) instrument are based solely on the levels of certain interest rates or other monetary rates that are not themselves based on securities, the instrument would be a swap but not a security-based swap).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>40</SU>For example, if a fund's investment adviser believes that the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) will decrease compared to a Federal funds rate, the adviser could enter into an interest rate swap whereby the fund would be obligated to make payments based upon the application of LIBOR to an agreed notional amount in exchange for payments from the counterparty based upon the application of the Federal funds rate to the notional amount. 2010 ABA Derivatives Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 8, at 7.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>•<E T="03">Credit Derivatives.</E>
          <SU>41</SU>
          <FTREF/>Credit derivatives allow a fund to assume an investment position concerning the likelihood that a particular bond, or a group of bonds, will be repaid in full upon maturity. When a fund purchases credit protection, it pays a premium to a counterparty in return for which the counterparty promises to pay the fund if a bond or bonds default or experience some other adverse credit event. When a fund sells (or writes) credit protection, the fund agrees to pay a counterparty if a bond or bonds default or experience some other adverse credit event, in exchange for the receipt of a premium from the protection purchaser. A fund may purchase credit protection using credit derivatives to hedge against particular risks that are associated with a bond that it owns, such as the risk that the bond issuer will default, a rating agency will downgrade the bond or the credit of the counterparty, or the risk that credit “spread” will increase.<SU>42</SU>
          <FTREF/>A fund may sell (or write) credit protection to enhance its income and return by the amount of the payment that it receives for providing such protection, or to obtain some investment exposure to the reference asset (that is, the underlying bond), without owning the bond. The Commission understands that selling protection may be more cost effective than an outright purchase of a bond.<SU>43</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>41</SU>Credit derivatives include single-name and index-linked (or basket) credit default swaps.<E T="03">See, e.g., id.</E>at 7-8. For additional description of CDS,<E T="03">see</E>Swap Definition Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 25, at III.G.3.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>42</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>2010 ABA Derivatives Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 8, at 7<E T="03">.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>43</SU>
            <E T="03">See id.</E>at 8. The 2010 ABA Derivatives Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 8, at 8, also observes that “a fund could write a CDS, offering credit protection to its counterparty. In doing so the fund gains the economic equivalent of owning the security on which it wrote the CDS, while avoiding the transaction costs that would have been associated with the purchase of the security.”</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>•<E T="03">Equity Derivatives.</E>
          <SU>44</SU>
          <FTREF/>Funds may use equity derivatives to enhance investment opportunities (for example, by using foreign index futures to obtain exposure to a foreign equity market). Equity derivatives also can be used by funds as an income-producing strategy by, for example, selling equity call options on a particular security owned by the fund.<SU>45</SU>
          <FTREF/>A fund also may use equity derivatives (usually stock index futures) to “equitize” cash.<SU>46</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>44</SU>Equity derivatives include equity futures contracts, options on equity futures contracts, equity options, and various kinds of equity-related swaps (such as a total return swap on an equity security).<E T="03">See, e.g., id.</E>at 8.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>45</SU>By selling the options, a fund can earn income (in the form of the premium received for writing the option) while at the same time permitting the fund to sell the underlying equity securities at a targeted price set by the fund's investment adviser.<E T="03">See, e.g., id.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>46</SU>As an example of “equitizing” cash, the 2010 ABA Derivatives Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 8, at 8, states that:</P>
          <P>[W]hen a fund has a large cash position for a short amount of time, the fund can acquire long futures contracts to retain (or gain) exposure to the relevant equity market. When the futures contracts are liquid (as is typically the case for broad market indices), the fund can eliminate the position quickly and frequently at lower costs than had the fund actually purchased the reference equity securities.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Request for Comment</HD>
        <P>The Commission generally requests data and comment on the types of derivatives used by funds, the purposes for which funds use derivatives, and whether funds' use of derivatives has undergone or may be undergoing changes and, if so, the nature of such changes. The Commission specifically requests comment on the following:</P>

        <P>• What are the costs and benefits to funds from the use of derivatives? What are the factors that influence those costs and benefits? What are the risks to funds<PRTPAGE P="55242"/>from investing in derivatives? What role does or could collateral used in derivatives transactions play in mitigating the concerns relating to the use of derivatives? Please be specific and provide data or statistics, if possible.</P>
        <P>• Do different types of funds use different types of derivatives or use derivatives for different purposes? If so, what are the differences in the types of funds that account for the differences in their use of derivatives? For example, do BDCs use derivatives in a manner different from other funds and, if so, how and what are the differences?</P>
        <P>• How do ETFs use derivatives? Do they use derivatives for the same purposes that other open-end funds use them? Does an ETF's use of derivatives raise unique investor protection concerns under the Investment Company Act?</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Derivatives under the Senior Securities Restrictions of the Investment Company Act</HD>
        <P>In this section, the Commission discusses the limitations on senior securities imposed by section 18 of the Investment Company Act, summarizes related Commission and staff guidance, discusses certain alternative approaches, and highlights issues for comment.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Purpose, Scope, and Application of the Act's Senior Securities Limitations</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Statutory Restrictions on Senior Securities and Related Commission Guidance</HD>
        <P>The protection of investors against the potentially adverse effects of a fund's issuance of “senior securities”<SU>47</SU>
          <FTREF/>is a core purpose of the Investment Company Act.<SU>48</SU>
          <FTREF/>Congress' concerns underlying the limitations in section 18 included, among others: (i) Potential abuse of the purchasers of senior securities;<SU>49</SU>
          <FTREF/>(ii) excessive borrowing and the issuance of excessive amounts of senior securities by funds which increased unduly the speculative character of their junior securities;<SU>50</SU>
          <FTREF/>and (iii) funds operating without adequate assets and reserves.<SU>51</SU>
          <FTREF/>To address these concerns, section 18(f)(1) of the Investment Company Act prohibits an open-end fund<SU>52</SU>
          <FTREF/>from issuing or selling any “senior security” other than borrowing from a bank, and unless it maintains 300% “asset coverage.”<SU>53</SU>
          <FTREF/>Section 18(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act prohibits a closed-end fund<SU>54</SU>
          <FTREF/>from issuing or selling any “senior security that represents an indebtedness” unless it has at least 300% “asset coverage.”<SU>55</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>47</SU>Section 18(g) of the Investment Company Act defines “senior security,” in part, as “any bond, debenture, note, or similar obligation or instrument constituting a security and evidencing indebtedness,” and “any stock of a class having priority over any other class as to the distribution of assets or payment of dividends.” The definition excludes certain limited temporary borrowings.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>48</SU>
            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Investment Company Act sections 1(b)(7), 1(b)(8), 18(a), and 18(f).<E T="03">See also, e.g.,</E>1994 Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 3, at 20-22.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>49</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Investment Trusts and Investment Companies: Hearings on S. 3580 Before a Subcomm. of the Senate Committee on Banking and Currency, 76th Cong., 3d Sess., pt. 1, 265-78 (1940) (“Senate Hearings”).<E T="03">See also</E>1994 Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 3, at 21 (describing the practices in the 1920s and 1930s that gave rise to section 18's limitations on leverage, and specifically discussing the potential abuse of senior security holders).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>50</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>section 1(b)(7) of the Investment Company Act.<E T="03">See also, e.g.,</E>Release 10666,<E T="03">supra</E>note 10, at n. 8.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>51</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>section 1(b)(8) of the Investment Company Act; Release 10666,<E T="03">supra</E>note 10, at n. 8.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>52</SU>Section 5(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act defines “open-end company” as “a management company which is offering for sale or has outstanding any redeemable security of which it is the issuer.”</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>53</SU>“Asset coverage” of a class of securities representing indebtedness of an issuer generally is defined in section 18(h) of the Investment Company Act as “the ratio which the value of the total assets of such issuer, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, bears to the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness of such issuer.”</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>54</SU>Section 5(a)(2) of the Investment Company Act defines “closed-end company” as “any management company other than an open-end company.”</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>55</SU>Section 18(a)(1)(A). A BDC is also subject to the limitations of section 18(a)(1)(A) to the same extent as if it were a closed-end investment company except that the applicable asset coverage amount is 200%.<E T="03">See</E>Investment Company Act section 61(a)(1).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>In a 1979 General Statement of Policy (Release 10666), the Commission considered the application of section 18's restrictions on the issuance of senior securities to reverse repurchase agreements, firm commitment agreements, and standby commitment agreements.<SU>56</SU>
          <FTREF/>The Commission concluded that such agreements, while not securities for all purposes,<SU>57</SU>
          <FTREF/>may involve the issuance of senior securities and “fall within the functional meaning of the term `evidence of indebtedness' for purposes of section 18 of the Act,” which generally would include “all contractual obligations to pay in the future for consideration presently received.”<SU>58</SU>
          <FTREF/>Further, the Commission stated that “trading practices involving the use by investment companies of such agreements for speculative purposes or to accomplish leveraging fall within the legislative purposes of Section 18.”<SU>59</SU>
          <FTREF/>The Commission also explained that:</P>
        
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>56</SU>As described in Release 10666,<E T="03">supra</E>note 10, in a typical reverse repurchase agreement, the fund transfers possession of a debt security, often to a broker-dealer or a bank, in return for a percentage of the market value of the security (“proceeds”), but retains record ownership of, and the right to receive interest and principal payments on, the security. At a stated future date, the fund repurchases the security and remits to the counterparty the proceeds plus interest.<E T="03">Id.</E>at nn. 2-3 and accompanying text. A firm commitment agreement (also known as a “when-issued security” or a “forward contract”) is a buy order for delayed delivery in which a fund agrees to purchase a debt security from a seller (usually a broker-dealer) at a stated future date, price, and fixed yield.<E T="03">Id.</E>at text accompanying n. 12. A standby commitment agreement is a delayed delivery agreement in which a fund contractually binds itself to accept delivery of a debt security with a stated price and fixed yield upon the exercise of an option held by the counterparty to the agreement at a stated future date.<E T="03">Id.</E>at discussion of “Standby Commitment Agreements.”</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>57</SU>Release 10666,<E T="03">supra</E>note 10, at “The Agreements as Securities” discussion. The Commission notes, however, that the Investment Company Act's definition of the term “security” is broader than the term's definition in other Federal securities laws.<E T="03">Compare</E>section 2(a)(36) of the Investment Company Act with sections 2(a)(1) and 2A of the Securities Act and sections 3(a)(10) and 3A of the Exchange Act. For example, the definition of “security” in the Investment Company Act includes any “evidence of indebtedness,” which is not included in the definition of “security” in section 3(a)(10) of the Exchange Act. Further, the Commission has interpreted the term “security” in light of the policies and purposes underlying the Act. For example, the brief for the United States as Amicus Curiae in<E T="03">Marine Bank</E>v.<E T="03">Weaver,</E>No. 80-1562, 1980 U.S. Briefs 1562 (Oct. Term, 1980) (July 29, 1981) (“Marine Bank v. Weaver Amicus Brief”) stated that the issue of whether a particular instrument is a “security” depends on the context, including the statute being applied, and further stated that the Investment Company Act “presents a significantly different context” (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>the regulation of the operation and management of investment companies) than the context of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>the issuance or trading of such securities). Marine Bank v. Weaver Amicus Brief at 38, 40.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>58</SU>Release 10666,<E T="03">supra</E>note 10, at “The Agreements as Securities” discussion.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>59</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>[l]everage exists when an investor achieves the right to a return on a capital base that exceeds the investment which he has personally contributed to the entity or instrument achieving a return* * *. Through a reverse repurchase agreement, an investment company can achieve a return on a very large capital base relative to its cash contribution. Therefore, the reverse repurchase agreement is a highly leveraged transaction.<SU>60</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
        </EXTRACT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>60</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>at n. 5 (citation omitted).</P>
        </FTNT>
        
        <P>Leveraging of a fund's portfolio through the issuance of senior securities “magnifies the potential for gain or loss on monies invested and, therefore, results in an increase in the speculative character of the investment company's outstanding securities.”<SU>61</SU>

          <FTREF/>Each of the agreements discussed by the Commission in Release 10666—the reverse repurchase agreement, the firm commitment agreement, and the standby commitment agreement—“may be a substantially higher risk investment” than direct investment in<PRTPAGE P="55243"/>the underlying securities “because of the additional risk of loss created by the substantial leveraging in each agreement, and in light of the volatility of interest rates in the marketplace.”<SU>62</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>61</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>at text accompanying n. 5.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>62</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>at discussion of “The Agreements as Securities.” The Commission also stated that, “[t]he gains and losses from the transactions can be extremely large relative to invested capital; for this reason, each agreement has speculative aspects. Therefore, it would appear that the independent investment decisions involved in entering into such agreements, which focus on their distinct risk/return characteristics, indicate that, economically as well as legally, the agreements should be treated as securities separate from the underlying Ginnie Maes for purposes of Section 18 of the Act.”<E T="03">Id.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>In Release 10666, the Commission further stated that, although reverse repurchase agreements, firm commitment agreements, and standby commitment agreements are functionally equivalent to senior securities, these and similar arrangements nonetheless could be used by funds in a manner that would not warrant application of the section 18 restrictions. The Commission noted that in circumstances involving similar economic effects, such as short sales of securities by funds, our staff had determined that the issue of section 18 compliance would not be raised if funds “cover” senior securities by maintaining “segregated accounts.”<SU>63</SU>
          <FTREF/>The Commission stated that the use of segregated accounts “if properly created and maintained, would limit the investment company's risk of loss.”<SU>64</SU>
          <FTREF/>To avail itself of the segregated account approach, a fund could establish and maintain with the fund's custodian a segregated account containing liquid assets, such as cash, U.S. government securities, or other appropriate high-grade debt obligations, equal to the indebtedness incurred by the fund in connection with the senior security (“segregated account approach”).<SU>65</SU>
          <FTREF/>The amount of assets to be segregated with respect to reverse repurchase agreements lacking a specified repurchase price would be the value of the proceeds received plus accrued interest; for reverse repurchase agreements with a specified repurchase price, the amount of assets to be segregated would be the repurchase price; and for firm and standby commitment agreements, the amount of assets to be segregated would be the purchase price.<SU>66</SU>
          <FTREF/>As the Commission stated in Release 10666, the segregated account functions as “a practical limit on the amount of leverage which the investment company may undertake and on the potential increase in the speculative character of its outstanding common stock,” and “will assure the availability of adequate funds to meet the obligations arising from such activities.”<SU>67</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>63</SU>Release 10666,<E T="03">supra</E>note 10, at text accompanying n. 15.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>64</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>at discussion of “Segregated Account.”</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>65</SU>The Commission stated that, under the segregated account approach, the value of the assets in the segregated account should be marked to the market daily, additional assets should be placed in the segregated account whenever the total value of the account falls below the amount of the fund's obligation, and assets in the segregated account should be deemed frozen and unavailable for sale or other disposition.<E T="03">See id.</E>The Commission also cautioned that as the percentage of a fund's portfolio assets that are segregated increases, the fund's ability to meet current obligations, to honor requests for redemption, and to manage properly the investment portfolio in a manner consistent with stated its investment objective may become impaired.<E T="03">Id.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>66</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>67</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Staff No-Action Letters Concerning the Segregated Account Approach<SU>68</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </HD>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>68</SU>This release includes extensive discussion of staff no-action letters; accordingly the Commission notes that its discussion of staff statements is provided solely for background and to facilitate comment on issues that the Commission might address. The discussion is in no way intended to suggest that the Commission has adopted the analysis, conclusions or any other portion of the staff statements discussed here. Staff no-action letters are issued by the Commission staff in response to written requests regarding the application of the Federal securities laws to proposed transactions. Many of the staff no-action letters are “enforcement-only” letters, in which the staff states whether it will recommend enforcement action to the Commission if the proposed transaction proceeds in accordance with the facts, circumstances and representations set forth in the requester's letter. Other staff no-action letters provide the staff's interpretation of a specific statute, rule or regulation in the context of a specific situation.<E T="03">See Informal Guidance Program for Small Entities,</E>Investment Company Act Release No. 22587 (Mar. 27, 1997).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Following the Commission's issuance of Release 10666, the Commission staff issued more than twenty no-action letters to funds concerning the maintenance of segregated accounts or otherwise “covering” their obligations in connection with certain senior securities, primarily interest rate futures, stock index futures, and related options.<SU>69</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>69</SU>
            <E T="03">See “</E>No-Action Letters and Releases from 1982-1985 Regarding Covering Futures and Options” at Senior Security Bibliography,<E T="03">supra</E>note 10. (Certain of these letters also addressed the use of when-issued bonds, currency forwards, and other senior securities).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>In a 1987 no-action letter issued to two Dreyfus funds, the staff summarized and expanded upon the methods by which, in its view, obligations could be covered by funds transacting in futures, forwards, written options, and short sales.<SU>70</SU>
          <FTREF/>The staff provided no-action assurance that the Dreyfus funds could:</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>70</SU>Dreyfus Strategic Investing and Dreyfus Strategic Income, SEC Staff No-Action Letter (June 22, 1987) (“Dreyfus no-action letter” or “Dreyfus Letter”),<E T="03">available at http://www.sec.gov/divisions/investment/seniorsecurities-bibliography.htm.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>• Cover a long position in a futures or forward contract, or a written put option, by establishing a segregated account (not with a futures commission merchant or broker) containing cash or certain liquid assets equal to the purchase price of the contract or the strike price of the put option (less any margin on deposit); and</P>
        <P>• Cover short positions in futures or forward contracts, sales of call options, and short sales of securities by establishing a segregated account (not with a futures commission merchant or broker) with cash or certain liquid assets that, when added to the amounts deposited with a futures commission merchant or a broker as margin, equal the market value of the instruments or currency underlying the futures or forward contracts, call options, and short sales (but are not less than the strike price of the call option or the market price at which the short positions or short sales were established).<SU>71</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>71</SU>
            <E T="03">But see</E>Robertson Stephens Investment Trust, SEC Staff No-Action Letter (Aug. 24, 1995),<E T="03">available at  http://www.sec.gov/divisions/investment/seniorsecurities-bibliography.htm</E>(the staff agreed not to recommend enforcement action where the value of the segregated account, to cover a short position in a security, was equal to the daily (fluctuating) market price of the security sold short (less certain amounts pledged with the broker as collateral), even if the value of the segregated account was less than the price at which the short position was established).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The staff also provided no-action assurance that the Dreyfus funds could cover these transactions by owning, or holding the right to obtain, the instrument or cash that the fund has obligated itself to deliver. For example:</P>
        <P>• A fund could cover a long position in a futures or forward contract by purchasing a put option on the same futures or forward contract with a strike price as high or higher than the price of the contract held by the fund; and</P>
        <P>• A fund could cover a written put option by selling short the instruments or currency underlying the put option at the same or higher price than the strike price of the put option or, alternatively, by purchasing a put option with the strike price the same or higher than the strike price of the put option written by the fund.</P>

        <P>The Commission staff has also discussed the types of assets that may be segregated and the manner in which, in the staff's view, segregation may be effected. In Release 10666, the Commission stated that the assets eligible to be included in segregated accounts should be “liquid assets,” such as cash, U.S. government securities, or<PRTPAGE P="55244"/>other appropriate high grade debt obligations. In a 1996 staff no-action letter issued to Merrill Lynch Asset Management, the staff took the position that a fund could cover its derivatives-related obligations by depositing any liquid asset, including equity securities and non-investment grade debt securities, in a segregated account.<SU>72</SU>
          <FTREF/>In the Merrill Lynch no-action letter, the staff explained that, in the staff's view, segregating any type of liquid asset would be consistent with the purposes underlying the asset segregation approach because it would place a practical limit on the amount of leverage that a fund may undertake and on the potential increase in the speculative character of its outstanding shares.<SU>73</SU>
          <FTREF/>With respect to the manner in which segregation may be effected, the Commission staff took the position that a fund could segregate assets by designating such assets on its books, rather than establishing a segregated account at its custodian.<SU>74</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>72</SU>Merrill Lynch Asset Management, L.P., SEC Staff No-Action Letter (July 2, 1996) (“Merrill Lynch no-action letter” or “Merrill Lynch Letter”),<E T="03">available at http://www.sec.gov/divisions/investment/seniorsecurities-bibliography.htm.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>73</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>The staff noted that “the type of asset placed in the segregated account would have no effect on the maximum amount of leverage that a fund can assume.”</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>74</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Dear Chief Financial Officer Letter from Lawrence A. Friend, Chief Accountant, Division of Investment Management (Nov. 7, 1997),<E T="03">available at http://www.sec.gov/divisions/investment/seniorsecurities-bibliography.htm.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Asset segregation practices with respect to other derivatives investments have not been addressed by the Commission, or by the staff in no-action letters.<SU>75</SU>
          <FTREF/>Certain swaps, for example, that settle in cash on a net basis, appear to be treated by many funds as requiring segregation of an amount of assets equal to the fund's daily mark-to-market liability, if any.<SU>76</SU>
          <FTREF/>Similarly, some funds have disclosed that they segregate only their daily, mark-to-market liability, if any, with respect to futures and forward contracts that are contractually required to cash-settle.<SU>77</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>75</SU>Our discussion of current and past industry practices is not intended to indicate any Commission approval or disapproval of those practices.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>76</SU>
            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>2010 ABA Derivatives Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 8, at 13-14.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>77</SU>For a discussion of asset segregation practices involving futures and forwards that are contractually required to cash-settle,<E T="03">see, e.g., id.</E>at 14-15.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Alternative Approaches to the Regulation of Portfolio Leverage</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. The Current Asset Segregation Approach</HD>

        <P>As noted above, the segregated account approach serves both to limit a fund's potential leverage and to provide a source of payment of future obligations arising from the leveraged transaction. In determining the amount of assets required to be segregated to cover a particular instrument, the Commission and its staff have generally looked to the purchase or exercise price of the contract (less margin on deposit) for long positions and the market value of the security or other asset underlying the agreement for short positions, measured by the full amount of the reference asset,<E T="03">i.e.,</E>the notional amount of the transaction rather than the unrealized gain or loss on the transaction,<E T="03">i.e.,</E>its current mark-to-market value.<SU>78</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>78</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Release 10666,<E T="03">supra</E>note 10, at discussion of “Segregated Account” (with regard to each reverse repurchase agreement that lacks a specified repurchase price, the fund should maintain in a segregated account “liquid assets equal in value to the proceeds received on any sale subject to repurchase plus accrued interest. If the reverse repurchase agreement has a specified repurchase price, the investment company should maintain in the segregated account an amount equal to the repurchase price, which price will already include interest charges.” With regard to each firm commitment agreement, the fund should maintain in a segregated account “liquid assets equal in value to the purchase price due on the settlement date under the  * * *  agreement.” With regard to each standby commitment agreement, the fund should maintain in a segregated account “liquid assets equal in value to the purchase price under the  * * *  agreement.”).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The segregated account approach has drawn criticism on several grounds. For example, we understand that some industry participants argue that the segregated account approach calls for an instrument-by-instrument assessment of the amount of cover required, further arguing that this may create uncertainty about the treatment of new products, and that new product development will inevitably lead to circumstances in which available guidance does not specifically address each new instrument subject to section 18 constraints. Other industry participants have argued that the staff's application of the segregated account approach results in differing treatment of arguably equivalent products.<SU>79</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>79</SU>They argue, for example, that a physically-settled and a cash-settled future or forward are equivalent products, and that segregation of the delivery obligation amount for a physically-settled future or forward, and segregation of the generally smaller mark-to-market liability amount for a cash-settled future or forward, constitutes different treatment of equivalent products.<E T="03">See</E>the 2010 ABA Derivatives Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 8, at 14-15 for a discussion of cash-settled futures and forwards and the asset segregation treatment of those products.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Others have argued that, with respect to the amount to be segregated, both notional amount and a mark-to-market amount have their limitations.<SU>80</SU>
          <FTREF/>For example, for many futures contracts, the notional amount may, as a practical matter, exceed the maximum loss or total risk on the contract.<SU>81</SU>
          <FTREF/>Consequently, it is argued with respect to such derivatives that segregation of assets equal to the notional amount may limit the use of such derivative products and strategies that could potentially benefit funds and their investors. Conversely, it is argued that segregation of an amount equal to only the daily, mark-to-market liability, if any, with respect to cash-settled derivatives,<SU>82</SU>
          <FTREF/>may fail to take into account potential future losses on such instruments. Consequently, it is argued that segregation of this amount may understate the risk of loss to the fund, permit the fund to engage in excessive leveraging, fail to adequately set aside sufficient assets to cover the fund's ultimate exposure, and, therefore, perhaps not adequately fulfill the purposes underlying the segregated account approach and section 18.<SU>83</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>80</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>at 16-17.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>81</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>BIS Guide,<E T="03">supra</E>note 18, at 30, commenting in the context of OTC derivatives that “[n]ominal or notional amounts outstanding provide a measure of market size and a reference from which contractual payments are determined in derivatives markets. However, with the partial exception of credit default swaps, such amounts are generally not those truly at risk. The amounts at risk in derivatives contracts are a function of the price level and/or volatility of the financial reference index used in the determination of contract payments, the duration and liquidity of contracts and the creditworthiness of counterparties.”</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>82</SU>This is also a concern with respect to the coverage of short sales.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>83</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>2010 ABA Derivatives Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 8, at 15 (“reducing the amount of assets subject to segregation increased the practical ability of funds to engage in derivatives on an increasing scale”), and at 16 (where only the mark-to-market liability, if any, is segregated, “a fund's exposure under a derivative contract could increase significantly on an intraday basis, resulting in the segregated assets being worth less than the fund's obligations (until the fund is able to place additional assets in the segregated account  * * *.). To the extent that a fund relying on the Merrill Lynch Letter segregates assets whose prices are somewhat volatile, this `shortfall' could be magnified.”).</P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>The significant disparity between these two widely recognized measures—notional amount and mark-to-market amount—is illustrated by data relevant to actual swap positions held by funds. A recent study of the use of credit default swaps (“CDS”) by a group of the 100 largest U.S. corporate bond funds analyzed data relevant to the notional amount and “book value,”<E T="03">i.e.,</E>unrealized gains and losses, of the funds' CDS positions during the period 2004 through 2008.<SU>84</SU>

          <FTREF/>Among the 65 funds in the sample group that used CDS sometime between 2004 and 2008, the total notional amount of CDS positions increased from an average of $103 million per fund in 2004 to an<PRTPAGE P="55245"/>average of $632 million in 2008. The mean total notional amount of a fund's CDS positions relative to its net asset value (“NAV”) increased from 2% to almost 14%.<SU>85</SU>

          <FTREF/>At three funds, the notional amounts of CDS positions held in 2008 exceeded those funds' NAVs. During the same period, reported CDS book losses (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>unrealized losses) remained, on average, less than 1% of a fund's NAV.<SU>86</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>84</SU>Adam and Guettler Article,<E T="03">supra</E>note 7.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>85</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>at 12.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>86</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>at 13.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Critics of the notional and mark-to-market standards often advocate use of a more complex analysis of the risk of a fund's investments, including its derivatives positions, such as Value at Risk (“VaR”) or another methodology for assessing the probability of portfolio losses.<SU>87</SU>
          <FTREF/>VaR and other alternative approaches are discussed in the following section.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>87</SU>
            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>2010 ABA Derivatives Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 8, at 18. As discussed<E T="03">infra,</E>some non-U.S. regulatory schemes have incorporated VaR or comparable methodologies in their approach to derivatives.<E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
            <E T="03">CESR's Guidelines on Risk Measurement and the Calculation of Global Exposure and Counterparty Risk for UCITS,</E>Committee of European Securities Regulators (July 28, 2010) (“CESR's Global Exposure Guidelines”),<E T="03">available at  http://www.esma.europa.eu/popup2.php?id=7000. See also</E>Henry T.C. Hu,<E T="03">The New Portfolio Society, SEC Mutual Fund Disclosure, and the Public Corporation Model,</E>60 BUS. LAW. 1303 (2005) (advocating disclosure by funds of VaR data). We note that the Commission has permitted VaR to be used by certain registrants in other circumstances. For example, the Commission permits certain registered broker-dealers to use VaR models to compute net capital charges.<E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Exchange Act rule 15c3-1f.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Other Approaches</HD>
        <P>The 2010 ABA Derivatives Report observed that the “the basic framework as articulated in Release 10666 has worked very well” as applied to funds' derivatives investments,<SU>88</SU>
          <FTREF/>but “there are open issues and inconsistencies in the current [Commission] and staff guidance regarding the application of Section 18 of the 1940 Act to transactions in derivatives.”<SU>89</SU>
          <FTREF/>Accordingly, the 2010 ABA Derivatives Report states that the Commission “should issue revised guidance in this area, which would set forth an approach to segregation that would cover all types of derivative instruments in a comprehensive manner.”<SU>90</SU>
          <FTREF/>The 2010 ABA Derivatives Report, however, considers comprehensive guidance unlikely to be achievable, given that any generalized approach will likely fail to take into account significant variations in individual transactions. Consequently, in lieu of comprehensive guidance concerning the asset segregation approach, the 2010 ABA Derivatives Report proposes an alternative approach pursuant to which individual funds would establish their own asset segregation standards for derivative instruments that involve leverage within the meaning of Release 10666. Under this approach, each fund would be required to adopt policies and procedures that would include, among other things, minimum asset segregation requirements for each type of derivative instrument, taking into account relevant factors such as the specific context of the transaction. In developing these standards, fund investment advisers could take into account a variety of risk measures, including VaR and other quantitative measures of portfolio risk, and would not be limited to the notional amount or mark-to-market standards. These minimum “Risk Adjusted Segregated Amounts” would be reflected in policies and procedures that would be subject to approval by the fund's board of directors and disclosed (including the principles underlying the Risk Adjusted Segregated Amounts for different types of derivatives) in the fund's statement of additional information.<SU>91</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>88</SU>2010 ABA Derivatives Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 8, at 16.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>89</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>at 15.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>90</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>at 17.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>91</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>at 18.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The challenge of designing a regulatory standard by which leverage can be measured and limited effectively also has drawn the attention of regulators in jurisdictions around the globe. Internationally, limitations on leveraged exposure take a variety of forms, including maximum exposure limitations, asset segregation requirements, and other measures. In the context of maximum exposure or leverage limitations, the notional or principal amount of the reference asset underlying the derivative has commonly been used as a conservative measure of the exposure created by derivatives. In addition to limitations on aggregate positions or leveraged exposure, some regulatory frameworks include restrictions on concentrated exposures to individual counterparties and some provide for specialized funds that may assume derivatives exposure exceeding otherwise applicable limits.</P>
        <P>The Committee of European Securities Regulators (“CESR”) (which, as of January 1, 2011, became the European Securities and Markets Authority, or “ESMA”), conducted an extensive review and consultation concerning exposure measures for derivatives used by Undertakings for Collective Investment in Transferable Securities (“UCITS”), investment vehicles authorized for sale to retail investors. In 2010, CESR's Global Exposure Guidelines for UCITS were issued,<SU>92</SU>
          <FTREF/>addressing implementation of the European Commission's 2009 revised UCITS Directive.<SU>93</SU>
          <FTREF/>Under the revised UCITS Directive, UCITS are permitted to engage in derivatives investments subject to a “global exposure” limitation, under which the derivatives exposure of a UCITS may not exceed the total net value of the UCITS' portfolio.<SU>94</SU>
          <FTREF/>CESR's Global Exposure Guidelines extensively address the calculation of derivatives exposure under the “global exposure” limit and define two permissible, alternative methods for this purpose: (i) The “commitment” approach; and (ii) the advanced risk measurement method to measure maximum potential loss, such as the VaR approach.<SU>95</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>92</SU>
            <E T="03">See supra</E>note 87. In order for CESR's Global Exposure Guidelines to be binding and operational in a particular EU Member State, the Member State must adopt them. To date, it appears that a few EU Member States,<E T="03">e.g.,</E>Ireland and Luxembourg, have adopted them.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>93</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Directive 2009/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on the coordination of laws, regulations, and administrative provisions relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (“2009 Directive”),<E T="03">available at http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=OJ:L:2009:302:0032:0096:en:PDF.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>94</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>at Article 51(3) at 62 (“The exposure is calculated taking into account the current value of the underlying assets, the counterparty risk, future market movements and the time available to liquidate the positions”).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>95</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>CESR's Global Exposure Guidelines,<E T="03">supra</E>note 87. The CESR's Global Exposure Guidelines note that the “use of a commitment approach or VaR approach or any other methodology to calculate global exposure does not exempt UCITS from the requirement to establish appropriate internal risk management measures and limits.”<E T="03">Id.</E>at 5. In addition, with respect to the selection of the methodology used to measure global exposure, CESR's Global Exposure Guidelines note that the “commitment approach should not be applied to UCITS using, to a large extent and in a systematic way, financial derivative instruments as part of complex investment strategies.”<E T="03">Id.</E>at 6.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The commitment approach is a method for standard derivatives that uses the market value of the equivalent position in the underlying asset but may be “replaced by the notional value or the price of the futures contract where this is more conservative.”<SU>96</SU>
          <FTREF/>CESR's Global Exposure Guidelines incorporates a schedule of derivative investments and their corresponding conversion methods to be used in calculating global exposure.<SU>97</SU>
          <FTREF/>The conversion method to be used depends on the derivative.<SU>98</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>96</SU>
            <E T="03">See id.</E>at 7.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>97</SU>
            <E T="03">See id.</E>at 7-12.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>98</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>at 8. For example, for bond futures, the applicable conversion method is the number of contracts multiplied by the notional contract size<PRTPAGE/>multiplied by the market price of the cheapest-to-deliver reference bond. For plain vanilla fixed/floating interest rate and inflation swaps, the applicable conversion method is the market value of the underlier (though the notional value of the fixed leg may also be applied).<E T="03">Id.</E>For foreign exchange forwards, the prescribed conversion method is the notional value of the currency leg(s).<E T="03">Id.</E>at 9. With respect to non-standard derivatives, where it is not possible to convert the derivative into the market value or notional value of the equivalent underlying asset, CESR's Global Exposure Guidelines note that “an alternative approach may be used provided that the total amount of the derivatives represent a negligible portion of the UCITS portfolio.”<E T="03">Id.</E>at 7.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <PRTPAGE P="55246"/>
        <P>The second method is VaR or a comparably sophisticated risk measurement method, designed to measure the maximum potential loss due to market risk rather than leverage.<SU>99</SU>
          <FTREF/>When using the VaR approach to calculate global exposure, either the relative VaR approach or the absolute VaR approach may be used.<SU>100</SU>
          <FTREF/>Under the relative VaR approach, the VaR of the portfolio cannot be greater than twice the VaR of an unleveraged reference portfolio.<SU>101</SU>
          <FTREF/>The absolute VaR approach limits the maximum VaR that a UCITS can have relative to its NAV, and as a general matter, the absolute VaR is limited to 20 percent of the UCITS NAV.<SU>102</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>99</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>at 22 (“More particularly, the VaR approach measures the maximum potential loss at a given confidence level (probability) over a specific time period under normal market conditions.”).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>100</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>at 23. A global exposure calculation using the VaR approach should consider all the positions in the UCITS' portfolio.<E T="03">Id.</E>at 22. The VaR approach measures the probability of risk of loss rather than the amount of leverage in portfolio.<E T="03">Id.</E>at 22. The absolute VaR of a UCITS cannot be greater than 20% of its NAV.<E T="03">Id.</E>at 26. For both VaR approaches, the calculation must have a “one-tailed confidence interval of 99%,” a holding period of one month (20 business days), an observation period of risk factors of at least one year (unless a shorter observation period is justified by a significant increase in price volatility), at least quarterly updates, and at least daily calculation.<E T="03">Id.</E>at 26. UCITS employing the VaR approach are required to conduct a “rigorous, comprehensive and risk-adequate stress testing program.”<E T="03">Id.</E>at 30-34.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>101</SU>CESR's Global Exposure Guidelines note that the relative VaR approach does not measure leverage of the UCITS' strategies but instead allows the UCITS to double the risk of loss under a given VaR model.<E T="03">Id.</E>at 24.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>102</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>at 25-26.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>In addition to the global exposure limitation, CESR's Global Exposure Guidelines subject UCITS to “cover rules” for investments in financial derivatives.<SU>103</SU>
          <FTREF/>Under these cover rules, UCITS should, at any given time, be capable of meeting all its payment and delivery obligations incurred by financial derivatives' investments, and cover should form part of the UCITS' risk management process.<SU>104</SU>
          <FTREF/>More specifically, in the case of a derivative that provides, automatically or at the counterparty's choice, for physical delivery of the underlier, the UCITS should hold: (i) the underlier in its portfolio, or, if the underlier is deemed to be sufficiently liquid, (ii) cash or other liquid assets on the condition that these other assets (after applying appropriate haircuts), held in sufficient quantities, may be used at any time to acquire the underlier that is to be delivered.<SU>105</SU>
          <FTREF/>In the case of a derivative that provides, automatically or at the UCITSs choice, for cash settlement, the UCITS should hold enough liquid assets after appropriate haircuts to allow the UCITS to make the contractually required payments.<SU>106</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>103</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>at 40.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>104</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>105</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>106</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>On April 14, 2011, ESMA published a final report on the guidelines on risk measurement and the calculation of the global exposure for certain types of structured UCITS.<E T="03">See Guidelines to Competent Authorities and UCITS Management Companies on Risk Measurement and the Calculation of Global Exposure for Certain Types of Structured UCITS</E>(final report) (Apr. 14, 2011) (ref.: ESMA/2011/112),<E T="03">available at</E>
            <E T="03">http://www.esma.europa.eu/popup2.php?id=7542</E>(these guidelines, which will need to be adopted and implemented by Member States, propose for certain types of structured UCITS, an optional regime for the calculation of the global exposure).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Singapore has adopted a bifurcated approach similar to that applicable under CESR's Global Exposure Guidelines for UCITS. The Monetary Authority of Singapore (the “MAS”) requires that the risks of derivatives used by investment companies are “duly measured, monitored and managed on an ongoing basis.”<SU>107</SU>
          <FTREF/>An investment company's exposure to derivatives is limited to 100% of its NAV, and global exposure is calculated using the commitment approach as the default method. Under the commitment approach, which is similar to the commitment approach in CESR's Global Exposure Guidelines, global exposure is calculated by converting the investment company's derivatives positions into equivalent positions in the underlying assets and then is quantified as the sum of the absolute values of the individual positions.<SU>108</SU>
          <FTREF/>The investment company's exposure to the counterparty of an OTC derivative is limited to 10% of its NAV and is measured on a maximum potential loss basis that may be incurred by the investment company if the counterparty defaults.<SU>109</SU>
          <FTREF/>Cash or money market instruments and bonds issued by a government with a rating of AAA may be tendered as collateral to reduce counterparty exposure.<SU>110</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>107</SU>The Monetary Authority of Singapore,<E T="03">Code on Collective Investment Schemes,</E>Chapter 3, section 3.1(f) (April 2011) at 7,<E T="03">available at http://www.mas.gov.sg/resource/legislation_guidelines/securities_futures/sub_legislation/110408%20Revised%20Code_8%20April_final.pdf.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>108</SU>MAS allows for the use of a VaR approach, with prior approval and submission of specific information on the investment company manager's risk management process.<E T="03">Id.</E>at Appendix 1, section 3.2(b).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>109</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>at Appendix 1, sections 5.2 and 5.4.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>110</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>at Appendix 1, sections 5.7 and 5.8.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Other jurisdictions have adopted approaches to investment companies' use of derivatives that limit aggregate exposure and/or require maintaining liquid assets equal to the notional or “exercise” value of derivatives contracts. For example, the Central Bank of Ireland, in addressing non-UCITS investment companies offered to the public generally, has issued guidelines that provide standards analogous to a `notional amount' or commitment approach and generally limits the maximum potential exposure to 25% of the investment company's NAV.<SU>111</SU>
          <FTREF/>Separately, the Central Bank of Ireland permits the use of techniques and instruments by investment companies for the purposes of “efficient portfolio management,” subject to certain conditions. These include a requirement that an investment company selling a futures contract must own the security that is the subject of the contract. Alternatively, the investment company's assets, or a proportion of its assets at least equal to the exercise value of the futures contracts sold, must reasonably be expected to behave in terms of price movement in the same manner as the futures contract.<SU>112</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>111</SU>Central Bank of Ireland, NU SERIES OF NOTICES:<E T="03">Conditions Imposed in Relation to Collective Investment Schemes Other than UCITS</E>(July 2011) at 13.12,<E T="03">available at http://www.centralbank.ie/regulation/industry-sectors/funds/non-ucits/Documents/Non%20UCITS%20Notices.pdf</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>112</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>at 16.10. In addition, certain requirements are imposed on the use of OTC derivatives.<E T="03">Id.</E>at 16.10.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>A similar approach is followed by the Canadian Securities Administrators, which permits investment companies sold to the general public to use derivatives for hedging and non-hedging purposes but limits the derivatives exposure and requires certain “cash cover” intended to limit leverage.<SU>113</SU>
          <FTREF/>For<PRTPAGE P="55247"/>example, an investment company may enter into a swap if, among other things, the investment company holds cash cover in an amount that, together with margin on account for the swap and the market value of the swap, is not less than the underlying market exposure of the swap.<SU>114</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>113</SU>National Instrument 81-102<E T="03">Mutual Funds</E>(Jan. 2011) at sections 2.7 and 2.8,<E T="03">available at http://www.bcsc.bc.ca/uploadedFiles/securitieslaw/policy8/81-102%20Mutual%20Funds%20%5BNI%5D%20Jan-1-11.pdf.</E>In addition, for periods when the investment company would be required to make payments under the swap, the investment company is required to hold an equivalent quantity of the reference asset of the swap, a right or obligation to acquire an equivalent quantity of the reference asset of the swap and cash cover that, together with the margin on account for the swap, have a value at least equal to the aggregate amount of the obligations of the investment company under the swap, or a combination of the positions, without recourse to other assets of the investment company,<PRTPAGE/>to enable it to satisfy its obligations under the swap.<E T="03">Id.</E>at sections 2.7 and 2.8.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>114</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>at section 2.8.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The Hong Kong Securities and Futures Commission (the “SFC”) applies a differentiated approach, limiting investment companies generally to the use of derivatives for non-hedging positions that are capped at 15% of NAV for options and warrants and 20% for futures.<SU>115</SU>
          <FTREF/>For investment companies that may acquire financial derivative instruments extensively for investment purposes, the investment companies' global exposure relating to the financial derivative instruments should not exceed 100% of the total net asset value of the investment companies. For purposes of calculating global exposure, investment companies must use the commitment approach. This approach requires that derivative positions be converted into the equivalent position in the underlying assets of the derivative, taking into account the prevailing value of the underlying assets, counterparty risk, futures market movements, and the time available to liquidate the positions. There are also requirements for: (a) the over-the-counter derivative counterparties (or their guarantors, if applicable) of these investment companies to be substantial financial institutions (as defined in the Code on Unit Trusts and Mutual Funds); (b) the net exposure for these investment companies to a single over-the-counter derivative counterparty to be no greater than 10% of NAV; and (c) the acceptability criteria of collateral as provided by the over-the-counter derivative counterparties.<SU>116</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>115</SU>Hong Kong Securities and Futures Commission,<E T="03">Code on Unit Trusts and Mutual Funds</E>(June 2010), Chapter 7,<E T="03">available at http://www.sfc.hk/sfc/doc/EN/intermediaries/products/handBooks/Eng_UT.pdf.</E>
            <E T="03">See also</E>Hong Kong Securities and Futures Commission<E T="03">Handbook for Unit Trusts and Mutual Funds,</E>Investment-Linked Assurance Schemes and Unlisted Structured Investment Products.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>116</SU>Hong Kong Securities and Futures Commission,<E T="03">Code on Unit Trusts and Mutual Funds</E>(June 2010), Chapter 8,<E T="03">available at http://www.sfc.hk/sfc/doc/EN/intermediaries/products/handBooks/Eng_UT.pdf.</E>
          </P>

          <P>Other requirements include a restriction on premium paid to acquire identical options exceeding 5% of the NAV of the investment company, open positions in any futures contract month or option series may not be held if the combined margin requirement represents 5% or more of the NAV of the investment company, and the investment company may not hold open positions in futures or options contracts concerning a single commodity or a single underlying financial instrument for which the combined margin requirement represents 20% or more of the NAV of the investment company.<E T="03">Id.</E>
          </P>

          <P>Futures and options investments companies are subject to still different requirements, including that at least 30% of the investment company's NAV be held on deposit in short-term debt instruments and may not be used for margin requirements and no more than 70% of the NAV of the investment company may be committed as margin for futures or option contracts and/or premium paid for options purchased. Other requirements applicable to futures and options investment companies include a restriction on premium paid to acquire options outstanding with identical characteristics exceeding 5% of the NAV of the investment company, open positions in any futures contract month or option series may not be held if the combined margin requirement represents 5% or more of the net asset value of the investment company, and the investment company may not hold open positions in futures or options contracts concerning a single commodity or a single underlying financial instrument for which the combined margin requirement represents 20% or more of the net asset value of the investment company.<E T="03">Id.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Request for Comment</HD>
        <P>The Commission requests comment concerning the current approach to the application of the senior securities limitations of section 18 of the Act to funds' use of derivatives. The Commission seeks views concerning the appropriateness and effectiveness of the asset segregation approach as a basis for section 18 compliance, and ways in which the approach might be improved to better serve the statutory purposes and protect investors. The Commission also seeks views concerning potential alternative approaches under which funds could capture the benefits of using derivatives that would meet these same important goals. Commenters are requested to consider these broad questions as well as the specific questions that follow:</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Issues Concerning the Current Asset Segregation Approach</HD>
        <P>• Is the definition of leverage articulated by the Commission in Release 10666—that is, the right to a return on a capital base that exceeds a fund's investment in the instrument producing the return—sufficiently precise, and appropriate to limit the risks addressed by the senior security prohibition of section 18? Are other measures of leverage equally pertinent to, and sufficiently objective, precise, and transparent to achieve the investor protection purposes of section 18? Do funds make use of any leverage measurements as part of their own portfolio oversight procedures? Are leveraged transactions involving derivatives subject to any special approval or review procedures?</P>
        <P>• Does the segregated account approach adequately address the investor protection purposes and concerns underlying section 18 of the Act? What are the benefits and the shortcomings of the segregated account approach? What benefits may be lost under an approach that is more restrictive than the current segregated account approach?</P>
        <P>• Derivatives can raise risk management issues for funds, such as leverage, illiquidity (particularly with respect to complex OTC derivatives), and counterparty risk, among others.<SU>117</SU>
          <FTREF/>The segregated account approach addresses leverage, but may not address liquidity and counterparty concerns. Should funds that use derivatives be required to consider and address these concerns? For example, should funds be required to undertake an ongoing credit analysis of their derivatives counterparties, and an ongoing analysis of the liquidity of the derivatives, and to take action should the creditworthiness of the derivatives counterparties and the liquidity of the derivatives themselves decline below a certain point? Should diversification among counterparties be a requirement? Are there other risk considerations that funds engaged in derivatives investments should be required to take into account?</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>117</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>2008 IDC Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 3, at 12-13.<E T="03">See also</E>2008 JPMorgan Article,<E T="03">supra</E>note 6, at page 25.</P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>• What is the optimal amount of assets that should be segregated for purposes of complying with the leverage limitations of section 18? In general, should a fund segregate assets in an amount equal to the notional amount of a derivative contract? In what situations, if any, would a lesser amount satisfy the purposes and concerns underlying section 18's leverage limitations and why? Since futures, swaps, and similar derivatives generally have zero market value at inception and subsequent mark-to-market amounts may fluctuate widely, how effectively does segregating an amount equal to the daily, mark-to-market amount serve the Act's objective of limiting leverage and assuring the availability of adequate assets to cover a fund's ultimate obligations? To what extent do funds rely upon the mark-to-market standard to determine the amount of assets to be segregated? Are CDS, or some subset thereof, generally covered based on their notional amount, their mark-to-market value, or some other measure? Does it depend on whether the CDS cash-settles or involves physical delivery of the underlier?<PRTPAGE P="55248"/>
        </P>
        <P>• To what extent does the asset segregation approach cause funds to refrain from derivatives investments or strategies that could benefit investors? Please describe specific scenarios in which a fund might be deterred from engaging in derivatives activities for this reason. Does the asset segregation approach create particular impediments for certain types of funds or strategies? Please also provide any information relevant to assessing the impact upon the funds of asset segregation as contemplated by Release 10666.</P>
        <P>• In Release 10666, the Commission stated that it believed that only liquid assets should be placed in the segregated accounts. The Commission listed cash, U.S. Government securities, or other appropriate high-grade debt obligations as examples of liquid assets that could be placed in a segregated account.<SU>118</SU>
          <FTREF/>Subsequently, in the Merrill Lynch no-action letter, the staff took the position that “cash or liquid securities (regardless of type)” may be segregated for section 18 purposes. Should the Commission permit funds to segregate any liquid asset? Or should the Commission further limit the types of assets that may be placed in a segregated account? The 2010 ABA Derivatives Report has observed that the practical effect of segregating “any liquid asset” rather than segregating only the assets specifically noted as examples in Release 10666 “greatly increase[s] the degree to which funds [may] * * * use derivatives.”<SU>119</SU>

          <FTREF/>Is segregation of “any liquid asset” for purposes of section 18 consistent with the purposes and concerns underlying section 18's limitations on leverage? Should any restrictions be placed on the types of liquid assets that may be used for asset cover,<E T="03">e.g.,</E>excluding assets that replicate the fund's exposure under the covered obligation?</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>118</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Release 10666,<E T="03">supra</E>note 10, at discussion of “Segregated Account.”</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>119</SU>2010 ABA Derivatives Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 8, at 14.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>• What types of liquid assets are currently used by funds for asset segregation purposes? Do funds commonly include equities among the liquid assets that they segregate? If so, what types of equities?</P>
        <P>• Is owning, or having the right to obtain, the cash or other assets that a fund obligates itself to deliver in connection with senior securities an adequate substitute for segregation of liquid assets? To what extent do funds rely on this cover approach rather than asset segregation? Are cover methods that do not involve asset segregation as effective as asset segregation in terms of limiting a fund's ability to engage in leverage, limiting a fund's risk of loss, and making sure that a fund has set aside sufficient assets to cover its obligations under derivatives and other senior securities?</P>
        <P>• Should the Commission revise its position in Release 10666 to provide expressly for cover methods in addition to asset segregation? If so, should the Commission take the position that a fund may only enter into such non-asset segregation cover methods with the same counterparty to the senior security being covered? If so, what conditions, if any, should be imposed on such cover methods?</P>
        <P>• The Commission also requests comment on the different treatment afforded conventional bank borrowings under section 18, which generally require 300% asset coverage, and other transactions, such as reverse repurchase agreements, that may be functionally equivalent to borrowings but, under Release 10666, may be covered by segregation of assets equal to 100% of the fund's obligations. Why, if at all, should other senior securities be treated differently from bank borrowings for purposes of the amount of cover required? Should the Commission revise its position in Release 10666 so that all borrowings and their functional equivalents are subject to the same asset segregation requirements?</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Alternatives to the Current Asset Segregation Approach</HD>
        <P>• What alternatives to the segregated account approach, if any, should the Commission consider to fulfill the investor protection purposes of section 18 of the Act? Please identify any alternative measures that would assure adequate coverage of the fund's ongoing exposures under a derivative investment, and provide a cushion to cover future exposure.</P>
        <P>• What benefits would be lost, and/or what costs would increase, if an alternative approach to the segregated account were to limit funds' use of derivatives?</P>
        <P>• As discussed above, the 2010 ABA Derivatives Report recommends a more flexible approach to section 18 compliance, under which funds would specify a Risk Adjusted Segregated Amount (“RASA”) for each derivative investment used by the fund.<SU>120</SU>
          <FTREF/>Under this recommended approach, the amount of assets to be segregated would be determined by each fund, based on the risk profiles of the derivative instruments (including issuer- and transaction-specific risk) and its assessment of risk based upon consideration of relevant risk measures, such as VaR, potentially subject to Commission guidance of a general nature.<SU>121</SU>
          <FTREF/>What benefits would accrue to funds and investors from the ABA's RASA approach? What would be the costs of this approach? In what respects would fund-determined asset segregation policies be expected to deviate from the current segregated account approach? Would such policies be likely to incorporate VaR or other risk methodologies? Do boards, as currently constituted, have sufficient expertise to oversee an alternative approach to leverage and derivatives management such as RASA and/or VaR? If funds were permitted to determine the cover amount for their derivatives investments, should the Commission give guidance concerning minimum requirements for cover amounts or methodologies for determining cover amounts? If funds were permitted to determine the cover amount for their derivatives investments, would the result be that different funds would likely reach different determinations, resulting in different cover amounts, for the same derivatives?</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>120</SU>2010 ABA Derivatives Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 8, at 1, 17-18.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>121</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>at 17.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>• Should the Commission consider a bifurcated approach to funds' use of derivatives, similar to that set out in CESR's Global Exposure Guidelines (which provides two methodologies, the commitment approach or an advanced risk measurement method such as VaR)? If the Commission were to pursue a bifurcated approach, should funds be permitted to elect to use notional amount (or similar reference) or a quantitative risk assessment such as VaR, or should funds with different levels of derivatives activities be required to choose one or the other measure based upon their level of derivatives activities or other factors?</P>
        <P>• If funds are permitted to choose which quantitative risk assessment approach to use, under what circumstances, if any, should they be allowed to switch to a different assessment? Should a fund's proposed change in assessment require consideration and approval of its board of directors? Should shareholder approval of a fund's proposed change in assessment be required? For what reason(s) should a fund be permitted to change assessments, if any?</P>

        <P>• We note that bank capital standards incorporate methodologies by which the current exposure and potential future exposure created by derivative investments are calculated. The<PRTPAGE P="55249"/>potential future exposure calculation is based upon application of a specified multiplier, varying with the type and maturity of the derivative, to the notional amount of the investment.<SU>122</SU>
          <FTREF/>Would a formula combining the current mark-to-market value of a fund's derivative investments with a measure of potential future exposure based upon a percentage of the notional amount of its derivative contracts provide a more robust measure of risk than the notional amount or mark-to-market value of the derivative? If so, are bank capital standards a relevant reference point for our consideration of the potential future exposure and asset segregation amount? If not, are there other preferable standards for measuring the potential future exposure of a derivative investment? How, if at all, would such an approach address the leverage concerns underlying section 18 of the Act? What would be the costs and benefits of employing an asset segregation calculation that reflects both current mark-to-market values and a potential future exposure approximation calculated by reference to notional amount? Given the purposes of section 18, should an additional cushion amount be considered in addition to current mark-to-market value and potential future exposure?</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>122</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>12 CFR 3 at Appendix C to Part 3 (2011) (Capital Adequacy Guidelines for Banks: Internal-Ratings-Based and Advanced Measurement Approaches).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>• The Commission also requests comment concerning the desirability of incorporating a VaR approach or other comparable risk measurement methodology in the segregated account approach to section 18. To what extent do funds currently employ VaR or a comparable risk measure as part of their routine portfolio oversight procedures? Would a VaR measure, potentially supplemented by stress testing and a leverage measure, provide an adequate methodology for addressing leverage risks in fund portfolios? What procedures would be required so that any VaR methodology chosen by a fund would be implemented in a way that adequately captures any additional risks associated with the use of leverage and derivatives by a fund? What other quantitative criteria might be employed in lieu of, or as a supplement to, VaR? Would adoption of VaR or a comparable risk standard require review by the Commission or Commission staff of particular risk measurement methodologies in order to establish an appropriate level of investor protection? What would be the costs and benefits of adopting a VaR standard in lieu of an asset segregation approach in addressing the treatment of derivatives under section 18?</P>
        <P>• UCITS using VaR approaches to measure global exposure limits are required to disclose in their prospectus their expected level of leverage and the possibility of higher leverage.<SU>123</SU>
          <FTREF/>In the event that the Commission were to accept a VaR approach in connection with funds' use of derivatives, should funds be required to disclose their expected and/or actual leverage levels?</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>123</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>CESR's Global Exposure Guidelines,<E T="03">supra</E>note 87, at 35.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>• UCITS using VaR approaches to comply with global exposure limits are also required to maintain “a rigorous, comprehensive and risk-adequate stress testing program.”<SU>124</SU>
          <FTREF/>Should a stress testing requirement be imposed upon funds that use derivatives, at least where a risk-based methodology is used to determine the required asset segregation value? What standards, if any, should the Commission establish for stress testing if such a requirement were to be imposed?</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>124</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>at 31.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>• Are there any alternative measures that would provide adequate coverage of a fund's future obligations throughout the life of a derivative instrument as well as the availability of resources to cover unanticipated price movements?</P>
        <P>• During the recent credit crisis, did funds that used derivatives and leverage demonstrate the ability to foresee and manage the risks that manifested themselves in connection with derivatives and leverage? Are there examples during the credit crisis where funds incurred losses or experienced gains specifically attributable to their derivatives usage?</P>
        <P>• Is it the case that most futures contracts are highly liquid, and that this facilitates rapid liquidation of a losing position, enabling funds to minimize losses? Are there futures contracts that are not highly liquid? Have there been instances where futures contracts, that may typically be considered liquid, have become less liquid, or illiquid? If so, please describe. Could there be instances in the future where derivatives that have historically been considered to be liquid become less liquid, or illiquid? If so, please describe.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Related Matters</HD>
        <P>• Do derivatives that create economic leverage, but that do not impose future payment obligations on funds, such as purchased options or commodity-linked notes, raise the same or similar concerns as derivatives that create indebtedness leverage? Do such derivatives present any other material concerns to funds or their investors, or raise other concerns under the Investment Company Act? If so, how should the Commission address them?</P>
        <P>• Please comment on these, or any other, alternative approaches to the regulation of leverage under the Act. The Commission requests comment on whether any other regulatory frameworks provide relevant and useful approaches that the Commission should consider.</P>
        <P>• Are there special considerations that need to be taken into account for smaller funds? How might taking such considerations into account impact investor protection?</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Derivatives Under the Investment Company Act's Diversification Requirements</HD>
        <P>In this section of the release, the Commission discusses the diversification requirements of the Investment Company Act. The Commission also explores, and requests comment on, issues that arise in the course of applying those requirements to funds' use of derivatives.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. The Diversification Requirements</HD>
        <P>Funds are required to disclose in their registration statements whether they are classified as diversified or non-diversified.<SU>125</SU>
          <FTREF/>A fund that discloses in its registration statement that it is classified as diversified is prohibited from changing its classification to non-diversified without first obtaining shareholder approval.<SU>126</SU>
          <FTREF/>A diversified fund is a fund that, with respect to 75% of the value of its total assets (the “75% bucket”),<SU>127</SU>
          <FTREF/>has (among other things) no more than 5% of the value of its total assets invested in the securities of any one issuer.<SU>128</SU>
          <FTREF/>A non-diversified fund is<PRTPAGE P="55250"/>any fund that does not meet these requirements.<SU>129</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>125</SU>Section 8(b)(1)(A) of the Act; Form N-1A, Items 16, 4(a) and 4(b)(1); Form N-2, Item 17.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>126</SU>Section 13(a)(1) of the Act.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>127</SU>Rule 5b-1 under the Investment Company Act generally defines “total assets,” when used in computing values for purposes of sections 5 and 12 of the Act, as “the gross assets of the company with respect to which the computation is made, taken as of the end of the fiscal quarter of the company last preceding the date of computation.”</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>128</SU>Section 5(b)(1) of the Act. The term “issuer” is defined in sections 2(a) and 2(a)(22) of the Act as “unless the context otherwise requires, * * * every person who issues or proposes to issue any security, or has outstanding any security which it has issued.” In addition, a diversified fund, with respect to the 75% bucket, may not own more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer.<E T="03">See</E>Section 5(b)(1) of the Act. A fund seeking to qualify as a “regulated investment company” must comply with the diversification requirements of section 851 of the IRC, even if the fund is not diversified under the Investment Company Act. The diversification requirements<PRTPAGE/>under the IRC are similar, but not identical, to the diversification requirements of the Investment Company Act.<E T="03">See</E>26 U.S.C. 851(b)(3)(2010).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>129</SU>Section 5(b)(2) of the Act.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The purpose of the diversification requirements is to prevent a fund that holds itself out as diversified from being too closely tied to the success of one or a few issuers or controlling portfolio companies.<SU>130</SU>
          <FTREF/>As one commentator has noted, the requirements are designed to ensure that investors receive a clear statement of the character of the portfolio of the fund in which they have invested,<SU>131</SU>
          <FTREF/>and are intended to prevent any diversified fund from becoming non-diversified without the prior approval of its shareholders.<SU>132</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>130</SU>Senate Hearings,<E T="03">supra</E>note 49, at 188 (Statement of David Schenker, Chief Counsel, Investment Trust Study, SEC, commenting on a version of section 5(b)(1) that was similar, but not identical, to the current version) (“a diversified company must have at least several different securities in its portfolio, and cannot make investments which will put them in a controlling position * * *.”).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>131</SU>
            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Alfred Jaretzki, Jr.,<E T="03">The Investment Company Act of 1940,</E>26 Wash. U. L. Q. 303, 314 n. 34 (Apr. 1941) (“Jaretzki”) (the “distinction between diversified and non-diversified companies is due in large part, it is believed, to a desire to inform stockholders of the character of the portfolio of the company in which they have invested.”)</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>132</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>at 316-17.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>For purposes of determining whether a fund is diversified or non-diversified, the value of the fund's “total assets” is generally determined as of the end of the fund's last preceding fiscal quarter and includes the value of derivatives held by the fund. Under the Investment Company Act's definition of “value,”<SU>133</SU>
          <FTREF/>the appropriate valuation methodology to be used by a fund generally depends upon: (a) Whether market quotations for the fund's portfolio securities<SU>134</SU>
          <FTREF/>are readily available; and (b) whether the fund owned the particular portfolio securities or other assets at the end of its last preceding fiscal quarter. Specifically, the Act states that, “unless the context otherwise requires,” the value of a fund's assets for purposes of the diversification requirements is as follows:</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>133</SU>“Value” is defined in section 2(a)(41) of the Act.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>134</SU>Sections 2(a) and 2(a)(36) of the Act provide that, “unless the context otherwise requires,” the term “security” includes, among other things, any “note” or “evidence of indebtedness.” As discussed<E T="03">supra</E>note 57, the definition of the term “security” in the Act is broader than the definitions of that term in the other Federal securities laws and the Commission has interpreted the term “security” in light of the policies and purposes underlying the Act. As a general matter, most derivatives appear to be notes or evidences of indebtedness and thus securities for purposes of the diversification requirements. Treating derivatives as securities for diversification classification purposes appears to be consistent with the policies and purposes underlying the diversification requirements, including the concern that funds that classify themselves as diversified indeed have diverse portfolios of investments, the performance of which is not tied too closely to the success of one or a few issuers.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>• For each portfolio security owned at the end of the fund's last preceding fiscal quarter for which market quotations are readily available, the value of the security is the market value of the security at the end of such quarter;</P>
        <P>• For any other portfolio security or asset owned at the end of the fund's last preceding fiscal quarter, the value of the security or asset is the fair value of the security or asset at the end of such quarter, as determined in good faith by the fund's board of directors; and</P>
        <P>• For any security or asset acquired by the fund after the last preceding fiscal quarter, the cost thereof.<SU>135</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>135</SU>Sections 2(a)(41)(A)(i), (ii), and (iii) of the Act. Market value and fair value are discussed<E T="03">infra</E>at Section VI. (Valuation of Derivatives).<E T="03">See also Adoption of Rules Relating to the Classification of Management Investment Companies as either Diversified or Non-Diversified,</E>Investment Company Act Release No. 178 (Aug. 6, 1941) [6 FR 3966 (Aug. 8, 1941)].</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Application of the Diversification Requirements to a Fund's Use of Derivatives</HD>
        <P>A diversified fund that contemplates investing in derivatives must consider how to value these instruments for purposes of calculating the 75% bucket based upon its “total assets” and for purposes of calculating whether the fund has invested 5% of the value of its total assets in the securities of any one “issuer.” In addition, the fund must determine the identity of the issuer of each such derivative.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Valuation of Derivatives for Purposes of Determining a Fund's Classification as Diversified or Non-Diversified</HD>
        <P>When determining the value of a fund's total assets for purposes of determining the fund's classification as diversified or non-diversified, the fund must calculate the value of any derivative held by the fund. Under the Act, “unless the context otherwise requires,” derivatives (and all other assets) held by a fund must be valued for diversification purposes using market values and fair values, at the end of the fund's last preceding fiscal quarter, or, if subsequently acquired, their cost.<SU>136</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>136</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>section 2(a)(41)(A) of the Act.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>For purposes of calculating NAV under the Act's valuation provisions, derivatives are generally valued using a “market value” measure for exchange-traded derivatives and a “fair value” measure for OTC derivatives; under either measure, the value of a derivative would appear to be the value at which the derivative could be sold or otherwise transferred at the relevant time.<SU>137</SU>
          <FTREF/>Compliance with the valuation provisions of the Act helps to ensure, among other things, that the prices at which fund shares are purchased and redeemed are fair and do not result in dilution of shareholder interests or other harm to shareholders.<SU>138</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>137</SU>For additional discussion of valuation requirements and guidance,<E T="03">see infra</E>Section VI. (Valuation of Derivatives).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>138</SU>
            <E T="03">Compliance Programs of Investment Companies and Investment Advisers,</E>Investment Company Act Release No. 26299 (Dec. 17, 2003) [68 FR 74714 (Dec. 24, 2003)]<E T="03">available at</E>
            <E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/final/ia-2204.pdf.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The diversification requirements are designed to prevent a fund that holds itself out as diversified from having heightened exposure to one or a few issuers and help to accurately inform investors about the nature of the fund. Given that derivatives generally are designed to convey a leveraged return based on a reference asset over a period of time, their mark-to-market values at a given point do not reflect the asset base on which future gains and losses will be based or otherwise represent the potential future exposure of the fund under the derivatives investment. Use of a mark-to-market value for derivatives held by a fund could thus permit a fund to maintain an ongoing exposure to a single issuer or group of issuers in excess of 5% of the fund's assets on a notional basis, while continuing to classify itself as diversified.<SU>139</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>139</SU>For example, a fund that holds itself out as diversified may have invested four percent of its assets in securities of an issuer to which it has additional exposure through a total return swap that creates exposure equal to another four percent of its assets on a notional basis, yielding a combined exposure to the issuer of eight percent of the fund's total assets. The current mark-to-market value of the total return swap would likely be sufficiently low to enable the fund to calculate its investments in the issuer at less than five percent of its total assets, but, its total exposure to that issuer is over five percent of its total assets.</P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>Should the Commission consider whether application of the diversification requirements to derivatives is a “context [that] otherwise requires” a different measure of value than the statutory definition of “value?” The value at which the derivative can be sold or otherwise transferred will reflect the gains or losses on that investment at a point in time. Would the use of the notional amount of the derivative, rather than its liquidation value, better achieve the purposes of the diversification provisions of the Act? The Commission requests comment on these issues and related questions set forth below.<PRTPAGE P="55251"/>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Identification of the Issuer of a Derivative for Purposes of Determining a Fund's Classification as Diversified or Non-Diversified</HD>
        <P>The diversification requirements restrict a fund that is classified as diversified from investing, with respect to its 75% bucket, more than 5% of the value of its total assets in the securities of any one issuer. The Act defines the term “issuer” as “every person who issues or proposes to issue any security, or has outstanding any security which it has issued,”<SU>140</SU>
          <FTREF/>unless the context otherwise requires.<SU>141</SU>
          <FTREF/>In general, the “issuer” of an OTC derivative entered into by a fund would appear to be the fund's counterparty, and the “issuer” of an exchange-traded derivative would appear to be the clearinghouse due to the novation.<SU>142</SU>

          <FTREF/>However, a derivative may have a reference asset that also has an issuer,<E T="03">e.g.,</E>a total return swap on the common stock of a corporate issuer. In such a case, the potential exposure of the fund created by the derivative is to both the counterparty to the contract and the issuer of the reference security.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>140</SU>Section 2(a)(22) of the Act.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>141</SU>Section 2(a) of the Act.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>142</SU>
            <E T="03">See Exemptions for Security-Based Swaps Issued by Certain Clearing Agencies,</E>Securities Act Release No. 9222 (June 9, 2011) [76 FR 34920 (June 15, 2011)] at n. 18 and accompanying text,<E T="03">available at</E>
            <E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/proposed/2011/33-9222.pdf</E>(also describing “novation” as a process through which the original obligation between a buyer and seller is discharged through the substitution of the central counterparty as seller to buyer and buyer to seller, creating two new contracts).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Request for Comment</HD>
        <P>The Commission requests comment concerning the application of the Act's diversification requirements to derivatives held in fund portfolios, including the following specific issues:</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Valuation of Derivatives for Purposes of the Diversification Requirements.</E>As discussed above, the diversification requirements are designed to preclude a fund that has classified itself as “diversified” from concentrating its portfolio investments in the securities of any single issuer. In light of this purpose, how should a derivative be valued for purposes of applying the diversification tests? Could investors be misled by a fund's disclosure that it is diversified when it has ongoing exposure to a single issuer or group of issuers in excess of 5% of the fund's assets on a notional basis? In what circumstances, if any, would mark-to-market value provide an adequate measure of a fund's exposure to an issuer such that the purposes of the diversification requirements would be fulfilled? If a current market value measure is appropriate for this purpose, should any additional safeguards be adopted to address circumstances in which a derivative's potential future exposure may materially exceed its current market value? For example, should the “diversification” classification be qualified or supplemented to reflect the impact on the fund's diversification of the notional exposures created by derivatives? The Commission also requests comment concerning the potential for derivatives exposures to be understated. Further, if derivatives exposures are potentially understated, how should the issue be addressed? For example, should funds be required to provide additional information to investors? Also, if mark-to-market values are ascribed to derivatives for purposes of the diversification requirements, how should negative values for derivatives be treated?</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Alternative Diversification Standards.</E>Should different or additional diversification standards be developed that would better address the types of exposures attainable through derivatives?</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Treatment of Counterparty Issues under the Diversification Requirements.</E>In light of the statutory purpose of preventing a fund from holding itself out as diversified even though it is dependent upon the performance of a small number of issuers, should counterparties to derivatives investments with funds be considered issuers of securities for purposes of the diversification requirements? If counterparty obligations under a derivative investment are considered securities of an issuer for purposes of the diversification requirements, how should such obligations be measured for this purpose? The 2010 ABA Derivatives Report recommends that, for purposes of determining a fund's classification as diversified or non-diversified, a fund should be able to disregard its exposures to its derivative investment counterparties and that counterparty exposures should be addressed separately under section 12(d)(3) of the Act, in part to assure that counterparty exposures would be addressed for non-diversified as well as diversified funds.<SU>143</SU>
          <FTREF/>Would it be preferable to address counterparty exposures under section 12(d)(3)?<SU>144</SU>
          <FTREF/>If so, should diversification issues relating to counterparties that are not securities-related issuers continue to be addressed under the Act's diversification provisions?</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>143</SU>2010 ABA Derivatives Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 8, at 27-28.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>144</SU>Under section 12(d)(3) of the Investment Company Act, funds generally may not purchase or otherwise acquire any security issued by, or any other interest in, the business of a broker, dealer, underwriter, or investment adviser (“securities-related issuer”).<E T="03">See infra</E>discussion in Section IV. (Exposure to Securities-Related Issuers Through Derivatives).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>•<E T="03">Relevance of Reference Assets Under Derivatives to Diversification Requirements.</E>Under the 2010 ABA Derivatives Report's suggested approach, a derivative's reference asset would be considered a security issued by an issuer for purposes of the diversification requirements, an approach that the 2010 ABA Derivatives Report indicates is already followed by many funds when calculating “long exposures” to the fund.<SU>145</SU>
          <FTREF/>Should the issuer of reference assets underlying a derivative entered into by a fund be considered to be the issuer of a security for purposes of the diversification requirements in lieu of, or in addition to, the counterparty? If not, how, if at all, should exposure to the issuer of a reference asset be disclosed to investors and the potential inconsistency of such exposure with diversification categorization be addressed?</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>145</SU>2010 ABA Derivatives Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 8, at 26.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>• Are there special considerations that need to be taken into account for smaller funds? How might taking such considerations into account impact investor protection?</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Exposure to Securities-Related Issuers Through Derivatives</HD>
        <P>Funds engaging in derivatives investments may also confront issues under the Act's restrictions upon acquisition of interests in securities-related issuers. In this section of the release, the Commission discusses the application of section 12(d)(3) and rule 12d3-1, which address a fund's exposure to securities-related issuers, to funds' use of derivatives. The Commission seeks comment on the manner in which the Act's prohibition on such acquisitions and the Commission's exemptive rule granting limited relief from that prohibition should apply in the context of derivatives.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Investment Company Act Limitations on Investing in Securities-Related Issuers</HD>

        <P>Under section 12(d)(3) of the Investment Company Act, funds generally may not purchase or otherwise acquire any security issued by, or any other interest in, the business of a broker, dealer, underwriter, or investment adviser (“securities-related<PRTPAGE P="55252"/>issuer”).<SU>146</SU>
          <FTREF/>There are two reasons for this prohibition. First, it limits a fund's exposure to the entrepreneurial risks of securities-related issuers, including the fund's potential inability to extricate itself from an illiquid investment in a securities-related issuer.<SU>147</SU>
          <FTREF/>Second, it is one of several Investment Company Act provisions which, taken together, prohibit fund sponsors, which include broker-dealers, underwriters, and investment advisers, from taking advantage of the funds that they sponsor.<SU>148</SU>
          <FTREF/>Specifically, the prohibition has the effect of limiting the possibility of abusive reciprocal practices<SU>149</SU>
          <FTREF/>between funds and securities-related issuers.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>146</SU>Section 12(d)(3) of the Act.<E T="03">See also Statement of the Commission Advising All Registered Investment Companies to Divest Themselves of Interest and Securities Acquired in Contravention of the Provisions of Section 12(d)(3) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 within a Reasonable Period of Time,</E>Investment Company Act Release No. 3542 (Sept. 21, 1962) [27 FR 9652 (Sept. 29, 1962)] (“1962 Statement”) (stating that “prohibited purchases or acquisitions occur not only when a security or interest is originally purchased or acquired, but also when investment companies * * * hold an interest in a portfolio company which thereafter by merger, consolidation, reorganization * * * or otherwise, acquires an interest in a dealer, broker, underwriter or investment adviser”);<E T="03">Exemption for Acquisition by Registered Investment Companies of Securities Issued by Persons Engaged Directly or Indirectly in Securities Related Businesses,</E>Investment Company Act Release No. 13725 (Jan. 17, 1984) [49 FR 2912 (Jan. 24, 1984)] (“1984 Proposing Release”) at n.2 and accompanying text (discussing the 1962 Statement).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>147</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>1984 Proposing Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 146, at n. 7 and accompanying text (discussing that “[i]n 1940, securities related businesses, for the most part, were organized as private partnerships. By investing in such businesses, investment companies would expose their shareholders to potential losses which were not present in other types of investments; if the business failed, the investment company as a general partner would be held accountable for the partnership's liabilities; if the business floundered, the investment company would be locked into its investment.”). Rule 12d3-1 under the Act has, since 1984, provided a limited exemption from section 12(d)(3) for acquisitions of certain securities and, until 1993, addressed the liquidity concern underlying section 12(d)(3) by limiting the equity securities of a securities-related issuer that a fund may acquire to “margin securities,” as defined in Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and generally limiting the permissible debt securities to “investment grade securities,” as determined by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization.<E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>1984 Proposing Release<E T="03">, supra</E>note 146, at nn. 24-25 and accompanying text. The rule has never permitted a fund to acquire a general partnership interest in a securities-related business.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>148</SU>
            <E T="03">See id.</E>at n. 8 and accompanying text.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>149</SU>
            <E T="03">See, e.g., id.</E>at n. 9 and accompanying text (“Such reciprocal practices include the possibility that an investment company might purchase securities or other interests in a broker-dealer to reward that broker-dealer for selling fund shares, rather than solely on investment merit. Similarly, the staff has expressed concern that an investment company might direct brokerage to a broker-dealer in which the company has invested to enhance the broker-dealer's profitability or to assist it during financial difficulty, even though that broker-dealer may not offer the best price and execution.”)</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Rule 12d3-1 under the Act provides funds with a limited exception from this prohibition. Under the rule, a fund may acquire securities of any person that (a) derives 15 percent or less of its gross revenues from “securities related activities,”<SU>150</SU>
          <FTREF/>as long as the fund does not control such person after the acquisition, or (b) derives more than 15 percent of its gross revenues from “securities related activities,” subject to limits on the percentage of the issuer's securities that may be acquired by a fund.<SU>151</SU>
          <FTREF/>The rule does not permit a fund to acquire a general partnership interest in a securities-related issuer.<SU>152</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>150</SU>The rule defines “securities related activities” as “activities as a broker, a dealer, an underwriter, an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or as an investment adviser to a registered investment company.”</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>151</SU>Under these limits, a fund may not acquire more than 5% of that class of the issuer's outstanding equity securities or more than 10% of the outstanding principal amount of the issuer's debt securities, and may not have more than 5% of the value of the fund's total assets invested in the securities of the issuer. Rule 12d3-1 defines “equity security” in accordance with rule 3a11-1 under the Exchange Act, which in turn includes “any stock or similar security, certificate of interest or participation in any profit sharing agreement, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, voting trust certificate or certificate of deposit for an equity security, limited partnership interest, interest in a joint venture, or certificate of interest in a business trust; any security future on any such security; or any security convertible, with or without consideration into such a security, or carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase such a security; or any such warrant or right; or any put, call, straddle, or other option or privilege of buying such a security from or selling such a security to another without being bound to do so.” Rule 12d3-1 under the Act defines “debt security” as “all securities other than equity securities.”</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>152</SU>Rule 12d3-1 also does not permit the acquisition of a security issued by the fund's promoter, principal underwriter, or investment adviser, or an affiliated person of the promoter, principal underwriter, or investment adviser, subject to an exception for certain subadvisory relationships.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Counterparty to a Derivatives Investment</HD>
        <P>When a fund invests in an OTC derivative, the fund receives the obligation of its counterparty to perform under the contract. If the counterparty is a securities-related issuer, a fund's acquisition of that obligation may constitute an acquisition of a security or another interest in a securities-related issuer within the scope of section 12(d)(3) of the Investment Company Act.<SU>153</SU>
          <FTREF/>As noted above, in the case of exchange-traded derivatives that are cleared, the issuer of the derivative typically is the clearinghouse. In a no-action letter, the staff did not object to the assertion that, in acquiring an exchange-traded option, a fund generally would not appear to be acquiring securities issued by, or an interest in, a securities-related issuer.<SU>154</SU>
          <FTREF/>In the case of OTC derivatives, if a fund's counterparty is a securities-related issuer, the fund's transaction with the counterparty may represent the acquisition of a security issued by, or an interest in, that issuer.<SU>155</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>153</SU>If the counterparty is not a securities-related issuer, the fund may enter into the transaction without being limited by section 12(d)(3). The fund will need to monitor the status of its counterparty during the term of the transaction to ensure that the counterparty remains a non-securities-related issuer.<E T="03">See</E>1962 Statement,<E T="03">supra</E>note 146.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>154</SU>
            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Institutional Equity Fund, SEC Staff No-Action Letter (Feb. 27, 1984).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>155</SU>The Commission has stated, for example, that in entering into a repurchase agreement, a fund may be acquiring an interest in the counterparty that is prohibited by section 12(d)(3).<E T="03">See, e.g., Treatment of Repurchase Agreements and Refunded Securities as an Acquisition of the Underlying Securities,</E>Investment Company Act Release No. 25058 (July 5, 2001) at n. 5 and accompanying text [66 FR 36156 at note 5 (July 11, 2001)].</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>If an OTC derivative with a securities-related issuer as the counterparty is a security issued by that counterparty, then the fund may be able to rely on rule 12d3-1 to engage in the transaction.<SU>156</SU>

          <FTREF/>If such a derivative is not a security issued by the counterparty, but the transaction may be deemed to be the fund's acquisition of “an interest in” a securities-related issuer (the counterparty), then rule 12d3-1 would not be available because it exempts only acquisitions of securities, and the transaction would be prohibited under the Investment Company Act. There is no bright-line test distinguishing transactions that may or may not<PRTPAGE P="55253"/>constitute a fund's acquisition of an “interest in” a securities-related issuer. However, a fund's acquisition of a general partnership interest in a securities-related issuer, whether or not the interest is a security, is not permitted by rule 12d3-1.<SU>157</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>156</SU>A derivative is likely to be categorized as a debt security subject to the 10% limitation of rule 12d3-1. Rule 12d3-1 defines “debt security” as “all securities other than equity securities.” The Commission also by order has exempted certain transactions from section 12(d)(3) that may have involved a fund's acquisition of a security from a securities-related issuer.<E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>the following orders issued by the Commission involving principal-protected funds: AIG SunAmerica Asset Management Corp.,<E T="03">et al.,</E>Investment Company Act Release Nos. 26725 (notice) (Jan. 21, 2005) [70 FR 3946 (Jan. 27, 2005)] and 26760 (Feb. 16, 2005) (order) (by virtue of entering into a protection arrangement with an AIG affiliate that is a broker, dealer, underwriter, investment adviser to a registered investment company, or an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act, a fund may be deemed to have acquired a security from the AGI affiliate); Merrill Lynch Principal Protected Trust,<E T="03">et al.,</E>Investment Company Act Release Nos. 26164 (Aug. 20, 2003) (notice) [68 FR 51602 (Aug. 27, 2003)] and 26180 (Sept. 16, 2003) (order) (by virtue of entering into a protection arrangement with a Merrill Lynch affiliate that is a broker, dealer, underwriter, investment adviser to a registered investment company, or an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, a fund may be deemed to have acquired a security from the Merrill Lynch affiliate).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>157</SU>In addition, section 12(d)(3) of the Act prohibits a fund's acquisition of any security issued by “or any other interest in” a securities-related issuer. The Commission has noted that, in enacting section 12(d)(3), Congress was particularly concerned with funds investing as general partners in securities-related issuers.<E T="03">See Exemption of Acquisitions of Securities Issued by Persons Engaged in Securities-Related Business,</E>Investment Company Act Release No. 19204 (Jan. 4, 1993) [58 FR 3243 (Jan. 8, 1993)] at n. 10 and accompanying text. Rule 12d3-1(c) provides that “this section does not exempt the acquisition of: (1) a general partnership interest[.]”</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Exposure to Other Securities-Related Issuers Through Derivatives</HD>
        <P>The issue of whether an OTC derivative transaction is prohibited under the Investment Company Act as an impermissible acquisition of a security issued by, or an interest in, a securities-related issuer, also may require analysis of a fund's exposure to a reference asset underlying the derivative. If the derivative transaction is based upon the price or value of securities issued by, or interests in, a securities-related issuer, the fund's relationship to the issuer of the reference asset may raise both of the concerns underlying section 12(d)(3)—the fund's exposure to the risks of that securities-related issuer and the potential for reciprocal practices. For example, if the issuer of the reference asset is a broker-dealer, and the fund's position in the derivative transaction benefits from increases in the market price of the reference asset, the fund might direct brokerage or other business to that broker-dealer to enhance the broker-dealer's profitability. Consequently, the fund could be considered to have assumed an exposure to a securities-related issuer that is in violation of section 12(d)(3). In that event, the fund would need to consider the availability and conditions of rule 12d3-1 with respect to that entity before determining whether the fund may, and if so, to what extent, enter into the derivative transaction.</P>
        <P>Certain OTC derivative transactions involve credit support providers or entities performing similar roles. These entities also may be securities-related issuers. In that case, the fund would need to determine whether the provision of credit support or similar protection for the fund's benefit in the derivative transaction constitutes the fund's acquisition of a security issued by, or an interest in, the credit support provider that is a securities-related issuer.<SU>158</SU>
          <FTREF/>If it does, then the fund would need to analyze the derivative transaction under section 12(d)(3) with respect to the credit support provider as well.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>158</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>rule 12d3-1(d)(7)(v) under the Act, deeming an acquisition of demand features or guarantees as not being the acquisition of securities of a securities-related issuer provided certain conditions are met.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Valuation of Derivatives for Purposes of Rule 12d3-1 Under the Investment Company Act</HD>
        <P>As noted above, if a derivative transaction involves an acquisition by the fund of a security issued by a securities-related issuer, the fund may be able to rely on rule 12d3-1 under the Investment Company Act, which provides a conditional exemption to the prohibition in section 12(d)(3). For purposes of the conditions of rule 12d3-1, if the securities-related issuer, in its most recent fiscal year, derived more than 15% of its gross revenues from securities-related activities, as defined in the rule, the fund would need to determine whether such derivative is an equity or debt security and apply the percentage limitations in the rule accordingly.<SU>159</SU>
          <FTREF/>Among other things, the fund would need to determine whether, immediately after the acquisition of such derivative, the fund has invested not more than five percent of the value of its total assets in the securities of the issuer. For purposes of this calculation, the exposure of the fund to its counterparty or its exposure to the issuer of a reference security may be understated were the current market or fair value of the derivative the appropriate measure. The potential future exposure of the fund to the securities-related issuer is, in each case, likely to be unaccounted for by a current mark-to-market standard. Neither the Commission nor the staff has addressed this point. The Commission understands that many funds perform the calculation under rule 12d3-1 based upon the notional amounts of derivatives transactions, although this practice is not uniform.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>159</SU>
            <E T="03">See supra</E>discussion at note 151.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Request for Comment</HD>
        <P>The Commission asks for comment on all aspects of the application of section 12(d)(3) and rule 12d3-1 to funds' derivative transactions.</P>

        <P>• Do commenters believe that OTC derivative transactions between funds and securities-related issuers implicate the purposes of section 12(d)(3),<E T="03">i.e.,</E>protection against the entrepreneurial risks of securities-related issuers and the potential for reciprocal practices that disadvantage fund investors? If so, in what respects? If not, on what basis should a fund's exposure to a securities-related issuer in a derivatives transaction be distinguished from other types of investments to which section 12(d)(3) applies?</P>
        <P>• Do commenters believe that a fund's exposure to price movements or performance of a reference security issued by a securities-related issuer implicates the purposes of section 12(d)(3)? If not, on what basis would such exposure be distinguished from other types of investments subject to section 12(d)(3)?</P>
        <P>• Should the extent to which the securities-related issuer's obligations are secured by collateral provided by the issuer affect this analysis? If so, what specific effect should collateral arrangements be accorded and by what criteria should qualifying collateral arrangements be defined?</P>
        <P>• The 2010 ABA Derivatives Report suggests that section 12(d)(3) “provides an appropriate framework for dealing with fund counterparty exposures.”<SU>160</SU>
          <FTREF/>The 2010 ABA Derivatives Report states that the counterparties to fund derivative transactions generally fall within the categories of securities-related issuers addressed by section 12(d)(3) and that, unlike the diversification requirements discussed above, section 12(d)(3) applies to all registered investment companies, regardless of diversification status. The 2010 ABA Derivatives Report also suggests that the Commission or the staff issue guidance concerning the manner in which the various provisions of rule 12d3-1 under the Act should apply to derivatives.<SU>161</SU>
          <FTREF/>Is rule 12d3-1 the appropriate framework for exempting certain derivatives transactions from section 12(d)(3)? Are the existing percentage limitations in rule 12d3-1 appropriate in the context of derivatives? Should there be additional limitations or conditions to an exemption from section 12(d)(3) for derivative transactions? If so, what types of conditions or limitations? The Commission also asks commenters to identify and discuss the interpretive issues that may arise when rule 12d3-1 is applied to funds' use of derivatives.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>160</SU>2010 ABA Derivatives Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 8, at 33. The Report states that “counterparty exposure” presents “the concern that a counterparty cannot pay a fund the amount that the fund is due under the derivative instrument * * *.”<E T="03">Id.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>161</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>at 34-35.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <PRTPAGE P="55254"/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Portfolio Concentration</HD>
        <P>In this section, the Commission discusses the Investment Company Act's provisions regarding portfolio “concentration” and the application of these provisions to a fund's use of derivatives.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Investment Company Act Provisions Regarding Portfolio Concentration</HD>
        <P>Funds are required to disclose in their registration statements their policy concerning “concentrating investments in a particular industry or group of industries.”<SU>162</SU>
          <FTREF/>This requirement reflects the view that such a policy is likely to be central to a fund's ability to achieve its investment objectives, and that a fund that concentrates its investments will be subject to greater risks than funds that do not follow the policy.<SU>163</SU>
          <FTREF/>The concentration requirements also are intended to prevent funds from substantially changing the nature and character of their businesses without shareholder approval.<SU>164</SU>
          <FTREF/>Funds are prohibited from deviating from their policy concerning “concentration of investments in any particular industry or groups of industries” as recited in their registration statements without obtaining shareholder approval.<SU>165</SU>
          <FTREF/>The Investment Company Act does not include definitions of the terms “concentration” and “industry or groups of industries.” The Commission has stated generally that a fund is concentrated in a particular industry or group of industries if the fund invests or proposes to invest more than 25% of the value of its net assets in a particular industry or group of industries.<SU>166</SU>
          <FTREF/>The Commission also has stated that, in determining industry classifications, a fund may select its own industry classifications, but such classifications must be reasonable and should not be so broad that the primary economic characteristics of the companies in a single class are materially different.<SU>167</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>162</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Section 8(b)(1)(E) of the Act; Form N-1A, Items 4, 9 (instruction 4) and 16(c)(1)(iv); and Form N-2, Items 8.2.b(2) and 17.2.e.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>163</SU>
            <E T="03">Registration Form Used by Open-End Management Investment Companies,</E>Investment Company Act Release No. 23064 (Mar. 13, 1998) (“Release 23064”) [63 FR 13916 (Mar. 23, 1998)] at nn. 98-99 and accompanying text.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>164</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Jaretzki,<E T="03">supra</E>note 131, at 317. The concentration requirements focus on all of the funds' investments, and not solely on their investments in securities.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>165</SU>Section 13(a)(3) of the Act.<E T="03">See also</E>Securities and Exchange Commission's Brief Amicus Curiae dated March 25, 2010,<E T="03">In re: Charles Schwab Corp. Securities Litigation,</E>Master File No. C-08-01510-WHA (N.D. Cal.) (“SEC Schwab Amicus Brief”) at 2-3;<E T="03">In re: Charles Schwab Corp. Securities Litigation,</E>No. C 08-01510 WHA, 2010 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 32113 (N.D. Cal. Mar. 30, 2010) (“Schwab Opinion”) at *3-*4.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>166</SU>
            <E T="03">See also</E>Form N-1A, Item 9, instruction 4 (defining industry concentration for Form N-1A disclosure purposes as “investing more than 25% of a Fund's net assets in a particular industry or group of industries”);<E T="03">but compare</E>Form N-2, Item 8.2.b (instruction) (defining industry concentration for Form N-2 purposes as “25 percent or more of the value of Registrant's total assets invested or proposed to be invested in a particular industry or group of industries”).<E T="03">See also, e.g.,</E>Release No. 23064,<E T="03">supra</E>note 163, (“The Commission's staff has taken the position for purposes of the concentration disclosure requirement that a fund investing more than 25% of its assets in an industry is concentrating in that industry.”).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>167</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>SEC Schwab Amicus Brief,<E T="03">supra</E>note 165, at 8 and 9.<E T="03">See also</E>Schwab Opinion,<E T="03">supra</E>note 165, at *20 (“This order agrees * * * that a promoter is free to define an industry in any reasonable way when it establishes a fund and assumes for sake of argument that the promoter may unilaterally, even after the fund is up and running, clarify in a reasonable way a definitional line that may otherwise be vague. But once the promoter has drawn a clear line and thereafter gathers in the savings of investors, the promoter must adhere to the stated limitation unless and until changed by a stockholder vote.”)</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Issues Relating to the Application of the Act's Concentration Provisions to a Fund's Use of Derivatives</HD>

        <P>When a fund enters into a derivatives transaction, the fund may gain exposure to more than one industry or group of industries. For example, if a fund and a bank enter into a total return swap on stock issued by a corporation in the pharmaceuticals industry, the fund will have gained exposure to the banking industry (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>the industry associated with the fund's counterparty) as well as exposure to the pharmaceuticals industry (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>the industry associated with the issuer of the reference asset). As noted above, the Commission has stated that generally a fund is concentrated in a particular industry or group of industries if the fund invests or proposes to invest more than 25% of the value of its net assets in a particular industry or group of industries. This standard does not, by its terms, address derivative transactions by which a fund obtains exposure to a particular industry or group of industries, whether through exposure to the counterparty to the transaction or through its contractual exposure to a reference asset.</P>
        <P>Another issue relevant to determining industry concentration is whether a fund values its derivatives using notional amount or market value. The 2010 ABA Derivatives Report states that “using the notional value, rather than the market value, of a derivative instrument may inflate an industry position relative to the fund's current economic exposure.”<SU>168</SU>
          <FTREF/>The 2010 ABA Derivatives Report further states that “funds typically comply with their concentration policies by looking to the reference asset and not any counterparty to the derivative instrument. Funds typically use market values for these calculations * * *.”<SU>169</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>168</SU>2010 ABA Derivatives Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 8, at n. 57.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>169</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>at 29.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Request for Comment</HD>
        <P>The Commission requests comment on the application of concentration requirements to funds' investments in derivatives, including the following questions.</P>
        <P>• How do funds apply the concentration requirements to their investments in derivatives? Do they consider current market value or the notional amount of a derivative (or some other measure) for purposes of determining whether they have invested 25% or more of the value of their net assets in a particular industry or group of industries? Do funds focus solely upon the exposures to the industries with which their derivatives counterparties are associated, or do they also take into account their exposures to the industry or industries (if any) of the reference assets underlying those derivatives?</P>
        <P>• Is it consistent with the policies and purposes underlying the concentration requirements for funds to focus on the industry of the issuer of the reference asset and disregard the exposure to the industry or industries with which the derivatives counterparty is associated? Should this depend on the level of collateral (if any) posted by the counterparty?</P>
        <P>• Should the Commission provide guidance to funds on how they should comply with the concentration requirements when they use derivatives? If so, what should that guidance entail?</P>
        <P>• Are there special considerations that need to be taken into consideration for smaller funds? How might taking such considerations into account impact investor protection?</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Valuation of Derivatives</HD>
        <P>In this section, the Commission discusses, and requests comment on, the valuation of derivatives used by funds for purposes of applying the various provisions of the Investment Company Act.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Investment Company Act Valuation Requirements</HD>

        <P>When calculating their NAVs, funds must determine the value of their assets, including the value of the derivatives that they hold. The Investment Company Act specifies how funds must determine the value of their assets.<PRTPAGE P="55255"/>Under the Act, all funds (other than money market funds),<SU>170</SU>
          <FTREF/>whether open-end or closed-end, must calculate their NAVs by using the market values of their portfolio securities when market quotations for those securities are “readily available.”<SU>171</SU>
          <FTREF/>When market quotations for a fund's portfolio securities or other assets are not readily available, the fund must calculate its NAV by using the fair value of those securities or assets, as determined in good faith by the fund's board of directors.<SU>172</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>170</SU>Money market funds that comply with the provisions of rule 2a-7 under the Act [17 CFR 270.2a-7], however, may value their portfolio securities on the basis of amortized cost. In addition, under certain circumstances, open-end funds may value certain of their portfolio securities on the basis of amortized cost.<E T="03">See Valuation of Debt Instruments by Money Market Funds and Certain Other Open-End Investment Companies,</E>Investment Company Act Release No. 9786 (May 31, 1977) [42 FR 28999 (June 7, 1977)],<E T="03">available at http://www.sec.gov/rules/interp/1977/ic-9786.pdf.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>171</SU>Section 2(a)(41)(B) of the Act.<E T="03">See also</E>ASR 118 and ASR 113,<E T="03">supra</E>note 14. “Readily available” refers to public market quotations that are current,<E T="03">i.e.,</E>“[r]eadily available market quotations refers to reports of current public quotations for securities similar in all respects to the securities in question.” ASR 113,<E T="03">supra</E>note 14, at 2.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>172</SU>ASR 113,<E T="03">supra</E>note 14.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>There is no single methodology for determining the fair value of a security or other asset because fair value depends upon the facts and circumstances of each situation.<SU>173</SU>
          <FTREF/>As a general principle, however, the fair value of a security or other asset held by a fund would be the amount that the fund might reasonably expect to receive for the security or other asset upon its current sale.<SU>174</SU>
          <FTREF/>When determining the fair value of a security or other asset held by a fund, all indications of value that are available must be taken into account.<SU>175</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>173</SU>ASR 118,<E T="03">supra</E>note 14.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>174</SU>ASR 113 and ASR 118,<E T="03">supra</E>note 14.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>175</SU>ASR 118,<E T="03">supra</E>note 14.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Application of the Valuation Requirements to a Fund's Use of Derivatives</HD>
        <P>For many derivatives that are securities, such as exchange-traded options, market quotations typically are readily available. As a result, a fund generally must use market values to value such derivatives. For many other derivatives, however, market quotations are not readily available, and a fund that holds such derivatives is required to value those derivatives at their fair values as determined by the fund's board of directors.</P>
        <P>Valuation of some derivatives may present special challenges for funds. Some derivatives may have customized terms, including contractual restrictions on their transferability. Some derivatives also may restrict a fund's ability to close out the contract or to enter into an offsetting transaction. For some derivatives, there may be no quotations available from independent sources, and for some derivatives the fund's counterparty may be the only available source of pricing information.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Request for Comment</HD>
        <P>The Commission requests comment on funds' valuation of derivatives, including the following questions:</P>
        <P>• How do funds determine the fair values of derivatives that they hold? To what extent do valuation determinations depend upon the type of derivative, reference asset, trading venue, and other factors?</P>
        <P>• How do funds, when fair valuing derivatives, assess the accuracy and reliability of pricing information that is obtained from their counterparties or from other sources?</P>
        <P>• How do funds take into account, when valuing derivatives, contractual restrictions on transferability, and restrictions on their ability to close out the transactions or to enter into offsetting transactions?</P>
        <P>• Some derivatives held by funds may have negative values due to, among other things, changes in the value of the reference assets underlying the derivatives. Do funds calculate the values of such derivatives in the same manner as they value derivatives that have positive values? If not, why not?</P>
        <P>• Should the Commission issue guidance on the fair valuation of derivatives under the Investment Company Act? If so, what issues should be addressed by that guidance?</P>
        <P>• Are there special considerations that need to be taken into consideration for smaller funds? How might taking such considerations into account impact investor protection?</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VII. General Request for Comment</HD>
        <P>In addition to the specific issues highlighted for comment, the Commission invites members of the public to address any other matters that they believe are relevant to the use of derivatives by funds.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: August 31, 2011.</DATED>
          
          <P>By the Commission.</P>
          <NAME>Elizabeth M. Murphy,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-22724 Filed 9-6-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Internal Revenue Service</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>26 CFR Part 1</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[TD 9546]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 1545-BD04</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Definition of Solid Waste Disposal Facilities for Tax-Exempt Bond Purposes; Correction</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Correcting amendment.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>This document contains corrections to final regulations (TD 9546) that were published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on Friday, August 19, 2011, on the definition of solid waste disposal facilities for purposes of the rules applicable to tax-exempt bonds issued by State and local governments. These regulations provide guidance to State and local governments that issue tax-exempt bonds to finance solid waste disposal facilities and to taxpayers that use those facilities.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This correction is effective on September 7, 2011 and is applicable beginning October 18, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Timothy Jones, (202) 622-3980 (not a toll free number).</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <P>The final regulations that are the subject of this document are under section 142 of the Internal Revenue Code.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Need for Correction</HD>
        <P>As published August 19, 2011 (76 FR 51879), the final regulations (TD 9546) contain errors that may prove to be misleading and are in need of clarification.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 26 CFR Part 1</HD>
          <P>Income taxes, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Correction of Publication</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, 26 CFR part 1 is corrected by making the following correcting amendments:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="1" TITLE="26">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1—INCOME TAXES</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>
            <E T="04">Paragraph 1.</E>The authority citation for part 1 continues to read in part as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="1" TITLE="26">
          <AMDPAR>
            <E T="04">Par. 2.</E>Section 1.142(a)(6)-1 is amended by revising paragraph (c)(2)(v), and the first sentence of paragraph (h),<E T="03">Example 9</E>(ii) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <PRTPAGE P="55256"/>
            <SECTNO>§ 1.142(a)(6)-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Exempt facility bonds: solid waste disposal facilities.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(c) * * *</P>
            <P>(2) * * *</P>
            <P>(v)<E T="03">Radioactive material.</E>Solid waste excludes any radioactive material subject to regulation under the Nuclear Regulatory Act (10 CFR 1.1<E T="03">et seq.</E>), as in effect on the issue date of the bonds.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(h) * * *</P>
            
            <EXAMPLE>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 9</HD>
              <P>* * *</P>

              <P>(ii) The facts are the same as in paragraph (i) of this<E T="03">Example 9,</E>except that the stripped bark represents only 55 percent by weight and volume of the materials that are transported by the conveyor belt. * * *</P>
            </EXAMPLE>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>LaNita VanDyke,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Chief, Publications and Regulations Branch, Legal Processing Division, Associate Chief Counsel, (Procedure and Administration).</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-22738 Filed 9-6-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4830-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Internal Revenue Service</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>26 CFR Part 1</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[TD 9546]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 1545-BD04</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Definition of Solid Waste Disposal Facilities for Tax-Exempt Bond Purposes; Correction</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Correction to final regulations.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>This document contains corrections to final regulations (TD 9546) that were published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on Friday, August 19, 2011, on the definition of solid waste disposal facilities for purposes of the rules applicable to tax-exempt bonds issued by State and local governments. These regulations provide guidance to State and local governments that issue tax-exempt bonds to finance solid waste disposal facilities and to taxpayers that use those facilities.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This correction is effective September 7, 2011 and is applicable beginning October 18, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Timothy Jones, (202) 622-3980 (not a toll free number).</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <P>The final regulations (TD 9546) that are the subject of this correction are   under section 142 of the Internal Revenue Code.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Need for Correction</HD>
        <P>As published August 19, 2001 (76 FR 51879), the final regulations (TD 9546) contain errors that may prove to be misleading and are in need of clarification.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Correction of Publication</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, the final regulations (TD 9546), that are the subject of FR Doc. 2011-21154, are corrected as follows:</P>
        <P>1. On page 51879, column 3, in the preamble, under the paragraph heading “Explanation of Provisions”, line 11 from the bottom of the second paragraph, the language ““that has no market or other value at the place where the property is located”” is corrected to read “that has no market or other value at the place where the property is located”.</P>
        <P>2. On page 51880, column 2, in the preamble, under the paragraph heading “Explanation of Provisions”, line 8 of the column, the language “Regulations but recommended removing” is corrected to read “Regulations, but recommended removing”.</P>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>LaNita VanDyke,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Chief, Publications and Regulations Branch, Legal Processing Division, Associate Chief Counsel, (Procedure and Administration).</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-22739 Filed 9-6-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4830-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Internal Revenue Service</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>26 CFR Part 301</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[TD 9550]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 1545-BF61</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Section 6707A and the Failure To Include on Any Return or Statement Any Information Required To Be Disclosed Under Section 6011 With Respect to a Reportable Transaction</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final regulations and removal of temporary regulations.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This document contains final regulations that provide guidance regarding section 6707A of the Internal Revenue Code (Code) with respect to the penalties applicable to the failure to include on any return or statement any information required to be disclosed under section 6011 with respect to a reportable transaction. These final regulations reflect amendments under the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010 that revise the penalty calculation.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>These regulations are effective on September 7, 2011.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Applicability Date:</E>For dates of applicability, see § 301.6707A-1(f).</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Spence Hanemann, (202) 622-4940 (not a toll-free number).</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>

        <P>This document contains amendments to 26 CFR part 301 under section 6707A of the Code. On September 11, 2008, temporary regulations (TD 9425) relating to the penalty under section 6707A for the failure to include on any return or statement any information required to be disclosed under section 6011 with respect to a reportable transaction were published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(73 FR 52784). A notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-160868-04) cross-referencing the temporary regulations was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on the same day (73 FR 52805). No public hearing was requested or held. One written comment responding to the notice of proposed rulemaking was received from the public. This comment was considered and is available for public inspection at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>or upon request. Upon due consideration, the proposed regulations are adopted as amended by this Treasury decision, and the corresponding temporary regulations are removed. The revisions are discussed in this preamble.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Summary of Comments and Explanation of Revisions</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1. 2010 Amendments to Section 6707A</HD>

        <P>On September 27, 2010, the President signed into law the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010, Public Law 111-240 (124 Stat. 2504), section 2041 of which amended section 6707A of the Code. The amendments revise the amount of the penalty to make the penalty proportionate to the decrease in tax shown on the return as a result of the reportable transaction (or which would have resulted from the reportable transaction if it were respected for Federal tax purposes). The amendments also establish maximum and minimum penalty amounts. The amended penalty calculation was made retroactive to penalties assessed after December 31, 2006. To account for the change in the law, these final regulations conform to the statutory language of section 6707A, as amended. These changes are reflected in §§ 301.6707A-1(a) and 301.6707A-1(e). These final regulations follow the amended statutory language regarding<PRTPAGE P="55257"/>the amount of the penalty enacted in the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010, but do not give further guidance on how the amount of the penalty is computed. The Treasury Department and the IRS are aware that questions have been raised regarding the 2010 amendments to section 6707A and expect to issue regulations that will provide guidance on the computation of the amount of the penalty, as amended, at a later time. Interested persons may submit comments regarding the 2010 amendments to section 6707A relating to the computation of the penalty, including how to determine the decrease in tax shown on the return and application of the maximum penalty. For information on how to submit comments, see the section on “Comments on Future Notice of Proposed Rulemaking” in this preamble.</P>
        <P>The proposed regulations included factors the Commissioner would consider and weigh in determining whether to grant a request for rescission of the section 6707A penalty associated with a nonlisted reportable transaction. Under the law in effect at the time the proposed regulations were issued, the section 6707A penalty amount was a fixed dollar amount that did not account for the tax benefit associated with the reportable transaction. The proposed regulations included consideration of whether the penalty assessed was disproportionately larger than the tax benefit received among the factors in the Commissioner's determination. Because the 2010 amendments to section 6707A provide that the penalty is a percentage of the tax benefit associated with the reportable transaction subject to maximum and minimum limitations on the penalty amounts, consideration of whether the penalty assessed is disproportionately larger than the tax benefit received for purposes of rescission was eliminated.</P>
        <P>Also, at the time the proposed regulations were issued, the section 6707A(e) penalty for failing to disclose the requirement to pay certain penalties in certain Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) filings was treated in the same way as the penalty for failure to disclose a listed transaction as required under section 6011. Because a penalty for failing to disclose a listed transaction is not subject to rescission, the proposed regulations stated that the section 6707A(e) penalty for failing to make a disclosure in an SEC filing also was not subject to rescission. As a result of the 2010 amendments to section 6707A, the penalty for failure to make a disclosure in an SEC filing is no longer treated exclusively like a section 6707A penalty for failure to disclose a listed transaction as required by section 6011. These final regulations adopt the rule that the section 6707A(e) penalty for failing to disclose certain penalties in SEC filings will be rescinded if the IRS rescinds in full the section 6707A penalty for failing to disclose under section 6011 the reportable transaction that underlies the section 6707A(e) penalty.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">2. Clarifying Changes</HD>
        <P>The final regulations clarify where a late Form 8886 should be filed in order for the late submission to weigh in favor of rescinding the penalty for not filing the form as required by § 1.6011-4. These final regulations generally state that, if a taxpayer inadvertently fails to file a Form 8886 as required by § 1.6011-4 and, upon becoming aware of the failure, files an untimely but otherwise complete and proper Form 8886, the filing of the untimely disclosure statement will weigh in favor of rescission. Under § 1.6011-4, a taxpayer who has participated in a reportable transaction must file a disclosure statement, Form 8886, “Reportable Transaction Disclosure Statement,” providing detailed information about the transaction and its expected tax treatment and all potential tax benefits. The taxpayer must attach a Form 8886 to any tax return (including any amended return or application for tentative refund) that reflects participation in a reportable transaction. At the same time that the Form 8886 is first filed by the taxpayer pertaining to a particular reportable transaction, the taxpayer also must send a copy of the Form 8886 to the Office of Tax Shelter Analysis (OTSA). These final regulations generally provide that, in order to weigh in favor of rescission, an untimely disclosure statement should be filed with the office or offices where the disclosure statement should have been filed in the first instance. If the taxpayer failed to file a disclosure statement with a return (including an amended return or application for tentative refund), the taxpayer must file an amended return with the disclosure statement so that the service center can associate the untimely disclosure statement with the proper return. The amended return accompanying the untimely disclosure statement must make no amendments to the original return other than the inclusion of the untimely disclosure statement. Additionally, the taxpayer must state in the space provided for an explanation of changes on the amended return that it is filing the amended return solely because it failed to disclose a reportable transaction on its original return. An example was added to the final regulation to illustrate these rules.</P>
        <P>A clarifying change was also made with respect to § 1.6707A-1(d)(5) relating to rescission. Reasonable cause and good faith is a factor that may weigh in favor of rescission. Part of a determination whether reasonable cause and good faith exist may depend upon whether a taxpayer reasonably believed that the Code did not require disclosure or disclosure was adequately made. To acknowledge that these are appropriate considerations, a statement was added to the regulation that the Commissioner may consider doubt as to liability to the extent it is a factor in the determination of reasonable cause and good faith. Otherwise, the Commissioner (or the Commissioner's delegate) will not consider doubt as to liability for the penalties in determining whether to grant rescission.</P>
        <P>In addition to the changes described in this preamble, these final regulations clarify the language of the proposed regulations in a few other ways not intended to be substantive.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">3. Clarification of Section 6011 References</HD>
        <P>A commenter suggested that references to section 6011 be revised to reference either § 1.6011-4 or the other Code provisions that deal specifically with reportable transactions. In response to this comment pinpoint citations to the regulations under section 6011 were added in some examples. The language used in section 6707A refers to the general provision of section 6011 rather than to a specific regulatory section under section 6011. These regulations include language that mirrors the language used in section 6707A, but also include appropriate citations to regulations under section 6011 to add clarity to the scope of these regulations.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">4. Comments on Future Notice of Proposed Rulemaking</HD>

        <P>As discussed in this preamble, interested persons may submit comments on the future Notice of Proposed Rulemaking regarding the 2010 amendments to section 6707A relating to the computation of the penalty under section 6707A. Comments should be submitted in writing and can be mailed to Office of Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure and Administration), Re: REG-103033-11, CC:PA:B02, Room 5135, 1111 Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20224.<PRTPAGE P="55258"/>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Special Analyses</HD>
        <P>It has been determined that this final rule is not a significant regulatory action as defined in Executive Order 12866, as supplemented by Executive Order 13563. Therefore, a regulatory assessment is not required. It also has been determined that section 553(b) of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 5) does not apply to these regulations and, because these regulations do not impose a collection of information on small entities, the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6) does not apply.</P>
        <P>Pursuant to section 7805(f) of the Code, the notice of proposed rulemaking preceding this regulation was submitted to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration for comment on its impact on small business.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Drafting Information</HD>
        <P>The principal authors of these regulations are Spence Hanemann of the Office of the Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure and Administration) and Adrienne Mikolashek, formerly of the Office of the Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure and Administration).</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 26 CFR Part 301</HD>
          <P>Employment taxes, Estate taxes, Excise taxes, Gift taxes, Income taxes, Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Adoption of Amendments to the Regulations</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, 26 CFR part 301 is amended as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="301" TITLE="26">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 301—PROCEDURE AND ADMINISTRATION</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>
            <E T="04">Paragraph 1.</E>The authority citation for part 301 continues to read in part as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="301" TITLE="26">
          <AMDPAR>
            <E T="04">Par. 2.</E>Section 301.6707A-1 is added to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 301.6707A-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Failure to include on any return or statement any information required to be disclosed under section 6011 with respect to a reportable transaction.</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <P>(a)<E T="03">In general.</E>Any person who fails to include on any return or statement any information required to be disclosed under section 6011 with respect to a reportable transaction may be subject to a monetary penalty. Subject to maximum and minimum limits, the penalty for failure to include information with respect to any reportable transaction is 75 percent of the decrease in tax shown on the return as a result of the transaction or the decrease that would have resulted from the transaction if it were respected for Federal tax purposes. The penalty for failure to include information with respect to a listed transaction shall not exceed $100,000 for a natural person and $200,000 for all other persons. The penalty for failure to include information with respect to any other reportable transaction shall not exceed $10,000 for a natural person and $50,000 for all other persons. The penalty with respect to any reportable transaction shall not be less than $5,000 for a natural person and $10,000 for all other persons. The section 6707A penalty is in addition to any other penalty that may be imposed.</P>
        <P>(b)<E T="03">Definitions</E>—(1)<E T="03">Reportable transaction.</E>The term “reportable transaction” is defined in section 6707A(c)(1) of the Code and § 1.6011-4(b)(1) of this chapter.</P>
        <P>(2)<E T="03">Listed transaction.</E>The term “listed transaction” is defined in section 6707A(c)(2) of the Code and § 1.6011-4(b)(2) of this chapter.</P>
        <P>(c)<E T="03">Assessment of the penalty</E>—(1)<E T="03">In general.</E>The Internal Revenue Service may assess a penalty under section 6707A with respect to each failure to disclose a reportable transaction within the time and in the form and manner provided by §§ 1.6011-4(d) and 1.6011-4(e) of this chapter or pursuant to the time, form, and manner stated in other published guidance. Section 1.6011-4(e) provides, in part, that a taxpayer must attach a disclosure statement to the taxpayer's return for each taxable year for which the taxpayer participates in a reportable transaction. A taxpayer also must attach a disclosure statement to each amended return that reflects the taxpayer's participation in a reportable transaction and, if a reportable transaction results in a loss that is carried back to a prior year, a taxpayer must attach a disclosure statement to the taxpayer's application for tentative refund or amended return for that prior year. In addition, a copy of the disclosure statement must be sent to the IRS Office of Tax Shelter Analysis (OTSA) at the same time that any disclosure statement is first filed by the taxpayer pertaining to a particular reportable transaction. Nonetheless, a taxpayer who is required to disclose a transaction by filing Form 8886, “Reportable Transaction Disclosure Statement,” (or successor form) with a return (including an amended return or application for tentative refund) and who is also required to disclose the transaction by filing that form with OTSA, is subject to only a single section 6707A penalty for failure to make either one or both of those disclosures. If section 6011 and the regulations thereunder require a disclosure statement to be filed at the time that a return is filed, the disclosure statement is considered to be timely filed if it is filed at the same time as the return, even if the return is filed untimely after its due date (including extensions).</P>
        <P>(2)<E T="03">Examples.</E>The rules of paragraph (c)(1) of this section are illustrated by the following examples:</P>
        
        <EXAMPLE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 1.</HD>
          <P>Taxpayer T is required to attach a Form 8886 to its return for the 2008 taxable year and to send a copy of the Form 8886 to OTSA at the time it files its return. Taxpayer T fails to attach the Form 8886 to its return and fails to send a copy of the Form 8886 to OTSA. Taxpayer T is subject to a single penalty under section 6707A for failure to disclose because Taxpayer T failed to comply with the disclosure requirements of section 6011 as described in §§ 1.6011-4(d) and 1.6011-4(e) of this chapter. A penalty under section 6707A also would apply if Taxpayer T had failed to comply with only one of the two requirements.</P>
        </EXAMPLE>
        <EXAMPLE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 2.</HD>
          <P>Same as<E T="03">Example 1,</E>except that Taxpayer T also subsequently files an amended return for 2008 that reflects Taxpayer T's participation in the reportable transaction described in<E T="03">Example 1.</E>Taxpayer T fails to attach a Form 8886 to the amended return as required by § 1.6011-4(e)(1) of this chapter. Taxpayer T is subject to an additional penalty under section 6707A for failing to disclose a reportable transaction on the amended return for 2008.</P>
        </EXAMPLE>
        <EXAMPLE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 3.</HD>
          <P>In November 2009, Taxpayer U participates in a reportable transaction resulting in a loss. On March 15, 2010, Taxpayer U files its 2009 return, on which it reports the loss and to which it fails to attach a Form 8886. One month later, Taxpayer U files an amended return for 2008, on which it carries back the loss and to which it fails to attach a Form 8886. Section 1.6011-4(e)(1) of this chapter requires Taxpayer U to attach a Form 8886 to its amended return for the 2008 taxable year. Taxpayer U is subject to two penalties under section 6707A: one for the failure to attach Form 8886 to its amended return for 2008 and another for the failure to attach Form 8886 to its 2009 return.</P>
        </EXAMPLE>
        <EXAMPLE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 4.</HD>

          <P>Taxpayer V participates in a nonlisted reportable transaction and is required to attach a Form 8886 to its return for the 2009 taxable year that is due on March 15, 2010. Taxpayer V timely files its return but fails to attach the Form 8886 to its return. After the due date of Taxpayer V's return and without an extension of time to file, Taxpayer V files an amended return relating to the 2009 taxable year to which Taxpayer V attaches the Form 8886. Taxpayer V is subject to a penalty under section 6707A for failure to disclose because Taxpayer V failed to comply with the disclosure requirements of section 6011 (described in § 1.6011-4(e)(1) of this chapter) by not attaching a Form 8886 to its original return for the 2009 taxable year that was timely filed on or before the due date of March 15, 2010. An additional penalty under section 6707A would apply if Taxpayer V<PRTPAGE P="55259"/>had failed to attach a Form 8886 to its amended return.</P>
        </EXAMPLE>
        <EXAMPLE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 5.</HD>

          <P>Shareholder W, a shareholder in an S Corporation, receives a timely Schedule K-1, “Shareholder's Share of Income, Deductions, Credits,<E T="03">etc.,”</E>on April 10, 2009, and determines that she is required to attach a Form 8886 to her individual income tax return for the 2008 taxable year. Shareholder W fails to attach the Form 8886 to her 2008 individual income tax return but files a proper and complete Form 8886 with OTSA on June 12, 2009. Section 1.6011-4(e)(1) of this chapter provides that if a taxpayer who is a partner in a partnership, a shareholder in an S corporation, or a beneficiary of a trust receives a timely Schedule K-1 less than 10 calendar days before the due date of the taxpayer's return (including extensions) and, based on receipt of the timely Schedule K-1, the taxpayer determines that the taxpayer participated in a reportable transaction, the disclosure statement will not be considered late if the taxpayer discloses the reportable transaction by filing a disclosure statement with OTSA within 60 calendar days after the due date of the taxpayer's return (including extensions). Accordingly, Shareholder W is not subject to a penalty under section 6707A for failure to disclose.</P>
        </EXAMPLE>
        <EXAMPLE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 6.</HD>
          <P>In July 2008, Taxpayer X participates in Transaction Z, a transaction that is not reportable as of April 15, 2009, the date Taxpayer X files his individual income tax return for 2008. On July 15, 2009, Transaction Z is identified as a transaction of interest. Section 1.6011-4(e)(2)(i) of this chapter provides that if a transaction that is not otherwise a reportable transaction becomes a listed transaction or a transaction of interest after the taxpayer has filed a tax return (including an amended return) reflecting the taxpayer's participation in the listed transaction or transaction of interest and before the end of the period of limitations for assessment of tax for any taxable year in which the taxpayer participated in the listed transaction or transaction of interest, then a disclosure statement must be filed with OTSA within 90 calendar days after the date on which the transaction became a listed transaction or transaction of interest, regardless of whether the taxpayer participated in the transaction in the year the transaction became a listed transaction or a transaction of interest. Taxpayer X fails to file a Form 8886 with OTSA by October 13, 2009, 90 calendar days after the date that the transaction was identified as a transaction of interest. Accordingly, Taxpayer X is subject to a penalty under section 6707A.</P>
        </EXAMPLE>
        <EXAMPLE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 7.</HD>
          <P>Taxpayer Y is required to attach a Form 8886 to its return for the 2008 taxable year with respect to participation in a listed transaction. Taxpayer Y attaches the Form 8886 to its timely filed return. The Form 8886, however, does not describe all of the potential tax benefits expected to result from this transaction and states that information will be provided upon request. Because the Form 8886 does not describe all of the potential tax benefits expected to result from the transaction and merely provides that the information will be provided upon request, the Form 8886 filed by Taxpayer Y is incomplete and does not satisfy the requirements set forth in § 1.6011-4(d) of this chapter. Taxpayer Y is subject to a penalty under section 6707A for failure to disclose in the appropriate manner.</P>
        </EXAMPLE>
        
        <P>(d)<E T="03">Rescission authority</E>—(1)<E T="03">In general.</E>The Commissioner (or the Commissioner's delegate) may rescind the section 6707A penalty if—</P>
        <P>(i) The violation relates to a reportable transaction that is not a listed transaction; and</P>
        <P>(ii) Rescinding the penalty would promote compliance with the requirements of the Code and effective tax administration.</P>
        <P>(2)<E T="03">Requesting rescission.</E>The Secretary may prescribe the procedures for a taxpayer to request rescission of a section 6707A penalty with respect to a reportable transaction other than a listed transaction by publishing a revenue procedure or other guidance in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.</P>
        <P>(3)<E T="03">Factors that weigh in favor of granting rescission.</E>In determining whether rescission would promote compliance with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code and effective tax administration, the Commissioner (or the Commissioner's delegate) will take into account the following list of factors that weigh in favor of granting rescission. This is not an exclusive list and no single factor will be determinative of whether to grant rescission in any particular case. Rather, the Commissioner (or the Commissioner's delegate) will consider and weigh all relevant factors, regardless of whether the factor is included in this list.</P>
        <P>(i) The taxpayer, upon becoming aware that it failed, in whole or in part, to disclose a reportable transaction in accordance with the requirements of § 1.6011-4 of this chapter, filed a complete and proper, albeit untimely, Form 8886 (or successor form), as required by § 1.6011-4. If the penalty is due to the taxpayer's failure to file Form 8886 (or successor form) with a return (including an amended return or application for tentative refund), in order for an untimely disclosure to weigh in favor of rescission, the taxpayer must file an amended return with the appropriate Service Center and attach a complete and proper Form 8886 (or successor form) to that amended return. The amended return filed with the untimely Form 8886 (or successor form) must not reflect any other changes to the return (including an amended return or application for tentative refund) that it amends, and the taxpayer must, in the space provided for an explanation of changes on the amended return, state the reason for filing the amended return. If the penalty is due to the taxpayer's failure to file Form 8886 (or successor form) with OTSA, in order for an untimely disclosure to weigh in favor of rescission, the taxpayer must file a complete and proper Form 8886 (or successor form) with OTSA. If the taxpayer fails to file a complete and proper Form 8886 (or successor form) with the return (including an amended return or application for tentative refund) and also fails to file a copy of the complete and proper Form 8886 (or successor form) with OTSA, incurring one penalty for both failures, then the taxpayer must, in the manner prescribed in this paragraph (d)(3)(i), file complete and proper Forms 8886 with both the Service Center and OTSA in order for the untimely disclosures to weigh in favor of rescission. This factor will weigh heavily in favor of rescission provided that—</P>
        <P>(A) The taxpayer files the Form 8886 prior to the date the IRS first contacts the taxpayer (including contacts by the IRS with any partnership in which the taxpayer is a partner, any S corporation in which the taxpayer is a shareholder, or any trust in which the taxpayer is a beneficiary) concerning a tax examination for the tax period in which the taxpayer participated in the reportable transaction; and</P>
        <P>(B) Other circumstances suggest that the taxpayer did not delay filing an untimely but properly completed Form 8886 until after the IRS had taken steps to identify the taxpayer's participation in the reportable transaction in question.</P>
        <P>(ii) The failure, in whole or in part, to disclose in accordance with the requirements of § 1.6011-4 of this chapter was due to an unintentional mistake of fact that existed despite the taxpayer's reasonable attempts to ascertain the correct facts with respect to the transaction.</P>
        <P>(iii) The taxpayer has an established history of properly disclosing other reportable transactions and complying with other tax laws.</P>
        <P>(iv) The taxpayer demonstrates that the failure to include on any return or statement any information required to be disclosed under section 6011 arose from events beyond the taxpayer's control.</P>

        <P>(v) The taxpayer cooperates with the IRS by providing timely information with respect to the transaction at issue that the Commissioner (or the Commissioner's delegate) may request in consideration of the rescission request. In considering whether a taxpayer cooperates with the IRS, the Commissioner (or the Commissioner's<PRTPAGE P="55260"/>delegate) will take into account whether the taxpayer meets the deadlines described in Rev. Proc. 2007-21 (2007-1 CB 613) (or successor document) (see § 601.601(d)(2)(ii)(<E T="03">b</E>) of this chapter) for complying with requests for additional information.</P>
        <P>(vi) Assessment of the penalty weighs against equity and good conscience, including whether the taxpayer demonstrates that there was reasonable cause for, and the taxpayer acted in good faith with respect to, the failure to timely file or to include on any return any information required to be disclosed under section 6011. An important factor in determining reasonable cause and good faith is the extent of the taxpayer's efforts to ensure that persons who prepared the taxpayer's return were informed of the taxpayer's participation in the reportable transactions; this factor will be disregarded, however, if the persons who prepared the taxpayer's return were material advisors with respect to the reportable transaction. The presence of reasonable cause, however, will not necessarily be determinative of whether to grant rescission.</P>
        <P>(4)<E T="03">Absence of favorable factors weighs against rescission.</E>The absence of facts establishing the factors described in paragraph (d)(3) of this section weighs against granting rescission. The absence of any one of these factors, however, will not necessarily be determinative of whether to grant rescission.</P>
        <P>(5)<E T="03">Factors not considered.</E>In determining whether to grant rescission, the Commissioner (or the Commissioner's delegate) will not consider collectability of, or doubt as to liability for, the penalties (except that the Commissioner may consider doubt as to liability to the extent it is a factor in the determination of reasonable cause and good faith).</P>
        <P>(6)<E T="03">Example.</E>The following example illustrates the rules of paragraph (d)(3) of this section:</P>
        <P/>
        <EXAMPLE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Example.</HD>
          <P>In 2008, Taxpayer Z participated in a nonlisted reportable transaction for the first time. Under § 1.6011-4(e)(1) of this chapter, he was required to attach a complete and proper Form 8886 to his 2008 return, due on April 15, 2009, and to file a copy of the Form 8886 with OTSA. Taxpayer Z timely filed his 2008 return but failed to attach a Form 8886 to his return or file a Form 8886 with OTSA. On June 1, 2009, Taxpayer Z discovered his error. On June 8, 2009, Taxpayer Z filed an amended return for tax year 2008 and attached a complete and proper Form 8886 that disclosed his participation in the reportable transaction. The amended return reflected no changes from the original return and explained that the sole purpose of the amended return was to correct Taxpayer Z's failure to file a Form 8886 with his original return. On June 8, 2009, Taxpayer Z also filed a copy of the complete and proper Form 8886 with OTSA. The IRS later notified Taxpayer Z that he was subject to a penalty under section 6707A because he failed to comply with the disclosure requirements of section 6011 by not attaching Form 8886 to his return for the 2008 taxable year. The IRS properly assessed the penalty under section 6707A and, on October 15, 2010, issued notice and demand. On November 1, 2010, in accordance with Rev. Proc. 2007-21, Taxpayer Z submitted a written request for rescission of the assessed penalty. The fact that Taxpayer Z filed an untimely Form 8886 shortly after discovery of his error but before the IRS first contacted him concerning his return for the 2008 taxable year will weigh heavily in favor of rescission.</P>
        </EXAMPLE>
        
        <P>(e)<E T="03">Reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)</E>—(1)<E T="03">In general.</E>Under section 6707A(e), a taxpayer who is required to file periodic reports under section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (or is required to be consolidated with another person for purposes of these reports) must disclose in certain reports, as provided in revenue procedures or other guidance published pursuant to paragraph (e)(2) of this section, the requirement to pay each of the following penalties:</P>
        <P>(i) The penalty imposed by section 6707A(a) for failure to disclose a listed transaction.</P>
        <P>(ii) The accuracy-related penalty imposed by section 6662A(a) at the 30- percent rate determined under section 6662A(c) for a reportable transaction understatement with respect to which the relevant facts affecting the tax treatment of the reportable transaction were not adequately disclosed in accordance with regulations prescribed under section 6011.</P>
        <P>(iii) The accuracy-related penalty imposed by section 6662(a) at the 40-percent rate determined under section 6662(h) for a gross valuation misstatement, if the taxpayer (but for the exclusionary rule of section 6662A(e)(2)(C)(ii)) would have been subject to the accuracy-related penalty under section 6662A(a) at the 30-percent rate determined under section 6662A(c).</P>
        <P>(iv) The penalty described in paragraph (e)(3) of this section for failure to disclose in periodic reports filed with the SEC the requirement to pay any of the penalties described in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) through (e)(1)(iii) or paragraph (e)(3) of this section.</P>
        <P>(2)<E T="03">Manner and content of disclosure.</E>The Secretary may, by publishing a revenue procedure or other guidance in the Internal Revenue Bulletin, prescribe the manner in which the disclosure under paragraph (e)(1) of this section must be made, including identification of the specific SEC form and section thereof in which the taxpayer must make the disclosure as well as specification of the timing and contents of the disclosure.</P>
        <P>(3)<E T="03">Penalty for failure to disclose in SEC filings.</E>Any taxpayer who is required to file periodic reports under section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (or is required to file consolidated reports with another person) may be subject to a penalty under section 6707A(b) for each failure to disclose the requirement to pay a penalty identified in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) through (e)(1)(iii) of this section in the manner specified by revenue procedure or other guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin. The taxpayer also may be subject to an additional penalty under section 6707A(b) for each failure to disclose a penalty arising under this section in the manner specified by revenue procedure or other guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin. The penalty provided by this paragraph (e)(3) will be rescinded if the IRS rescinds in full the penalty for failing to disclose under section 6011 the reportable transaction underlying the penalty provided by this section. Otherwise, the penalty provided by this paragraph (e)(3) is not subject to rescission.</P>
        <P>(f)<E T="03">Effective/applicability date.</E>(1) The rules of this section apply to disclosure statements that are due after September 11, 2008.</P>
        <P>(2) The penalty calculations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section apply to penalties assessed after December 31, 2006.</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="301" TITLE="2">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 301.6707A-1T</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Removed]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>
            <E T="04">Par. 3.</E>Section 301.6707A-1T is removed.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Steven T. Miller,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Commissioner for Services and Enforcement.</TITLE>
          <DATED>Approved: August 19, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Emily S. McMahon,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Assistant Secretary of the Treasury (Tax Policy).</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-22853 Filed 9-1-11; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4830-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="55261"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Coast Guard</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>33 CFR Part 165</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. USCG-USCG-2010-1063]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Safety Zones; Annual Firework Displays Within the Captain of the Port, Puget Sound Area of Responsibility</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Coast Guard, DHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of enforcement of regulation.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Coast Guard will enforce the safety zones for annual firework displays in the Captain of the Port, Puget Sound area of responsibility on September 10, 2011 for the Mukilteo Lighthouse Festival in Possession Sound, WA and on December 3, 2011 for Chimes and Lights in Port Orchard, WA. This action is necessary to prevent injury and to protect life and property of the maritime public from the hazards associated with the firework displays. During the enforcement periods, entry into, transit through, mooring, or anchoring within these zones is prohibited unless authorized by the Captain of the Port, Puget Sound or Designated Representative.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>The regulations in 33 CFR 165.1332 will be enforced from 5 p.m. on September 10, 2011 through 1 a.m. on September 11, 2011 and from 5 p.m. on December 3, 2011 through 1 a.m. on December 4, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>If you have questions on this notice, call or e-mail ENS Anthony P. LaBoy, Sector Puget Sound Waterways Management, Coast Guard; telephone 206-217-6323,<E T="03">SectorPugetSoundWWM@uscg.mil.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The Coast Guard will enforce the safety zones established for Annual Fireworks Displays within the Captain of the Port, Puget Sound Area of Responsibility in 33 CFR 165.1332 during the dates and times noted below.</P>
        <P>The following safety zone will be enforced from 5 p.m. on September 10, 2011 through 1 a.m. on September 11, 2011:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r50,xls72,xls72,6" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Event name</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Location</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Latitude</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Longitude</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Radius</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Mukilteo Lighthouse Festival</ENT>
            <ENT>Possession Sound</ENT>
            <ENT>47°56.9′ N</ENT>
            <ENT>122°18.6′ W</ENT>
            <ENT>300</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>The following safety zone will be enforced from 5 p.m. on December 3, 2011 through 1 a.m. on December 4, 2011:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r50,xls72,xls72,6" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Event name</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Location</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Latitude</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Longitude</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Radius</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Chimes and Lights</ENT>
            <ENT>Port Orchard</ENT>
            <ENT>47°32.75′ N</ENT>
            <ENT>122°38.033′ W</ENT>
            <ENT>300</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>All vessel operators who desire to enter the safety zone must obtain permission from the Captain of the Port or Designated Representative by contacting the Coast Guard Sector Puget Sound Joint Harbor Operations Center (JHOC) via telephone at (206) 217-6002.</P>
        <P>The Coast Guard may be assisted by other Federal, State, or local law enforcement agencies in enforcing this regulation.</P>
        <P>This notice is issued under authority of 33 CFR 165.1332 and 5 U.S.C. 552(a). In addition to this notice, the Coast Guard will provide the maritime community with extensive advanced notification of the safety zones via the Local Notice to Mariners and marine information broadcasts on the day of the events.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: August 18, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>S.J. Ferguson,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Captain, U.S. Coast Guard, Captain of the Port, Puget Sound.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-22769 Filed 9-6-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9110-04-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Coast Guard</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>33 CFR Part 165</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. USCG-2011-0690]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 1625-AA00</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Safety Zone; Corporate Party on Hornblower Yacht, San Francisco, CA</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Coast Guard, DHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Temporary final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Coast Guard is establishing a temporary safety zone in the navigable waters near pier 48 in the San Francisco Bay, San Francisco, California in support of the Corporate Party on Hornblower Yacht. This temporary safety zone is established to ensure the safety of participants and spectators from the dangers associated with the pyrotechnics. Unauthorized persons or vessels are prohibited from entering into, transiting through, or remaining in the safety zone without permission of the Captain of the Port or their designated representative.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This rule is effective from 11 a.m. through 9 p.m. on September 17, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Documents indicated in this preamble as being available in the docket are part of docket USCG-2011-0690 and are available online by going to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>selecting the Advanced Docket Search option on the right side of the screen, inserting USCG-2011-0690 in the Docket ID box, pressing Enter, and then clicking the item in the Docket ID column. They are also available for inspection or copying at the Docket Management Facility (M-30), U.S. Department of Transportation, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>If you have questions on this temporary rule, call or e-mail Ensign William Hawn, U.S. Coast Guard Sector San Francisco; telephone (415) 399-7442 or e-mail at<E T="03">D11-PF-MarineEvents@uscg.mil.</E>If you have questions on viewing the docket, call Renee V. Wright, Program Manager, Docket Operations, telephone (202) 366-9826.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Information</HD>

        <P>The Coast Guard is issuing this temporary final rule without prior notice and opportunity to comment<PRTPAGE P="55262"/>pursuant to authority under section 4(a) of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) (5 U.S.C. 553(b)). This provision authorizes an agency to issue a rule without prior notice and opportunity to comment when the agency for good cause finds that those procedures are “impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.” Under 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B), the Coast Guard finds that good cause exists for not publishing a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) with respect to this rule because it would be impracticable to delay this rule because the event would occur before the rulemaking process would be completed. Because of the dangers posed by the pyrotechnics used in this fireworks display, the safety zone is necessary to provide for the safety of event participants, spectators, spectator craft, and other vessels transiting the event area. For the safety concerns noted, it is in the public interest to have these regulations in effect during the event.</P>

        <P>Under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3), the Coast Guard finds that good cause exists for making this rule effective less than 30 days after publication in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. Any delay in the effective date of this rule would expose mariners to the dangers posed by the pyrotechnics used in the fireworks display.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Basis and Purpose</HD>
        <P>Hornblower Cruises and Events will sponsor the Corporate Party on Hornblower Yacht on September 17, 2011, in the navigable waters near pier 48 of the San Francisco Bay, off of San Francisco, CA. This safety zone establishes a temporary restricted area on the waters 100 feet around the fireworks barge during the loading of the barge and transit of the barge to the launch site. During the fireworks display the safety zone will extend to 1,000 feet around the launch site. The fireworks display is meant for entertainment purposes. This safety zone is issued to establish a temporary restricted area on the waters surrounding the fireworks barge during the loading, transit, and during the fireworks display. This restricted area around the launch site is necessary to protect spectators, vessels, and other property from the hazards associated with the pyrotechnics. The Coast Guard has granted the event sponsor a marine event permit for the fireworks display.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion of Rule</HD>
        <P>From 11 a.m. until 4 p.m. on September 17, 2011, pyrotechnics will be loaded onto a barge at Pier 50 near position 37°46′28″ N, 122°23′06″ W (NAD 83). From 7:45 until 7:55 p.m. the loaded barge will transit from Pier 50 to the launch site located at position 37°46′38.46″ N, 122°23′01.67″ W (NAD 83). The temporary safety zone will extend 100 feet from the nearest point of the barge during the loading, transit, and arrival of the pyrotechnics from Pier 50 to position 37°46′38.46″ N, 122°23′01.67″ W (NAD 83). The fireworks display will occur from 8:45 until 8:55 p.m. on September 17, 2011, during which the safety zone will extend 1,000 feet from the nearest point of the barge at position 37°46′38.46″ N, 122°23′01.67″ W (NAD 83). At 9 p.m. on September 17, 2011 the safety zone shall terminate.</P>
        <P>The effect of the temporary safety zone will be to restrict navigation in the vicinity of the fireworks site until the conclusion of the scheduled display. Except for persons or vessels authorized by the Coast Guard Patrol Commander, no person or vessel may enter or remain in the restricted area. These regulations are needed to keep spectators and vessels a safe distance from the fireworks display to ensure the safety of participants, spectators, and transiting vessels.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Analyses</HD>
        <P>We developed this rule after considering numerous statutes and executive orders related to rulemaking. Below we summarize our analyses based on 13 of these statutes and executive orders.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Regulatory Planning and Review</HD>
        <P>This rule is not a significant regulatory action under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review, as supplemented by Executive Order 13563, Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review, and does not require an assessment of potential costs and benefits under section 6(a)(3) of that Executive Order 12866 or under section 1 of Executive Order 13563. The Office of Management and Budget has not reviewed it under those Orders.</P>
        <P>Although this rule restricts access to the waters encompassed by the safety zone, the effect of this rule will not be significant because the local waterway users will be notified via public Broadcast Notice to Mariners to ensure the safety zone will result in minimum impact. The entities most likely to be affected are pleasure craft engaged in recreational activities.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Small Entities</HD>
        <P>Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601-612), we have considered whether this rule would have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The term “small entities” comprises small businesses, not-for-profit organizations that are independently owned and operated and are not dominant in their fields, and governmental jurisdictions with populations of less than 50,000.</P>
        <P>The Coast Guard certifies under 5 U.S.C. 605(b) that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.</P>
        <P>This rule may affect owners and operators of pleasure craft engaged in recreational activities and sightseeing. This rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities for several reasons: (i) Vessel traffic can pass safely around the area, (ii) vessels engaged in recreational activities and sightseeing have ample space outside of the effected portion of the areas off San Francisco, CA to engage in these activities, (iii) this rule will encompass only a small portion of the waterway for a limited period of time, and (iv) the maritime public will be advised in advance of this safety zone via Broadcast Notice to Mariners.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Assistance for Small Entities</HD>
        <P>Under section 213(a) of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-121), we offer to assist small entities in understanding the rule so that they can better evaluate its effects on them and participate in the rulemaking process.</P>
        <P>Small businesses may send comments on the actions of Federal employees who enforce, or otherwise determine compliance with, Federal regulations to the Small Business and Agriculture Regulatory Enforcement Ombudsman and the Regional Small Business Regulatory Fairness Boards. The Ombudsman evaluates these actions annually and rates each agency's responsiveness to small business. If you wish to comment on actions by employees of the Coast Guard, call 1-888-REG-FAIR (1-888-734-3247). The Coast Guard will not retaliate against small entities that question or complain about this rule or any policy or action of the Coast Guard.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Collection of Information</HD>
        <P>This rule calls for no new collection of information under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Federalism</HD>

        <P>A rule has implications for federalism under Executive Order 13132, Federalism, if it has a substantial direct effect on State or local governments and<PRTPAGE P="55263"/>would either preempt State law or impose a substantial direct cost of compliance on them. We have analyzed this rule under that Order and have determined that it does not have implications for federalism.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Unfunded Mandates Reform Act</HD>
        <P>The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1531-1538) requires Federal agencies to assess the effects of their discretionary regulatory actions. In particular, the Act addresses actions that may result in the expenditure by a State, local, or tribal government, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100,000,000 (adjusted for inflation) or more in any one year. Though this rule will not result in such an expenditure, we do discuss the effects of this rule elsewhere in this preamble.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Taking of Private Property</HD>
        <P>This rule will not cause a taking of private property or otherwise have taking implications under Executive Order 12630, Governmental Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Civil Justice Reform</HD>
        <P>This rule meets applicable standards in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform, to minimize litigation, eliminate ambiguity, and reduce burden.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Protection of Children</HD>
        <P>We have analyzed this rule under Executive Order 13045, Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks. This rule is not an economically significant rule and does not create an environmental risk to health or risk to safety that may disproportionately affect children.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Indian Tribal Governments</HD>
        <P>This rule does not have tribal implications under Executive Order 13175, Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments, because it does not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Energy Effects</HD>
        <P>We have analyzed this rule under Executive Order 13211, Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use. We have determined that it is not a “significant energy action” under that order because it is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866 and is not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy. The Administrator of the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs has not designated it as a significant energy action. Therefore, it does not require a Statement of Energy Effects under Executive Order 13211.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Technical Standards</HD>

        <P>The National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA) (15 U.S.C. 272 note) directs agencies to use voluntary consensus standards in their regulatory activities unless the agency provides Congress, through the Office of Management and Budget, with an explanation of why using these standards would be inconsistent with applicable law or otherwise impractical. Voluntary consensus standards are technical standards (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>specifications of materials, performance, design, or operation; test methods; sampling procedures; and related management systems practices) that are developed or adopted by voluntary consensus standards bodies.</P>
        <P>This rule does not use technical standards. Therefore, we did not consider the use of voluntary consensus standards.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Environment</HD>

        <P>We have analyzed this rule under Department of Homeland Security Management Directive 023-01 and Commandant Instruction M16475.lD, which guide the Coast Guard in complying with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA) (42 U.S.C. 4321-4370f), and have concluded this action is one of a category of actions that do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment. This rule is categorically excluded, under figure 2-1, paragraph (34)(g), of the Instruction. This rule involves establishing a temporary safety zone. An environmental analysis checklist and a categorical exclusion determination are available in the docket where indicated under<E T="02">ADDRESSES.</E>
        </P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 33 CFR Part 165</HD>
          <P>Harbors, Marine safety, Navigation (water), Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Security measures, and Waterways.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Coast Guard amends 33 CFR part 165 as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="165" TITLE="33">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 165—REGULATED NAVIGATION AREAS AND LIMITED ACCESS AREAS</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 165 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>33 U.S.C. 1226, 1231; 46 U.S.C. Chapter 701; 50 U.S.C. 191, 195; 33 CFR 1.05-1(g), 6.04-1, 6.04-6, and 160.5; Pub. L. 107-295, 116 Stat. 2064; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="165" TITLE="33">
          <AMDPAR>2. Add temporary § 165-T11-438 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 165-T11-438</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Safety zone; corporate party on Hornblower yacht, San Francisco, CA.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">Location.</E>This temporary safety zone is established for the specified waters near pier 48, in San Francisco Bay, San Francisco, California. The temporary safety zone applies to the nearest point of the barge during the loading, transit, and arrival of the pyrotechnics from Pier 50, San Francisco, California to the fireworks launch site located at position 37°46′38.46″ N, 122°23′01.67″ W (NAD 83). From 11 a.m. until 4 p.m. on September 17, 2011, pyrotechnics will be loaded onto a barge at Pier 50 near position 37°46′28″ N, 122°23′06″ W (NAD 83). From 7:45 p.m. until 7:55 p.m., the loaded barge will transit from Pier 50 to the launch site located at position 37°46′38.46″ N, 122°23′01.67″ W (NAD 83). The temporary safety zone will extend 100 feet from the nearest point of the barge during the loading, transit, and arrival of the pyrotechnics from Pier 50 to position 37°46′38.46″ N, 122°23′01.67″ W (NAD 83). From 8:45 p.m. until 8:55 p.m. on September 17, 2011, the area to which the temporary safety zone applies will increase in size to encompass the navigable waters around the fireworks site within a radius of 1,000 feet.</P>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Definitions.</E>As used in this section, “designated representative” means a Coast Guard Patrol Commander, including a Coast Guard coxswain, petty officer, or other officer on a Coast Guard vessel or a Federal, State, or local officer designated by or assisting the Captain of the Port San Francisco (COTP) in the enforcement of the safety zone.</P>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">Regulations.</E>(1) Under the general regulations in 33 CFR part 165, subpart C, entry into, transiting, or anchoring within this safety zone is prohibited unless authorized by the COTP or the COTP's designated representative.</P>
            <P>(2) The safety zone is closed to all vessel traffic, except as may be permitted by the COTP or a designated representative.</P>

            <P>(3) Vessel operators desiring to enter or operate within the safety zone must<PRTPAGE P="55264"/>contact the COTP or a designated representative to obtain permission to do so. Vessel operators given permission to enter or operate in the safety zone must comply with all directions given to them by the COTP or a designated representative. Persons and vessels may request permission to enter the safety zone on VHF-16 or through the 24-hour Command Center at telephone (415) 399-3547.</P>
            <P>(d)<E T="03">Effective period.</E>This section is effective from 11 a.m. through 9 p.m. on September 17, 2011.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: August 19, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Cynthia L. Stowe,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Captain, U.S. Coast Guard, Captain of the Port San Francisco.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-22773 Filed 9-6-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9110-04-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
        <CFR>40 CFR Part 180</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[EPA-HQ-OPP-2010-0271; FRL: 8882-4]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Lipase, Triacylglycerol; Exemption From the Requirement of a Tolerance</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This regulation establishes an exemption from the requirement of a tolerance for residues of lipase, triacylglycerol (CAS Reg. No. 9001-62-1) when used as a component of food contact sanitizing solutions applied to all food contact surfaces in public eating places, dairy-processing equipment, and food-processing equipment and utensils at a maximum level in the end-use concentration of 500 parts per million (ppm). Novozymes North America, Inc. submitted a petition to EPA under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA), requesting establishment of an exemption from the requirement of a tolerance. This regulation eliminates the need to establish a maximum permissible level for residues of lipase, triacylglycerol.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>

          <P>This regulation is effective September 7, 2011. Objections and requests for hearings must be received on or before November 7, 2011, and must be filed in accordance with the instructions provided in 40 CFR part 178 (see also Unit I.C. of the<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>).</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>EPA has established a docket for this action under docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2010-0271 All documents in the docket are listed in the docket index available at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Although listed in the index, some information is not publicly available,<E T="03">e.g.,</E>Confidential Business Information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Certain other material, such as copyrighted material, is not placed on the Internet and will be publicly available only in hard copy form. Publicly available docket materials are available in the electronic docket at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>or, if only available in hard copy, at the OPP Regulatory Public Docket in Rm. S-4400, One Potomac Yard (South Bldg.), 2777 S. Crystal Dr., Arlington, VA. The Docket Facility is open from 8:30 a.m. to 4 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays. The Docket Facility telephone number is (703) 305-5805.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Elizabeth Fertich, Registration Division (7505P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001;<E T="03">telephone number:</E>(703) 347-8560<E T="03">e-mail address: fertich.elizabeth@epa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. General Information</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Does this action apply to me?</HD>
        <P>You may be potentially affected by this action if you are an agricultural producer, food manufacturer, or pesticide manufacturer. Potentially affected entities may include, but are not limited to:</P>
        <P>• Crop production (NAICS code 111).</P>
        <P>• Animal production (NAICS code 112).</P>
        <P>• Food manufacturing (NAICS code 311).</P>
        <P>• Pesticide manufacturing (NAICS code 32532).</P>

        <P>This listing is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide for readers regarding entities likely to be affected by this action. Other types of entities not listed in this unit could also be affected. The North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) codes have been provided to assist you and others in determining whether this action might apply to certain entities. If you have any questions regarding the applicability of this action to a particular entity, consult the person listed under<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. How can I get electronic access to other related information?</HD>

        <P>You may access a frequently updated electronic version of 40 CFR part 180 through the Government Printing Office's e-CFR site at<E T="03">http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text-idx?&amp;c=ecfr&amp;tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title40/40tab_02.tpl.</E>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. How can I file an objection or hearing request?</HD>
        <P>Under FFDCA section 408(g), 21 U.S.C. 346a, any person may file an objection to any aspect of this regulation and may also request a hearing on those objections. You must file your objection or request a hearing on this regulation in accordance with the instructions provided in 40 CFR part 178. To ensure proper receipt by EPA, you must identify docket ID number EPA-HQ-OPP-2010-0271 in the subject line on the first page of your submission. All objections and requests for a hearing must be in writing, and must be received by the Hearing Clerk on or before November 7, 2011. Addresses for mail and hand delivery of objections and hearing requests are provided in 40 CFR 178.25(b).</P>
        <P>In addition to filing an objection or hearing request with the Hearing Clerk as described in 40 CFR part 178, please submit a copy of the filing that does not contain any CBI for inclusion in the public docket. Information not marked confidential pursuant to 40 CFR part 2 may be disclosed publicly by EPA without prior notice. Submit a copy of your non-CBI objection or hearing request, identified by docket ID number EPA-HQ-OPP-2010-0271, by one of the following methods:</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>
          <E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the on-line instructions for submitting comments.</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>Office of Pesticide Programs (OPP) Regulatory Public Docket (7502P), Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001.</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Delivery:</E>OPP Regulatory Public Docket (7502P), Environmental Protection Agency, Rm. S-4400, One Potomac Yard (South Bldg.), 2777 S. Crystal Dr., Arlington, VA. Deliveries are only accepted during the Docket Facility's normal hours of operation (8:30 a.m. to 4 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays). Special arrangements should be made for deliveries of boxed information. The Docket Facility telephone number is (703) 305-5805.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Petition for Exemption</HD>
        <P>In the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>of February 25, 2011 (76 FR 1058) (FRL-8863-4), EPA issued a notice pursuant to section 408 of FFDCA, 21 U.S.C. 346a, announcing the filing of a pesticide petition (PP 0E7697) by Novozymes North America, Inc., P.O. Box 576, 77<PRTPAGE P="55265"/>Perry Chapel Church Road, Franklinton, NC 27525. The petition requested that 40 CFR 180.950 be amended by establishing an exemption from the requirement of a tolerance for residues of lipase, triacylglycerol (CAS Reg. No. 9001-62-(1), Hereafter referred to as triacylglycerol lipase, when used as an inert ingredient as an aid in the removal of lipids in antimicrobial pesticide formulations applied to food contact surfaces. That notice referenced a summary of the petition prepared by Novozymes North America, Inc., the petitioner, which is available in the docket,<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>There were no comments received in response to the notice of filing.</P>

        <P>Based upon review of the data supporting the petition, EPA has modified the exemption requested by establishing an exemption from the requirement under 40 CFR 180.940(a) with a limitation of triacylglycerol lipase of 500 ppm in final pesticide formulations. This limitation is based on the Agency's risk assessment which can be found at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>in document “PC Code 908800: Lipase, triacylglycerol lipase (CAS Reg. No. 9001-62-1); Human Health Risk Assessment and Ecological Effects Assessment to the Support Proposed Exemption from the Requirement of a Tolerance When Used as an Inert Ingredient in Pesticide Formulations” in docket ID number EPA-HQ-OPP-2010-0271.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Inert Ingredient Definition</HD>
        <P>Inert ingredients are all ingredients that are not active ingredients as defined in 40 CFR 153.125 and include, but are not limited to, the following types of ingredients (except when they have a pesticidal efficacy of their own): Solvents such as alcohols and hydrocarbons; surfactants such as polyoxyethylene polymers and fatty acids; carriers such as clay and diatomaceous earth; thickeners such as carrageenan and modified cellulose; wetting, spreading, and dispersing agents; propellants in aerosol dispensers; microencapsulating agents; and emulsifiers. The term “inert” is not intended to imply nontoxicity; the ingredient may or may not be chemically active. Generally, EPA has exempted inert ingredients from the requirement of a tolerance based on the low toxicity of the individual inert ingredients.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Aggregate Risk Assessment and Determination of Safety</HD>
        <P>Section 408(c)(2)(A)(i) of FFDCA allows EPA to establish an exemption from the requirement for a tolerance (the legal limit for a pesticide chemical residue in or on a food) only if EPA determines that the tolerance is “safe.” Section 408(b)(2)(A)(ii) of FFDCA defines “safe” to mean that “there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result from aggregate exposure to the pesticide chemical residue, including all anticipated dietary exposures and all other exposures for which there is reliable information.” This includes exposure through drinking water and in residential settings, but does not include occupational exposure. Section 408(b)(2)(C) of FFDCA requires EPA to give special consideration to exposure of infants and children to the pesticide chemical residue in establishing a tolerance and to “ensure that there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result to infants and children from aggregate exposure to the pesticide chemical residue. * * *”</P>
        <P>EPA establishes exemptions from the requirement of a tolerance only in those cases where it can be clearly demonstrated that the risks from aggregate exposure to pesticide chemical residues under reasonably foreseeable circumstances will pose no appreciable risks to human health. In order to determine the risks from aggregate exposure to pesticide inert ingredients, the Agency considers the toxicity of the inert in conjunction with possible exposure to residues of the inert ingredient through food, drinking water, and through other exposures that occur as a result of pesticide use in residential settings. If EPA is able to determine that a finite tolerance is not necessary to ensure that there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result from aggregate exposure to the inert ingredient, an exemption from the requirement of a tolerance may be established.</P>
        <P>Consistent with section 408(c)(2)(A) of FFDCA, and the factors specified in FFDCA section 408(c)(2)(B), EPA has reviewed the available scientific data and other relevant information in support of this action. EPA has sufficient data to assess the hazards of and to make a determination on aggregate exposure for triacylglycerol lipase including exposure resulting from the exemption established by this action. EPA's assessment of exposures and risks associated with triacylglycerol lipase follows.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Toxicological Profile</HD>
        <P>EPA has evaluated the available toxicity data and considered their validity, completeness, and reliability as well as the relationship of the results of the studies to human risk. EPA has also considered available information concerning the variability of the sensitivities of major identifiable subgroups of consumers, including infants and children.</P>
        <P>The toxicology database is adequate to support the use of triacylglycerol lipase as a component of food contact sanitizing solutions. Triacylglycerol lipases are a class of lipase enzymes that catalyze the hydrolysis of fatty acid ester bonds in the triacylglycerol molecule in aqueous solutions. Like other enzymes, triacylglycerol lipase is a protein that acts as a catalyst to increase the rate of chemical reactions and is produced by all living cells.</P>
        <P>The acute toxicity studies of triacylglycerol lipase show low toxicity. The test material is not acutely toxic by the oral or inhalation routes. It is also not a dermal irritant, eye irritant or dermal sensitizer.</P>
        <P>Triacylglycerol lipase was also not toxic in short-term studies. In a 2 week study, Sprague-Dawley rats were dosed once daily by gavage at dose levels of 0, 0.2, 2 or 10 grams kilogram day (g/kg/day) and in a second 13 week study, Sprague-Dawley rats were administered the same test material at dose levels of 0, 0.2, 1 and 5 g/kg/day. There were no treatment related clinical signs, nor any toxicity seen in either study.</P>

        <P>In a 2-generation reproductive toxicity study in Sprague-Dawley rats, triacylglycerol lipase was administered orally to 5 treatment groups of rats. Each group contained 24 males and 24 females and received diets containing 0, 0.5, 1.5 or 5.0% of the test material by weight in the diet (equivalent to 0, 500, 1,500 or 5,000 milligrams kilogram body weight day (mg/kg/bw/day). There were no effects of treatment with the test material on either F<E T="52">0</E>or F<E T="52">1</E>fertility, general reproductive performance and systemic toxicity at exposure levels of up to 5,000 mg/kg/bw/day. No treatment related effects were observed on the developmental parameters evaluated in this study at doses up to and including 5,000 mg/kg/day.</P>
        <P>As with other proteins, inhalation exposure to lipases may lead to potential respiratory (Type 1) allergy.</P>

        <P>Specific information on the studies received and the nature of the adverse effects caused by triacylglycerol lipase as well as the no-observed-adverse-effect-level (NOAEL) and the lowest-observed-adverse-effect-level (LOAEL) from the toxicity studies can be found at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>in the document “PC Code 908800: Lipase, triacylglycerol (CAS Reg. No. 9001-62-1); Human Health Risk Assessment and Ecological Effects Assessment to the Support Proposed Exemption from the Requirement of a Tolerance When Used<PRTPAGE P="55266"/>as an Inert Ingredient in Pesticide Formulations,” p. 7 in docket ID number EPA-HQ-OPP-2010-0271.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Toxicological Points of Departure/Levels of Concern</HD>
        <P>Triacylglycerol lipase is not toxic by the oral or dermal routes. No toxicity endpoint of concern was identified in the available toxicity studies. There were also no adverse effects observed in acute toxicity studies and short-term toxicity studies at doses up to 10 kg/day. No toxicity was observed in a 2-generation reproductive toxicity study in rats at doses up to 5% (equivalent to 5,000 mg/kg/bw/day). A quantitative risk assessment for the dietary and residential exposure from the oral and dermal routes is not necessary since no endpoint of concern was identified in the available database. Inhalation exposure to enzymes, including triacylglycerol lipase, may lead to potential respiratory (Type 1) allergy.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Exposure Assessment</HD>
        <P>Lipases are necessary for lipid metabolism and are found in almost all living organisms, as well as being regularly consumed in foods. As with other enzymes, lipases are common in fresh and processed foods and are consumed by humans every day.</P>
        <P>No hazard endpoint of concern was identified for the acute and chronic dietary assessment (food and drinking water), or for the short, intermediate, and long term dermal residential assessments, therefore, acute and chronic dietary and short-, intermed-iate-, and long-term dermal residential exposure assessments were not performed.</P>
        <P>Residential (dermal and inhalation) exposures to triacylglycerol lipase from home uses, such as components of laundry detergents and food contact surface sanitizing solutions, are also possible. The limitation of 500 ppm for tricylglycerol lipase in final pesticide formulations will result in exposures several orders of magnitude at or below 1 nanogram per cubic meter (ng/m<SU>3</SU>), the common level at which allergic symptoms have not been observed.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Cumulative Effects From Substances With a Common Mechanism of Toxicity</HD>
        <P>Section 408(b)(2)(D)(v) of FFDCA requires that, when considering whether to establish, modify, or revoke a tolerance, the Agency consider “available information” concerning the cumulative effects of a particular pesticide's residues and “other substances that have a common mechanism of toxicity.”</P>

        <P>EPA has not found triacylglycerol lipase to share a common mechanism of toxicity with any other substances, and triacylglycerol lipase does not appear to produce a toxic metabolite produced by other substances. For the purposes of this tolerance action, therefore, EPA has assumed that triacylglycerol lipase does not have a common mechanism of toxicity with other substances. For information regarding EPA's efforts to determine which chemicals have a common mechanism of toxicity and to evaluate the cumulative effects of such chemicals, see EPA's Web site at<E T="03">http://www.epa.gov/pesticides/cumulative.</E>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Safety Factor for Infants and Children</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">In general.</E>Section 408(b)(2)(C) of FFDCA provides that EPA shall apply an additional tenfold (10X) margin of safety for infants and children in the case of threshold effects to account for prenatal and postnatal toxicity and the completeness of the database on toxicity and exposure unless EPA determines based on reliable data that a different margin of safety will be safe for infants and children. This additional margin of safety is commonly referred to as the FQPA Safety Factor (SF). In applying this provision, EPA either retains the default value of 10X, or uses a different additional safety factor when reliable data available to EPA support the choice of a different factor.</P>
        <P>No developmental toxicity studies are available in the database. However, there were no adverse effects in a 2-generation reproductive toxicity study in rats at doses up to 5% (equivalent to 5,000 mg/kg/bw/day). Also no systemic toxicity was observed at doses up to 10 g/kg/day in a 2-week, sub-acute oral toxicity study in rats and no systemic toxicity observed at 5 g/kg/day in a 13-week oral toxicity study in rats. No systemic toxicity was observed in laboratory animals at high doses, indicating relatively low hazard potential. There was no evidence of clinical signs of neurotoxicity; therefore, developmental neurotoxicity study is not required. In addition, no evidence of immunotoxicity was seen in the database; therefore, an immunotoxicity study is not required. In terms of hazard, there are low concerns and no residual uncertainties regarding prenatal and/or postnatal toxicity. Based on this information, there is no concern at this time for increased sensitivity to infants and children to triacylglycerol lipase when used as an inert ingredient in pesticide formulations and a safety factor analysis has not been used to assess risk. For the same reason, EPA has determined that an additional safety factor is not needed to protect the safety of infants and children.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Aggregate Risks and Determination of Safety</HD>
        <P>Given the lack of concern for hazard posed by triacylglycerol lipase, EPA concludes that there are no dietary or aggregate dietary/non-dietary risks of concern as a result of exposure to triacylglycerol lipase in food and water or from residential exposure. Residues of concern are not anticipated for dietary exposure (food and drinking water) or for residential exposure (dermal) from the use of triacylglycerol lipase as an inert ingredient in pesticide products. As discussed in this unit, EPA expects aggregate exposure to triacylglycerol lipase to pose no appreciable dietary risk given that the data show a lack of systemic toxicity at doses up to 5,000 mg/kg/day and a lack of any apparent developmental effects. Inhalation exposure to enzymes, including triacylglycerol lipase, may lead to potential respiratory (Type 1) allergy. Although there is no well-defined threshold for the induction of sensitization to the potential allergic effects from exposure to enzymes such as triacylglycerol lipase, allergic symptoms have not been observed when inhalation exposure levels are at or below 1 ng/m<SU>3</SU>. A limitation of 500 ppm of triacylglycerol lipase in final pesticide formulations will result in exposures several orders of magnitude below 1 ng/m<SU>3</SU>. This limitation will ensure that inhalation exposures to triacylglycerol lipase will be below the threshold for adverse respiratory effects and is protective of any potential respiratory allergy concerns.</P>

        <P>Taking into consideration all available information on triacylglycerol lipase at a maximum of 500 ppm in final pesticide formulations, EPA has determined that there is a reasonable certainty that no harm to any population subgroup will result from aggregate exposure to triacylglycerol lipase under reasonably foreseeable circumstances. Therefore, the establishment of an exemption from tolerance under 40 CFR 180.940(a) for residues of triacylglycerol lipase when used as a component of food contact sanitizing solutions applied to all food contact surfaces in public eating places, dairy-processing equipment, and food-processing equipment and utensils at a maximum level in the end-use concentration of 500 ppm is safe under FFDCA section 408.<PRTPAGE P="55267"/>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Other Considerations</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Analytical Enforcement Methodology</HD>

        <P>An analytical method is not required for enforcement purposes since the Agency is not establishing a numerical tolerance for residues of triacylglycerol lipase in or on any food commodities. EPA is establishing a limitation on the amount of triacylglycerol lipase that may be used in pesticide formulations. That limitation will be enforced through the pesticide registration process under the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), 7 U.S.C. 136<E T="03">et seq.</E>EPA will not register any pesticide for sale or distribution for which the final end use concentration of triacylglcyerol lipase in antimicrobial, food contact surface sanitizing solutions would exceed 500 ppm.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. International Residue Limits</HD>
        <P>In making its tolerance decisions, EPA seeks to harmonize U.S. tolerances with international standards whenever possible, consistent with U.S. food safety standards and agricultural practices. EPA considers the international maximum residue limits (MRLs) established by the Codex Alimentarius Commission (Codex), as required by FFDCA section 408(b)(4). The Codex Alimentarius is a joint U.N. Food and Agriculture Organization/World Health Organization food standards program, and it is recognized as an international food safety standards-setting organization in trade agreements to which the United States is a party. EPA may establish a tolerance that is different from a Codex MRL; however, FFDCA section 408(b)(4) requires that EPA explain the reasons for departing from the Codex level.</P>
        <P>The Codex has not established a MRL for triacylglycerol lipase.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Conclusions</HD>
        <P>Therefore, an exemption from the requirement of a tolerance is established under 40 CFR 180.940(a) for residues of lipase, triacylglycerol (CAS Reg. No 9001-62-1) when used as a component of food contact sanitizing solutions applied to all food contact surfaces in public eating places, dairy-processing equipment, and food-processing equipment and utensils at a maximum level in the end-use concentration of 500 ppm.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VII. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews</HD>

        <P>This final rule establishes a tolerance under section 408(d) of FFDCA in response to a petition submitted to the Agency. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has exempted these types of actions from review under Executive Order 12866, entitled<E T="03">Regulatory Planning and Review</E>(58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993). Because this final rule has been exempted from review under Executive Order 12866, this final rule is not subject to Executive Order 13211, entitled<E T="03">Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use</E>(66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001) or Executive Order 13045, entitled<E T="03">Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks</E>(62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997). This final rule does not contain any information collections subject to OMB approval under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), 44 U.S.C. 3501<E T="03">et seq.,</E>nor does it require any special considerations under Executive Order 12898, entitled<E T="03">Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations</E>(59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).</P>

        <P>Since tolerances and exemptions that are established on the basis of a petition under section 408(d) of FFDCA, such as the tolerance in this final rule, do not require the issuance of a proposed rule, the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601<E T="03">et seq.</E>) do not apply.</P>

        <P>This final rule directly regulates growers, food processors, food handlers, and food retailers, not States or tribes, nor does this action alter the relationships or distribution of power and responsibilities established by Congress in the preemption provisions of section 408(n)(4) of FFDCA. As such, the Agency has determined that this action will not have a substantial direct effect on States or tribal governments, on the relationship between the national government and the States or tribal governments, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government or between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. Thus, the Agency has determined that Executive Order 13132, entitled<E T="03">Federalism</E>(64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999) and Executive Order 13175, entitled<E T="03">Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments</E>(65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000) do not apply to this final rule. In addition, this final rule does not impose any enforceable duty or contain any unfunded mandate as described under Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA) (Pub. L. 104-4).</P>
        <P>This action does not involve any technical standards that would require Agency consideration of voluntary consensus standards pursuant to section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (NTTAA), Public Law 104-113, section 12(d) (15 U.S.C. 272 note).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VIII. Congressional Review Act</HD>
        <P>The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801<E T="03">et seq.,</E>generally provides that before a rule may take effect, the agency promulgating the rule must submit a rule report to each House of the Congress and to the Comptroller General of the United States. EPA will submit a report containing this rule and other required information to the U.S. Senate, the U.S. House of Representatives, and the Comptroller General of the United States prior to publication of this final rule in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. This final rule is not a “major rule” as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2).</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 180</HD>
          <P>Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure, Agricultural commodities, Pesticides and pests, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: August 26, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Lois Rossi,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director, Registration Division, Office of Pesticide Programs.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        
        <P>Therefore, 40 CFR chapter I is amended as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="180" TITLE="40">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 180—[AMENDED]</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 180 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>21 U.S.C. 321(q), 346a and 371.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="180" TITLE="40">
          <AMDPAR>2. In § 180.940(a), the table is amended by adding alphabetically the following inert ingredient to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 180.940</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Tolerance exemptions for active and inert ingredients for use in antimicrobial formulations (Food contact surface sanitizing solutions).</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(a) * * *</P>
            
            <PRTPAGE P="55268"/>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,14,r100" COLS="3" OPTS="L1,tp0,i1">
              <TTITLE/>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Pesticide chemical</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">CAS Reg. No.</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Limits</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT I="28">*******</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Lipase, triacylglycerol</ENT>
                <ENT>9001-62-1</ENT>
                <ENT>When ready for use, the end-use concentration is not to exceed 500 ppm.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT I="28">*******</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-22844 Filed 9-6-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6560-50-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
        <CFR>40 CFR Part 180</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[EPA-HQ-OPP-2010-0054; FRL-8887-4]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Chromobacterium subtsugae Strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>; Exemption From the Requirement of a Tolerance</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>This regulation establishes an exemption from the requirement of a tolerance for residues of<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>in or on all food commodities when applied as an insecticide or miticide and used in accordance with good agricultural practices. Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. submitted a petition to EPA under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA) requesting an exemption from the requirement of a tolerance. This regulation eliminates the need to establish a maximum permissible level for residues of<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>under the FFDCA.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>

          <P>This regulation is effective September 7, 2011. Objections and requests for hearings must be received on or before November 7, 2011, and must be filed in accordance with the instructions provided in 40 CFR part 178 (see also Unit I.C. of the<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>).</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>EPA has established a docket for this action under docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2010-0054. All documents in the docket are listed in the docket index available at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Although listed in the index, some information is not publicly available,<E T="03">e.g.,</E>Confidential Business Information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Certain other material, such as copyrighted material, is not placed on the Internet and will be publicly available only in hard copy form. Publicly available docket materials are available in the electronic docket at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>or, if only available in hard copy, at the Office of Pesticide Programs (OPP) Regulatory Public Docket in Rm. S-4400, One Potomac Yard (South Bldg.), 2777 S. Crystal Dr., Arlington, VA. The Docket Facility is open from 8:30 a.m. to 4 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays. The Docket Facility telephone number is (703) 305-5805.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Jeannine Kausch, Biopesticides and Pollution Prevention Division (7511P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001;<E T="03">telephone number:</E>(703) 347-8920;<E T="03">e-mail address: kausch.jeannine@epa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. General Information</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Does this action apply to me?</HD>
        <P>You may be potentially affected by this action if you are an agricultural producer, food manufacturer or pesticide manufacturer. Potentially affected entities may include, but are not limited to:</P>
        <P>• Crop production (NAICS code 111).</P>
        <P>• Animal production (NAICS code 112).</P>
        <P>• Food manufacturing (NAICS code 311).</P>
        <P>• Pesticide manufacturing (NAICS code 32532).</P>

        <P>This listing is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide for readers regarding entities likely to be affected by this action. Other types of entities not listed in this unit could also be affected. The North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) codes have been provided to assist you and others in determining whether this action might apply to certain entities. If you have any questions regarding the applicability of this action to a particular entity, consult the person listed under<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. How can I get electronic access to other related information?</HD>

        <P>You may access a frequently updated electronic version of 40 CFR part 180 through the Government Printing Office's e-CFR site at<E T="03">http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text-idx?&amp;c=ecfr&amp;tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title40/40tab_02.tpl.</E>To access the harmonized test guidelines referenced in this document electronically, please go to<E T="03">http://www.epa.gov/ocspp</E>and select “Test Methods and Guidelines.”</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. How can I file an objection or hearing request?</HD>
        <P>Under FFDCA section 408(g), 21 U.S.C. 346a(g), any person may file an objection to any aspect of this regulation and may also request a hearing on those objections. You must file your objection or request a hearing on this regulation in accordance with the instructions provided in 40 CFR part 178. To ensure proper receipt by EPA, you must identify docket ID number EPA-HQ-OPP-2010-0054 in the subject line on the first page of your submission. All objections and requests for a hearing must be in writing, and must be received by the Hearing Clerk on or before November 7, 2011. Addresses for mail and hand delivery of objections and hearing requests are provided in 40 CFR 178.25(b).</P>
        <P>In addition to filing an objection or hearing request with the Hearing Clerk as described in 40 CFR part 178, please submit a copy of the filing that does not contain any CBI for inclusion in the public docket. Information not marked confidential pursuant to 40 CFR part 2 may be disclosed publicly by EPA without prior notice. Submit a copy of your non-CBI objection or hearing request, identified by docket ID number EPA-HQ-OPP-2010-0054, by one of the following methods:</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the on-line instructions for submitting comments.</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>OPP Regulatory Public Docket (7502P), Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001.</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Delivery:</E>OPP Regulatory Public Docket (7502P), Environmental Protection Agency, Rm. S-4400, One Potomac Yard (South Bldg.), 2777 S.<PRTPAGE P="55269"/>Crystal Dr., Arlington, VA. Deliveries are only accepted during the Docket Facility's normal hours of operation (8:30 a.m. to 4 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays). Special arrangements should be made for deliveries of boxed information. The Docket Facility telephone number is (703) 305-5805.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Background and Statutory Findings</HD>
        <P>In the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>of March 10, 2010 (75 FR 11171) (FRL-8810-8), EPA issued a notice pursuant to section 408(d)(3) of FFDCA, 21 U.S.C. 346a(d)(3), announcing the filing of a pesticide tolerance petition (PP 9F7674) by Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., 2121 Second Street, Suite B-107, Davis, CA 95618. The petition requested that 40 CFR part 180 be amended by establishing an exemption from the requirement of a tolerance for residues of<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>. This notice referenced a summary of the petition prepared by the petitioner, Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., which is available in the docket via<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>There were no comments received in response to the notice of filing.</P>
        <P>Section 408(c)(2)(A)(i) of FFDCA allows EPA to establish an exemption from the requirement for a tolerance (the legal limit for a pesticide chemical residue in or on a food) only if EPA determines that the exemption is “safe.” Section 408(c)(2)(A)(ii) of FFDCA defines “safe” to mean that “there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result from aggregate exposure to the pesticide chemical residue, including all anticipated dietary exposures and all other exposures for which there is reliable information.” This includes exposure through drinking water and in residential settings but does not include occupational exposure. Pursuant to section 408(c)(2)(B) of FFDCA, in establishing or maintaining in effect an exemption from the requirement of a tolerance, EPA must take into account the factors set forth in section 408(b)(2)(C) of FFDCA, which require EPA to give special consideration to exposure of infants and children to the pesticide chemical residue in establishing a tolerance exemption and to “ensure that there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result to infants and children from aggregate exposure to the pesticide chemical residue * * *” Additionally, section 408(b)(2)(D) of FFDCA requires that the EPA consider “available information concerning the cumulative effects of [a particular pesticide's] * * * residues and other substances that have a common mechanism of toxicity.”</P>
        <P>EPA performs a number of analyses to determine the risks from aggregate exposure to pesticide residues. First, EPA determines the toxicity of pesticides. Second, EPA examines exposure to the pesticide through food, drinking water, and through other exposures that occur as a result of pesticide use in residential settings.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Toxicological Profile</HD>
        <P>Consistent with section 408(b)(2)(D) of FFDCA, EPA has reviewed the available scientific data and other relevant information in support of this action and considered its validity, completeness, and reliability and the relationship of this information to human risk. EPA has also considered available information concerning the variability of the sensitivities of major identifiable subgroups of consumers, including infants and children.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Overview of Chromobacterium subtsugae Strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>
        </HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>is a naturally occurring, gram-negative, violet-pigmented bacterium that was isolated from soil under an eastern hemlock (<E T="03">Tsuga canadensis</E>) in the Catoctin Mountain region of central Maryland. The United States Department of Agriculture found this isolate of<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>to be orally toxic to Colorado potato beetle (<E T="03">Leptinotarsa decemlineata</E>) larvae, small hive beetle (<E T="03">Aethina tumida</E>) larvae, southern corn rootworm (<E T="03">Diabrotica undecimpunctata</E>) larvae and adults, and southern green stink bug (<E T="03">Nezara viridula</E>) adults. Additional testing has shown that<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>-treated diet resulted in reduced feeding in beet armyworm (<E T="03">Spodoptera exigua</E>), cabbage looper (<E T="03">Trichoplusia ni</E>), tobacco budworm (<E T="03">Heliothis virescens</E>), diamondback moth (<E T="03">Plutella xylostella</E>), and southern corn rootworm, suggesting this microbe's insecticidal activity is due to reduction in weight or inhibition of feeding. In light of the demonstrated insecticidal and miticidal capabilities of<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>, Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. has proposed to register pesticide products that could be applied to agricultural and greenhouse crops, including vegetables, fruit, flowers, bedding plants, ornamentals, and turf, to control certain insect and mite pests.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Microbial Pesticide Toxicology Data Requirements</HD>

        <P>All mammalian toxicology data requirements supporting the request for an exemption from the requirement of a tolerance for residues of<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>in or on all food commodities have been fulfilled with data submitted by the petitioner or data waiver requests that have been granted by EPA. The toxicity tests (acute oral, dermal, and inhalation toxicity) and irritation tests (acute eye and primary dermal irritation), which addressed potential routes of exposure to the active ingredient, were all classified in Toxicity Category IV (see 40 CFR 156.62). Moreover, an acute injection toxicity/pathogenicity test indicated that<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>was not toxic, infective, and/or pathogenic via the intravenous route of exposure, a worst-case scenario whereby the skin is bypassed as a barrier. Finally,<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>is not recognized as a dermal sensitizer, and the petitioner has reported that no hypersensitivity incidents occurred during development and testing of this bacterium. The overall conclusions from all toxicological information submitted by the petitioner are described below, while more in-depth synopses of the study results can be found in the associated Biopesticides Registration Action Document provided as a reference in Unit IX. (Ref. 1).</P>
        <P>1.<E T="03">Acute oral toxicity—rat (Harmonized Guideline 870.1100; Master Record Identification Number (MRID No.) 479450-03</E>). An acceptable acute oral toxicity study demonstrated that<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>was not toxic to female rats when dosed at 5,000 milligrams per kilogram (mg/kg). The median lethal dose (LD<E T="52">50</E>) (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>a statistically derived single dose that can be expected to cause death in 50% of test animals) was greater than 5,000 mg/kg (Toxicity Category IV).</P>
        <P>2.<E T="03">Acute oral toxicity/pathogenicity (Harmonized Guideline 885.3050; MRID No. 479450-23</E>). Upon consideration of results of other definitive toxicological data submitted by the petitioner, EPA waived acute oral toxicity/pathogenicity testing for<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>. An acute oral toxicity study conducted on rats (MRID No. 479450-03) demonstrated that<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>was not toxic (LD<E T="52">50</E>greater than 5,000 mg/kg; Toxicity Category IV), while an acute injection toxicity/pathogenicity study conducted on rats (MRID No. 479450-11) showed that<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>was not toxic, infective, and/or pathogenic when the skin was bypassed as a barrier. EPA believes these data, when taken together, clearly<PRTPAGE P="55270"/>indicate that this bacterium would not be toxic, infective, and/or pathogenic through the oral route of exposure and that further testing is not necessary.</P>
        <P>3.<E T="03">Acute inhalation toxicity—rat (Harmonized Guideline 870.1300; MRID No. 479450-05</E>). An acceptable acute inhalation toxicity study demonstrated that<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>was not toxic to male and female rats when exposed to 2.12 milligrams per liter (mg/L). The median lethal concentration (LC<E T="52">50</E>) (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>a statistically derived concentration of a substance that can be expected to cause death in 50% of test animals) was greater than 2.12 mg/L (Toxicity Category IV).</P>
        <P>4.<E T="03">Acute pulmonary toxicity/pathogenicity (Harmonized Guideline 885.3150; MRID No. 479450-23).</E>Upon consideration of results of other definitive toxicological data submitted by the petitioner, EPA waived acute pulmonary toxicity/pathogenicity testing for<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>. An acute inhalation toxicity study conducted on rats (MRID No. 479450-05) demonstrated that<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>was not toxic (LC<E T="52">50</E>greater than 2.12 mg/L; Toxicity Category IV), while an acute injection toxicity/pathogenicity study conducted on rats (MRID No. 479450-11) showed that<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>was not toxic, infective, and/or pathogenic when the skin was bypassed as a barrier. EPA believes these data, when taken together, clearly indicate that this bacterium would not be toxic, infective, and/or pathogenic through the inhalation route of exposure and that further testing is not necessary.</P>
        <P>5.<E T="03">Acute injection toxicity/pathogenicity (intravenous)—rat (Harmonized Guideline 885.3200; MRID No. 479450-11).</E>An acceptable acute injection toxicity and pathogenicity (intravenous) demonstrated that Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>was not toxic, infective, and/or pathogenic to rats when dosed intravenously at 3.1 × 10<SU>6</SU>colony-forming units per animal.</P>
        <P>6.<E T="03">Acute dermal toxicity—rat (Harmonized Guideline 870.1200; MRID No. 479450-04).</E>An acceptable acute dermal toxicity study demonstrated that<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>was not toxic to rats when dosed at 5,050 mg/kg. The LD<E T="52">50</E>was greater than 5,050 mg/kg (Toxicity Category IV).</P>
        <P>7.<E T="03">Acute eye irritation—rabbit (Harmonized Guideline 870.2400; MRID No. 479450-06).</E>An acceptable acute eye irritation study demonstrated that<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>was minimally irritating to the eyes of rabbits (irritation symptoms cleared by 24 hours; Toxicity Category IV).</P>
        <P>8.<E T="03">Primary dermal irritation—rabbit (Harmonized Guideline 870.2500; MRID No. 479450-07).</E>An acceptable primary dermal irritation study demonstrated that<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>was slightly irritating to the skin of rabbits (irritation symptoms cleared by 24 hours; Toxicity Category IV).</P>
        <P>9.<E T="03">Dermal sensitization—guinea pig (Harmonized Guideline 870.2600; MRID No. 479450-08).</E>An acceptable dermal sensitization study demonstrated that<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>was not a dermal sensitizer to guinea pigs.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Aggregate Exposure</HD>
        <P>In examining aggregate exposure, section 408 of FFDCA directs EPA to consider available information concerning exposures from the pesticide residue in food and all other non-occupational exposures, including drinking water from ground water or surface water and exposure through pesticide use in gardens, lawns, or buildings (residential and other indoor uses).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Dietary Exposure</HD>

        <P>Dietary exposure to this microbial pesticide may occur (more likely through food than drinking water); however, the lack of acute oral toxicity, as exhibited in a toxicology test on rats, and the rationales justifying the waiver of acute oral toxicity/pathogenicity testing (see Unit III.B.), support the establishment of a tolerance exemption for residues of<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>.</P>
        <P>1.<E T="03">Food exposure.</E>Any exposure to this naturally occurring soil bacterium is anticipated to be negligible. Although<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>may be applied directly to food, it is not expected to persist or accumulate in any reservoirs on plants or food commodities (the phyllosphere) because, as a soil microorganism, it is best adapted to more favorable conditions underground. Rather, after application, it likely will degrade due to predation by other biological organisms (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>protists) and exposure to particular environmental factors (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>sunlight and varying temperatures) (Refs. 2 and 3). Should this microbial pesticide be present on food, the acute oral toxicity and pathogenicity data/information demonstrated no toxicity, infectivity and/or pathogenicity is likely to occur with any exposure level of<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>(see additional discussion in Unit III.B.).</P>
        <P>2.<E T="03">Drinking water exposure.</E>Exposure of humans to residues of<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>in consumed drinking water is unlikely. The proposed use patterns for<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>do not include direct application to aquatic environments, thereby limiting contact with surface water. Furthermore, ground water is not expected to have significant exposure to<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>since, like other microorganisms, this bacterium would likely be filtered out by the particulate nature of many soil types (Refs. 4, 5, and 6) and is not known to survive in water or deep soil. If<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>were to be transferred to surface or ground waters that are intended for eventual human consumption (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>through spray drift or runoff) and directed to wastewater treatment systems or drinking water facilities, it likely would not survive the conditions water is subjected to in such systems or facilities, including high temperatures, chlorination, pH adjustments, and/or filtration (Refs. 7 and 8). In the remote likelihood that this microbial pesticide is present in drinking water (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>in water not subject to treatment systems or facilities), the acute oral toxicity and pathogenicity data/information demonstrated no toxicity, infectivity and/or pathogenicity is likely to occur with any exposure level of<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>(see additional discussion in Unit III.B.).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Other Non-Occupational Exposure</HD>
        <P>Dermal and inhalation non-occupational exposure to<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>is not expected as all proposed pesticide applications will take place in distinct agricultural settings. Even if dermal and inhalation non-occupational exposures were to occur, such exposures would not exceed EPA's level of concern given testing that indicated that<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>is not toxic (acute inhalation and dermal toxicity), is only slightly irritating (primary dermal irritation), is not a sensitizer (dermal sensitization), and is not pathogenic or infective (acute injection toxicity/pathogenicity) (see additional discussion in Unit III.B.).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Cumulative Effects From Substances With a Common Mechanism of Toxicity</HD>

        <P>Section 408(b)(2)(D)(v) of FFDCA requires that, when considering whether to establish, modify, or revoke a<PRTPAGE P="55271"/>tolerance exemption, EPA consider “available information concerning the cumulative effects of [a particular pesticide's] * * * residues and other substances that have a common mechanism of toxicity.”</P>
        <P>EPA has not found<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>to share a common mechanism of toxicity with any other substances, and<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>does not appear to produce a toxic metabolite produced by other substances. For the purposes of this tolerance action, therefore, EPA has assumed that<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>does not have a common mechanism of toxicity with other substances. Following from this, therefore, EPA concludes that there are no cumulative effects associated with<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>that need to be considered. For information regarding EPA's efforts to determine which chemicals have a common mechanism of toxicity and to evaluate the cumulative effects of such chemicals, see EPA's Web site at<E T="03">http://www.epa.gov/pesticides/cumulative.</E>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Determination of Safety for U.S. Population, Infants and Children</HD>
        <P>FFDCA section 408(b)(2)(C) provides that EPA shall assess the available information about consumption patterns among infants and children, special susceptibility of infants and children to pesticide chemical residues, and the cumulative effects on infants and children of the residues and other substances with a common mechanism of toxicity. In addition, FFDCA section 408(b)(2)(C) provides that EPA shall apply an additional tenfold (10X) margin of safety for infants and children in the case of threshold effects to account for prenatal and postnatal toxicity and the completeness of the database on toxicity and exposure unless EPA determines that a different margin of safety will be safe for infants and children. This additional margin of safety is commonly referred to as the Food Quality Protection Act Safety Factor. In applying this provision, EPA either retains the default value of 10X or uses a different additional safety factor when reliable data available to EPA support the choice of a different factor.</P>

        <P>Based on the acute toxicity and pathogenicity data/information discussed in Unit III.B., EPA concludes that there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result to the U.S. population, including infants and children, from aggregate exposure to the residues of<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>. Such exposure includes all anticipated dietary exposures and all other exposures for which there is reliable information. EPA has arrived at this conclusion because, considered collectively, the data (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>lack of toxicity noted for oral, dermal, and inhalation routes of exposure) available on<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>do not demonstrate toxic, pathogenic, and/or infective potential to sensitive populations from exposure to this microbial pest control agent. Thus, there are no threshold effects of concern and, as a result, an additional margin of safety is not necessary.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VII. Other Considerations</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Analytical Enforcement Methodology</HD>
        <P>An analytical method is not required for enforcement purposes since EPA is establishing an exemption from the requirement of a tolerance without any numerical limitation.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. International Residue Limits</HD>
        <P>In making its tolerance decisions, EPA seeks to harmonize U.S. tolerances with international standards whenever possible, consistent with U.S. food safety standards and agricultural practices. In this context, EPA considers the international maximum residue limits (MRLs) established by the Codex Alimentarius Commission (Codex), as required by FFDCA section 408(b)(4). The Codex Alimentarius is a joint U.N. Food and Agriculture Organization/World Health Organization food standards program, and it is recognized as an international food safety standards-setting organization in trade agreements to which the United States is a party. EPA may establish a tolerance that is different from a Codex MRL; however, FFDCA section 408(b)(4) requires that EPA explain the reasons for departing from the Codex level.</P>
        <P>The Codex has not established a MRL for<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VIII. Conclusions</HD>

        <P>EPA concludes that there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result to the U.S. population, including infants and children, from aggregate exposure to residues of<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>. Therefore, an exemption from the requirement of a tolerance is established for residues of<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>in or on all food commodities when applied as an insecticide or miticide and used in accordance with good agricultural practices.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IX. References</HD>
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">1. U.S. EPA. 2011.<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>Biopesticides Registration Action Document dated July 2011 (available as “Supporting &amp; Related Material” within docket ID number EPA-HQ-OPP-2010-0058 at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>).</FP>

          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">2. U.S. EPA. 1996. Microbial Pesticide Test Guidelines—Background for Residue Analysis of Microbial Pest Control Agents (OPPTS 885.2000). Available from<E T="03">http://www.epa.gov/ocspp/pubs/frs/publications/Test_Guidelines/series885.htm.</E>
          </FP>

          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">3. Lindow SE, Brandl MT. 2003. Microbiology of the phyllosphere.<E T="03">Applied and Environmental Microbiology</E>69:1875-1883.</FP>

          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">4. Pang L, McLeod M, Aislabie J, Šimůnek J, Close M, Hector R. 2008. Modeling transport of microbes in ten undisturbed soils under effluent irrigation.<E T="03">Vadose Zone Journal</E>7:97-111.</FP>

          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">5. Aislabie J, Smith JJ, Fraser R, McLeod M. 2001. Leaching of bacterial indicators of faecal contamination through four New Zealand soils.<E T="03">Australian Journal of Soil Research</E>39:1397-1406.</FP>

          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">6. DeFelice K, Wollenhaupt N, Buchholz D. 1993. Aquifers and Soil Filter Effect. Available from<E T="03">http://extension.missouri.edu/p/WQ24.</E>
          </FP>

          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">7. U.S. EPA. 2004. Primer for Municipal Wastewater Treatment Systems. EPA 832-R-04-001. Available from<E T="03">http://www.epa.gov/npdes/pubs/primer.pdf.</E>
          </FP>

          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">8. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. 2009. Drinking Water—Water Treatment. Available from<E T="03">http://www.cdc.gov/healthywater/drinking/public/water_treatment.html.</E>
          </FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">X. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews</HD>

        <P>This final rule establishes a tolerance exemption under section 408(d) of FFDCA in response to a petition submitted to EPA. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has exempted these types of actions from review under Executive Order 12866, entitled<E T="03">Regulatory Planning and Review</E>(58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993). Because this final rule has been exempted from review under Executive Order 12866, this final rule is not subject to Executive Order 13211, entitled<E T="03">Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use</E>(66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001), or Executive Order 13045, entitled<E T="03">Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks</E>(62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997). This final rule does not contain any information collections subject to OMB approval under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), 44 U.S.C. 3501<E T="03">et seq.,</E>nor does it require any special considerations under Executive Order 12898, entitled<E T="03">Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in<PRTPAGE P="55272"/>Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations</E>(59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).</P>

        <P>Since tolerances and exemptions that are established on the basis of a petition under section 408(d) of FFDCA, such as the tolerance exemption in this final rule, do not require the issuance of a proposed rule, the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601<E T="03">et seq.</E>) do not apply.</P>

        <P>This final rule directly regulates growers, food processors, food handlers, and food retailers, not States or tribes. As a result, this action does not alter the relationships or distribution of power and responsibilities established by Congress in the preemption provisions of section 408(n)(4) of FFDCA. As such, EPA has determined that this action will not have a substantial direct effect on States or tribal governments, on the relationship between the national government and the States or tribal governments, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government or between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. Thus, EPA has determined that Executive Order 13132, entitled<E T="03">Federalism</E>(64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999), and Executive Order 13175, entitled<E T="03">Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments</E>(65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000), do not apply to this final rule. In addition, this final rule does not impose any enforceable duty or contain any unfunded mandate as described under Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA) (Pub. L. 104-4).</P>
        <P>This action does not involve any technical standards that would require EPA consideration of voluntary consensus standards pursuant to section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (NTTAA), Public Law 104-113, section 12(d) (15 U.S.C. 272 note).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">XI. Congressional Review Act</HD>
        <P>The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801<E T="03">et seq.,</E>generally provides that before a rule may take effect, the agency promulgating the rule must submit a rule report to each House of the Congress and to the Comptroller General of the United States. EPA will submit a report containing this rule and other required information to the U.S. Senate, the U.S. House of Representatives, and the Comptroller General of the United States prior to publication of this final rule in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. This final rule is not a “major rule” as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2).</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 180</HD>
          <P>Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure, Agricultural commodities, Pesticides and pests, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: August 26, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Steven Bradbury,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director, Office of Pesticide Programs.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        
        <P>Therefore, 40 CFR chapter I is amended as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="180" TITLE="40">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 180—[AMENDED]</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 180 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>21 U.S.C. 321(q), 346a and 371.</P>
          </AUTH>
          
          <AMDPAR>2. Section 180.1305 is added to subpart D to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 180.1305</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>; exemption from the requirement of a tolerance.</SUBJECT>

            <P>An exemption from the requirement of a tolerance is established for residues of<E T="03">Chromobacterium subtsugae</E>strain PRAA4-1<SU>T</SU>in or on all food commodities when applied as an insecticide or miticide and used in accordance with good agricultural practices.</P>
            
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-22868 Filed 9-6-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6560-50-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
        <CFR>40 CFR Part 180</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[EPA-HQ-OPP-2007-0099; FRL-8870-8]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Flubendiamide; Pesticide Tolerances; Technical Amendment</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule; technical amendment.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>This document is being issued to correctly revise tolerance levels, for the pesticide, flubendiamide in or on the meat and meat byproducts of cattle, goat, hog, horse, and sheep. The tolerance levels were inadvertently transcribed incorrectly in a final rule printed in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on March 23, 2011.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This final rule is effective September 7, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>EPA has established a docket for this action under docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2007-0099. All documents in the docket are listed in the docket index available in<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Although listed in the index, some information is not publicly available,<E T="03">e.g.,</E>Confidential Business Information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Certain other material, such as copyrighted material, is not placed on the Internet and will be publicly available only in hard copy form. Publicly available docket materials are available in the electronic docket at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>or, if only available in hard copy, at the OPP Regulatory Public Docket in Rm. S-4400, One Potomac Yard (South Bldg.), 2777 S. Crystal Dr., Arlington, VA. The Docket Facility is open from 8:30 a.m. to 4 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays. The Docket Facility telephone number is (703) 305-5805.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Carmen Rodia, Registration Division (7504P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001; telephone number: (703) 306-0327; fax number: (703) 308-0029; e-mail address:<E T="03">rodia.carmen@epa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Does this action apply to me?</HD>

        <P>The Agency included in the final rule a list of those who may be potentially affected by this action. If you have questions regarding the applicability of this action to a particular entity, consult the person listed under<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. What does this technical amendment do?</HD>
        <P>In the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>of March 23, 2011 (75 FR 16301) (FRL-8863-8), EPA issued a final rule establishing new tolerances and revising existing tolerances for residues of flubendiamide (40 CFR 180.639) on certain food and livestock commodities. Inadvertently, a few of the tolerance levels were transcribed incorrectly, and consequently, 40 CFR 180.639(a)(2) provides an incorrect tolerance value for the established tolerances for cattle, meat (0.60 ppm); cattle, meat byproducts (0.08 ppm); goat, meat (0.60 ppm); goat, meat byproducts (0.08 ppm); hog, meat (0.15 ppm); hog, meat byproducts (0.03 ppm); horse, meat (0.60 ppm); horse, meat byproducts (0.08 ppm); sheep, meat (0.60 ppm); and sheep, meat byproducts (0.08 ppm). As supported by recalculated beef and dairy cattle, swine, and poultry dietary burdens, and re-evaluation of previously submitted animal feeding studies, these tolerance values should be revised to 0.08 ppm; 0.60 ppm; 0.08 ppm; 0.60<PRTPAGE P="55273"/>ppm; 0.03 ppm; 0.15 ppm; 0.08 ppm; 0.60 ppm; 0.08 ppm; and 0.60 ppm, respectively. This document is being issued to correct the tolerance values tolerances levels that were entered incorrectly.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Why is this amendment issued as a final rule?</HD>
        <P>Section 553 of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA), 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(3)(B), provides that, when an Agency for good cause finds that notice and public procedure are impracticable, unnecessary or contrary to the public interest, the Agency may issue a final rule without providing notice and an opportunity for public comment. EPA has determined that there is good cause for making this technical amendment final without prior proposal and opportunity for comment, because this technical amendment revises a few incorrectly transcribed tolerance levels and does not otherwise change the original requirements of the final rule. EPA finds that this constitutes good cause under 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(3)(B).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Do any of the statutory and Executive Order reviews apply to this action?</HD>

        <P>This technical amendment revises a number of incorrect tolerance levels and does not otherwise change the original requirements of the final rule. As a technical amendment, this action is not subject to the statutory and Executive Order review requirements. For information about the statutory and Executive Order review requirements as they related to the final rule, see Unit VI. in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>of March 23, 2011 (76 FR 16301) (FRL-8863-8).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Congressional Review Act</HD>
        <P>The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801<E T="03">et seq.,</E>generally provides that before a rule may take effect, the Agency promulgating the rule must submit a rule report to each House of the Congress and to the Comptroller General of the United States. EPA will submit a report containing this rule and other required information to the U.S. Senate, the U.S. House of Representatives, and the Comptroller General of the United States prior to publication of this final rule in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. This final rule is not a “major rule” as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2).</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 180</HD>
          <P>Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure, Agricultural commodities, Pesticides and pests, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: August 28, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Lois Rossi,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director, Registration Division, Office of Pesticide Programs.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        
        <P>Therefore, 40 CFR part 180 is corrected as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="180" TITLE="40">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 180—[AMENDED]</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 180 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>21 U.S.C. 321(q), 346a and 371.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="180" TITLE="40">
          <AMDPAR>2. Section 180.639(a)(2) is amended by revising the entries for cattle, meat; cattle, meat byproducts; goat, meat; goat, meat byproducts; hog, meat; hog, meat byproducts; horse, meat; horse, meat byproducts; sheep, meat; and sheep, meat byproducts to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 180.639</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Flubendiamide; tolerances for residues.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) * * *</P>
            <P>(2) * * *</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s95,9" COLS="2" OPTS="L1,tp0,i1">
              <TTITLE/>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Commodity</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Parts per million</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="28">*******</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                <ENT I="01">Cattle, meat</ENT>
                <ENT>0.08</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Cattle, meat byproducts</ENT>
                <ENT>0.60</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="28">*******</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                <ENT I="01">Goat, meat</ENT>
                <ENT>0.08</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Goat, meat byproducts</ENT>
                <ENT>0.60</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="28">*******</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                <ENT I="01">Hog, meat</ENT>
                <ENT>0.03</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Hog, meat byproducts</ENT>
                <ENT>0.15</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="28">*******</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                <ENT I="01">Horse, meat</ENT>
                <ENT>0.08</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Horse, meat byproducts</ENT>
                <ENT>0.60</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="28">*******</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                <ENT I="01">Sheep, meat</ENT>
                <ENT>0.08</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Sheep, meat byproducts</ENT>
                <ENT>0.60</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="28">*******</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-22866 Filed 9-6-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6560-50-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
        <CFR>41 CFR Parts 300-3, 301-2, 301-10, 301-11, 301-52, 301-70, and 301-71</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[FTR Amendment 2011-03; FTR Case 2011-301; Docket 2011-0018, Sequence 1]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 3090-AJ11</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Federal Travel Regulation; Per Diem, Miscellaneous Amendments</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Office of Governmentwide Policy, General Services Administration (GSA).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Interim rule with request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>GSA is amending the Federal Travel Regulation (FTR) by changing, updating, and clarifying various provisions of Chapters 300 and 301 regarding temporary duty (TDY) travel. These changes include adjusting the definition of incidental expenses; clarifying necessary deduction amounts from the meals and incidental expense (M&amp;IE) reimbursement on travel days; extending agencies the authority to issue blanket actual expense approval for TDY travel during Presidentially-Declared Disasters; and updating other miscellaneous provisions.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>September 7, 2011.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Comment Due Date:</E>Interested parties should submit written comments to the Regulatory Secretariat by November 7, 2011 to be considered in the formulation of a final rule.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Submit comments identified by FTR case 2011-301 by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portals: http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Submit comments via the Federal eRulemaking portal by inputting “FTR Case 2011-301” under the heading “Enter Keyword or ID” and selecting “Search.” Select the link “Submit a Comment” that corresponds with “FTR Case 2011-301.” Follow the instructions provided at the “Submit a Comment” screen. Please include your name, company name (if any), and “FTR Case 2011-301” on your attached document.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Fax:</E>202-501-4067.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>General Services Administration, Regulatory Secretariat (MVCB), Attn: Hada Flowers, 1275 First Street, NE., 7th Floor, Washington, DC 20417.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>Please submit comments only and cite FTR case 2011-301 in all correspondence related to this case. All comments received will be posted without change to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>, including any personal information provided.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>The Regulatory Secretariat (MVCB), 1275 First St., NE., Washington, DC 20417, (202) 501-4755, for information pertaining to status or publication schedules. For clarification of content, contact Mr. Cy Greenidge, Program Analyst, Office of Governmentwide Policy, at (202) 219-2349. Please cite FTR Amendment 2011-03; FTR case 2011-301.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <PRTPAGE P="55274"/>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">A. Background</HD>
        <P>GSA reviewed the FTR for accuracy and currency and is consequently publishing this amendment to update certain sections of the regulation pertaining to definitions, Web addresses, meal deductions, miscellaneous expenses, and other travel-related clarifications and updates. This amendment also adds a section that permits agencies to issue blanket actual expense authorizations for any employee who performs TDY travel in an area subject to a Presidentially-Declared Disaster.</P>
        <P>Accordingly, this interim rule amends the FTR by:</P>
        <P>1.<E T="03">Section 300-3.1</E>—Revising the term “Incidental expenses” under the definition for “Per diem allowance.” These changes permit reimbursement of fees and tips, exclude mailing costs associated with filing travel vouchers and charge card bill payments, and remove the current transportation reimbursement as this expense is reimbursable via separate provisions in FTR part 301-10.</P>
        <P>2.<E T="03">Section 301-2.5</E>—Referencing the new blanket actual expense authorization pursuant to § 301-70.201.</P>
        <P>3.<E T="03">Section 301-10.421</E>—Updating the heading to include valet parking attendants.</P>
        <P>4.<E T="03">Section 301-11.6</E>—Updating regulatory references and Web address information in the table pertaining to maximum per diem rates and actual expense rates.</P>
        <P>5.<E T="03">Section 301-11.7</E>—Changing the term “lodging location” to “lodging facility” in determining maximum per diem reimbursement rates.</P>
        <P>6.<E T="03">Section 301-11.18</E>—Indicating that for Government-provided meals on travel days, the entire allocated meal amount must be deducted from the decreased 75 percent rate.</P>
        <P>7.<E T="03">Section 301-11.26</E>—Revising to focus on how to request a review of a location's per diem rate.</P>
        <P>8.<E T="03">Section 301-11.29</E>—Updating the Web address for state tax exemption information.</P>
        <P>9.<E T="03">Section 301-11.30</E>—Referencing the new blanket actual expense authorization pursuant to § 301-70.201.</P>
        <P>10.<E T="03">Section 301-11.300</E>—Revising “natural disasters” to “natural or manmade disasters” and adding Presidentially-Declared Disasters to the list of special events warranting actual expense reimbursement.</P>
        <P>11.<E T="03">Section 301-11.301</E>—Referencing the new blanket actual expense authorization pursuant to § 301-70.201.</P>
        <P>12.<E T="03">Section 301-11.302</E>—Referencing the new blanket actual expense authorization pursuant to § 301-70.201.</P>
        <P>13.<E T="03">Section 301-52.4</E>—Removing the reference to a “fixed reduced per diem allowance.”</P>
        <P>14.<E T="03">Section 301-70.200</E>—Referencing the new blanket actual expense authorization pursuant to § 301-70.201.</P>
        <P>15.<E T="03">Section 301-70.201</E>—Adding a new section which gives agencies the authority to issue a blanket authorization for actual expense reimbursement in the event of a Presidentially-Declared Disaster.</P>
        <P>16.<E T="03">Section 301-71.105</E>—Referencing the new blanket actual expense authorization pursuant to § 301-70.201.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">B. Executive Orders 12866 and 13563</HD>
        <P>Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This is not a significant regulatory action and, therefore, was not subject to review under Section 6(b) of Executive Order 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review, dated September 30, 1993. This rule is not a major rule under 5 U.S.C. 804.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">C. Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>

        <P>This interim rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities within the meaning of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601,<E T="03">et seq.,</E>because the revisions are not considered substantive. This interim rule is also exempt from the Regulatory Flexibility Act per 5 U.S.C. 553(a)(2) because it applies to agency management. However, this interim rule is being published to provide transparency in the promulgation of Federal policies.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">D. Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>

        <P>The Paperwork Reduction Act does not apply because the changes to the FTR do not impose recordkeeping or information collection requirements, or the collection of information from offerors, contractors, or members of the public that require the approval of the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under 44 U.S.C. 3501,<E T="03">et seq.</E>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">E. Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act</HD>
        <P>This interim rule is also exempt from Congressional review prescribed under 5 U.S.C. 801 since it relates solely to agency management and personnel.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 41 CFR Parts 300-3, 301-2, 301-10, 301-11, 301-52, 301-70, and 301-71</HD>
          <P>Administrative practices and procedures, Government employees, Travel and per diem expenses.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 14, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Martha Johnson,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Administrator of General Services.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        
        <P>For the reasons set forth in the preamble, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 5701-5709, GSA amends 41 CFR parts 300-3, 301-2, 301-10, 301-11, 301-52, 301-70, and 301-71 as set forth below:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="300-3" TITLE="41">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 300-3—GLOSSARY OF TERMS</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for 41 CFR part 300-3 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>5 U.S.C. 5707; 40 U.S.C. 121(c); 49 U.S.C. 40118; 5 U.S.C. 5738; 5 U.S.C. 5741-5742; 20 U.S.C. 905(a); 31 U.S.C. 1353; E.O. 11609, as amended; 3 CFR, 1971-1975 Comp., p. 586, Office of Management and Budget Circular No. A-126, revised May 22, 1992.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="300" TITLE="41">
          <AMDPAR>2. Amend § 300-3.1 under “Per diem allowance”, by revising paragraph (c) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 300-3.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What do the following terms mean?</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Per diem allowance</E>— * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">Incidental expenses.</E>Fees and tips given to porters, baggage carriers, hotel staff, and staff on ships.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="301-2" TITLE="41">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 301-2—GENERAL RULES</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>3. The authority citation for 41 CFR part 301-2 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>5 U.S.C. 5707; 31 U.S.C. 1353; 49 U.S.C. 40118.</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 301-2.5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="301" TITLE="41">
          <AMDPAR>4. Amend § 301-2.5 paragraph (j) by removing “expense;” and adding “expense, unless your agency has issued a blanket actual expense authorization under § 301-70.201;” in its place.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="301-10" TITLE="41">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 301-10—TRANSPORTATION EXPENSES</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>5. The authority citation for 41 CFR part 301-10 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>5 U.S.C. 5707, 40 U.S.C. 121(c); 49 U.S.C. 40118, OMB Circular No. A-126, revised May 22, 1992.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="301" TITLE="41">

          <AMDPAR>6. Amend § 301-10.421 by revising the heading to read as follows:<PRTPAGE P="55275"/>
          </AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 301-10.421</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>How much will my agency reimburse me for a tip to a taxi, shuttle service, courtesy transportation driver, or valet parking attendant?</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="301-11" TITLE="41">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 301-11—PER DIEM EXPENSES</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>7. The authority citation for 41 CFR part 301-11 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>5 U.S.C. 5707.</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 301-11.6</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="301" TITLE="41">
          <AMDPAR>8. In § 301-11.6:</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>a. Amend the table in paragraph (a), third column, by removing “41 CFR 301-11.303 and 301-11.305” and adding “41 CFR 301-11.300—301-11.306” in its place.</AMDPAR>

          <AMDPAR>b. Amend the table in paragraph (b), third column, by removing “<E T="03">https://secureapp2.hqda.pentagon.mil/perdiem/perdiemrates.html”</E>and adding “<E T="03">http://www.defensetravel.dod.mil/site/perdiemCalc.cfm”</E>in its place.</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 301-11.7</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="301" TITLE="41">
          <AMDPAR>9-10. Amend § 301-11.7, second sentence, by removing “location” and adding “facility” in its place.</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 301-11.18</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="301" TITLE="41">
          <AMDPAR>11. Amend § 301-11.18 paragraph (a) by adding “For meals provided on the day of departure and the last day of travel, you must deduct the entire allocated meal cost from the decreased M&amp;IE rate (see § 301-11.101).” after “OCONUS and foreign travel.”</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="301" TITLE="41">
          <AMDPAR>12. Amend § 301-11.26—</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>a. By revising the section heading;</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>b. By removing “agency” and adding “agency's Travel Manager” in its place whenever it appears (two times);</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>c. In the first sentence, by removing “surveyed” and adding “reviewed” in its place; and</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>d. In the second sentence, by removing “survey” and adding “review” in its place.</AMDPAR>
          <P>The revised text reads as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 301-11.26</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>How do I request a review of the per diem in a location?</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="301" TITLE="41">
          <AMDPAR>13. Amend § 301-11.29 by revising the second sentence to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 301-11.29</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Are lodging facilities required to accept a generic federal, state or local tax exempt certificate?</SUBJECT>

            <P>* * * The GSA SmartPay® Program Support office provides more information regarding state tax exemptions on its Web site (<E T="03">https://smartpay.gsa.gov/about-gsa-smartpay/tax-information/state-response-letter</E>) and by e-mail (<E T="03">gsa_smartpay@gsa.gov</E>).</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 301-11.30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="301" TITLE="41">
          <AMDPAR>14. Amend § 301-11.30 by—</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>a. Designating the first and second paragraphs as paragraph (a) and paragraph (b) respectively; and</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>b. Adding at the end of newly-designated paragraph (b) “Also, see § 301-70.201 for when an agency can issue a blanket actual expense authorization”.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="301" TITLE="41">
          <AMDPAR>15. Amend § 301-11.300—</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>a. In paragraph (b) by adding “or manmade” after “natural”;</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>b. By redesignating paragraphs (c) and (d) as paragraphs (d) and (e), respectively; and</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>c. By adding a new paragraph (c) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 301-11.300</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>When is actual reimbursement warranted?</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(c) The TDY location is subject to a Presidentially-Declared Disaster and your agency has issued a blanket actual expense authorization for the location (see § 301-70.201);</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 301-11.301</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="301" TITLE="41">
          <AMDPAR>16. Amend § 301-11.301 by adding “(see § 301-70.201 for when an agency can issue a blanket actual expense authorization)” after “your agency”.</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 301-11.302</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="301" TITLE="41">
          <AMDPAR>17. Amend § 301-11.302 by adding “Also, your agency can issue a blanket actual expense authorization under § 301-70.201.” after the last sentence.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="301-52" TITLE="41">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 301-52—CLAIMING REIMBURSEMENT</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>18. The authority citation for 41 CFR part 301-52 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>5 U.S.C. 5707; 40 U.S.C. 121(c); Sec. 2., Pub. L. 105-264, 112 Stat. 2350 (5 U.S.C. 5701 note).</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="301" TITLE="41">
          <AMDPAR>19. Amend § 301-52.4 by revising paragraph (b)(1) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 301-52.4</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What must I provide with my travel claim?</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(b) * * *</P>
            <P>(1) Any lodging expense;</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="301-70" TITLE="41">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 301-70—INTERNAL POLICY AND PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>20. The authority citation for 41 CFR part 301-70 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>5 U.S.C. 5707; 40 U.S.C. 121(c); Sec. 2, Pub. L. 105-264, 112 Stat. 2350 (5 U.S.C. 5701, note), OMB Circular No. A-126, revised May 22, 1992, and OMB Circular No. A-123, Appendix B, revised January 15, 2009.</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 301-70.200</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="301" TITLE="41">
          <AMDPAR>21. Amend § 301-70.200 paragraph (f) by removing “actual expenses are appropriate in each individual case” and adding “to issue a blanket authorization for actual expenses under § 301-70.201 or when actual expenses are appropriate in individual cases” in its place.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="301" TITLE="41">
          <AMDPAR>22. Add § 301-70.201 to part 301-70, subpart C, to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 301-70.201</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>May we issue a blanket actual expense authorization for our employees during a Presidentially-Declared Disaster?</SUBJECT>
            <P>Yes. A blanket authorization regarding actual expense reimbursement may be issued to your employees assigned to perform TDY travel in an area subject to a Presidentially-Declared Disaster. These authorizations must apply to a specific Declaration, and must end on the expiration date of the Declaration, or one year from the date the Declaration is issued, whichever is sooner. A blanket authorization issued under this section shall not apply to any travel performed pursuant to Chapter 302 of this title.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="301-71" TITLE="41">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 301-71—AGENCY TRAVEL ACCOUNTABILITY REQUIREMENTS</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>23. The authority citation for 41 CFR part 301-71 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>5 U.S.C. 5707; 40 U.S.C. 121(c); Sec. 2, Pub. L. 105-264, 112 Stat. 2350 (5 U.S.C. 5701 note).</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 301-71.105</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="301" TITLE="41">
          <AMDPAR>24. Amend § 301-71.105 paragraph (j) by adding “(see § 301-70.201 for when you may issue a blanket actual expense authorization)” after “expenses”.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-22676 Filed 9-6-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6820-14-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="55276"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>50 CFR Part 679</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. 101126522-0640-02]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 0648-XA680</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Fisheries of the Economic Exclusive Zone Off Alaska; Shallow-Water Species Fishery by Vessels Using Trawl Gear in the Gulf of Alaska</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Temporary rule; closure.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>NMFS is prohibiting directed fishing for species that comprise the shallow-water species fishery by vessels using trawl gear in the Gulf of Alaska (GOA). This action is necessary because the fourth seasonal apportionment of the Pacific halibut bycatch allowance specified for the shallow-water species fishery in the GOA has been reached.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Effective 1200 hrs, Alaska local time (A.l.t.), September 3, 2011, through 1200 hrs, A.l.t., October 1, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Josh Keaton, 907-586-7228.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>NMFS manages the groundfish fishery in the GOA exclusive economic zone according to the Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Gulf of Alaska (FMP) prepared by the North Pacific Fishery Management Council under authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act. Regulations governing fishing by U.S. vessels in accordance with the FMP appear at subpart H of 50 CFR part 600 and 50 CFR part 679.</P>
        <P>The fourth seasonal apportionment of the Pacific halibut bycatch allowance specified for the shallow-water species fishery in the GOA is 150 metric tons as established by the final 2011 and 2012 harvest specifications for groundfish of the GOA (76 FR 11111, March 11, 2011), for the period 1200 hrs, A.l.t., September 1, 2011, through 1200 hrs, A.l.t., October 1, 2011.</P>
        <P>In accordance with § 679.21(d)(7)(i), the Administrator, Alaska Region, NMFS, has determined that the fourth seasonal apportionment of the Pacific halibut bycatch allowance specified for the trawl shallow-water species fishery in the GOA has been reached. Consequently, NMFS is prohibiting directed fishing for the shallow-water species fishery by vessels using trawl gear in the GOA. The species and species groups that comprise the shallow-water species fishery are pollock, Pacific cod, shallow-water flatfish, flathead sole, Atka mackerel, skates, and “other species.” This prohibition does not apply to fishing for pollock by vessels using pelagic trawl gear in those portions of the GOA open to directed fishing for pollock. This inseason action does not apply to vessels fishing under a cooperative quota permit in the cooperative fishery in the Rockfish Program for the Central GOA.</P>
        <P>After the effective date of this closure the maximum retainable amounts at § 679.20(e) and (f) apply at any time during a trip.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Classification</HD>
        <P>This action responds to the best available information recently obtained from the fishery. The Assistant Administrator for Fisheries, NOAA (AA), finds good cause to waive the requirement to provide prior notice and opportunity for public comment pursuant to the authority set forth at 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B) as such requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest. This requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest as it would prevent NMFS from responding to the most recent fisheries data in a timely fashion and would delay the closure of the shallow-water species fishery by vessels using trawl gear in the GOA. NMFS was unable to publish a notice providing time for public comment because the most recent, relevant data only became available as of August 30, 2011.</P>
        <P>The AA also finds good cause to waive the 30-day delay in the effective date of this action under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3). This finding is based upon the reasons provided above for waiver of prior notice and opportunity for public comment.</P>
        <P>This action is required by § 679.21 and is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866.</P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>16 U.S.C. 1801<E T="03">et seq.</E>
          </P>
        </AUTH>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: August 31, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>James P. Burgess,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Director, Office of Sustainable Fisheries, National Marine Fisheries Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-22709 Filed 8-31-11; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-22-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>50 CFR Part 679</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. 101126521-0640-02]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 0648-XA683</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska; Octopus in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Temporary rule; closure.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>NMFS is prohibiting retention of octopus in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands (BSAI). This action is necessary because the 2011 total allowable catch of octopus in the BSAI has been reached.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Effective 1200 hrs, Alaska local time (A.l.t.), September 1, 2011, through 2400 hrs, A.l.t., December 31, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Obren Davis, 907-586-7228.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>NMFS manages the groundfish fishery in the BSAI exclusive economic zone according to the Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Management Area (FMP) prepared by the North Pacific Fishery Management Council under authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act. Regulations governing fishing by U.S. vessels in accordance with the FMP appear at subpart H of 50 CFR part 600 and 50 CFR part 679.</P>
        <P>The 2011 total allowable catch (TAC) of octopus in the BSAI is 150 metric tons as established by the final 2011 and 2012 harvest specifications for groundfish of the BSAI (76 FR 11139, March 1, 2011) and an apportionment from the non-specified reserve of groundfish (76 FR 17360, March 29, 2011).</P>
        <P>In accordance with § 679.20(d)(2), the Administrator, Alaska Region, NMFS (Regional Administrator), has determined that the 2011 TAC of octopus in the BSAI has been reached. Therefore, NMFS is requiring that octopus caught in the BSAI be treated as prohibited species in accordance with § 679.21(b).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Classification</HD>

        <P>This action responds to the best available information recently obtained from the fishery. The Assistant Administrator for Fisheries, NOAA<PRTPAGE P="55277"/>(AA), finds good cause to waive the requirement to provide prior notice and opportunity for public comment pursuant to the authority set forth at 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B) as such requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest. This requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest as it would prevent NMFS from responding to the most recent fisheries data in a timely fashion and would delay prohibiting the retention of octopus in the BSAI. NMFS was unable to publish a notice providing time for public comment because the most recent, relevant data only became available as of August 31, 2011.</P>
        <P>The AA also finds good cause to waive the 30-day delay in the effective date of this action under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3). This finding is based upon the reasons provided above for waiver of prior notice and opportunity for public comment.</P>
        <P>This action is required by § 679.20 and § 679.21 and is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866.</P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>16 U.S.C. 1801<E T="03">et seq.</E>
          </P>
        </AUTH>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: September 1, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>James P. Burgess,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Director, Office of Sustainable Fisheries, National Marine Fisheries Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-22846 Filed 9-1-11; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-22-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
  </RULES>
  <VOL>76</VOL>
  <NO>173</NO>
  <DATE>Wednesday, September 7, 2011</DATE>
  <UNITNAME>Proposed Rules</UNITNAME>
  <PRORULES>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="55278"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="F">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
        <CFR>10 CFR Part 810</CFR>
        <RIN>RIN 1994-AA02</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Assistance to Foreign Atomic Energy Activities</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Nuclear Security Administration, Department of Energy (DOE).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>DOE proposes to amend its regulation concerning unclassified assistance to foreign atomic energy activities. This regulation provides that persons subject to the jurisdiction of the United States who engage directly or indirectly in the production of special nuclear material outside the United States must be authorized to do so by the Secretary of Energy (Secretary). The proposed revisions update and clarify several provisions in the current regulation, and identify information applicants are required to submit in support of applications for an authorization under this part. The revisions are intended to reduce uncertainties for industry users concerning which foreign nuclear-related activities by U.S. persons are “generally authorized” under the regulation and which activities require a “specific authorization” from the Secretary. In this regard, one proposed organizational change is the listing of countries and territories for which a general authorization for foreign atomic energy activities is available. This proposed change contrasts with the current regulation, which lists those countries for which a specific authorization to conduct such activities is required. Unclassified nuclear activities are generally authorized with respect to these listed countries if they do not involve “sensitive nuclear technology” as defined in the regulation. Conversely, the proposed revised regulation specifically identifies those assistance activities and technologies under DOE's jurisdiction, the export of which requires a specific authorization from the Secretary. Additionally, DOE is proposing to add regulations to address “deemed exports.” Companies seeking to employ foreign nationals in positions involving a proposed transfer of technology are provided information on the documentation required to be submitted to request specific authorization for those transfers. Finally, DOE proposes to update its regulations in this area to reflect terminological and other changes in nuclear technology since the last major update in 1986. Finally, points of contact references have been updated to reflect the current DOE organizational structure.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Written comments must be postmarked on or before November 7, 2011 to ensure consideration.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments, identified by RIN 1994-AA02, by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>1.<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>2.<E T="03">E-mail: Part810.NOPR@hq.doe.gov</E>Include RIN 1994-AA02 in the subject line of the message.</P>
          <P>3.<E T="03">Mail:</E>Richard Goorevich, Senior Policy Advisor, Office of Nonproliferation and International Security, NA 24, National Nuclear Security Administration, Department of Energy, 1000 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20585.</P>
          <P>Due to potential delays in DOE's receipt and processing of mail sent through the U.S. Postal Service, DOE encourages responders to submit comments electronically to ensure timely receipt.</P>

          <P>All submissions must include the RIN for this rulemaking, RIN 1994-AA02. For detailed instructions on submitting comments and additional information on the rulemaking process, see the “Public Comment Procedures” heading of the<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>section of this document.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Richard Goorevich, Senior Policy Advisor, Office of Nonproliferation and International Security, NA 24, National Nuclear Security Administration, Department of Energy, 1000 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20585, telephone 202-586-0589; Janet Barsy or Elliot Oxman, Office of the General Counsel, GC-53, Department of Energy, 1000 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20585, telephone 202-586-3429 (Ms. Barsy) or 202-586-1755 (Mr. Oxman); or Katie Strangis, National Nuclear Security Administration, Office of the General Counsel, 1000 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20585, telephone 202-586-8623.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. Background</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Description of Proposed Changes</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">III. Public Comment Procedures</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IV. Regulatory Review</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Executive Order 12866</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. National Environmental Policy Act</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Regulatory Flexibility Act</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. Paperwork Reduction Act</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">E. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">F. Treasury and Government Appropriations Act, 1999</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">G. Executive Order 13132</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">H. Executive Order 12988</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">I. Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 2001</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">J. Executive Order 13211</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">V. Approval by the Office of the Secretary</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
        <P>DOE's regulation in 10 CFR part 810 implements section 57b. of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended by section 302 of the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Act of 1978 (NNPA) (42 U.S.C 2077(b)). The statute provides that it “shall be unlawful for any person to directly or indirectly engage or participate in the development or production of any special nuclear material outside of the United States except (1) As specifically authorized under an agreement for cooperation made pursuant to section 123 * * * or (2) upon authorization by the Secretary of Energy after a determination that such activity will not be inimical to the interest of the United States. * * *”</P>

        <P>Part 810 regulates the export of unclassified nuclear technology and assistance, to facilitate international commerce while at the same time protecting against the spread of nuclear technologies and material that would be contrary to the nonproliferation and other national security interests of the United States. More specifically, the purposes of the part 810 regulation are: (1) To enable DOE to control the export of nuclear technologies and services while protecting the interest of, and advancing, U.S. nonproliferation and other national security objectives; (2) to facilitate such exports by identifying nuclear technology and related<PRTPAGE P="55279"/>assistance activities that can be “generally authorized” by the Secretary and thus require no further authorization under part 810; (3) to identify the specific transfers of assistance and technology which require specific authorization by the Secretary; (4) to explain how to request a specific authorization from the Secretary; and (5) to identify the reporting requirements for activities subject to part 810.</P>
        <P>The part 810 regulation has not been comprehensively updated since 1986. Some of the terminology contained in the current regulation has become inconsistent with guidelines issued by the Nuclear Suppliers Group (NSG), an international group of nuclear supplier countries, including the United States, which seeks to promote the nonproliferation of nuclear weapons through the implementation of guidelines for nuclear exports. The existing part 810 regulation also contains certain technical references and definitions that do not reflect current science, and other terms and references whose inclusion in the regulation is no longer necessary.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Description of Proposed Changes</HD>
        <P>DOE is publishing this notice of proposed rulemaking (NOPR) to clarify the regulatory restrictions and requirements pertaining to unclassified atomic energy assistance, and nuclear technology transfers, to foreign destinations. The proposed changes would update some of the definitions used in the regulation; identify countries and territories as to which a “general authorization” applies; and identify the activities subject to a “specific authorization”. Additionally, the proposed rule would: (1) Make clear what types of technology transfers, which can include either technical data or technical assistance, fall within the scope of the regulation; (2) provide for added technical clarity of certain terms and technology; (3) revise, delete, and add definitions for certain terms contained in the regulation; (4) identify the information required to be provided by applicants for a part 810 authorization, including requests for authorization of “deemed exports”; and (5) update points of contact information to reflect current Departmental organizational structure and office designations.</P>
        <P>The proposed changes to part 810 are summarized below in the order in which they appear:</P>
        <P>1. The proposed changes to § 810.1 “Purpose” would state the statutory basis for the regulation and clarify the purpose and authorization requirements.</P>
        <P>2. The proposed changes to paragraghs (a) and (b) in § 810.2 “Scope” are intended to state explicitly DOE's jurisdiction under section 57 b. of the Atomic Energy Act with regard to unclassified nuclear export activities by U.S. persons that include assistance and transfer of technology abroad and to foreign nationals employed by U.S. companies, whether the subject activities are conducted in the United States or abroad by U.S. persons or by licensees, contractors or subsidiaries under their direction, supervision, responsibility, or control. Proposed § 810.2(c) would retain the exemptions for all exports licensed by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission; and would exempt “public information” and “basic scientific research” as those terms are proposed to be defined in § 810.3. Additionally, proposed § 810.2(c) would make clear the exclusion from the scope of the part 810 regulation of uranium and thorium mining and milling and nuclear fusion reactors when not used in support of systems involving hydrogen isotope separation. The proposed addition of these two exemptions is intended to clarify that activities related to uranium and thorium mining and milling and nuclear fusion reactors, per se, are not within the scope of part 810.</P>
        <P>3. In proposed § 810.3 “Definitions”, a number of new definitions are proposed to reflect terminological changes and technological developments since the part 810 regulation was last updated (in 1986), and to provide additional clarity to certain terms currently defined and used in the regulation. For example, the definition of “accelerator-driven subcritical assembly” would be replaced with “production accelerator-driven subcritical assembly system”; the terms “non-nuclear-weapon state”, “operational safety” and “subcritical assembly” are proposed to be deleted from the current definitions. The proposed rule would also add new and revised definitions: “basic scientific research,” “cooperative enrichment enterprise”, “enrichment,” “fissile material”, “production accelerator”, “production accelerator-driven subcritical assembly system”, “production subcritical assembly”, “reprocessing”, “specific authorization”, “specifically authorized nuclear activities”, “technology” (including “development” and “production”), “technical assistance”, “technical data”, and “use”. Definitions are also proposed to be added for “DOE” and “Secretary”.</P>
        <P>4. Proposed §§ 810.4 “Communications” and 810.5 “Interpretations” would be changed to identify the responsible office under the current Departmental organizational structure to which applications, questions, or requests should be addressed. This proposed revision is intended to ensure that part 810-related correspondence will be directed appropriately and help facilitate prompt responses to those applications, questions, or other requests.</P>
        <P>5. The current § 810.6 “Authorization requirement” quotes section 57 b. of the Atomic Energy Act. This notice proposes to delete the quotation, and to address the statutory basis instead in the “Authority” section of the preamble and proposed § 810.1 “Purpose”.</P>
        <P>6. Proposed § 810.6 “Generally Authorized Activities”—currently § 810.7, re-numbered § 810.6 in the proposed rule—would identify activities that are generally authorized by the Secretary, and the countries and territories to which general authorizations apply. Section 810.6(a) would identify generally authorized activities. Section 810.6(b) would identify the countries and territories, and facilities therein, that would qualify for a general authorization. The current § 810.7 (b) “furnishing public information” would be deleted from the list of generally authorized activities and would be included in proposed § 810.2, as exempt from the scope of this part. Current § 810.7(c) would be deleted. The “fast track” safety general authorization has rarely been used, and has proved confusing to applicants. In summary, the proposed § 810.6 would identify the activities, countries, territories, destinations, and facilities to which the general authorization is applicable.</P>
        <P>7. Proposed § 810.7 Activities requiring specific authorization. This proposed section, renumbered from § 810.8, would be modified to indicate that, unless an activity is generally authorized under proposed § 810.6, a specific authorization from the Secretary would be required before engaging directly or indirectly in the production of special nuclear material outside the United States. The current regulation in § 810.2 (a) provides a broad general authorization for all activities not requiring a specific authorization as described in § 810.8.</P>
        <P>8. Proposed § 810.8 Restrictions on general and specific authorization. The present restrictions, currently in § 810.9, would remain unchanged.</P>

        <P>9. Proposed § 810.9 “Grant of specific authorization”—currently § 810.10— would add a new paragraph (b) to establish a time limit on all specific authorizations. Each specific<PRTPAGE P="55280"/>authorization approved by the Secretary is proposed to be limited to a period of up to five years. This proposal is intended to ensure that U.S. persons granted specific authorizations from the Secretary keep DOE informed of their activities and planned nuclear technology transfers, and to facilitate DOE's ability to confirm the adherence of those activities to U.S. nonproliferation policy. Additionally, language would be included in proposed § 810.9(b) identifying the factors, consonant with U.S. international nonproliferation commitments, considered by the Secretary in granting a specific authorization. Proposed § 810.9(c) would be expanded to provide clarity to applicants that request a specific authorization to transfer sensitive nuclear technology as defined in proposed § 810.3. In addition to the current requirements of sections 127 and 128 of the Atomic Energy Act, the proposed regulation lists criteria, relevant to U.S. nonproliferation policy and international commitments, that would be considered in determining whether to authorize an export involving sensitive nuclear technology. A new paragraph (d) is proposed to be added, concerning requests to engage in foreign atomic energy assistance activities related to the enrichment of fissile material (as defined in proposed § 810.3). The proposed provision is designed to facilitate U.S. conformity to the Nuclear Suppliers Group Guidelines.</P>
        <P>10. The current § 810.11 is proposed as § 810.10 Revocation, suspension, or modification of authorization. Proposed § 810.10(c) would add the phrase “or technology transfer” after the words “authorized assistance.”</P>
        <P>11. The current § 810.12 is proposed as § 810.11, Information required in an application for specific authorization, and would be expanded to add more detail about the information required for DOE to process a specific authorization request, including applications for “deemed export” authorization. Section 810.11(a) would require the submission of the same information required by the current regulation (§ 810.12(a)). Proposed paragraph (b) would solicit any information the applicant wishes to provide concerning the factors listed in proposed § 810.9(b). Proposed paragraph (c) would address the required content for applications filed by U.S. companies seeking to employ, and to accord access to nuclear technology subject to this part by, foreign nationals with temporary, student, or immigrant visa status in the United States. This proposed section is intended to address situations comparable to those covered by the “deemed export” rule in 15 CFR 734.2(b)(2) of the Commerce Department's Export Administration Regulations. Under this proposal, no part 810 specific authorization would be required if the foreign national employee (or prospective employee) is lawfully admitted for permanent residence in the United States, or is a protected individual under the Immigration and Nationalization Act (8 U.S.C. 1324b(a)(3)). As proposed, the part 810 regulation would make explicit DOE's current practice of requiring an applicant to provide detailed information concerning the nationality, visa status, educational background, and employment history of each foreign national to whom the applicant seeks to grant access to technology subject to the part 810 regulation. In addition, the applicant must provide a description of the subject technology, a copy of any confidentiality agreement between the U.S. company employer and the foreign national, and written nonproliferation assurances by the foreign national. Finally, proposed paragragh (d) would identify the information required to be submitted by an applicant seeking a specific authorization to engage in foreign atomic energy assistance activities related to the enrichment of fissile material.</P>
        <P>12. The current §§ 810.13, 810.14, and 810.15 would be renumbered as proposed § 810.12 Reports, proposed § 810.13 Additional information, and proposed § 810.14 Violations. A proposed addition in § 810.12(g) would allow DOE to require companies granted authorizations under part 810 to submit certain reports to DOE, to include information required by U.S. law concerning specific nuclear activities or specific countries exports to which require a specific authorization.</P>
        <P>Because DOE is making changes to most sections of part 810, it is publishing the entire part 810 for public comment.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Public Comment Procedures</HD>

        <P>Interested persons are invited to participate by submitting data, views, or arguments. Written comments should be submitted to the address indicated in the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section of this notice. All comments submitted in writing or in electronic form may be made available to the public in their entirety. Personal information such as your name, address, telephone number, e-mail address, etc., will not be removed from your submission. Comments will be available for public inspection in the DOE Freedom of Information Act Reading Room (1E-190), 1000 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20585, between the hours of 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. Members of the public who wish to review the comments submitted should contact Alexander Morris, FOIA Officer, at (202) 586-3159. Comments made on this rulemaking will also be posted on<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Written comments received by the date indicated in the<E T="02">DATES</E>section of this notice of proposed rulemaking will be addressed and considered prior to publication of the final rule. Any information that a commenter considers to be confidential must be so identified and submitted in writing, one copy only. DOE reserves the right to determine the appropriateness of confidential status for the information and to treat it in accordance with its determination. See 10 CFR 1004.11.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Regulatory Review</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Executive Order 12866</HD>
        <P>This proposed rule has been determined to not be a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review,” 58 FR 51735 (October 4, 1993). Accordingly, this action was not subject to review under that Executive Order by the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs of the Office of Management and Budget.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. National Environmental Policy Act</HD>
        <P>DOE has determined that this proposed rule is covered under the Categorical Exclusion found in DOE's National Environmental Policy Act regulations at paragraph A5 of Appendix A to subpart D, 10 CFR part 1021, categorical exclusion A5, which applies to a rule or regulation that interprets or amends an “existing rule or regulation that does not change the environmental effect of the rule or regulation being amended.” Accordingly, neither an environmental assessment nor an environmental impact statement is required.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
        <P>The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601<E T="03">et seq.</E>) requires preparation of an initial regulatory flexibility analysis for any rule that by law must be proposed for public comment, unless the agency certifies that the rule, if promulgated, will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. As required by Executive Order 13272, “Proper Consideration of Small Entities in Agency Rulemaking,” 67 FR 53461 (August 16, 2002), DOE published<PRTPAGE P="55281"/>procedures and policies on February 19, 2003, to ensure that the potential impacts of its rules on small entities are properly considered during the rulemaking process (68 FR 7990). DOE has made its procedures and policies available on the Office of the General Counsel's<E T="03">Web site: http://www.gc.doe.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <P>DOE has reviewed this proposed rule under the provisions of the Regulatory Flexibility Act and the procedures and policies published on February 19, 2003. The proposed rule offers clarity on regulatory restrictions and requirements pertaining to unclassified assistance to foreign atomic energy activities; it does not expand the scope of activities currently regulated under 10 CFR part 810.</P>
        <P>The proposed changes to the preamble of part 810 and § 810.1 reposition (to the “Authority” section, above) and update statutory citations, and clarify the purpose statement. There is no change that will impact small businesses or the review time necessary to prepare or submit requests for authorization.</P>
        <P>Section 810.2 is proposed to be expanded to provide further detail on the scope of activities that are subject to part 810. As a consequence, more information will be available to small businesses as they formulate their business strategies. These changes should assist small businesses to determine which nuclear export activities undertaken with foreign parties require authorization under this part. This additional information should reduce the time required to identify activities that are controlled by part 810, and also lessen the costs associated with developing documentation to support applications for authorization.</P>
        <P>Section 810.3, Definitions, is proposed to be updated to reflect changes in technology and to provide additional clarity. Specifically, for example, the definition of “accelerator-driven subcritical assembly” would be replaced with “production accelerator-driven subcritical assembly system”; and the terms “non-nuclear-weapon state” and “operational safety and subcritical assembly” would be deleted from the regulation. New and revised definitions would be added: “basic scientific research”, “cooperative enrichment enterprise”, “DOE”, “enrichment”, “fissile material”, “production accelerator-driven subcritical assembly system”, “production subcritical assembly”, “reprocessing”, “Secretary”, “specific authorization”, “specifically authorized nuclear activities”, “technology”, “technical assistance”, “technical data”, and “use”. These definitional updates and additions would not change the scope of the activities controlled under this part. Rather, the new and revised definitions should provide greater clarity to small businesses, decrease the time for small businesses to evaluate activities for implications of this regulation, and also lessen the costs associated with developing documentation to support their applications for authorization.</P>
        <P>Section 810.4 and § 810.5 are proposed to be changed to reflect the current organizational structure of the DOE office responsible for administering part 810, and should not impact small businesses. The proposed revision will help ensure that correspondence is directed appropriately and expedite application processing time. Section 810.6 would be deleted. It quotes the provisions of section 57 b. of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 and is not required for the text of the regulation. Its deletion would require an applicant to consult a source outside part 810 to locate the statutory text of section 57 b.</P>
        <P>Sections 810.7, Generally authorized activities, and 810.8, Activities requiring specific authorization, would be revised and renumbered as §§ 810.6 and 810.7, respectively. The revised text of § 810.6 would provide more detail concerning activities that are generally authorized by the Secretary, and identify countries and territories, and facilities therein, to which general authorizations apply. The proposed change should only impact small businesses positively. Providing this clarification concerning activities that are generally authorized would assist small businesses to determine when they need to submit a request for specific authorization, as stated in proposed § 810.7. Paragraghs (a) and (g) of current § 810.7 would be deleted because the regulation does not control public information; therefore a general authorization is not necessary. The substance of paragragh (b) of the current § 810.7 would be retained and renumbered as § 810.6(b)(2). The current § 810.7(c) would be deleted from the text. This “fast track” safety general authorization has been used only once, by a large corporation, to address an imminent threat to the public after an earthquake.</P>
        <P>New § 810.8, Restrictions on general and specific authorizations, would continue the same restrictions as are contained in the current part 810, and therefore would not add any new burdens on small businesses. New § 810.9, grant of specific authorization, is proposed to outline the process for applying for a specific authorization. Paragragh (a) would provide updated information on the current DOE organizational structure. Paragragh (b) would retain identification of the other U.S. departments and agencies (the Departments of State, Defense, and Commerce, and the Nuclear Regulatory Commission) that review part 810 authorization requests; it would also include a time limit on specific authorizations, and revise and add factors DOE would consider in making an authorization determination. The five-year maximum period has been a matter of DOE practice for a number of years; it is now being proposed to be added to the regulation to provide clarity to companies applying for a specific authorization. Paragragh (b) would be expanded to provide additional information to U.S. companies that request a specific authorization to transfer sensitive nuclear technology. This change should provide useful information to applicants, but not create additional requirements or negatively impact a small business applying for a specific authorization. A new paragragh (c) is proposed, concerning activities related to the enrichment of fissile material; and has been added to facilitate U.S. conformity to the Nuclear Suppliers Group Guidelines. Although satisfaction of the requirements of this proposal would require more effort by an applicant, it is unlikely that a small business would engage in foreign atomic energy activities involving the enrichment of fissile material.</P>

        <P>New § 810.10, Revocation, suspension, or modification of authorizations, has minimal proposed updates, and is intended to provide greater clarity. New § 810.11, Information required in an application for specific authorization, would be expanded to add more detail about the information required to process an authorization, including a “deemed export” authorization. The revisions to this section would provide additional, and more specific, information concerning the matters required to be addressed in an application, thus making the application process clearer to small businesses. Adoption of this proposed revision should positively impact the amount of time and resources a small business would have to devote to the application process, without adding any new requirements for small businesses and also decreasing the processing time for the application within the Department. New § 810.11 would also require an applicant to provide information concerning<PRTPAGE P="55282"/>activities related to the enrichment of fissile materials. As noted, it is unlikely that a small business would engage in foreign atomic energy assistance activities of this nature.</P>
        <P>New § 810.12, Reports, would be updated with the correct DOE organizational structure, with no adverse impact on small businesses. The proposed changes to §§ 810.13 and 810.14 are minimal, and should impose no increased burden on applicants.</P>
        <P>In practice, the requirements for small businesses exporting nuclear technology would not substantively change because the proposed revisions to this rule do not impact sections of the rule containing those requirements or add new burdens or duties to small businesses. The obligations of any person subject to the jurisdiction of the United States who engages directly or indirectly in the production of special nuclear material outside the United States would not change in a manner that would have any impact on small businesses.</P>
        <P>Furthermore, DOE has conducted a review of the potential small businesses that may be impacted by this proposed rule. This review consisted of an analysis of the number of businesses impacted generally since 2007-2008, and a determination of which of those are considered “small businesses” by the Small Business Administration. Approximately 90% of the businesses impacted by this rule are not considered small businesses (out of 56 businesses examined, 5 qualify as small businesses). Additionally, the number of requests for authorization or reports of generally authorized activities from each small business on average was one or fewer per year, while larger companies had as many as 100 requests for authorization or reports of generally authorized activities per year. The latter businesses fall within two North American Industry Classification System codes, for engineering services and computer systems designs services. Often, their requests for authorization include the transfer of computer codes or other similar products. The proposed changes to this rule would not alter whether these businesses do or do not receive authorization under part 810, thus not adversely affecting their ability to conduct business in the same manner they do at present. Moreover, they will benefit from a clarified request process. Generally, small businesses reported that their initial filing of a part 810 request for authorization required up to 40 hours of legal assistance, but follow-on reporting and requests required significantly less such assistance.</P>
        <P>On the basis of the foregoing, DOE certifies that this proposed rule would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Accordingly, DOE has not prepared a regulatory flexibility analysis for this rulemaking. DOE's certification and supporting statement of factual basis will be provided to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 605(b).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>

        <P>The proposed rule would not impose a collection of information requirement subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501<E T="03">et seq.</E>).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995</HD>
        <P>The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4) generally requires Federal agencies to examine closely the impacts of regulatory actions on State, local, and tribal governments. Section 101(5) of title I of that law defines a Federal intergovernmental mandate to include any regulation that would impose upon State, local, or tribal governments an enforceable duty, except a condition of Federal assistance or a duty arising from participating in a voluntary federal program. Title II of that law requires each Federal agency to assess the effects of Federal regulatory actions on State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or to the private sector, other than to the extent such actions merely incorporate requirements specifically set forth in a statute. Section 202 of that title requires a Federal agency to perform a detailed assessment of the anticipated costs and benefits of any rule that includes a Federal mandate which may result in costs to State, local, or tribal governments, or to the private sector, of $100 million or more in any one year (adjusted annually for inflation). 2 U.S.C. 1532(a) and (b). Section 204 of that title requires each agency that proposes a rule containing a significant Federal intergovernmental mandate to develop an effective process for obtaining meaningful and timely input from elected officers of State, local, and tribal governments. 2 U.S.C. 1534.</P>
        <P>This proposed rule would not impose a Federal mandate on State, local, or tribal governments or on the private sector. Accordingly, no assessment or analysis is required under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999</HD>
        <P>Section 654 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999 (Pub. L. 105-277) requires Federal agencies to issue a Family Policymaking Assessment for any proposed rule that may affect family well being. The proposed rule would not have any impact on the autonomy or integrity of the family as an institution. Accordingly, DOE has concluded that it is not necessary to prepare a Family Policymaking Assessment.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">G. Executive Order 13132</HD>
        <P>Executive Order 13132, “Federalism,” 64 FR 43255 (August 4, 1999), imposes certain requirements on agencies formulating and implementing policies or regulations that preempt State law or that have federalism implications. Agencies are required to examine the constitutional and statutory authority supporting any action that would limit the policymaking discretion of the States and carefully assess the necessity for such actions. DOE has examined this proposed rule and has determined that it would not preempt State law and would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. No further action is required by Executive Order 13132.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">H. Executive Order 12988</HD>

        <P>With respect to the review of existing regulations and the promulgation of new regulations, section 3(a) of Executive Order 12988, “Civil Justice Reform,” 61 FR 4729 (February 7, 1996), imposes on Executive agencies the general duty to adhere to the following requirements: (1) Eliminate drafting errors and ambiguity; (2) write regulations to minimize litigation; and (3) provide a clear legal standard for affected conduct rather than a general standard and promote simplification and burden reduction. With regard to the review required by section 3(a), section 3(b) of Executive Order 12988 specifically requires that Executive agencies make every reasonable effort to ensure that the regulation: (1) Clearly specifies the preemptive effect, if any; (2) clearly specifies any effect on existing Federal law or regulation; (3) provides a clear legal standard for affected conduct while promoting simplification and burden reduction; (4) specifies the retroactive effect, if any; (5) adequately defines key terms; and (6) addresses other important issues affecting clarity and general draftsmanship under any guidelines issued by the Attorney General. Section 3(c) of Executive Order 12988 requires<PRTPAGE P="55283"/>Executive agencies to review regulations in light of applicable standards in section 3(a) and section 3(b) to determine whether they are met or it is unreasonable to meet one or more of them. DOE has completed the required review and determined that, to the extent permitted by law, the proposed rule meets the relevant standards of Executive Order 12988.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">I. Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 2001</HD>
        <P>The Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 2001 (44 U.S.C. 3516 note), provides for agencies to review most disseminations of information to the public under guidelines established by each agency pursuant to general guidelines issued by OMB.</P>
        <P>OMB's guidelines were published at 67 FR 8452 (February 22, 2002), and DOE's guidelines were published at 67 FR 62446 (October 7, 2002). DOE has reviewed this proposed rule under the OMB and DOE guidelines and has concluded that it is consistent with applicable policies in those guidelines.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">J. Executive Order 13211</HD>
        <P>Executive Order 13211, “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use,” 66 FR 28355 (May 22, 2001), requires Federal agencies to prepare and submit to OMB a Statement of Energy Effects for any proposed significant energy action. A “significant energy action” is defined as any action by an agency that promulgated or is expected to lead to promulgation of a final rule, and that: (1) Is a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866, or any successor order; and (2) is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy, or (3) is designated by the Administrator of OIRA as a significant energy action. For any proposed significant energy action, the agency must give a detailed statement of any adverse effects on energy supply, distribution, or use should the proposal be implemented, and of reasonable alternatives to the action and their expected benefits on energy supply, distribution, and use. This regulatory action would not have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy and is therefore not a significant energy action. Accordingly, DOE has not prepared a Statement of Energy Effects.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Approval by the Office of the Secretary</HD>
        <P>The Office of the Secretary of Energy has approved the publication of this proposed rule.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 10 CFR Part 810</HD>
          <P>Foreign relations, Nuclear energy, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued in Washington, DC, on August 17, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Steven Chu,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary of Energy.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        
        <P>For the reasons stated in the preamble, DOE proposes to amend title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations by revising part 810 to read as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 810—ASSISTANCE TO FOREIGN ATOMIC ENERGY ACTIVITIES</HD>
          <CONTENTS>
            <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
            <SECTNO>810.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>810.2</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>810.3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>810.4</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Communications.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>810.5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Interpretations.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>810.6</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Generally authorized activities.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>810.7</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Activities requiring specific authorization.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>810.8</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Restrictions on general and specific authorization.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>810.9</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Grant of specific authorization.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>810.10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Revocation, suspension, or modification of authorization.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>810.11</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Information required in an application for specific authorization.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>810.12</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Reports.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>810.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Additional information.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>810.14</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Violations.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>810.15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Effective date and savings clause.</SUBJECT>
          </CONTENTS>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>

            <P>Secs. 57, 127, 128, 129, 161, and 223, Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended by the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Act of 1978, Pub. L. 95-242, 68 Stat. 932, 948, 950, 958, 92 Stat. 126, 136, 137, 138 (42 U.S.C. 2077, 2156, 2157, 2158, 2201, 2273); sec. 104 of the Energy Reorganization Act of 1974, Pub. L. 93-438; sec. 301, Department of Energy Organization Act, Pub. L. 95-91; National Nuclear Security Administration Act, Pub. L. 106-65, 50 U.S.C. 2401<E T="03">et seq.,</E>as amended.</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 810.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT>
            <P>These regulations implement section 57 b. of the Atomic Energy Act, which empowers the Secretary, with the concurrence of the Department of State and after consultation with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC), the Department of Commerce, and the Department of Defense, to authorize persons subject to the jurisdiction of the United States to engage directly or indirectly in the production of special nuclear material outside the United States. The purpose of the regulations in this part is to:</P>
            <P>(a) Identify activities that are generally authorized by the Secretary and thus require no other authorization under this part;</P>
            <P>(b) Identify activities that require specific authorization by the Secretary and explain how to request authorization; and</P>
            <P>(c) Specify reporting requirements for activities subject to this part.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 810.2</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) This part applies to:</P>
            <P>(1) All persons subject to the jurisdiction of the United States (hereinafter “U.S. persons”) who or that engage directly or indirectly in the production of special nuclear material outside the United States, by transferring to foreign persons technology that is related to the production of special nuclear material; and</P>
            <P>(2) Assistance and the transfer of technology by U.S. persons to foreign persons, conducted either in the United States or abroad by U.S. persons or by licensees, contractors or subsidiaries under their direction, supervision, responsibility, or control.</P>
            <P>(b) The activities referred to in paragraph (a) of this section involve the following:</P>
            <P>(1) Chemical conversion and purification of uranium and thorium from milling plant concentrates and in all subsequent steps in the nuclear fuel cycle;</P>
            <P>(2) Chemical conversion and purification of plutonium and neptunium;</P>
            <P>(3) Nuclear fuel fabrication, including preparation of fuel elements, fuel assemblies and cladding thereof;</P>
            <P>(4) Uranium isotope separation (uranium enrichment), plutonium isotope separation, and isotope separation of any other elements (including stable isotope separation) when the technology or process can be applied directly or indirectly to uranium or plutonium;</P>
            <P>(5) Nuclear reactors;</P>
            <P>(6) Accelerator-driven subcritical assembly systems, specially designed or intended for plutonium or uranium-233 production;</P>
            <P>(7) Hydrogen isotope separation and heavy water production;</P>
            <P>(8) Reprocessing of irradiated nuclear materials or targets containing special nuclear material;</P>
            <P>(9) Changes in form or content of irradiated nuclear materials containing special nuclear material, and hot cell facilities;</P>
            <P>(10) Storage of irradiated nuclear materials;</P>
            <P>(11) Processing of high level radioactive waste;<PRTPAGE P="55284"/>
            </P>
            <P>(12) Movement of irradiated nuclear materials, including specially designed containers therefor;</P>

            <P>(13) The transfer of technology for the development, production, or use of equipment or material specially designed or prepared for any of the above listed activities. (<E T="03">See</E>NRC regulations under 10 CFR part 110, Appendix A through Appendix K) for an illustrative list of items considered to be specially designed or prepared for certain listed nuclear activities.); and</P>

            <P>(14) Other activities related to the production of special nuclear material outside the United States as the Secretary may determine, notice of which shall be published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
            <P>(c) This part does not apply to:</P>
            <P>(1) Exports licensed by the NRC;</P>
            <P>(2) Public information or basic scientific research;</P>
            <P>(3) Uranium and thorium mining and milling; and</P>
            <P>(4) Nuclear fusion reactors per se, except for supporting systems involving hydrogen isotope separation.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 810.3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>As used in this part 810:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Agreement for cooperation</E>means an agreement with another nation or group of nations concluded under sections 123 or 124 of the Atomic Energy Act.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Atomic Energy Act</E>means the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Basic scientific research</E>means experimental or theoretical work undertaken principally to acquire new knowledge of the fundamental principles of phenomena and observable facts, not primarily directed towards a specific practical aim or objective.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Classified information</E>means national security information classified under Executive Order 13526 or any predecessor or superseding order, or Restricted Data classified under the Atomic Energy Act.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Cooperative enrichment enterprise</E>means a multi-country or multi-company (where at least two of the companies are incorporated in different countries) joint development or production effort. The term includes a consortium of countries or companies or a multi-national corporation.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">DOE</E>means the U.S. Department of Energy.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Enrichment</E>means isotope separation of uranium or isotope separation of plutonium, regardless of the type of process or separation mechanism used.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Fissile material</E>means isotopes that readily fission after absorbing a neutron of any energy, either fast or slow. Fissile materials are uranium-235, uranium-233, plutonium-239, and plutonium-241.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Foreign national</E>means an individual who is not a citizen or national of the United States.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Foreign person</E>means a person other than a U.S. person.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">General authorization</E>means an authorization granted by the Secretary under section 57 b.(2) of the Atomic Energy Act to provide assistance to foreign atomic energy activities subject to this part 810 and which does not require a request for, or the Secretary's issuance of, a specific authorization.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">IAEA</E>means the International Atomic Energy Agency.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">NNPA</E>means the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Act of 1978, Pub. L. 95-242, 22 U.S.C. 3201<E T="03">et seq.</E>
            </P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">NPT</E>means the Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons, done on July 1, 1968.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Nuclear reactor</E>means an apparatus, other than a nuclear explosive device, designed or used to sustain nuclear fission in a self-supporting chain reaction.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Open meeting</E>means a conference, seminar, trade show, or other gathering that all technically qualified members of the public may attend and at which they may make written or other personal record of the proceedings, notwithstanding that—</P>
            <P>(1) A reasonable registration fee may be charged; or</P>
            <P>(2) A reasonable numerical limit exists on actual attendance.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Person</E>means—</P>
            <P>(1)(i) Any individual, corporation, partnership, firm, association, trust, estate, public or private institution, group, Government agency other than DOE, or any State or political entity within a State; and</P>
            <P>(ii) Any legal successor, representative, agent, or agency of the foregoing.</P>
            <P>(2) Persons under U.S. jurisdiction are responsible for their foreign licensees, contractors, or subsidiaries to the extent that the former have control over the activities of the latter.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Production accelerator</E>means a particle accelerator specially designed, used, or intended for use with a production subcritical assembly.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Production accelerator-driven subcritical assembly system</E>means a system comprised of a production subcritical assembly and a production accelerator and which is specially designed, used, or intended for the production of plutonium or uranium-233. In such a system, the production accelerator target provides a source of neutrons used to effect special nuclear material production in the production subcritical assembly.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Production reactor</E>means a nuclear reactor specially designed or used primarily for the production of plutonium or uranium-233.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Production subcritical assembly</E>means an apparatus that contains source material or special nuclear material to produce a nuclear fission chain reaction that is not self-sustaining and that is specially designed, used, or intended for the production of plutonium or uranium-233.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Public information</E>means:</P>
            <P>(1)(i) Information available in periodicals, books, or other print or electronic media for distribution to any member of the public, or to a community of persons such as those in a scientific, engineering, or educational discipline or in a particular commercial activity who are interested in a subject matter;</P>
            <P>(ii) Information available in public libraries, public reading rooms, public document rooms, public archives, or public data banks, or in university courses;</P>
            <P>(iii) Information that has been presented at an open meeting (see definition of “open meeting”);</P>
            <P>(iv) Information that has been made available internationally without restriction on its further dissemination; or</P>
            <P>(v) Information contained in an application that has been filed with the U.S. Patent Office and eligible for foreign filing under 35 U.S.C. 184 or that has been made available under 5 U.S.C. 552, the Freedom of Information Act.</P>
            <P>(2) Public information must be available to the public prior to, or at the same time as, it is transmitted to a foreign recipient. It does not include any technical embellishment, enhancement, explanation or interpretation that in itself is not public information, or information subject to sections 147 and 148 of the Atomic Energy Act.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Reprocessing</E>means a process or operation, the purpose of which is to extract radioactive isotopes from irradiated source and special nuclear materials for further use.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Restricted Data</E>means all data concerning:</P>
            <P>(1) Design, manufacture, or utilization of atomic weapons;</P>
            <P>(2) The production of special nuclear material; or</P>
            <P>(3) The use of special nuclear material in the production of energy, but shall not include data declassified or removed from the Restricted Data category pursuant to section 142 of the Atomic Energy Act.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Secretary</E>means the Secretary of Energy.<PRTPAGE P="55285"/>
            </P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Sensitive nuclear technology</E>means any information (including information incorporated in a production or utilization facility or important component part thereof) that is not available to the public (<E T="03">see</E>definition of “public information”) which is important to the design, construction, fabrication, operation, or maintenance of a uranium enrichment or nuclear fuel reprocessing facility or a facility for the production of heavy water, but shall not include Restricted Data controlled pursuant to chapter 12 of the Atomic Energy Act. The information may take a tangible form such as a model, prototype, blueprint, or operation manual or an intangible form such as technical services.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Source material</E>means:</P>
            <P>(1) Uranium or thorium, other than special nuclear material; or</P>
            <P>(2) Ores that contain by weight 0.05 percent or more of uranium or thorium, or any combination of these materials.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Special nuclear material</E>means:</P>
            <P>(1) Plutonium;</P>
            <P>(2) Uranium-233; or</P>
            <P>(3) Uranium enriched above 0.711 percent by weight in the isotope uranium-235.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Specific authorization</E>means an authorization granted by the Secretary under section 57 b.(2) of the Atomic Energy Act, in response to an application filed under this part, to engage in specifically authorized nuclear activities subject to this part.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Specifically authorized nuclear activities</E>means the provision of assistance, including the transfer of technology, to foreign persons related to:</P>
            <P>(1) Uranium isotope separation (uranium enrichment), plutonium isotope separation, or isotope separation of any other elements (including stable isotope separation) when the technology or process can be applied directly or indirectly to uranium or plutonium;</P>
            <P>(2) Fabrication of nuclear fuel containing plutonium, including preparation of fuel elements, fuel assemblies, and cladding thereof;</P>
            <P>(3) Hydrogen isotope separation and heavy water production;</P>
            <P>(4) Production accelerator-driven subcritical assembly systems;</P>
            <P>(5) Production reactors; and</P>
            <P>(6) Reprocessing of irradiated nuclear fuel or targets containing special nuclear material.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Technology</E>means specific information required for the development, production, or use of any facility or activity listed in § 810.2(c). This information may take the form of technical data or technical assistance.</P>
            <P>(1)<E T="03">Development</E>is related to all phases before production such as:</P>
            <P>(i) Design;</P>
            <P>(ii) Design research;</P>
            <P>(iii) Design analysis;</P>
            <P>(iv) Design concepts;</P>
            <P>(v) Assembly and testing of prototypes;</P>
            <P>(vi) Pilot production schemes;</P>
            <P>(vii) Design data;</P>
            <P>(viii) Process of transforming design data into a product;</P>
            <P>(ix) Configuration design;</P>
            <P>(x) Integration design; and</P>
            <P>(xi) Layouts.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Production</E>means all production phases such as:</P>
            <P>(i) Construction;</P>
            <P>(ii) Production engineering;</P>
            <P>(iii) Manufacture;</P>
            <P>(iv) Integration;</P>
            <P>(v) Assembly or mounting;</P>
            <P>(vi) Inspection;</P>
            <P>(vii) Testing; and</P>
            <P>(viii) Quality assurance.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Technical assistance</E>means assistance in such forms as instruction, skills, training, working knowledge, consulting services, or any other assistance as determined by the Secretary. Technical assistance may involve transfer of technical data.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Technical data</E>means data in such forms as blueprints, plans, diagrams, models, formulae, engineering designs, specifications, manuals, and instructions written or recorded on other media or devices such as disks, tapes, read-only memories, and computational methodologies, algorithms, and computer codes that can directly or indirectly affect the production of special nuclear material.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Use</E>means operation, installation (including on-site installation), and maintenance (checking), repair, overhaul, and refurbishing.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">United States,</E>when used in a geographical sense, includes all territories and possessions of the United States.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 810.4</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Communications.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) All communications concerning the regulations in this part should be addressed to: U.S. Department of Energy, Washington, DC 20585. Attention: Senior Policy Advisor, National Nuclear Security Administration/Office of Nonproliferation and International Security (NA 24), Telephone (202) 586-0589.</P>
            <P>(b) Communications also may be delivered to DOE's headquarters at 1000 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC. All clearly marked proprietary information will be given the maximum protection allowed by law.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 810.5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Interpretations.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The advice of the DOE Office of Nonproliferation and International Security may be requested on whether a proposed activity falls outside the scope of this part, is generally authorized under § 810.6, or requires specific authorization under § 810.7. However, unless authorized by the Secretary in writing, no interpretation of the regulations in this part other than a written interpretation by the DOE General Counsel is binding upon DOE.</P>
            <P>(b) When advice is requested from the DOE Office of Nonproliferation and International Security, or a binding, written determination is requested from the DOE General Counsel, a response normally will be made within 30 days and, if this is not feasible, an interim response will explain the reason for the delay.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 810.6</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Generally authorized activities.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) In accordance with section 57 b.(2) of the Atomic Energy Act, the Secretary has determined that activities by U.S. persons that involve engaging directly or indirectly in the production of nuclear material outside the United States, including by providing assistance or transferring technology in ways that do not involve specifically authorized nuclear activities, are generally authorized to be undertaken with respect to the IAEA and the countries and territories, and facilities therein, identified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this section, provided that no sensitive nuclear technology is transferred.</P>
            <P>(b) The activities described in paragraph (a) of this section are generally authorized with respect to the IAEA and:</P>
            <P>(1) The following countries and territories, and the facilities in such countries or territories:</P>
            
            <EXTRACT>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Argentina,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Australia,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Austria,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Bangladesh,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Belgium,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Brazil,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Bulgaria,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Canada,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Colombia,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Cyprus,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Czech Republic,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Denmark,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Egypt,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Estonia,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Finland,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">France,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Germany,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Greece,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Hungary,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Indonesia,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Ireland,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Italy,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Japan,<PRTPAGE P="55286"/>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Kazakhstan,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Latvia,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Lithuania,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Luxembourg,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Malta,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Morocco,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Netherlands,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Norway,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Peru,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Poland,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Portugal,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Korea, Republic of</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Romania,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Slovakia,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Slovenia,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">South Africa,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Spain,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Sweden,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Switzerland,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Taiwan,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Thailand,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Turkey,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Ukraine,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">United Arab Emirates,</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">United Kingdom.</FP>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(2) Any safeguarded facility in order to prevent or correct a current or imminent radiological emergency posing a significant danger to the health and safety of the off-site population and that cannot be met by other means, provided DOE is notified in writing in advance and does not object;</P>
            <P>(3) Any country or territory, if carried out in the course of implementation of the Agreement between the United States of America and the IAEA for the Application of Safeguards in the United States;</P>
            <P>(4) Any country or territory, if carried out in the course of participation in exchange programs approved by the Department of State in consultation with DOE;</P>
            <P>(5) Any country or territory, if carried out by persons, other than experts and consultants who are full-time employees of the IAEA, whose employment is sponsored by the U.S. Government.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 810.7</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Activities requiring specific authorization.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Unless generally authorized by § 810.6, a U.S. person requires specific authorization by the Secretary before engaging directly or indirectly in the production of special nuclear material outside the United States.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 810.8</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Restrictions on general and specific authorization.</SUBJECT>
            <P>A general or specific authorization granted by the Secretary under this part:</P>
            <P>(a) Is limited to activities involving only unclassified information and does not permit furnishing Restricted Data or other classified information;</P>
            <P>(b) Does not relieve a person from complying with relevant laws or the regulations of other Government agencies applicable to exports;</P>
            <P>(c) Does not authorize a person to engage in any activity when the person knows or has reason to know that the activity is intended to provide assistance in designing, developing, fabricating, or testing a nuclear explosive device.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 810.9</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Grant of specific authorization.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) An application for authorization to provide assistance or transfer technology for which specific authorization is required under § 810.7 should be made to the U.S. Department of Energy, National Nuclear Security Administration, Washington, DC 20585,<E T="03">Attention:</E>Senior Policy Advisor, Office of Nonproliferation and International Security (NA 24).</P>
            <P>(b) The Secretary will approve an application for specific authorization if it is determined, with the concurrence of the Department of State and after consultation with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, the Department of Commerce, and the Department of Defense, that the activity will not be inimical to the interest of the United States. Each application approved for specific authorization generally will be for a period up to five years. In making an authorization determination, the Secretary will take into account the following factors:</P>
            <P>(1) Whether the United States has an agreement for peaceful nuclear cooperation in force covering exports to the country, territory, or international organization involved;</P>
            <P>(2) Whether the country or the authorities of the territory involved is/are a party to, or has/have otherwise adhered to, the NPT;</P>
            <P>(3) Whether the country or the authorities of the territory involved is/are in good standing with its/their acknowledged nonproliferation commitments;</P>
            <P>(4) Whether the country or the authorities of the territory involved has/have accepted IAEA safeguards obligations on all nuclear materials used for peaceful purposes and has/have them in force;</P>
            <P>(5) Whether there exist other nonproliferation controls or conditions on the proposed activity, including that the recipient is duly authorized by the country's government or the authorities of the territory involved to receive and operate the technology sought to be transferred;</P>
            <P>(6) Significance of the assistance or technology transfer relative to the existing nuclear capabilities of the recipient country or territory;</P>
            <P>(7) Whether the transfer is part of an existing cooperative enrichment enterprise or the supply chain of such an enterprise;</P>
            <P>(8) The availability of comparable assistance or technology from other sources; and</P>
            <P>(9) Any other factors that may bear upon the political, economic, or security interests of the United States, including the obligations of the United States under treaties or other international agreements, and the obligations of the recipient country or the authorities of the territory involved under treaties or other international agreements.</P>
            <P>(c) If the proposed assistance or technology transfer involves the export of sensitive nuclear technology as defined in § 810.3, the requirements of sections 127 and 128 of the Atomic Energy Act and of any applicable United States international commitments must also be met. For the export of sensitive nuclear technology, in addition to the factors in subparagraph (b), the Secretary will take into account:</P>
            <P>(1) Whether the recipient country or the authorities of the recipient territory is/are a party to, or has/have adhered to, the NPT and is/are in full compliance with its/their obligations under the NPT;</P>
            <P>(2) Whether the recipient country has signed, ratified, and is implementing a comprehensive safeguards agreement with the IAEA and has in force an Additional Protocol based on the model Additional Protocol, or, pending this, in the case of a regional accounting and control arrangement for nuclear materials, is implementing, in cooperation with the IAEA, a safeguards agreement approved by the IAEA Board of Governors prior to the publication of INFCIRC/540 (September 1997); or alternatively whether comprehensive safeguards, including the measures of the Model Additional Protocol are being applied in the recipient country or territory;</P>

            <P>(3) Whether the recipient country or the authorities of the territory has/have not been identified in a report by the IAEA Secretariat that is under consideration by the IAEA Board of Governors, as being in breach of obligations to comply with the applicable safeguards agreement, nor continues/continue to be the subject of Board of Governors decisions calling upon it/them to take additional steps to comply with its/their safeguards obligations or to build confidence in the peaceful nature of its/their nuclear program, nor as to which the IAEA Secretariat has reported that it is unable to implement the applicable safeguards agreement. This criterion would not apply in cases where the IAEA Board of Governors or the United Nations<PRTPAGE P="55287"/>Security Council subsequently decides that adequate assurances exist as to the peaceful purposes of the recipient's nuclear program and its compliance with the applicable safeguards agreements. For the purposes of this paragraph, “breach” refers only to serious breaches of proliferation concern;</P>
            <P>(4) Whether the recipient country or territory is adhering to the Nuclear Suppliers Group Guidelines and, where applicable, has reported to the Security Council of the United Nations that it is implementing effective export controls as identified by Security Council Resolution 1540; and</P>
            <P>(5) Whether the recipient country or territory adheres to international safety conventions relating to nuclear or other radioactive materials or facilities.</P>
            <P>(d) Unless otherwise prohibited by U.S. law, the Secretary may grant an application for specific authorization for activities related to the enrichment of source material and special nuclear material, provided that: the United States Government has received written assurances from the government of the country or the authorities of the territory involved—</P>
            <P>(1) That it/they accepts/accept the sensitive enrichment equipment and enabling technologies, or an operable enrichment facility under conditions that do not permit or enable replication of the facilities;</P>
            <P>(2) That the subject enrichment activity will not result in the production of uranium enriched to greater than 20% in the isotope uranium-235; and</P>
            <P>(3) That there are in place appropriate security arrangements to protect the activity from use or transfer inconsistent with the country's national laws or the law applicable in the territory involved.</P>
            <P>(e) Approximately 30 days after the Secretary's grant of a specific authorization, a copy of the Secretary's determination may be provided to any person requesting it at the Department's Public Reading Room, unless the applicant submits information demonstrating that public disclosure will cause substantial harm to its competitive position. This provision does not affect any other authority provided by law for the non-disclosure of information.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 810.10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Revocation, suspension, or modification of authorization.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The Secretary may revoke, suspend, or modify a general or specific authorization:</P>
            <P>(a) For any material false statement in an application for specific authorization or in any additional information submitted in its support;</P>
            <P>(b) For failing to provide a report or for any material false statement in a report submitted pursuant to § 810.12;</P>
            <P>(c) If any authorized assistance or technology transfer is subsequently determined to be inimical to the interest of the United States or otherwise no longer meets the legal criteria for approval; or</P>
            <P>(d) Pursuant to section 129 of the Atomic Energy Act.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 810.11</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Information required in an application for specific authorization.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) An application letter must include the following information:</P>
            <P>(1) The name, address, and citizenship of the applicant, and complete disclosure of all real parties in interest; if the applicant is a corporation or other legal entity, where it is incorporated or organized, the location of its principal office, and the degree of any control or ownership by any foreign person;</P>
            <P>(2) The country or territory, or the international organization, to receive the assistance or technology; the name and location of any facility or project involved; and the name and address of the person for which the activity is to be performed;</P>
            <P>(3) A description of the assistance or technology to be provided, including a complete description of the proposed activity, its approximate monetary value, and a detailed description of any specific project to which the activity relates; and</P>
            <P>(4) The designation of any information that if publicly disclosed would cause substantial harm to the competitive position of the applicant.</P>
            <P>(b) The applicant should also include, as an attachment to the application letter, any information the applicant wishes to provide concerning the factors listed in § 810.9(b) and (c).</P>
            <P>(c) U.S. persons seeking to employ a foreign national of a country not listed in § 810.6(b) in a position that could result in the transfer or technology subject to § 810.6(a), or seeking to employ any foreign national in a position that could result in the transfer of technology subject to § 810.7, must request a specific authorization. No application for specific authorization is required if the foreign national is lawfully admitted for permanent residence in the United States, or is a protected individual under the Immigration and Naturalization Act (8 U.S.C. 1324b(a)(3)). The applicant must provide, with respect to each foreign national to whom the applicant seeks to release technology subject to this part:</P>
            <P>(1) A description of the technology that will be made available to the foreign national;</P>
            <P>(2) The purpose of the proposed release, and a description of the applicant's technology control program;</P>
            <P>(3) A copy of any confidentiality agreement between the applicant and the foreign national;</P>
            <P>(4) Background information about the foreign national, including the individual's citizenship, all countries or territories where the individual has resided for more than six months, the training or educational background of the individual, all work experience, any other known affiliations with persons engaged in activities subject to this part, and current immigration or visa status in the United States; and</P>
            <P>(5) A signed undertaking by the foreign national that he/she will comply with the regulations under this part; will not disclose the applicant's technology without DOE's prior written authorization; and will not, at any time during or after his/her employment with the applicant, use the applicant's technology for any nuclear explosive device, for research on or development of any nuclear explosive device, or in furtherance of any military purpose.</P>
            <P>(d) An applicant for a specific authorization related to the enrichment of fissile material must submit information that demonstrates that the proposed transfer will avoid, so far as practicable, the transfer of enabling design or manufacturing technology associated with such items; and that the applicant will share with the recipient only information required for the regulatory purposes of the recipient country or territory or to ensure the safe installation and operation of a resulting enrichment facility, without divulging enabling technology;</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 810.12</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Reports.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Each person who has received a specific authorization shall, within 30 days after beginning the authorized activity, provide to DOE a written report containing the following information:</P>
            <P>(1) The name, address, and citizenship of the person submitting the report;</P>
            <P>(2) The name, address, and citizenship of the person for whom or which the activity is being performed;</P>
            <P>(3) A description of the activity, the date it began, its location, status, and anticipated date of completion; and</P>
            <P>(4) A copy of the DOE letter authorizing the activity.</P>

            <P>(b) Each person carrying out a specifically authorized activity shall inform DOE, in writing within 30 days,<PRTPAGE P="55288"/>of completion of the activity or of its termination before completion.</P>
            <P>(c) Each person granted a specific authorization shall inform DOE, in writing within 30 days, when it is known that the proposed activity will not be undertaken and the granted authorization will not be used.</P>
            <P>(d) Each person, within 30 days after beginning any generally authorized activity under § 810.6, shall provide to DOE:</P>
            <P>(1) The name, address, and citizenship of the person submitting the report;</P>
            <P>(2) The name, address, and citizenship of the person for whom or which the activity is being performed;</P>
            <P>(3) A description of the activity, the date it began, its location, status, and anticipated date of completion; and</P>
            <P>(4) An assurance that the applicant has an agreement with the recipient ensuring that any subsequent transfer of materials, equipment, or technology transferred under general authorization to a country or territory with respect to which the conditions in § 810.6 are not met will take place only if the applicant obtains DOE approval.</P>
            <P>(e) Persons engaging in generally authorized activities as employees of persons required to report are not themselves required to report.</P>
            <P>(f) Persons engaging in activities generally authorized under § 810.6(b) are not subject to reporting requirements under this section.</P>
            <P>(g) DOE may require reports to include such additional information that may be required by applicable U.S. law, regulation, or policy with respect to the specific nuclear activity or country for which specific authorization is required.</P>
            <P>(h) All reports should be sent to: U.S. Department of Energy, National Nuclear Security Administration, Washington, DC 20585, Attention: Senior Policy Advisor, Office of Nonproliferation and International Security (NA 24).</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 810.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Additional information.</SUBJECT>
            <P>DOE may at any time require a person engaging in any generally or specifically authorized activity to submit additional information.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 810.14</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Violations.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The Atomic Energy Act provides that:</P>
            <P>(1) Permanent or temporary injunctions or restraining orders may be granted to prevent any person from violating any provision of the Atomic Energy Act or its implementing regulations.</P>
            <P>(2) Any person convicted of violating or conspiring or attempting to violate any provision of section 57 of the Atomic Energy Act may be fined up to $10,000 or imprisoned up to 10 years, or both. If the offense is committed with intent to injure the United States or to aid any foreign nation, the penalty could be up to life imprisonment and a $20,000 fine.</P>
            <P>(b) Title 18 of the United States Code, section 1001, provides that persons convicted of willfully falsifying, concealing, or covering up a material fact or making false, fictitious or fraudulent statements or representations may be fined up to $10,000 or imprisoned up to five years, or both.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 810.15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Effective date and savings clause.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Except for actions that may be taken by DOE pursuant to § 810.10, the regulations in this part do not affect the validity or terms of any specific authorizations granted under regulations in effect before October 7, 2011 or generally authorized activities under those regulations for which the contracts, purchase orders, or licensing arrangements were already in effect. Persons engaging in activities that were generally authorized under regulations in effect before October 7, 2011, but that require specific authorization under the regulations in this part, must request specific authorization by December 6, 2011 but may continue their activities until DOE acts on the request.</P>
            
          </SECTION>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-22679 Filed 9-6-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM</AGENCY>
        <CFR>12 CFR Part 225</CFR>
        <SUBJECT>Capital Plans; Proposed Agency Information Collection Activities: Comment Request</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>On June 15, 1984, the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) delegated to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board) its approval authority under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), pursuant to its regulations, to approve of and assign OMB control numbers to collection of information requests and requirements conducted or sponsored by the Board under conditions set forth in its regulations. Board-approved collections of information are incorporated into the official OMB inventory of currently approved collections of information. Copies of the Paperwork Reduction Act Submission, supporting statements and approved collection of information instruments are placed into OMB's public docket files. The Federal Reserve may not conduct or sponsor, and the respondent is not required to respond to, an information collection that has been extended, revised, or implemented on or after October 1, 1995, unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments must be submitted on or before November 7, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments, identified by FR Y-14A and FR Y-14Q, by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Agency Web Site: http://www.federalreserve.gov.</E>Follow the instructions for submitting comments at<E T="03">http://www.federalreserve.gov/generalinfo/foia/ProposedRegs.cfm.</E>
          </P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">E-mail: regs.comments@federalreserve.gov.</E>Include docket number in the subject line of the message.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Fax:</E>202/452-3819 or 202/452-3102.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>Jennifer J. Johnson, Secretary, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 20th Street and Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20551.</P>

          <P>All public comments are available from the Board's Web site at<E T="03">http://www.federalreserve.gov/generalinfo/foia/ProposedRegs.cfm</E>as submitted, unless modified for technical reasons. Accordingly, your comments will not be edited to remove any identifying or contact information. Public comments may also be viewed electronically or in paper form in Room MP-500 of the Board's Martin Building (20th and C Streets, NW.) between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. on weekdays.</P>
          <P>Additionally, commenters should send a copy of their comments to the OMB Desk Officer by mail to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, U.S. Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Room 10235, 725 17th Street, NW., Washington, DC 20503 or by fax to 202-395-6974.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>A copy of the PRA OMB submission, including the proposed reporting schedules and instructions, supporting statement, and other documentation will be placed into OMB's public docket files, once approved. These documents will also be made available on the Federal Reserve Board's public Web site at:<E T="03">http://www.federalreserve.gov/boarddocs/reportforms/review.cfm</E>or may be requested from the agency<PRTPAGE P="55289"/>clearance officer, whose name appears below.</P>
          <P>Cynthia Ayouch, Federal Reserve Board Clearance Officer (202-452-3829), Division of Research and Statistics, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, DC 20551. Telecommunications Device for the Deaf (TDD) users may contact (202-263-4869), Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, DC 20551.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <P>The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) delegated to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board) its approval authority under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), pursuant to 5 CFR 1320.16, to approve of and assign OMB control numbers to collection of information requests and requirements conducted or sponsored by the Board under conditions set forth in 5 CFR 1320 Appendix A.1.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Request for Comment on Information Collection Proposal</HD>
        <P>The following information collection, which is being handled under this delegated authority, has received initial Board approval and is hereby published for comment. At the end of the comment period, the proposed information collection, along with an analysis of comments and recommendations received, will be submitted to the Board for final approval under OMB delegated authority. Comments are invited on the following:</P>
        <P>a. Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the Federal Reserve's functions; including whether the information has practical utility;</P>
        <P>b. The accuracy of the Federal Reserve's estimate of the burden of the proposed information collection, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;</P>
        <P>c. Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and</P>
        <P>d. Ways to minimize the burden of information collection on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Proposal to approve under OMB delegated authority the implementation of the following reports:</E>
        </P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Report title:</E>Capital Assessments and Stress Testing.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Agency form number:</E>FR Y-14A and FR Y-14Q.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">OMB control number:</E>7100- to be assigned.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Frequency:</E>Annual and Quarterly.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Reporters:</E>Large domestic bank holding companies (BHCs), that participated in the 2009 Supervisory Capital Assessment Program (SCAP) exercise.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated annual reporting hours:</E>FR Y-14A: Summary, 15,580 hours; Macro scenario, 589 hours; Counterparty credit risk (CCR), 2,292 hours; Basel III, 380 hours; and Regulatory capital instruments, 380 hours. FR Y-14 Q: Securities risk, 760 hours; Retail risk, 431,908 hours; Pre-provision net revenue (PPNR), 47,500 hours; Wholesale corporate loans, 3,840 hours; Wholesale commercial real estate (CRE) loans, 4,560 hours; Trading, private equity, and other fair value assets (Trading risk), 41,280 hours; Basel III, 1,520 hours; and Regulatory capital instruments, 3,040 hours.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated average hours per response:</E>FR Y-14A: Summary, 820 hours; Macro scenario, 31 hours; CCR, 382 hours; Basel III, 20 hours; and Regulatory capital instruments, 20 hours. FR Y-14 Q: Securities risk, 10 hours; Retail risk, 5,683 hours; PPNR, 625 hours; Wholesale corporate loans, 60 hours; Wholesale CRE loans, 60 hours; Trading risk, 1,720 hours; Basel III, 20 hours; and Regulatory capital instruments, 40 hours.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Number of respondents:</E>19.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">General description of report:</E>The FR Y-14A and Q are authorized by section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act which requires the Federal Reserve to ensure that certain BHCs and nonbank financial companies supervised by the Federal Reserve are subject to enhanced risk-based and leverage standards in order to mitigate risks to the financial stability of the United States. 12 U.S.C. 5365. Additionally, Section 5 of the BHC Act authorizes the Board to issue regulations and conduct information collections with regard to the supervision of BHCs. 12 U.S.C. 1844.</P>
        <P>As these data will be collected as part of the supervisory process, such information may be afforded confidential treatment under exemption 8 of the Freedom of Information Act. 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(8). In addition, commercial and financial information contained in these information collections may be exempt disclosure under Exemption 4. 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4). Disclosure determinations would be made on a case-by-case basis.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Abstract:</E>During the years leading up to the recent financial crisis, many BHCs made significant distributions of capital, in the form of stock repurchases and dividends, without due consideration of the effects that a prolonged economic downturn could have on their capital adequacy and ability to continue to operate and remain credit intermediaries during times of economic and financial stress. In 2009, the Board conducted the SCAP, a “stress test” of 19 large, domestic BHCs. The SCAP was focused on identifying whether large BHCs had capital sufficient to weather a more-adverse-than-anticipated economic environment while maintaining their capacity to lend. In early 2011, the Federal Reserve continued its supervisory evaluation of the resiliency and capital adequacy processes of the same 19 BHCs through the Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR 2011). The CCAR 2011 involved the Federal Reserve's forward-looking evaluation of the internal capital planning processes of the BHCs and their anticipated capital actions in 2011, such as increasing dividend payments or repurchasing or redeeming stock.</P>

        <P>On June 17, 2011, the Federal Reserve published a notice of proposed rulemaking (the capital plan rule) in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>for public comment (76 FR 35351) that would revise the Board's Regulation Y to require large BHCs to submit capital plans to the Federal Reserve annually and to require such BHCs to provide prior notice to the Federal Reserve under certain circumstances before making a capital distribution. (The public comment period for the capital plan rule ended on August 5, 2011.) In connection with submissions of capital plans to the Federal Reserve, BHCs would be required, pursuant to proposed section 225.8(d)(3), to provide certain data to the Federal Reserve. At the time of the proposed rule, the Federal Reserve did not have sufficient detail about the data to be submitted by the BHCs under proposed § 225.8(d)(3). For this reason, the Federal Reserve is putting forth this proposal to collect the data to support the ongoing CCAR exercise, which would fulfill the data collection contemplated under proposed § 225.8(d)(3).</P>

        <P>The FR Y-14A would collect annually BHCs' quantitative projections of balance sheet, income, losses, and capital across a range of macroeconomic scenarios and qualitative information on methodologies used to develop internal projections of capital across scenarios. One or more of the scenarios would include a market shock that the BHCs would assume when making trading and counterparty loss projections. The FR Y-14Q would collect granular data on BHCs' various asset classes and PPNR for the reporting period, which would be used to support supervisory stress test models and for continuous<PRTPAGE P="55290"/>monitoring efforts, on a quarterly basis. These data would be used to assess the capital adequacy of large BHCs using forward-looking projections of revenue and losses. In addition, these data would be used to help inform the Federal Reserve's operational decision making as the agency moves ahead with implementing the Capital Plan rulemaking.</P>
        <P>Under section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (Dodd-Frank Act), the Federal Reserve is required to issue regulations relating to stress testing (DFAST) for certain bank holding companies and nonbank financial companies supervised by the Board. It is expected that any reporting requirements associated with DFAST would be incorporated into the new FR Y-14 information collection.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>The Federal Reserve proposes to implement the FR Y-14A and FR Y-14Q. All respondent BHCs would be required to submit both quarterly and annual schedules for third quarter data. These BHCs would be required to complete the FR Y-14A (including the Summary, Macro Scenario, CCR, Basel III, and Regulatory Capital Instruments data schedules) and the FR Y-14Q (including the Securities Risk, Retail Risk, PPNR, Wholesale Risk, Trading, Basel III, and Regulatory Capital Instruments data schedules).</P>
        <P>While there are more than 20 proposed schedules spanning eight risk types, the number of schedules each BHC would complete would be subject to materiality thresholds. All 19 BHCs would submit the PPNR schedule. BHCs subject to the Board's advanced approaches risk-based capital rules (12 CFR part 225, Appendix G) would submit the Operational Risk schedule. The six firms that were subject to the market shock scenario in CCAR 2011 would submit the Trading and CCR schedules. For all other annual and quarterly schedules that would be subject to materiality thresholds, material portfolios would be defined as those with asset balances greater than $5 billion or asset balances relative to Tier 1 capital greater than 5 percent on average for the four quarters preceding the reporting quarter.</P>
        <P>For supervisory estimates to support CCAR, the Federal Reserve would assign losses to immaterial portfolios in a manner consistent with the given scenario.</P>

        <P>Draft Excel spreadsheets that illustrate the type of data schedules the Federal Reserve is developing are available on the Federal Reserve Board's public Web site at:<E T="03">http://www.federalreserve.gov/boarddocs/reportforms/review.cfm</E>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">FR Y-14A (Annual Collection)</HD>
        <P>The annual collection of BHCs' quantitative projected regulatory capital ratios across a range of scenarios consists of the following five primary schedules, each with multiple supporting worksheets. The FR Y-14A would also mandate the Federal Reserve to collect qualitative information describing the methodologies used to develop internal projections of capital across scenarios.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Summary Schedule</HD>
        <P>The Summary schedule has been designed to collect information necessary for the Federal Reserve to evaluate projections of regulatory capital ratios across a range of scenarios as part of the broader CCAR initiative. This information would include projections of losses, revenues, and capital actions that are the primary determinants of projected capital ratios. By collecting these data, along with other qualitative information, the Federal Reserve would be able to assess the appropriateness and robustness of the methodologies used by the BHCs and to identify areas where improvements are necessary. This is a critical part of a forward-looking evaluation of a BHC's capital adequacy.</P>
        <P>The Summary schedule would consist of three primary components—income statement projections, balance sheet projections, and capital-related projections. There are also a number of worksheets for the BHCs to project various data items, including charge-offs, gains or losses related to trading activities and counterparty positions, gains or losses on securities, and pre-provision net revenue. The complete Summary schedule would be submitted for each scenario evaluated by the BHC and would include nine quarters of projections.</P>
        <P>The<E T="03">Income Statement worksheet</E>would collect data on quarterly projections of losses and revenues. This is organized similar to, but not identical to, the mandatory Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (FR Y-9C; OMB No. 7100-0128). For example, BHCs would report estimates of losses for all categories of loans, securities and trading assets and would include estimates of the components of BHC revenue. In addition, this worksheet would collect certain tax-related data items. The<E T="03">Balance Sheet worksheet</E>would collect data on quarterly projections of the BHC balance sheet, which includes components of assets, liabilities, and equity capital. The<E T="03">Capital worksheet</E>would collect data on quarterly projections of equity capital and regulatory capital. In addition, this worksheet would also collect projections of capital actions such as: common dividends and share repurchases that affect a BHC's equity capital, projections of the filters and deductions necessary to estimate regulatory capital, ancillary data on other balance sheet items and risk-weighted assets, supporting data necessary to estimate the effect of the deferred tax asset on regulatory capital, and supporting data related to discretionary capital actions.</P>
        <P>The Summary schedule would also collect separate projection data worksheets related to various components of the income statement, including charge-offs on various loan portfolios, gains or losses related to trading activities and counterparty positions, gains or losses on securities, operational risk, and PPNR.</P>
        <P>The<E T="03">Retail Risk worksheet</E>would collect expected losses on the respective portfolios. The<E T="03">Operational Risk worksheets</E>would collect the BHC's projections for operational losses. Additional detail would be requested on translating historical loss experience into operational loss projections and on any budgeting processes used to project operational losses. The<E T="03">Trading Risk</E>and<E T="03">CCR worksheets</E>would contain projected losses associated with a market shock.</P>

        <P>There would be multiple worksheets related to Available-for-Sale (AFS) and Held-to-Maturity (HTM) securities (<E T="03">Securities Risk worksheets</E>). The worksheets would request data and information such as: projected other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) by asset class for each quarter of the forecast time horizon; methodologies and assumptions used to generate the OTTI projections for each asset class; projected stressed fair market value (FMV) for each asset class as well as qualitative information on the methodologies and assumptions used to generate the stressed market value; and actual FMVs such as the source (vendor or proprietary) as well as key assumptions used for determining market values (if using a proprietary model).</P>
        <P>The<E T="03">PPNR worksheets</E>would collect data related to projected net interest income and noninterest revenues and expenses under the relevant scenario. This would include projections of balances of interest-bearing assets and liabilities and the associated interest income and expense for each line item; noninterest income related to loan origination, servicing, advisory services, trading commissions and fees;<PRTPAGE P="55291"/>noninterest expense related to compensation, occupancy, and services; and other relevant line items.</P>
        <P>Along with the Summary schedule, each BHC would be required to respond to a qualitative questionnaire or submit a comprehensive document explaining the methods used to develop the projections included in each of the Summary worksheets. The document should include information about how the BHC translated the macroeconomic scenarios into the various projections, including detailed descriptions of any models used. The BHCs would also be required to provide a reconciliation of their reported data with the data they report in their publicly available regulatory filings.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Macro Scenario Schedule</HD>
        <P>The Macro Scenario schedule would collect the economic variables used in the BHC-defined macroeconomic scenarios underlying the projections of loss, revenue, and capital. The schedule would include worksheets for the BHC baseline scenario, the BHC stress scenario, and any additional scenarios beyond the baseline and stressed scenarios, as well as a worksheet for collecting the scenario variable definitions (variable name and definition for each of the scenario worksheets). The variable definitions should include the units of measure (for example, percentage points and billions of dollars) and the frequency of the variable (for example, quarterly average if it is produced monthly or more often). The scenario worksheets would collect the variable name (as provided on the definition worksheet), the actual value of the variable during the 3rd quarter of the reporting year, and the projected value of the variable for nine future quarters.</P>
        <P>Each BHC would be required to document the methods used to generate the scenarios. If the BHC uses a scenario generated by a third party, at a minimum the following should be documented: name of the vendor, date that the scenario was generated (if known), and any changes that the BHC made to the scenario. If the BHC generates the scenario, the documentation should include a detailed description of any models used and how the BHC adjusted the models to produce the various scenarios.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">CCR Schedule</HD>
        <P>The CCR schedule would collect from each BHC information to identify credit valuation adjustment (CVA), exposures, and CVA sensitivities for their top counterparties along a number of dimensions, including current CVA, stressed CVA, net current exposure, and gross current exposure. BHCs would also submit aggregate CVA, exposures, and CVA sensitivities by ratings categories.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Basel III Schedule</HD>
        <P>Based on the Basel III framework that was promulgated by the Basel Committee on Bank Supervision, the Basel III schedule would collect annual forecasts of Tier 1 Common, Tier 1 Capital, Risk-Weighted Assets (RWA), and Leverage Exposures (along with granular components of those elements) through year-end 2013 (or the year by which the BHC plans to meet Basel III target capital ratios, if later than 2013) under a baseline scenario. Finally, BHCs would be required to submit the effect on Basel III measurements of any significant planned actions to be taken in response to Basel III and the Dodd-Frank Act (for example, asset sales, asset wind-downs, and data collection and modeling enhancements).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Regulatory Capital Instruments Schedule</HD>
        <P>The Regulatory Capital Instruments schedule would collect CUSIP-level<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>contractual terms of the BHC's regulatory capital instruments, as defined under the Board's current regulatory capital rules for BHCs (12 CFR part 225, Appendices A, E, and G). The data collected would support future analyses and coordinated responses to future proposed capital actions. BHCs would provide a detailed inventory of their regulatory capital instruments as of the data collection date and provide details on instruments they project to redeem or issue over a 9-quarter period.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>CUSIP refers to the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures. This 9-character alphanumeric code identifies any North American security for the purposes of facilitating clearing and settlement of trades.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">FR Y-14Q (Quarterly Collection)</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Securities Risk Schedule</HD>
        <P>The Securities Risk schedule would gather CUSIP-level and summary-level information on all positions in a BHC's AFS and HTM portfolios. The CUSIP-level position schedule would request such data as the amortized cost, market value, current face value, and original face value of each position.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Retail Risk Schedule</HD>
        <P>The Retail Risk schedule would collect information about the distribution of risk in retail portfolios across segments. Retail risk would be divided into four major categories: residential, credit card, automobile, and other consumer. For residential, credit card, and other consumer, separate retail risk schedules are proposed for the different product types within each of the major categories. For all major categories, separate segmentation schemes would be used for domestic and international loans. Residential would be divided into first lien mortgages, home equity lines of credit, and home equity loans; credit card would be split between bank and charge cards, and small business and corporate cards; and student loans would be split from the other consumer category. Within each broad product-type segment, the portfolio would be broken into a number of buckets that embody unique risk characteristics.</P>
        <P>The modular product-type design of the Retail Risk schedules allows for a targeted collection of information from only the BHCs that have material portfolios in a given product area. This design feature is intended to limit burden while maximizing the supervisory information yielded from the collection.</P>
        <P>The Federal Reserve requests comment on the following:</P>
        <P>a. The effects on burden should the Federal Reserve decide to move from collecting segment-level data to collecting loan-level data for a select number of Retail Risk portfolios.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">PPNR Schedule</HD>
        <P>For the PPNR schedule, each BHC would provide relevant historical data for their PPNR. PPNR is composed of three major components: net interest income, non-interest income, and non-interest expense. For both net interest income and non-interest income, BHCs would submit data based on a business line breakdown. Collection of these data in this format is based on the assumption that the revenues generated by different business lines react differently under varying scenarios and such a view would facilitate a more robust analysis of the resulting projections. BHCs would provide historical data for the first submission and quarterly revisions thereafter.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Wholesale Risk Schedule</HD>

        <P>For the Wholesale Risk schedule, each BHC would provide wholesale loan portfolio data that comprise the corporate loan and CRE loan portfolios. These data would provide critical information on the performance of the loan portfolios in order to be used to develop stress test loss estimates and other analytical purposes. Given the distinct characteristics of each portfolio, these data would be collected under two data schedules.<PRTPAGE P="55292"/>
        </P>
        <P>For the corporate loan portfolio, the BHC would provide loan-level information about the characteristics of credit exposures (for example, legally binding loan commitments or credit facilities). The collection would include corporate loans, held at the BHC level, to both domestic and foreign borrowers. For purposes of this collection, applicable corporate loan portfolios include loans to large corporations, small businesses (excluding scored or delinquency managed small business loans for which a commercial internal rating is not used), foreign governments, depository and non depository financial institutions, agriculture loans, as well as other loans such as loans for purchasing or carrying securities and all other commercial loans and leases as defined by the FR Y-9C. Data items would include borrower name (individuals' names would not be collected), loan amount, loan type, maturity and internal risk rating.</P>
        <P>For the CRE loan portfolios, the BHC would provide loan-level information about the characteristics of credit exposures for each CRE loan equal to or greater than $1 million. For purposes of this collection, applicable CRE loan portfolios include 1-4 family residential construction loans, other construction and land development loans, multifamily loans, non-farm or non-residential loans, loans to finance CRE but not secured by CRE, and international CRE loans (for example, non-domestic office loans), as each is defined in the FR Y-9C. Given the complexity of CRE portfolios, the data would include loan information (for example, borrower name [individuals' names would not be collected], loan amount, loan type, maturity and rating) and property information (for example, property type, net operating income, property value, and occupancy).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Trading Schedule</HD>
        <P>The worksheets that make up the Trading schedule would capture detailed information on the BHC's profit and loss (P/L) sensitivities to changes in equity prices, foreign exchange rates, interest rates, credit spreads, and commodity prices. Information on the trading book would be reported in the form of various spot sensitivities, as well as through multidimensional P/L sensitivity grids for products that tend to exhibit nonlinear P/L response to underlying risk factors. The worksheets in this schedule request information on both the sector (industry) and geographical compositions of exposures to such assets. Additional data would be collected for trading incremental default risk (IDR): Corporate and Sovereign Credit, and Securitized Products.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Basel III Schedule</HD>
        <P>The proposed quarterly collection would be a streamlined version of the annual schedule and would collect actual balances for Basel III Tier 1 Common, Tier 1 Capital, RWA, Leverage Exposures (including some elements of RWAs and Leverage Exposures, if available), capital instruments outstanding and proposed issuances and redemptions. These data are not available in regulatory reports, which are prepared on a Basel I or Basel II basis. Data collected would be compared against the balance projections provided annually to monitor the path of each BHC's positions. For BHCs that submitted in their annual filing planned actions to meet Basel III targets, the Federal Reserve would also request qualitative responses regarding progress in executing those actions. Combined with the collected data, this information would provide important insight into each BHC's Basel III preparedness and feasibility of the projections and plans submitted in the annual schedule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Regulatory Capital Instruments Schedule</HD>
        <P>The proposed quarterly collection would ask BHCs to confirm the execution of proposed redemptions and issuances of specific instruments and identify any deviations from the projections submitted in the annual schedule. The quarterly monitoring effort would facilitate the maintenance and updating of the centralized Regulatory Capital Instruments data in order to support future capital requests and to produce horizontal and BHC-specific reports on the composition of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">FR Y-14A/Q Instructions</HD>
        <P>The reporting instructions, to the extent appropriate, would use definitions already included in the FR Y-9C instructions, and total amounts (for example, total AFS or HTM securities), to the extent appropriate, would agree with total amounts reported on the FR Y-9C.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">FR Y-14A Time Schedule.</E>In 2011, the Federal Reserve expects to distribute schedules to the BHCs in late-November and to receive the completed data by early-January 2012. With the exception of the trading and counterparty collections, the data collected would be reported as of September 30, 2011. Due to the unique role that timing plays in any market shock exercise, the annual trading and CCR data would be collected as-of a specified date in the 3rd or 4th quarter. That as-of date would be communicated to the BHCs after it had occurred but before year-end.</P>
        <P>Annually thereafter the Federal Reserve expects to distribute schedules to the BHCs during the fourth quarter and to receive completed data by early-January the following year, beginning in 2013. With the exception of the trading and counterparty collections, the data collected would be as of September 30. The as-of date for the trading and CCR data would be during the 3rd or 4th quarter. The as-of date would be communicated to the BHCs after it had occurred but before year-end.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">FR Y-14Q Time Schedule.</E>In 2011, the Federal Reserve expects to distribute schedules to the BHCs in late-November and to receive the completed data by mid-December 2011. With the exception of the trading collection, the data collected during this first submission would be reported as of September 30, 2011. Similar to the annual collection, as-of-date for the trading data would be during the 3rd or 4th quarter.</P>
        <P>Quarterly thereafter the Federal Reserve expects to distribute schedules to the BHCs and to receive completed data on the same time schedule as the FR Y-9C reported data (40 calendar days after the calendar quarter-end for March, June, and September and 45 calendar days after the calendar quarter-end for December).</P>
        <P>Beginning in 2012, the quarterly Trading schedule as-of-date for the first, second, and fourth quarters would be the same as the as-of dates for the other reported schedules. For the 3rd quarter, the BHCs would be required to report data as part of a market shock exercise. Due to the nature of a shock exercise, the Federal Reserve would communicate to the BHCs the as-of-date for trading data on a future date in the 3rd or 4th quarter. These data would be due 40 calendar days after the calendar quarter-end or 40 calendar days after the notification date (notifying respondents of the as-of-date), whichever comes later.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, September 1, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Robert deV. Frierson,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Secretary of the Board.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-22912 Filed 9-6-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6210-01-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="55293"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 23</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. CE313; Notice No. 23-10-03-SC]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Special Conditions: Diamond Aircraft Industries, Model DA-40NG; Electronic Engine Control (EEC) System</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of proposed special conditions.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This notice proposes special conditions for the Diamond Aircraft Industries (DAI), model DA-40NG airplane. This airplane will have a novel or unusual design feature(s) associated with an electronic engine control (EEC), also known as a Full Authority Digital Engine Control (FADEC). The applicable airworthiness regulations do not contain adequate or appropriate safety standards for this design feature. These proposed special conditions contain the additional safety standards that the Administrator considers necessary to establish a level of safety equivalent to that established by the existing airworthiness standards.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments must be received on or before October 7, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Comments on this proposal may be mailed in duplicate to: Federal Aviation Administration, Regional Counsel, ACE-7,<E T="03">Attention:</E>Rules Docket, Docket No. CE313, 901 Locust, Room 506, Kansas City, Missouri 64106, or delivered in duplicate to the Regional Counsel at the above address. Comments must be marked: CE313. Comments may be inspected in the Rules Docket weekdays, except Federal holidays, between 7:30 a.m. and 4 p.m.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Pete Rouse, Federal Aviation Administration, Aircraft Certification Service, Small Airplane Directorate, ACE-111, 901 Locust, Kansas City, Missouri, 816-329-4135, fax 816-329-4090.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Invited</HD>
        <P>Interested persons are invited to participate in the making of these proposed special conditions by submitting such written data, views, or arguments as they may desire. Communications should identify the regulatory docket or notice number and be submitted in duplicate to the address specified above. All communications received on or before the closing date for comments will be considered by the Administrator. The proposals described in this notice may be changed in light of the comments received. All comments received will be available in the Rules Docket for examination by interested persons, both before and after the closing date for comments. A report summarizing each substantive public contact with FAA personnel concerning this rulemaking will be filed in the docket. Persons wishing the FAA to acknowledge receipt of their comments submitted in response to this notice must include with those comments a self-addressed, stamped postcard on which the following statement is made: “Comments to Docket No. CE313.” The postcard will be date stamped and returned to the commenter.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <P>On May 11, 2010 Diamond Aircraft Industry GmbH applied for an amendment to Type Certificate No. A47CE to include the new model DA-40NG with the Austro Engine GmbH model E4 ADE. The model DA-40NG, which is a derivative of the model DA-40 currently approved under Type Certificate No. A47CE, is a fully composite, four place, single-engine airplane with a cantilever low wing, T-tail airplane with the Austro Engine GmbH model E4 diesel engine and an increased maximum takeoff gross weight from 1150 kilograms (kg) to 1280 kg (2535 pounds (lbs) to 2816 lbs).</P>
        <P>DAI will use an EEC instead of a traditional mechanical control system on the model DA-40NG airplane. The EEC is certified as part of the engine design certification, and the certification requirements for engine control systems are driven by 14 CFR part 33 certification requirements. The guidance for the part 33 EEC certification requirement is contained in two advisory circulars: Advisory Circular (AC) 33.28-1 and AC 33.28-2. The EEC certification, as part of the engine, addresses those aspects of the engine specifically addressed by part 33 and is not intended to address 14 CFR part 23 installation requirements. However, the guidance does highlight some of the aspects of installation that the engine applicant should consider during engine certification. The installation of an engine with an EEC system requires evaluation of environmental effects and possible effects on or by other airplane systems, including the part 23 installation aspects of the EEC functions. For example, the indirect effects of lightning, radio interference with other airplane electronic systems, and shared engine and airplane data and power sources.</P>
        <P>The regulatory requirements in part 23 for evaluating the installation of complex electronic systems are contained in § 23.1309. However, when § 23.1309 was developed, the requirements of the rule were specifically excluded from applying to powerplant systems provided as part of the engine (reference § 23.1309(f)(1)). Although the parts of the system that are not certificated with the engine could be evaluated using the criteria of § 23.1309, the analysis would not be useful and not be complete because it would not include the effects of the aircraft supplied power and data failures on the engine control system, and the resulting effects on engine power/thrust. The integral nature of EEC installations require review of EEC functionality at the airplane level, as behavior acceptable for part 33 certification may not be acceptable for part 23 certification.</P>
        <P>For over a decade, the Small Airplane Directorate has applied a special condition that required all EEC installations to comply with the requirements of § 23.1309(a) through (e). The rationale for applying § 23.1309 was that it was an existing rule that contained the best available requirements to apply to the installation of a complex electronic system; in this case, an EEC with aircraft interfaces. Additionally, special conditions for High Intensity Radiated Fields (HIRF) were also applied prior to the codification of § 23.1308.</P>

        <P>There are several difficulties for propulsion systems directly complying with the requirements of § 23.1309. There are conflicts between the guidance material for § 23.1309 and propulsion system capabilities and failure susceptibilities. The following figure is an excerpt from AC 23.1309-1D.<PRTPAGE P="55294"/>
        </P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r75,r75,r75,r70,r75" COLS="6" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Classification of failure conditions</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Allowable<LI>qualitative</LI>
              <LI>probability</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">No safety effect</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">No probability<LI>requirement</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Minor</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Probable</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Major</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Remote</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Hazardous</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Extremely remote</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Catastrophic</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Extremely improbable</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Effect on Airplane</ENT>
            <ENT>No effect on operational capabilities or safety</ENT>
            <ENT>Slight reduction in functional capabilities or safety margins</ENT>
            <ENT>Significant reduction in functional capabilities or safety margins</ENT>
            <ENT>Large reduction in functional capabilities or safety margins</ENT>
            <ENT>Normally with hull loss.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Effect on Occupants</ENT>
            <ENT>Inconvenience for passengers</ENT>
            <ENT>Physical discomfort for passengers</ENT>
            <ENT>Physical distress to passengers, possibly including injuries</ENT>
            <ENT>Serious or fatal injury to an occupant</ENT>
            <ENT>Multiple fatalities.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Effect on Flight Crew</ENT>
            <ENT>No effect on flight crew</ENT>
            <ENT>Slight increase in workload or use of emergency procedures</ENT>
            <ENT>Physical discomfort or a significant increase in workload</ENT>
            <ENT>Physical distress or excessive workload impairs ability to perform tasks</ENT>
            <ENT>Fatal injury or incapacitation.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22">Classes of<LI>airplanes:</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT A="L04">Allowable Quantitative Probabilities and Software (SW) and Complex Hardware (HW) DALs (Note 2).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Class I<LI>(Typically SRE under 6,000 lbs.)</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>No Probability or SW &amp; HW DALs Requirement</ENT>
            <ENT>&lt;10<E T="51">−3</E>
              <LI>Note 1 &amp; 4</LI>
              <LI>P=D, S=D</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>&lt;10<E T="51">−4</E>
              <LI>Notes 1 &amp; 4</LI>
              <LI>P=C, S=D</LI>
              <LI>P=D, S=D (Note 5)</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>&lt;10<E T="51">−5</E>
              <LI>Notes 4</LI>
              <LI>P=C, S=D</LI>
              <LI>P=D, S=D (Note 5)</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>&lt;10<E T="51">−6</E>
              <LI>Note 3</LI>
              <LI>P=C, S=C.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Class II<LI>(Typically MRE, STE, or MTE under 6000 lbs.)</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>No Probability or SW &amp; HW DALs Requirement</ENT>
            <ENT>&lt;10<E T="51">−3</E>
              <LI>Note 1 &amp; 4</LI>
              <LI>P=D, S=D</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>&lt;10<E T="51">−5</E>
              <LI>Notes 1 &amp; 4</LI>
              <LI>P=C, S=D</LI>
              <LI>P=D, S=D (Note 5)</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>&lt;10<E T="51">−6</E>
              <LI>Notes 4</LI>
              <LI>P=C, S=C</LI>
              <LI>P=D, S=D (Note 5)</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>&lt;10<E T="51">−7</E>
              <LI>Note 3</LI>
              <LI>P=C, S=C.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Class III<LI>(Typically SRE, STE, MRE, &amp; MTE equal or over 6000 lbs.)</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>No Probability or SW &amp; HW DALs Requirement</ENT>
            <ENT>&lt;10<E T="51">−3</E>
              <LI>Note 1 &amp; 4</LI>
              <LI>P=D, S=D</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>&lt;10<E T="51">−5</E>
              <LI>Notes 1 &amp; 4</LI>
              <LI>P=C, S=D</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>&lt;10<E T="51">−7</E>
              <LI>Notes 4</LI>
              <LI>P=C, S=C</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>&lt;10<E T="51">−8</E>
              <LI>Note 3.</LI>
              <LI>P=B, S=C.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Class IV<LI>(Typically Commuter Category)</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>No Probability or SW &amp; HW DALs Requirement</ENT>
            <ENT>&lt;10<E T="51">−3</E>
              <LI>Note 1 &amp; 4</LI>
              <LI>P=D, S=D</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>&lt;10<E T="51">−5</E>
              <LI>Notes 1 &amp; 4</LI>
              <LI>P=C, S=D</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>&lt;10<E T="51">−7</E>
              <LI>Notes 4</LI>
              <LI>P=B, S=C</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>&lt;10<E T="51">−9</E>
              <LI>Note 3</LI>
              <LI>P=A, S=B.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <TNOTE>
            <E T="02">Note 1:</E>Numerical values indicate an order of probability range and are provided here as a reference. The applicant is usually not required to perform a quantitative analysis for minor and major failure conditions. See figure 3.</TNOTE>
          <TNOTE>
            <E T="02">Note 2:</E>The alphabets denote the typical SW and HW DALs for most primary system (P) and secondary system (S). For example, HW or SW DALs Level A on primary system is noted by P=A. See paragraphs 13 &amp; 21 for more guidance.</TNOTE>
          <TNOTE>
            <E T="02">Note 3:</E>At airplane function level, no single failure will result in a catastrophic failure condition.</TNOTE>
          <TNOTE>
            <E T="02">Note 4:</E>Secondary system (S) may not be required to meet probability goals. If installed, S should meet stated criteria.</TNOTE>
          <TNOTE>
            <E T="02">Note 5:</E>A reduction of DALs applies only for navigation, communication, and surveillance systems if an altitude encoding altimeter transponder is installed and it provides the appropriate mitigations. See paragraphs 13 &amp; 21 for more information.</TNOTE>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>There is a conflict between the EEC system loss-of-thrust-control (LOTC), or loss-of-power-control (LOPC), probability per hour requirements given in part 33 guidance material and the failure rate requirements associated with the hazard created by a total loss of power/thrust as given in part 23 AC 23.1309-1D guidance. The part 33 requirements for engine control LOTC/LOPC probabilities are shown below:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r100,xs112" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Engine type</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Average LOTC/LOPC<LI>events per million hours</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Maximum LOTC/LOPC<LI>events per million hours</LI>
            </CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Turbine Engine</ENT>
            <ENT>10 (1 × 10-05 per hour)</ENT>
            <ENT>100 (1 × 10-04 per hour).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Reciprocating Engine</ENT>
            <ENT>45 (4.5 × 10-05 per hour)</ENT>
            <ENT>450 (4.5 × 10-04 per hour).</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>See AC 33.28-1, AC 33.28-2 and ANE-1993-33.28TLD-R1 for further guidance.</P>
        </NOTE>

        <P>The classification of the failure condition for LOTC/LOPC event on a single engine airplane ranges from Hazardous to Catastrophic. The classification of the failure condition for a single engine LOTC/LOPC event on a multi-engine airplane ranges from Major to Catastrophic. The classification of the failure condition for a multi-engine LOTC/LOPC event on a multi-engine airplane is Catastrophic. From the AC 23.1309-1D failure probability values, it is obvious that a single engine airplane EEC system will not be able to meet the failure probabilities as shown in the guidance material for § 23.1309. As a result, applicants have elected to declare a reduced hazard severity for a failure of the EEC system. This is not the intent of § 23.1309. The greater hazard severity should be associated with lower probabilities of failure, and higher probabilities of failure should not establish the lower hazard severities. There is also a conflict between the classification of the failure condition for a failure of an EEC system and the required test levels for the effects of lightning and high intensity radiated frequency (HIRF). Testing to a level lower than required for a catastrophic failure results in a lower level of safety than the mechanical system it replaces.<PRTPAGE P="55295"/>This is contrary to the intent of certification requirements.</P>
        <P>The advent of EEC also created/established the ability to dispatch with certain allowable loss of functionality and/or redundancy. This is known as Time-Limited Dispatch (TLD). The TLD allowable configurations must meet the specific risk LOTC/LOPC failure probabilities. FAA policy statement, ANE-1993-33.28TLD-R1, defines the full up and TLD allowable failure probabilities for turbine engines. The ability to use TLD is a risk management endeavor that uses a limited time period between inspection/maintenance intervals to mitigate the hazard. As such, the FAA has issued specific guidance for part 23 airplanes in addition to policy statement, ANE-1993-33.28TLD-R1, in order to adequately capture the necessary time limits between maintenance intervals. A means of compliance issue paper giving specific guidance can be generated, if desired, for the applicant.</P>

        <P>The advent of EEC also led to incorporation of functions that, while not required by the CFRs, also introduce potentially catastrophic failure(s) and malfunction(s). Consequently, incorporation of these additional functions must be shown to retain part 23 levels of safety. These additional functions have included thrust management, portions of engine indication otherwise provided as part of the engine installation, engine speed synchronization, ignition control, auto-feather,<E T="03">etc.</E>
        </P>
        <P>The certification of an airplane to the standards of 14 CFR part 25 does not require the application of § 25.1309 via special condition to the EEC installation. In part 25, § 25.1309 is applicable to the powerplant installations in general and as a whole. The part 25 consequences differ from part 23 due to the required multi-engine configuration of part 25 airplanes. Additional applicable part 25, Subpart E requirements are those contained within § 25.901(b)(2) and (c):</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 25.901—Installation</HD>
        <P>(b) For each powerplant—</P>
        <P>(2) The components of the installation must be constructed, arranged, and installed so as to ensure their continued safe operation between normal inspections or overhauls;</P>
        <P>(c) For each powerplant and auxiliary power unit installation, it must be established that no single failure or malfunction or probable combination of failures will jeopardize the safe operation of the airplane except that the failure of structural elements need not be considered if the probability of such failure is extremely remote.</P>
        <P>There is language similar to part 25, § 25.901(c) contained in part 23, § 23.1141(e):</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 23.1141—Powerplant Controls: General</HD>
        <P>(e) For turbine engine powered airplanes, no single failure or malfunction, or probable combination thereof, in any powerplant control system may cause the failure of any powerplant function necessary for safety.</P>
        <P>The requirements contained within § 23.1141(e) were originally intended for the mechanical control interfaces on turbine engines. The rule was first promulgated at Amendment 23-7, effective on September 14, 1969. The preamble justifying the rule change states:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>“<E T="03">This proposal would, in effect require that the need for system redundancy, alternate devices, and duplication of functions be determined in the design of turbine powerplant control systems.”</E>
          </P>
        </EXTRACT>
        
        <P>The overall intent of the above cited rules is to provide a robust and fault tolerant engine control installation that ensures that no single failure or malfunction or probable combination of failures will jeopardize the safe operation of the airplane.</P>
        <P>Given the unique requirements of an EEC installation, and the lack of specific regulatory requirements, a special condition will be applied to all EEC installations in part 23 airplanes. This special condition is not applicable to the part 33 engine certification requirements, and it specifically excludes any part 33 references. Compliance with this special condition may necessitate changes to the EEC, and may require additional part 33 compliance showings. In like manner, changes to the EEC at the part 33 level may require additional compliance showings to this special condition. The overall intent of this special condition is to leverage off of the part 33 compliance as much as possible and address the airplane level effects of an EEC installation.</P>
        <P>The EEC system includes all of the subsystems on the aircraft that interface with the EEC and provide aircraft data and electrical power. This special condition is applicable to and includes all functions of the EEC system that have an effect at the airplane level. An example of this is control of the turbine engine compressor variable geometry (VG): the VG function in itself is not an airplane function, but changes to the VG scheduling will require re-substantiating compliance to part 23 requirements, such as § 23.939.</P>
        <P>The components that should be considered part of the EEC system are defined in Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) document, Aerospace Recommended Practice (ARP) 5107B, Guidelines for Time-Limited-Dispatch (TLD) Analysis for Electronic Engine Control Systems, section 6.4. This guidance is intended for turbine engine installations; however, the intent is applicable to piston engine installations. A means of compliance issue paper giving specific guidance can be generated, if desired, for the applicant.</P>
        <P>Part 33 certification data, if applicable, may be used to show compliance with the requirements of part 23 installation requirements; however, compliance with the part 33 requirements does not constitute compliance with the requirements of part 23, nor automatically imply that the engine is installable on a part 23 airplane. The part 23 applicant is required to show compliance in accordance with part 21. If part 33 data is to be used, then the part 23 applicant must be able to provide this data for their showing of compliance to the part 23 requirements.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Type Certification Basis</HD>
        <P>Under the provisions of § 21.101, DAI must show that the model DA-40NG meets the applicable provisions of the regulations incorporated by reference in Type Certificate No. A47CE or the applicable regulations in effect on the date of application for the change to the model DA-40. The regulations incorporated by reference in the type certificate are commonly referred to as the “original type certification basis.”</P>

        <P>If the Administrator finds that the applicable airworthiness regulations (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>14 CFR part 23) do not contain adequate or appropriate safety standards for the model DA-40NG because of a novel or unusual design feature, special conditions are prescribed under the provisions of § 21.16.</P>
        <P>In addition to the applicable airworthiness regulations and special conditions, the model DA-40NG must comply with the fuel vent and exhaust emission requirements of 14 CFR part 34 and the noise certification requirements of 14 CFR part 36.</P>
        <P>The FAA issues special conditions, as appropriate, as defined in § 11.19, under § 11.38, and they become part of the type certification basis under § 21.101(b)(2).</P>

        <P>Special conditions are initially applicable to the model for which they are issued. Should the type certificate for that model be amended later to<PRTPAGE P="55296"/>include any other model that incorporates the same novel or unusual design feature, or should any other model already included on the same type certificate be modified to incorporate the same novel or unusual design feature, the special conditions would also apply to the other model under the provisions of § 21.101(a)(1).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Novel or Unusual Design Features</HD>
        <P>The model DA-40NG will incorporate the following novel or unusual design features:</P>
        <P>Electronic engine control system.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Applicability</HD>
        <P>As discussed above, these special conditions are applicable to the model DA-40NG. Should DAI apply at a later date for a change to the type certificate to include another model incorporating the same novel or unusual design feature, the special conditions would apply to that model.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Conclusion</HD>
        <P>This action affects only certain novel or unusual design features on one model of airplane. It is not a rule of general applicability, and it affects only the applicant who applied to the FAA for approval of these features on the airplane.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 23</HD>
          <P>Aircraft, Aviation safety, Signs and symbols.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Citation</HD>
        <P>The authority citation for these special conditions is as follows:</P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113 and 44701; 14 CFR 21.16 and 21.17; and 14 CFR 11.38 and 11.19.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Proposed Special Conditions</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes the following special conditions as part of the type certification basis for Diamond Aircraft Industry GmbH model DA-40NG with the installation of the Austro Engine GmbH model E4 aircraft diesel engine.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Electronic Engine Control</HD>
        <P>a. For electronic engine control system installations, it must be established that no single failure or malfunction or probable combinations of failures of Electronic Engine Control (EEC) system components will have an effect on the system, as installed in the airplane, that causes the loss-of-thrust-control (LOTC), or loss-of-power-control (LOPC) probability of the system to exceed those allowed in part 33 certification.</P>
        <P>b. Electronic engine control system installations must be evaluated for environmental and atmospheric conditions, including lightning. The EEC system lightning and High-Intensity Radiated Fields (HIRF) effects that result in LOTC/LOPC should be considered catastrophic.</P>
        <P>c. The components of the installation must be constructed, arranged, and installed so as to ensure their continued safe operation between normal inspections or overhauls.</P>
        <P>d. Functions incorporated into any electronic engine control that make it part of any equipment, systems or installation whose functions are beyond that of basic engine control, and which may also introduce system failures and malfunctions, are not exempt from § 23.1309 and must be shown to meet part 23 levels of safety as derived from § 23.1309. Part 33 certification data, if applicable, may be used to show compliance with any part 23 requirements. If part 33 data is to be used to substantiate compliance with part 23 requirements, then the part 23 applicant must be able to provide this data for their showing of compliance.</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>The term “probable” in the context of “probable combination of failures” does not have the same meaning as in AC 23.1309-1D. The term “probable” in “probable combination of failures” means “foreseeable,” or (in AC 23.1309-1D terms), “not extremely improbable.”</P>
        </NOTE>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued in Kansas City, Missouri, on August 31, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Earl Lawrence,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Manager, Small Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-22890 Filed 9-6-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 39</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2011-0916; Directorate Identifier 2011-NM-127-AD]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 2120-AA64</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Airworthiness Directives; Bombardier, Inc. Model DHC-8-300 Series Airplanes</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>We propose to adopt a new airworthiness directive (AD) for the products listed above that would supersede an existing AD. This proposed AD results from mandatory continuing airworthiness information (MCAI) originated by an aviation authority of another country to identify and correct an unsafe condition on an aviation product. The MCAI describes the unsafe condition as:</P>
          
          <EXTRACT>
            <P>Several cases of aileron terminal quadrant support brackets that were manufactured using sheet metal have been found cracked on DHC-8 Series 300 aircraft. Investigation revealed that the failure of the support bracket was due to fatigue. Failure of the aileron terminal quadrant support bracket could result in an adverse reduction of aircraft roll control.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </EXTRACT>
        </SUM>
        <FP>These conditions could result in loss of control of the airplane. The proposed AD would require actions that are intended to address the unsafe condition described in the MCAI.</FP>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>We must receive comments on this proposed AD by October 24, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may send comments by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>Go to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>. Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Fax:</E>(202) 493-2251.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Hand Delivery:</E>U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-40, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.</P>

          <P>For service information identified in this proposed AD, contact Bombardier, Inc., Q-Series Technical Help Desk, 123 Garratt Boulevard, Toronto, Ontario M3K 1Y5, Canada; telephone 416-375-4000; fax 416-375-4539; e-mail<E T="03">thd.qseries@aero.bombardier.com</E>; Internet<E T="03">http://www.bombardier.com</E>. You may review copies of the referenced service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, Washington. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.</P>
        </ADD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Examining the AD Docket</HD>
        <P>You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov;</E>or in person at the Docket Operations office between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this proposed AD, the regulatory evaluation, any comments received, and other information. The street address for the Docket Operations<PRTPAGE P="55297"/>office (telephone (800) 647-5527) is in the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section. Comments will be available in the AD docket shortly after receipt.</P>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Aziz Ahmed, Aerospace Engineer, Airframe and Mechanical Systems Branch, ANE-171, FAA, New York Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), 1600 Stewart Avenue, Suite 410, Westbury, New York 11590; telephone (516) 228-7329; fax (516) 794-5531.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Invited</HD>

        <P>We invite you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this proposed AD. Send your comments to an address listed under the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section. Include “Docket No. FAA-2011-0916; Directorate Identifier 2011-NM-127-AD” at the beginning of your comments. We specifically invite comments on the overall regulatory, economic, environmental, and energy aspects of this proposed AD. We will consider all comments received by the closing date and may amend this proposed AD based on those comments.</P>
        <P>We will post all comments we receive, without change, to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>, including any personal information you provide. We will also post a report summarizing each substantive verbal contact we receive about this proposed AD.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion</HD>
        <P>On December 16, 2010, we issued AD 2010-26-13, Amendment 39-16553 (75 FR 81420, December 28, 2010). That AD required actions intended to address an unsafe condition on the products listed above.</P>
        <P>Since we issued AD 2010-26-13, we have determined there is a typographical error in paragraph (g)(2) of AD 2010-26-13. Paragraph (g)(2) of AD 2010-26-13 requires installing a new aileron input quadrant support bracket “before the accumulation of 33,000 total flight cycles or within 6,000 flight hours after the effective date of this AD, whichever occurs first.” The compliance time of “33,000 total flight cycles,” should have been “33,000 total flight hours.” We have revised paragraph (g)(2) of this proposed AD to include the 33,000 total flight hours compliance time.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">FAA's Determination and Requirements of This Proposed AD</HD>
        <P>This product has been approved by the aviation authority of another country, and is approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to our bilateral agreement with the State of Design Authority, we have been notified of the unsafe condition described in the MCAI and service information referenced above. We are proposing this AD because we evaluated all pertinent information and determined an unsafe condition exists and is likely to exist or develop on other products of the same type design.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Differences Between This AD and the MCAI or Service Information</HD>
        <P>We have reviewed the MCAI and related service information and, in general, agree with their substance. But we might have found it necessary to use different words from those in the MCAI to ensure the AD is clear for U.S. operators and is enforceable. In making these changes, we do not intend to differ substantively from the information provided in the MCAI and related service information.</P>
        <P>We might also have proposed different actions in this AD from those in the MCAI in order to follow FAA policies. Any such differences are highlighted in a NOTE within the proposed AD.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Costs of Compliance</HD>
        <P>Based on the service information, we estimate that this proposed AD would affect about 13 products of U.S. registry.</P>
        <P>The actions that are required by AD 2010-26-13 and retained in this proposed AD take about 72 work-hours per product, at an average labor rate of $85 per work hour. Required parts cost about $1,080 per product. Where the service information lists required parts costs that are covered under warranty, we have assumed that there will be no charge for these parts. As we do not control warranty coverage for affected parties, some parties may incur costs higher than estimated here. Based on these figures, the estimated cost of the currently required actions is $93,600, or $7,200 per product.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
        <P>Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.</P>
        <P>We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
        <P>We determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
        <P>For the reasons discussed above, I certify this proposed regulation:</P>
        <P>1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;</P>
        <P>2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979); and</P>
        <P>3. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
        <P>We prepared a regulatory evaluation of the estimated costs to comply with this proposed AD and placed it in the AD docket.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39</HD>
          <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Proposed Amendment</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 39.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
            <P>2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by removing Amendment 39-16553 (75 FR 81420, December 28, 2010) and adding the following new AD:</P>
            
            <EXTRACT>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                <E T="04">Bombardier, Inc.:</E>Docket No. FAA-2011-0916; Directorate Identifier 2011-NM-127-AD.</FP>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Due Date</HD>
              <P>(a) We must receive comments by October 24, 2011.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Affected ADs</HD>

              <P>(b) This AD supersedes AD 2010-26-13, Amendment 39-16553 (75 FR 81420, December 28, 2010).<PRTPAGE P="55298"/>
              </P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Applicability</HD>
              <P>(c) This AD applies to Bombardier, Inc. Model DHC-8-301, -311, and -315 airplanes, certificated in any category; having serial numbers 100 through 530 inclusive.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Subject</HD>
              <P>(d) Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 57: Wings.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Reason</HD>
              <P>(e) The mandatory continuing airworthiness information (MCAI) states:</P>
              
              <P>Several cases of aileron terminal quadrant support brackets that were manufactured using sheet metal have been found cracked on DHC-8 Series 300 aircraft. Investigation revealed that the failure of the support bracket was due to fatigue. Failure of the aileron terminal quadrant support bracket could result in an adverse reduction of aircraft roll control.</P>
              <STARS/>
              <FP>These conditions could result in loss of control of the airplane.</FP>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Compliance</HD>
              <P>(f) You are responsible for having the actions required by this AD performed within the compliance times specified, unless the actions have already been done.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Restatement of Requirements of AD 2010-26-13, With Reduced Compliance Time and No New Service Information</HD>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Actions</HD>
              <P>(g) For airplanes with an aileron terminal quadrant support bracket having part number (P/N) 85711569: At the applicable times specified in paragraph (g)(1) or (g)(2) of this AD, install a new aileron input quadrant support bracket by incorporating MODSUM 8Q101250, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Bombardier Service Bulletin 8-57-43, Revision B, dated October 7, 2009.</P>
              <P>(1) For airplanes that have accumulated 30,000 total flight hours or more as of February 1, 2011 (the effective date of AD 2010-26-13): Within 3,000 flight hours after February 1, 2011.</P>
              <P>(2) For airplanes that have accumulated less than 30,000 total flight hours as of February 1, 2011: At the earlier of the times of paragraphs (g)(2)(i) and (g)(2)(ii).</P>
              <P>(i) Before the accumulation of 33,000 total flight cycles or within 6,000 flight hours after February 1, 2011, whichever occurs first.</P>
              <P>(ii) Before the accumulation of 33,000 total flight hours or within 6,000 flight hours after the effective date of this AD, whichever occurs first.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Credit for Actions Accomplished in Accordance With Previous Service Information</HD>
              <P>(h) Doing the installation by incorporating MODSUM 8Q101250 is also acceptable for compliance with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this AD if done before February 1, 2011, in accordance with Bombardier Service Bulletin 8-57-43, dated August 9, 2002; or Bombardier Service Bulletin 8-57-43, Revision A, dated January 17, 2003.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">FAA AD Differences</HD>
              <NOTE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 1:</HD>
                <P>This AD differs from the MCAI and/or service information as follows: No differences.</P>
              </NOTE>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Other FAA AD Provisions</HD>
              <P>(i) The following provisions also apply to this AD:</P>
              <P>(1)<E T="03">Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs):</E>The Manager, New York Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), ANE-170, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or local Flight Standards District Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the New York ACO, send it to ATTN: Program Manager, Continuing Operational Safety, FAA, New York ACO, 1600 Stewart Avenue, Suite 410, Westbury, New York 11590; telephone 516-228-7300; fax 516-794-5531. Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office/certificate holding district office. The AMOC approval letter must specifically reference this AD.</P>
              <P>(2)<E T="03">Airworthy Product:</E>For any requirement in this AD to obtain corrective actions from a manufacturer or other source, use these actions if they are FAA-approved. Corrective actions are considered FAA-approved if they are approved by the State of Design Authority (or their delegated agent). You are required to assure the product is airworthy before it is returned to service.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Related Information</HD>
              <P>(j) Refer to MCAI Canadian Airworthiness Directive CF-2009-45, dated December 11, 2009; and Bombardier Service Bulletin 8-57-43, Revision B, dated October 7, 2009; for related information.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
          </SECTION>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Issued in Renton, Washington, on August 29, 2011.</DATED>
            <NAME>Ali Bahrami,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Manager, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-22710 Filed 9-6-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 71</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2011-0578; Airspace Docket No. 11-ASO-24]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Proposed Establishment of Class D and E Airspace and Amendment of Class E; Brooksville, FL</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This action proposes to establish Class D and E airspace and amend existing Class E airspace at Brooksville, FL. to accommodate a new air traffic control tower at Hernando County Airport. Controlled airspace is necessary for the support of air traffic operations at Hernando County Airport and would enhance the safety and airspace management at the airport. This action also would make a minor adjustment to the geographic coordinates of the airport.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>0901 UTC. Comments must be received on or before October 24, 2011. The Director of the Federal Register approves this incorporation by reference action under title 1, Code of Federal Regulations, part 51, subject to the annual revision of FAA, Order 7400.9 and publication of conforming amendments.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Send comments on this rule to: U. S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001; Telephone: 1-800-647-5527; Fax: 202-493-2251. You must identify the Docket Number FAA-2011-0578; Airspace Docket No. 11-ASO-24, at the beginning of your comments. You may also submit and review received comments through the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>
          </P>

          <P>You may review the public docket containing the rule, any comments received, and any final disposition in person in the Dockets Office (see<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section for address and phone number) between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal Holidays.</P>
          <P>An informal docket may also be examined during normal business hours at the office of the Eastern Service Center, Federal Aviation Administration, Room 350, 1701 Columbia Avenue, College Park, Georgia 30337.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>John Fornito, Airspace Specialist, Operations Support Group, Eastern Service Center, Air Traffic Organization, Federal Aviation Administration, P.O. Box 20636, Atlanta, Georgia 30320; telephone (404) 305-6364.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Invited</HD>

        <P>Interested persons are invited to comment on this rule by submitting such written data, views, or arguments, as they may desire. Comments that provide the factual basis supporting the views and suggestions presented are particularly helpful in developing reasoned regulatory decisions on the proposal. Comments are specifically<PRTPAGE P="55299"/>invited on the overall regulatory, aeronautical, economic, environmental, and energy-related aspects of the proposal. Communications should identify both docket numbers (FAA-2011-0578; Airspace Docket No. 11-ASO-24) and be submitted in triplicate to the Docket Management System (see<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section for address and phone number). You may also submit comments through the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Those wishing the FAA to acknowledge receipt of their comments on this notice must submit with those comments a self-addressed, stamped postcard on which the following statement is made: “Comments to Docket No. The postcard will be date/time stamped and returned to the commenter. All communications received before the specified closing date for comments will be considered before taking action on the proposed rule. The proposal contained in this notice may be changed in light of the comments received. A report summarizing each substantive public contact with FAA personnel concerned with this rulemaking will be filed in the docket.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Availability of NPRMs</HD>

        <P>An electronic copy of this document may be downloaded from and comments submitted through<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Recently published rulemaking documents can also be accessed through the FAA's Web page at<E T="03">http://www.faa.gov/airports_airtraffic/air_traffic/publications/airspace_amendments/.</E>Additionally, any person may obtain a copy of this notice by submitting a request to the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Office of Air Traffic Airspace Management, ATA-400, 800 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20591, or by calling (202) 267-8783. Communications must identify both docket numbers for this notice. Persons interested in being placed on a mailing list for future NPRMs should contact the FAA's Office of Rulemaking, (202) 267-9677, to request a copy of Advisory Circular No. 11-2A, Notice of Proposed Rulemaking Distribution System, which describes the application procedure.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Proposal</HD>
        <P>The FAA is considering an amendment to Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) part 71 to establish Class D airspace, Class E surface area airspace and amend Class E airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface at Hernando County Airport, Brooksville, FL. Controlled airspace is necessary to support the operation of the new air traffic control tower, and new standard instrument approach procedures, and would enhance the safety and management of aircraft operations at the airport. Also, to be in concert with the FAAs aeronautical database, this action would adjust the geographic coordinates of the airport.</P>
        <P>Class D and E airspace designations are published in Paragraphs 5000, 6002, and 6005 respectively, of FAA Order 7400.9U, dated August 18, 2010, and effective September 15, 2010, which is incorporated by reference in 14 CFR 71.1. The Class D and E airspace designations listed in this document will be published subsequently in the Order.</P>
        <P>The FAA has determined that this proposed regulation only involves an established body of technical regulations for which frequent and routine amendments are necessary to keep them operationally current. It, therefore, (1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034; February 26, 1979); and (3) does not warrant preparation of a Regulatory Evaluation as the anticipated impact is so minimal. Since this is a routine matter that will only affect air traffic procedures and air navigation, it is certified that this proposed rule, when promulgated, would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
        <P>The FAA's authority to issue rules regarding aviation safety is found in Title 49 of the United States Code. Subtitle I, section 106 describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the agency's authority.</P>
        <P>This proposed rulemaking is promulgated under the authority described in subtitle VII, part, A, subpart I, section 40103. Under that section, the FAA is charged with prescribing regulations to assign the use of airspace necessary to ensure the safety of aircraft and the efficient use of airspace. This proposed regulation is within the scope of that authority as it proposes to establish and amend controlled airspace at Hernando County Airport, Brooksville, FL.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Lists of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 71</HD>
          <P>Airspace, Incorporation by reference, Navigation (air).</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Proposed Amendment</HD>
        <P>In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration proposes to amend 14 CFR part 71 as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 71—DESIGNATION OF CLASS A, B, C, D, AND E AIRSPACE AREAS; AIR TRAFFIC SERVICE ROUTES; AND REPORTING POINTS</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for part 71 will continue to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g); 40103, 40113, 40120; E.O. 10854, 24 FR 9565, 3 CFR, 1959-1963 Comp., p. 389.</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 71.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
            <P>2. The incorporation by reference in 14 CFR 71.1 of Federal Aviation Administration Order 7400.9U, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, dated August 18, 2010, and effective September 15, 2010, is amended as follows:</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paragraph 5000Class D airspace.</HD>
              <STARS/>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">ASO FL DBrooksville, FL [New]</HD>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Hernando County Airport, FL</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(Lat. 28°28′25″ N., long. 82°27′20″ W.)</FP>
              
              <P>That airspace extending upward from the surface up to and including 1,500 feet MSL within a 5.1-mile radius of the Hernando County Airport. This Class D airspace area is effective during specific dates and times established in advance by a Notice to Airmen. The effective date and time will thereafter be continuously published in the Airport/Facility Directory.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paragraph 6002Class E airspace designated as surface areas.</HD>
              <STARS/>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">ASO FL E2Brooksville, FL [New]</HD>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Hernando County Airport, FL</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(Lat. 28°28′25″ N., long. 82°27′20″ W.)</FP>
              
              <P>That airspace extending from the surface within a 5.1-mile radius of Hernando County Airport. This Class E airspace area is effective during specific dates and times established in advance by a Notice to Airmen. The effective date and time will thereafter be continuously published in the Airport/Facility Directory.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paragraph 6005Class E airspace areas extending upward from 700 feet or more above the surface of the earth.</HD>
              <STARS/>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">ASO FL E5Brooksville, FL [Amended]</HD>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Hernando County Airport, FL</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(Lat. 28°28′25″ N., long. 82°27′20″ W.)</FP>
              
              <P>That airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface within a 7.6-mile radius of Hernando County Airport.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
          </SECTION>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Issued in College Park, Georgia, on August 31, 2011.</DATED>
            <NAME>Barry A. Knight,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Acting Manager, Operations Support Group, Eastern Service Center,  Air Traffic Organization.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-22881 Filed 9-6-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="55300"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <CFR>17 CFR Part 270</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Release No. IC-29778; File No. S7-34-11]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 3235-AL21</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Companies Engaged in the Business of Acquiring Mortgages and Mortgage-Related Instruments</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Securities and Exchange Commission.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Concept release; request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) and its staff (“Commission staff” or “staff”) are reviewing interpretive issues under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“Investment Company Act” or “Act”) relating to the status under the Act of companies that are engaged in the business of acquiring mortgages and mortgage-related instruments and that rely on the exclusion from the definition of investment company in Section 3(c)(5)(C) of the Act (together, “mortgage-related pools”). This review is focusing, among others, on certain real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). To help facilitate this review, the Commission requests information about these companies and how Section 3(c)(5)(C) of the Act is interpreted by, and affects investors in, these companies. The Commission solicits commenters' views about the application of the Investment Company Act to mortgage-related pools, including suggestions on the steps that the Commission should take to provide greater clarity, consistency or regulatory certainty with respect to Section 3(c)(5)(C).</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments should be received on or before November 7, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
        </ADD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Electronic Comments</HD>
        <P>Use the Commission's Internet comment form<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/concept.shtml</E>); or send an e-mail to<E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov</E>. Please include File No. S7-34-11 on the subject line; or use the Federal eRulemaking Portal (<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>). Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Paper Comments</HD>
        <P>Send paper comments in triplicate to Elizabeth M. Murphy, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
        

        <FP>All submissions should refer to File No. S7-34-11. This file number should be included on the subject line if e-mail is used. To help process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's Internet Web site (<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/concept.shtml</E>). Comments are also available for public inspection and copying in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549 on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. All comments received will be posted without charge; we do not edit personal identifying information from submissions. You should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly.</FP>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Rochelle Kauffman Plesset, Senior Counsel, at (202) 551-6840, or Nadya Roytblat, Assistant Chief Counsel, at (202) 551-6825, Division of Investment Management, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table of Contents</HD>
          <EXTRACT>
            
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. Introduction and Executive Summary</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Companies That Rely on Section 3(c)(5)(C)</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Overview</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Management Style and Corporate Governance</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Similarities to Traditional Investment Companies</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. Request for Comment</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">III. The Exclusion Provided by Section 3(c)(5)(C)</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Legislative and Administrative Background</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Commission Staff No-Action Letters and Other Interpretations</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Request for Comment on the Current Interpretation of Section 3(c)(5)(C)</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IV. Request for Comment on Possible Commission Action</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">V. General Request for Comment</FP>
          </EXTRACT>
          
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Introduction and Executive Summary</HD>
          <P>The Commission and staff are reviewing interpretive issues relating to the status of mortgage-related pools under the Investment Company Act.<SU>1</SU>
            <FTREF/>Companies that are engaged in the business of acquiring mortgages and mortgage-related instruments, and that issue securities, generally hold assets that are securities under the Investment Company Act and typically meet the definition of investment company under the Act.<SU>2</SU>
            <FTREF/>While some such companies register as investment companies under the Act,<SU>3</SU>
            <FTREF/>many seek to rely on Section 3(c)(5)(C) of the Act, which generally excludes from the definition of investment company any person who is primarily engaged in, among other things, “purchasing or otherwise acquiring mortgages and other liens on and interests in real estate.”<SU>4</SU>
            <FTREF/>The<PRTPAGE P="55301"/>exclusion provided by Section 3(c)(5)(C) sometimes also is used by issuers of mortgage-backed securities, whose reliance on this statutory provision is discussed in a companion release.<SU>5</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>1</SU>Certain companies that are engaged in the business of acquiring mortgages and mortgage-related instruments are issuers of mortgage-backed securities that may rely on Section 3(c)(5)(C). Such issuers are not included in the term “mortgage-related pools” as it is used in this release.<E T="03">See infra</E>note 5 and accompanying text.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>2</SU>Section 3(a)(1)(A) of the Investment Company Act defines an investment company as any issuer which “is or holds itself out as being engaged primarily, or proposes to engage primarily, in the business of investing, reinvesting, or trading in securities.” 15 U.S.C. 80a-3(a)(1)(A). Section 3(a)(1)(C) defines an investment company as any issuer which “is engaged or proposes to engage in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding, or trading in securities, and owns or proposes to acquire investment securities [as that term is defined in the Act] having a value exceeding 40 per centum of the value of such issuer's total assets (exclusive of Government securities and cash items) on a unconsolidated basis.” 15 U.S.C. 80a-3(a)(1)(C). A company that issues securities and is primarily engaged in investing in, owning, or holding mortgages and mortgage-related instruments typically meets one, if not both, of these definitions.<E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>SEC, Report on the Public Policy Implications of Investment Company Growth, H.R. Rep. No. 2337, 89th Cong. 2d Sess. 328 (1966) (“PPI Report”) (stating that mortgages and other interests in real estate are investment securities for purposes of the Act).</P>
            <P>Section 2(a)(36) of the Investment Company Act broadly defines “security” as “any note, stock, treasury stock, security future, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a ‘security', or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any of the foregoing.”</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>3</SU>According to industry statistics derived from Lipper's LANA Database, as of June 30, 2011, there were 23 series of registered open-end investment companies with total assets of $70.6 billion that invested “at least 65% of their assets in Government National Mortgage Association securities.” In addition, as of that date, there were 34 series of registered open-end investment companies with total assets of $26.6 billion, and 11 registered closed-end investment companies with total assets of $1.8 billion, that invested “at least 65% of their assets in mortgages/securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government and certain Federal agencies.”</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>4</SU>
              <E T="03"/>15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(5)(C). Section 3(c)(5) excludes from the definition of investment company “[a]ny person who is not engaged in the business of issuing redeemable securities, face-amount certificates of the installment type or periodic payment plan certificates, and who is primarily engaged in one or more of the following businesses: (A) Purchasing or otherwise acquiring notes, drafts, acceptances, open accounts<PRTPAGE/>receivable, and other obligations representing part or all of the sales price of merchandise, insurance, and services; (B) making loans to manufacturers, wholesalers, and retailers of, and to prospective purchasers of, specified merchandise, insurance, and services; and (C) purchasing or otherwise acquiring mortgages and other liens on and interest in real estate.”</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>5</SU>
              <E T="03">Treatment of Asset-Backed Issuers under the Investment Company Act,</E>Investment Company Act Release No. 29779 (Aug. 31, 2011) (“3a-7 Companion Release”).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Section 3(c)(5)(C) of the Act was enacted in 1940 to exclude from regulation under the Investment Company Act companies that were engaged in the mortgage banking business and that did not resemble, or were not considered to be, issuers that were in the investment company business.<SU>6</SU>
            <FTREF/>Since that time, as the mortgage markets have evolved and expanded, a wide variety of companies, many of them unforeseen in 1940, have relied upon Section 3(c)(5)(C).<SU>7</SU>
            <FTREF/>The statutory exclusion from the definition of investment company provided by Section 3(c)(5)(C) does not have an extensive legislative history and has not been comprehensively addressed by the Commission. Section 3(c)(5)(C) has been addressed in staff no-action letters on a case-by-case basis.<SU>8</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>6</SU>
              <E T="03">See infra</E>note 38 and accompanying text.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>7</SU>Some companies that privately place their securities may instead rely on the private investment company exclusions set forth in Sections 3(c)(1) and 3(c)(7) of the Act. Section 3(c)(1) of the Investment Company Act excludes from the definition of investment company any issuer whose outstanding securities (other than short-term paper) are beneficially owned by not more than 100 investors and which is not making and does not presently propose to make a public offering of its securities. 15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1). Section 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act excludes from the definition of investment company any issuer whose outstanding securities are owned exclusively by persons who, at the time of acquisition of such securities, are “qualified purchasers” as defined in the Act and which is not making and does not at that time propose to make a public offering of its securities. 15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(7).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>8</SU>This release includes extensive discussion of staff no-action letters; accordingly the Commission notes that its discussion of staff statements is provided solely for background and to facilitate comment on issues that the Commission might address. The discussion is in no way intended to suggest that the Commission has adopted the analysis, conclusions or any other portion of the staff statements discussed here. Staff no-action letters are issued by the Commission staff in response to written requests regarding the application of the Federal securities laws to proposed transactions. Many of the staff no-action letters are “enforcement-only” letters, in which the staff states whether it will recommend enforcement action to the Commission if the proposed transaction proceeds in accordance with the facts, circumstances and representations set forth in the requester's letter. Other staff no-action letters provide the staff's interpretation of a specific statute, rule or regulation in the context of a specific situation.<E T="03">See Informal Guidance Program for Small Entities,</E>Investment Company Act Release No. 22587 (Mar. 27, 1997).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>In light of the evolution of mortgage-related pools and the development of new and complex mortgage-related instruments, the Commission is reviewing interpretive issues relating to the status of mortgage-related pools under the Investment Company Act and whether mortgage-related pools potentially are making judgments about their status under the Act without sufficient Commission guidance. It appears that some types of mortgage-related pools might interpret the statutory exclusion provided by Section 3(c)(5)(C) in a broad manner, while others might interpret the exclusion too narrowly, suggesting that there may be confusion among some mortgage-related pools about when the exclusion applies. The Commission also is concerned that the staff no-action letters that have addressed the statutory exclusion in Section 3(c)(5)(C) may have contained, or led to, interpretations that are beyond the intended scope of the exclusion and inconsistent with investor protection. The Commission is concerned that certain types of mortgage-related pools today appear to resemble in many respects investment companies such as closed-end funds and may not be the kinds of companies that were intended to be excluded from regulation under the Act by Section 3(c)(5)(C). Therefore, the Commission believes that both investors and mortgage-related pools may benefit from the Commission's comprehensive review of the status of mortgage-related pools under the Investment Company Act and from any resulting guidance.</P>
          <P>Accordingly, the Commission is requesting data and other information from the public about mortgage-related pools and soliciting views about the application of Section 3(c)(5)(C) of the Investment Company Act to mortgage-related pools, including steps that the Commission might take in this area. The Commission's goals in this effort are to: (1) be consistent with the Congressional intent underlying the exclusion from regulation under the Act provided by Section 3(c)(5)(C); (2) ensure that the exclusion is administered in a manner that is consistent with the purposes and policies underlying the Act, the public interest, and the protection of investors; (3) provide greater clarity, consistency and regulatory certainty in this area; and (4) facilitate capital formation.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Companies That Rely on Section 3(c)(5)(C)</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Overview</HD>
          <P>By its terms, Section 3(c)(5)(C),<SU>9</SU>
            <FTREF/>excludes from the definition of investment company “[a]ny person who is not engaged in the business of issuing redeemable securities, face-amount certificates of the installment type or periodic payment plan certificates, and who is primarily engaged * * * [in the business of] purchasing or otherwise acquiring mortgages and other liens on and interests in real estate.” Many different types of companies that engage in a variety of businesses rely on this exclusion.<SU>10</SU>
            <FTREF/>Such companies include: Those that originate and hold mortgages and participations of mortgages that they originated; companies engaged in the business of acquiring from affiliates or third parties mortgages and mortgage-related instruments (such as mortgage participations, mezzanine loans and mortgage-backed securities); companies that invest in real estate, mortgages and mortgage-related instruments; and companies whose primary business is to invest in so-called agency securities<SU>11</SU>
            <FTREF/>and other mortgage-backed securities.<SU>12</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>9</SU>Section 3(c)(5) was initially enacted in 1940 as Section 3(c)(6). Congress redesignated the provision as Section 3(c)(5) in 1970. Investment Company Amendments Act of 1970, Public Law 91-547, 84 Stat. 1413 (1970) (codified as amended 15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(5)).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>10</SU>
              <E T="03">See infra</E>note 13.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>11</SU>Agency securities are mortgage-backed securities issued by the government-sponsored enterprises, Government National Mortgage Association (Ginnie Mae), Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>12</SU>A summary review by the staff of filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) of issuers identifying themselves as REITs suggests that, as of April 2011, there were approximately 49 REITs that had disclosed that they were primarily engaged in the business of holding mortgages and/or mortgage-related instruments, with most indicating that they or their subsidiaries were relying on Section 3(c)(5)(C). Of these companies, 15 stated that they were primarily engaged in the business of acquiring agency securities and other types of mortgage-backed securities. The staff's review also identified 57 companies that had disclosed in their Exchange Act filings that they were investing in both (i) real estate, and (ii) mortgages and mortgage-related instruments, with 28 of such companies suggesting that they or their subsidiaries may be relying on Section 3(c)(5)(C). This review did not include those companies that have not elected to be treated as REITs under the Internal Revenue Code but may nevertheless be relying on the Section 3(c)(5)(C) exclusion.</P>
          </FTNT>

          <P>Companies that rely on the exclusion in Section 3(c)(5)(C) are structured and operated in various ways. Nevertheless, it appears that several general<PRTPAGE P="55302"/>observations about mortgage-related pools can be made.<SU>13</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>13</SU>The Commission's information about mortgage-related pools discussed in this release is derived primarily from the staff's review of registration statements filed under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”) and periodic reports filed under the Exchange Act, to the extent that these filings discuss whether a company is relying on Section 3(c)(5)(C). Information available to the Commission is further limited by the fact that companies that rely on Section 3(c)(5)(C) also include companies that privately place their securities without registering under the Securities Act and companies that may not be subject to the periodic reporting requirements under the Exchange Act. The description of mortgage-related pools provided in this section of the release relates primarily to companies that make filings with the Commission under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and is based on these filings.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Many, if not most, mortgage-related pools are corporations or business trusts that have elected to be treated as REITs for purposes of their tax status under the Internal Revenue Code.<SU>14</SU>
            <FTREF/>Special tax provisions for REITs were created by Congress in 1960 as a means to make available to retail investors opportunities to invest in income-producing real estate and real estate-related assets.<SU>15</SU>
            <FTREF/>In a REIT structure, investor assets are pooled together to acquire, or provide financing for, various types of income-producing real estate interests that are selected and managed by professional asset managers. Like most registered investment companies, companies that qualify for REIT status typically seek pass-through tax treatment. To achieve this tax benefit, a company electing REIT status must comply with restrictions and limitations set forth in the Internal Revenue Code.<SU>16</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>14</SU>The REIT provisions are set forth in Sections 856 through 859 of the Internal Revenue Code. 26 U.S.C. 856-859.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>15</SU>
              <E T="03">See, e.g.</E>Real Estate Investment Trusts, H.R. Rep. No. 2020, 86th Cong. 2nd Sess. 3-4 (1960). REITs may be classified into one of three categories. The National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts (“NAREIT”) generally defines equity REITS to be companies that own and operate income-producing real estate, and mortgage REITs to be companies that lend money directly to real estate owners and their operators, or indirectly through the acquisition of loans or mortgage-backed securities.<E T="03">See</E>NAREIT,<E T="03">The REIT Story: and Introduction to the Benefits of Investing in Real Estate Stocks,</E>REIT.com (Feb. 2011). Hybrid REITs generally are companies that use the investment strategies of both Equity REITs and Mortgage REITs. As noted above, mortgage REITs and some Hybrid REITs typically seek to rely on Section 3(c)(5)(C).<E T="03">See supra</E>note 12. Equity REITs that hold fee interests directly typically do not invest in securities to such an extent as to fall within the definition of investment company under the Investment Company Act.<E T="03">See supra</E>note 2.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>16</SU>These requirements generally provide that: (1) the company distribute at least 90% of its taxable income in dividends to its shareholders annually; (2) at least 75% of the company's total assets on the last day of each quarter of the company's taxable year consist of real estate assets (including interests in real property, interests in mortgages on real property and shares of other REITs), cash and cash items, and government securities; and (3) the company derive at least 75% of its gross income during the past year from, among other things, rents from real property, interest on obligations secured by mortgages on real property or on interests in real property, and 95% of its gross income from the same assets that qualify for the 75% test or from dividends or interest from any source. In addition to the asset and income tests and the 90% dividend distribution requirements, the Internal Revenue Code requires a company that elects REIT status to: be a corporation, trust, or association; be managed by one or more trustees or directors; have transferable shares; have a minimum of 100 shareholders; have no more than 50% of its shares held by five or fewer individuals; and not engage in certain prohibited transactions.<E T="03">See supra</E>note 14.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Although mortgage-related pools may utilize a variety of investment strategies, most mortgage-related pools use leverage to magnify their returns.<SU>17</SU>
            <FTREF/>For example, some mortgage-related pools that primarily hold agency securities and other mortgage-backed securities operate using a business model that depends on the use of leverage, with their profits, if any, generated by the spread between the cost of borrowing and the return on holdings purchased with the proceeds from such borrowing.<SU>18</SU>
            <FTREF/>According to data provided by the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts (“NAREIT”), as of September 30, 2010, the debt ratio of publicly traded Mortgage REITs averaged 83.5%, a debt-to-equity ratio of nearly five to one.<SU>19</SU>
            <FTREF/>In contrast, as of June 30, 2010, the debt-to-equity ratio of registered closed-end investment companies that use borrowings was generally less than one quarter to one.<SU>20</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>17</SU>
              <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Peter C. Beller,<E T="03">Bet Against the Fed, Buy Mortgage REITs,</E>Forbes.com, Jan. 25, 2010;<E T="03">Anthracite Capital Files Chapter 7,</E>REITwrecks.com (Mar. 15, 2010).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>18</SU>
              <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Vivian Marino,<E T="03">Some REITS Have a Contrarian Flavor,</E>NY Times.com, Mar. 29, 2009.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>19</SU>NAREIT REITWatch: A Monthly Statistical Report on the Real Estate Investment Trust Industry (Apr. 2011). NAREIT calculates the debt ratio by dividing the total debt outstanding in a REIT sector by that REIT sector's total market capitalization. Total capitalization equals the sum of total debt plus implied market capitalization.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>20</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>Thomas J. Herzfeld, Survey of Closed-End Fund Leverage, Investor's Guide to Closed-End Funds (Oct. 2010). We compared REITs to registered closed-end investment companies because, as discussed below, certain mortgage-related pools have characteristics similar to such registered companies.<E T="03">See infra</E>section II.C.</P>

            <P>We note that certain REITs follow the North American Securities Administrators Association's Statement of Policy Regarding Real Estate Investment Trusts (“NASAA Guidelines”), which generally state that the maximum level of borrowings (in relation to the company's net asset value) should not exceed 300% without “a satisfactory showing that a higher level of borrowing is appropriate” and that any borrowing in excess of that level must be approved by a majority of the company's independent trustees and disclosed to shareholders. NASAA Guidelines at V.J.<E T="03">See infra</E>note 22. We understand from filings made by mortgage-related pools under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act that other mortgage-related pools may specify in their organizational documents the level of leverage that they may use, although that level often may be increased with the approval of a majority of the company's board of directors or trustees, and still others may use leverage up to any level deemed appropriate by their investment advisers.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Management Style and Corporate Governance</HD>
          <P>Some mortgage-related pools are internally managed and have their own employees to carry out the administrative, investment and other activities necessary to operate the companies. Other mortgage-related pools have few, if any, employees and instead rely on separate advisory entities for the day-to-day operations of the companies. These advisory entities often are the mortgage-related pool's sponsor (typically, a real estate investment firm, an investment management firm, a private equity manager or other similar company that sponsors REITs, hedge funds and/or private equity funds) or an affiliate of the sponsor. An adviser of an externally managed mortgage-related pool is compensated by the company through a variety of different compensation schemes, which may include a performance or incentive fee. Regardless of whether they are internally or externally managed, most mortgage-related pools have boards of directors or trustees to oversee the companies' management.</P>
          <P>Many mortgage-related pools list and trade their securities on a national securities exchange and, like other public companies listed on a national securities exchange, must comply with the exchange's listing and maintenance requirements, including corporate governance rules. Such rules require, among other things, that a majority of the members of the company's board of directors or trustees be independent of its management.<SU>21</SU>
            <FTREF/>Other mortgage-related pools do not list and trade their securities on a national securities exchange and may not be subject to any such corporate governance rules. Many non-exchange traded REITs, however, are structured in accordance with the NASAA Guidelines, as well as any applicable regulations of the states in which they sell their shares.<SU>22</SU>

            <FTREF/>Among other things, the NASAA Guidelines provide for a REIT to have a board of<PRTPAGE P="55303"/>trustees that has a majority of independent members.<SU>23</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>21</SU>
              <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Section 303A of the New York Stock<E T="03"/>Exchange Listed Company Manual.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>22</SU>Most states require non-exchange traded REITs to comply with the provisions of the NASAA Guidelines, although certain states have adopted their own guidelines.<E T="03">See supra</E>note 20.<E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Foss,<E T="03">et al., Real Estate Investment Trusts Handbook,</E>§ 4:1 (2009-2010 ed).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>23</SU>NASAA Guidelines at III.B. The NASAA Guidelines also address: A REIT's issuing certain securities, including redeemable securities; minimum suitability requirements; leverage concerns; potential conflicts of interests (such as providing for a majority of a REIT's board of trustees, including a majority of its independent trustees, to approve transactions between the REIT and its affiliates); and annual reports to shareholders. NASAA Guidelines at III., V.,VI.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Similarities to Traditional Investment Companies</HD>
          <P>Some mortgage-related pools today have characteristics similar to, and may operate like, traditional investment companies. For example, both mortgage-related pools and traditional investment companies pool investor assets to purchase securities and provide investors with professional asset management.<SU>24</SU>
            <FTREF/>Like traditional investment companies, mortgage-related pools may be internally or externally managed, with externally managed mortgage-related pools typically having few, if any, employees, and instead relying on their investment advisers, which may be their sponsors or the sponsors' affiliates, to operate the companies.<SU>25</SU>
            <FTREF/>Like investment advisers to traditional investment companies, investment advisers to mortgage-related pools typically are compensated with an asset-based fee.<SU>26</SU>
            <FTREF/>Some mortgage-related pools invest in the same types of assets as registered investment companies and private investment funds.<SU>27</SU>
            <FTREF/>Finally, some mortgage-related pools are perceived by investors and the media as being investment vehicles and not as companies that are engaged in the mortgage banking business.<SU>28</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>24</SU>
              <E T="03"/>Like registered investment companies, many mortgage-related pools publicly offer their securities to both retail and institutional investors.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>25</SU>In addition, as discussed previously, both registered investment companies that seek to avoid corporate taxation and mortgage-related pools that elect REIT status must distribute at least 90% of their income to investors annually so as to avoid corporate taxation.<E T="03">See supra</E>note 16 and accompanying text.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>26</SU>Investment advisers to mortgage-related pools also may receive incentive-based fees of a type that is prohibited for investment advisers to registered investment companies under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”), but typically charged by investment advisers to hedge funds and certain other private investment companies.<E T="03">See</E>Section 205 of the Advisers Act. 15 U.S.C. 80b-5. An investment adviser to a mortgage-related pool may be required to register under the Advisers Act.<E T="03">See generally</E>Section 203 of the Advisers Act and Commission rules thereunder.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>27</SU>For example, many mortgage-related pools and registered investment companies, including money market funds, invest in agency securities. According to the Federal Reserve, as of March 31, 2011, registered investment companies (not including money market funds) held $800.8 billion (or 10.5%), and money market funds held $373.4 billion (or 4.9%), of outstanding “agency- and GSE-backed securities,” defined as issues of Federal budget agencies (such as those for TVA), issues of government-sponsored enterprises (such as Fannie Mae and FHLB) and agency- and GSE-backed mortgage pool securities issued by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the Farmers Home Administration. In contrast, REITs held $191.1 billion (or 2.5%) of such securities. Federal Reserve Statistical Release,<E T="03">Flow of Funds Accounts of the United States: Flows and Outstandings First Quarter 2011</E>(June 9, 2011). As noted previously, certain registered investment companies focus their investments on the same types of assets as mortgage-related pools that primarily hold agency securities and other mortgage-backed securities.<E T="03">See supra</E>note 3. In addition, in recent years, some hedge funds and offshore funds have been investing in the same types of assets as some mortgage-related pools.<E T="03">See, e.g., Hedge Funds Investing in Delinquent Mortgages,</E>MSNBC.com (July 30, 2008).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>28</SU>For example, a number of mortgage REITs appear to have been formed with the intent of targeting retail investors who may be unable to make the high minimum investments often required of large bond funds.<E T="03">See A.D. Pruitt, Mortgage REITs on a Tear as High Yields Fuel Demand,</E>Wall St. J. (Apr. 13, 2011). Press reports have also characterized some such companies as investment vehicles. S<E T="03">ee, e.g.,</E>Jonathan Weil,<E T="03">Hedge Fund Instant IPO Tests the New Complacency,</E>Bloomberg.net (Jun. 18, 2009) (“PennyMac is a hedge fund dressed up as a real estate investment trust”).<E T="03">See also</E>Nathan Vardi,<E T="03">High-Profile Investor Sues Carlyle Group,</E>Forbes.com (July 13, 2009) (“Michael Huffington, the wealthy former Republican congressman from California, is suing the Carlyle Group and its co-founder, David Rubenstein, over misrepresentations and deceptions Huffington claims they made regarding his $20 million investment loss in Carlyle Corp., Carlyle's failed * * * mortgage fund.”).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>With respect to investment companies, the Investment Company Act<SU>29</SU>
            <FTREF/>seeks to prevent such companies from, among other things, (i) Employing unsound or misleading methods, or not receiving adequate independent scrutiny, when computing the asset value of their investments or their outstanding securities;<SU>30</SU>
            <FTREF/>(ii) engaging in excessive borrowing and issuing excessive amounts of senior securities;<SU>31</SU>
            <FTREF/>and (iii) being organized, operated, managed, or having their portfolio securities selected, in the interests of company insiders.<SU>32</SU>
            <FTREF/>In addition, the Investment Company Act seeks to protect the assets of investment companies, including imposing custody controls and preventing controlling persons of an investment company from commingling the investment company's assets with their own and misappropriating them.<SU>33</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>29</SU>
              <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Section 1(b) of the Investment Company Act (setting forth findings and declaration of policy). 15 U.S.C. 80a-1(b).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>30</SU>The Investment Company Act places significant emphasis on the manner in which a registered investment company must value its portfolio.<E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Section 2(a)(41) of the Act. 15 U.S.C. 80(a)-2(a)(41) (defining “value,” with respect to securities held by a registered investment company, to be (a) Market value for securities for which market quotations are readily available or (b) for other securities or assets, fair value as determined in good faith by the company's board of directors).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>31</SU>Prior to 1940, some investment companies were highly leveraged through the issuance of “senior securities” in the form of debt or preferred stock, which often resulted in the companies being unable to meet their obligations to the holders of their senior securities.<E T="03">See generally Investment Trusts and Investment Companies: Report of the Securities and Exchange Commission</E>(1940) (“Investment Trusts Study”). Excessive leverage also greatly increased the speculative nature of the common stock of the companies.<E T="03">Id.</E>Section 18 of the Investment Company Act limits the ability of registered investment companies to engage in borrowing and to issue senior securities. 15 U.S.C. 80a-18.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>32</SU>A study conducted prior to the adoption of the Act documented numerous instances in which investment companies were managed for the benefit of their sponsors and affiliates to the detriment of investors.<E T="03">See</E>Investment Trusts Study,<E T="03">supra</E>note 31. Section 17 of the Investment Company Act prohibits certain transactions involving investment companies and their affiliates. 15 U.S.C. 80a-17(a). Other provisions of the Investment Company Act also effectively limit opportunities for overreaching by investment company sponsors and affiliates.<E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Section 10(f) of the Investment Company, which generally prohibits a registered investment company from knowingly purchasing, during the existence of any underwriting or selling syndicate, any security a principal underwriter of which is an affiliated person of the investment company. 15 U.S.C. 80a-10(f).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>33</SU>
              <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Investment Trusts Study,<E T="03">supra</E>note 31. Prior to 1940, investment company assets were not adequately protected from misuse by investment company insiders.<E T="03">Id.</E>In many cases, controlling persons of investment companies commingled the investment companies' assets with the investment advisers' assets and then proceeded to misuse the assets themselves.<E T="03">Id.</E>Section 17(f) of the Investment Company Act and the rules thereunder set forth requirements with respect to the custody of investment company assets. 15 U.S.C. 80a-17(f).<E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Rule 17f-2 under the Investment Company Act governing custody of investments by a registered investment company. 17 CFR 270.17f-2.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>We are concerned that some mortgage-related pools, as pooled investment vehicles, may raise the potential for the same types of abuses, such as deliberate misvaluation of the company's holdings,<SU>34</SU>
            <FTREF/>extensive leveraging,<SU>35</SU>
            <FTREF/>and overreaching by insiders.<SU>36</SU>
            <FTREF/>The Commission also has<PRTPAGE P="55304"/>brought a number of enforcement cases, for example, in which controlling persons of companies that hold mortgage-related assets used such companies' assets to further their own interests.<SU>37</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>34</SU>For example, the Commission has brought an enforcement action against the management of a company that had, among other things, improperly recorded mortgages that had decreased in value at cost rather than at market value in order to avoid writing down certain mortgages held for resale, thereby adversely affecting the company's income and equity.<E T="03">See SEC</E>v.<E T="03">Patrick Quinlan,</E>2008 Fed. Sec. L. Rep. (CCH) ¶ 95,005 (E.D. Mich. Nov. 7, 2008),<E T="03">aff'd,</E>373 Fed. Appx. 581 (6th Cir. 2010).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>35</SU>For example, an offshore fund that held mortgage-backed securities reportedly had a 32:1 leverage ratio (borrowing against the security of the mortgage-backed securities), so that when the mortgage-backed securities lost value, the fund could not service its debts, resulting in lenders seizing the fund's assets.<E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Nathan Vardi,<E T="03">High-Profile Investor Sues Carlyle Group, Forbes.com</E>(July 13, 2009).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>36</SU>For example, the Commission brought a settled administrative proceeding against a former chief executive officer of both a publicly held REIT and its manager (which owned approximately 52% of the REIT) who had used his significant influence on the advisory services provided by the REIT manager to cause the REIT, its manager and other related<PRTPAGE/>parties together to purchase over a million shares of a publicly traded company over a 13-month period, representing 16.1% of the total shares of that company. These purchases accounted for approximately 54% of the total trading volume in the company's stock during that period, and on some days these parties purchased all of the company's stock that traded that day. Although no entity itself purchased more than 5% of the company's securities, the Commission determined that given the interrelationships that existed, the REIT and others constituted a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d), and that a Schedule 13D should have been filed.<E T="03">See In the Matter of Basic Capital Management Inc., et al.,</E>Exchange Act Release No. 46538 (Sept. 24, 2002). This case illustrates how a mortgage-related pool insider has the potential to influence the management of the company's assets for the insider's benefit.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>37</SU>
              <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
              <E T="03">SEC</E>v.<E T="03">Pittsford Capital Income Partners LLC, et al.,</E>No. 06-6353 (W.D.N.Y. Aug. 23, 2007),<E T="03">aff'd,</E>305 Fed. Appx. 694 (2d. Cir. 2008) (persons that controlled certain real estate investment companies sold to senior citizens engaged in a fraudulent scheme involving, among other things, transfers of large amounts of money from the companies to entities in which the controlling persons had significant personal interests);<E T="03">SEC</E>v.<E T="03">Global Express Capital Real Estate Investment Fund I et al.,</E>No.<E T="03"/>03-1514 (Nev. Mar. 28, 2006),<E T="03">aff'd in part, rev'd and remanded in part,</E>289 Fed. Appx. 183 (9th Cir. 2008) (a Ponzi-like scheme which purported to pool investor funds to purchase interests in mortgage loans and trust deeds);<E T="03">SEC</E>v.<E T="03">LandOak Securities, LLC, et al.,</E>No. 3:08-209 (E.D. Tenn., Mar. 29, 2011) (persons that controlled a mortgage company misappropriated funds due to the company's investors).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Request for Comment</HD>
          <P>The Commission is interested in learning more about mortgage-related pools. Accordingly, commenters are requested to provide information about companies that rely on Section 3(c)(5)(C) of the Act, including, among other things, the various types of such companies; how such companies are operated, including their strategies for the acquisition and management of their holdings; the types of investors that invest in such companies; and the roles of such companies in the mortgage markets. We ask commenters to discuss the differences, if any, between companies that originate mortgages and then continue to hold all or portions of those mortgages, and companies that only invest in mortgages and mortgage-related instruments. The Commission also invites commenters to provide the same type of information about any similar companies that do not rely on Section 3(c)(5)(C) and to explain whether they are registered under the Act or rely on another exclusion or exemption and, if so, which exclusion or exemption. The Commission is interested in obtaining information about both public (exchange-traded and non-exchange traded) and privately offered mortgage-related pools and similar companies. The Commission also requests that commenters provide any other information about mortgage-related pools they believe is relevant to the Commission's review of the status of such companies under the Investment Company Act.</P>
          <P>We also ask commenters for their views on the apparent similarities between certain mortgage-related pools and traditional investment companies. We ask commenters to describe any key operational or structural characteristics of mortgage-related pools that serve to distinguish them from traditional investment companies regulated under the Investment Company Act. The Commission requests that commenters provide any other information that may be relevant to evaluating the similarities and differences between mortgage-related pools and investment companies.</P>
          <P>Finally, we request comment on the types of potential abuses that the Investment Company Act was intended to prevent that might be associated with mortgage-related pools. We also are interested in learning about any existing safeguards in the structure and operations of mortgage-related pools that may address concerns similar to those addressed by the Investment Company Act. Commenters also are invited to comment on whether certain concerns addressed by the Investment Company Act may not be relevant to mortgage-related pools and the reasons why. Commenters also should discuss whether, and to what extent, such potential abuses are addressed by any industry practices or other regulatory schemes that may be applicable to mortgage-related pools.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. The Exclusion Provided by Section 3(c)(5)(C)</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Legislative and Administrative Background</HD>
          <P>Section 3(c)(5) originally was intended to exclude from the definition of investment company, among other things, companies that did not resemble, or were not considered to be, issuers that were in the investment company business.<SU>38</SU>
            <FTREF/>In 1970, Congress amended Section 3(c)(5) to prohibit any issuer relying on the exclusion from issuing redeemable securities. According to the legislative history, certain companies that had been relying on Section 3(c)(5) sought to capitalize on the popularity of mutual funds by issuing redeemable securities.<SU>39</SU>
            <FTREF/>Because Section 3(c)(5) was not intended to cover those companies that fell within the generally understood concept of a traditional investment company,<SU>40</SU>
            <FTREF/>the 1970 amendment sought to ensure that companies that structured themselves like mutual funds would be subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act, regardless of the types of securities that they held.<SU>41</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>38</SU>
              <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>H.R. Rep. No. 2639, 76th Cong., 3d Sess. 12(1940) (“Subsection (c) specifically excludes * * * companies dealing in mortgages. * * * ”); H.R. Rep. No. 1382, 91st Cong., 2d Sess. 17 (1970) (“Although the companies enumerated * * * have portfolios of securities in the form of  * * * mortgages and other liens on and interests in real estate, they are excluded from the act's coverage because they do not come within the generally understood concept of a conventional investment company investing in stocks and bonds of corporate issuers”) (“1970 House Report”).<E T="03">See also</E>PPI Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 2 at 328 (“Section 3(c)(6) provides for an exclusion from the definition of investment company for companies primarily engaged in the * * * real estate businesses. Although these companies are engaged in acquiring * * * mortgages and other interests in real estate—thus acquiring investment securities, such activities are generally understood not to be within the concept of a conventional investment company which invests in stocks and bonds of corporate issuers”);<E T="03">Exclusion from the Definition of Investment Company for Certain Structured Financings,</E>Investment Company Act Release No. 18736 (May 29, 1992) (“Proposing Release to Rule 3a-7”)<E T="03"/>at text following n.5 (“section 3(c)(5)] * * * originally was intended to exclude issuers engaged in the commercial finance and mortgage banking industries.”).</P>

            <P>As initially enacted by Congress in 1940, Section 3(c)(5) was limited to companies that did not issue face-amount certificates of the installment type or periodic payment plan certificates, in response to the abuses found prior to 1940 in the sale of these types of securities by certain companies, including those of the type that would have otherwise been excluded by this provision.<E T="03">See generally Investment Trusts and Investment Companies: Hearings Before a Subcomm. of the Senate Comm. on Banking and Currency on S. 3580,</E>76th Cong., 3d. at 182 (1940) (statement of David Schenker). The prohibition on issuing face-amount certificates also may have been added to ensure that Investors Syndicate, a face-amount certificate company that held real estate and mortgage interests, would not be able to rely on Section 3(c)(5)(C) and instead be required to register under the Investment Company Act, as detailed in the Investment Trusts Study,<E T="03">supra</E>note 31, at Ch. II of Companies Issuing Face Amount Installment Contracts (1940).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>39</SU>
              <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>1970 House Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 38 at 17; PPI Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 2 at 328-329.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>40</SU>
              <E T="03">See supra</E>note 38.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>41</SU>
              <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>1970 House Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 38.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>In 1960, the Commission addressed Section 3(c)(5)(C) in a release that discussed the applicability of the Federal securities laws to REITs.<SU>42</SU>

            <FTREF/>In the 1960 Release, the Commission, among other things, stated that a REIT may fall within the definition of investment company under the Investment Company Act but, depending on the characteristics of its<PRTPAGE P="55305"/>assets and the nature of the securities it issues, the REIT may be able to rely on Section 3(c)(5)(C).<SU>43</SU>
            <FTREF/>In the 1960 Release, the Commission also generally stated that the applicability of the Section 3(c)(5)(C) exclusion could be determined only on the basis of the facts and circumstances of the particular REIT. The Commission further stated, however, that any REIT that invested “exclusively in fee interests in real estate or mortgages or liens secured by real estate” could rely on the Section 3(c)(5)(C) exclusion, provided that the REIT also met the exclusion's other criteria with respect to the nature of the securities it issued.<SU>44</SU>
            <FTREF/>The Commission explained that a REIT might not qualify for the exclusion if it “invested to a substantial extent in other real estate investment trusts * * * or in companies engaged in the real estate business or in other securities.”<SU>45</SU>
            <FTREF/>The Commission has not specifically addressed the scope of Section 3(c)(5)(C) since the 1960 Release.<SU>46</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>42</SU>
              <E T="03">Real Estate Investment Trusts,</E>Investment Company Act Release No. 3140 (Nov. 18, 1960) (“1960 Release”) (discussing Section 3(c)(6)(C), which was subsequently redesignated as Section 3(c)(5)(C)).<E T="03">See supra</E>note 9.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>43</SU>
              <E T="03">Id.</E>
            </P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>44</SU>
              <E T="03">Id.</E>
            </P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>45</SU>
              <E T="03">Id.</E>
            </P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>46</SU>The Commission testified before Congress in 1983 and 1984 concerning the applicability of the Investment Company Act to issuers of some mortgage-related securities in connection with legislation that became the Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984. Statement of the Securities and Exchange Commission Submitted to the Subcommittee on Housing and Urban Affairs, U.S. Senate, on S. 1821 (Sep. 27, 1983) (“The Commission believes that the Investment Company Act offers important protections to investors in entities coming within the definition of the term ‘investment company’ that should not be sacrificed lightly, even in the name of an objective as worthwhile as enhancing the private secondary mortgage market”).</P>

            <P>In the Proposing Release to Rule 3a-7, issued in 1992, the Commission discussed the reliance on Section 3(c)(5) by certain private sector issuers of asset-backed securities, including mortgage-backed securities.<E T="03">See</E>Proposing Release to Rule 3a-7,<E T="03">supra</E>note 38. In that release, the Commission requested comment on whether Section 3(c)(5) should be amended to prevent such issuers from continuing to rely on this exclusion, because such issuers could instead rely on Rule 3a-7. In response to commenters' arguments, including that it would be inappropriate to narrow the scope of Section 3(c)(5) until both the market and the Commission gained experience with Rule 3a-7, the Commission decided not to pursue any legislative changes with respect to Section 3(c)(5) at that time.<E T="03">See Exclusion from the Definition of Investment Company for Structured Financings,</E>Investment Company Act Release No. 19105 (Nov. 19, 1992) [57 FR 56248 (Nov. 27, 1992)] (“Adopting Release to Rule 3a-7”). In the 3a-7 Companion Release, the Commission once again is seeking comment on whether Section 3(c)(5) should be amended to limit the ability of asset-backed issuers to rely on this exclusion. 3a-7 Companion Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 5.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Commission Staff No-Action Letters and Other Interpretations</HD>
          <P>As noted above, Section 3(c)(5)(C) generally excludes from the definition of investment company any person who is primarily engaged in, among other things, “purchasing or otherwise acquiring mortgages and other liens on and interests in real estate.” The staff, in providing guidance on this exclusion, generally has focused on whether at least 55% of the issuer's assets will consist of mortgages and other liens on and interests in real estate (called “qualifying interests”)<SU>47</SU>
            <FTREF/>and the remaining 45% of the issuer's assets will consist primarily of real estate-type interests.<SU>48</SU>
            <FTREF/>The staff generally has viewed the following types of assets as qualifying interests:</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>47</SU>
              <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Salomon Brothers, Inc., SEC Staff No-Action Letter (June 17, 1985).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>48</SU>
              <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Citytrust, SEC Staff No-Action Letter (Dec. 19, 1990); Greenwich Capital Acceptance Inc., SEC Staff No-Action Letter (Aug. 8, 1991) (issuer represented its intention to invest at least 25% of its total assets in real estate-type interests (subject to reduction to the extent that the issuer invested more than 55% of its total assets in qualifying interests) and no more than 20% of its total assets in miscellaneous investments).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>• Assets that represent an<E T="03">actual</E>interest in real estate or are loans or liens fully secured by real estate. Thus, the staff generally took the position that an issuer may treat as qualifying interests such assets as mortgage loans fully secured by real estate, fee interests in real estate, second mortgages secured by real property, deeds of trust on real property, installment land contracts and leasehold interests secured solely by real property.<SU>49</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>49</SU>
              <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>United States Property Investment N.V., SEC Staff No-Action Letter (May 1, 1989) (mortgage loan secured exclusively by real estate in which the value of the real estate was equal or greater than the note evidencing the loan); Division of Investment Management, SEC,<E T="03">The Treatment of Structured Finance Under the Investment Company Act,</E>Protecting Investors: A Half Century of Investment Company Regulation (1992) Ch. 1 (“Protecting Investors Report”) at n. 345 and accompanying text (mortgage loan in which 100% of the principal amount of each loan was fully secured by real estate at the time of origination and 100% of the market value of the loan was fully secured by real estate at the time of acquisition); United Bankers, SEC Staff No-Action Letter (Mar. 23, 1988) (fee interests in real estate); The State Street Mortgage Co., SEC Staff No-Action Letter (July 17, 1986) (second mortgages); First National Bank of Fremont, SEC Staff No-Action Letter (Nov. 18, 1985) (deeds of trust on real property); American Housing Trust I, SEC Staff No-Action Letter (May 21, 1988) (installment land contracts); Health Facility Credit Corp., SEC Staff No-Action Letter (Feb. 6, 1985) (leasehold interests).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>• Assets that can be viewed as being the functional equivalent of, and provide their holder with the same economic experience as, an actual interest in real estate or a loan or lien fully secured by real estate. Thus, the staff took the position that a Tier 1 real estate mezzanine loan, under certain conditions, may be considered a qualifying interest if the loan may be viewed as being the functional equivalent of, and provide its holder with the same economic experience as, a second mortgage.<SU>50</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>50</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>Capital Trust Inc., SEC Staff No-Action Letter (May 24, 2007).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Consistent with the view the Commission expressed in the 1960 Release, the staff has taken the position that an issuer that is primarily engaged in the business of holding interests in the nature of a security in another person engaged in the real estate business, generally may not rely on Section 3(c)(5)(C).<SU>51</SU>
            <FTREF/>Thus, securities issued by REITs, limited partnerships, or other entities that invest in real estate, mortgages or mortgage-related instruments, or that are engaged in the real estate business, generally are not considered by the staff to be qualifying interests. In two particular circumstances, however, the staff expressed the view that certain interests in another person engaged in the real estate business may be regarded as qualifying interests:</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>51</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>1960 Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 42.<E T="03">See also</E>Urban Land Investments Inc., SEC Staff No-Action Letter (Nov. 4, 1971); The Realex Capital, SEC Staff No-Action Letter (Mar. 19, 1984); M.D.C. Holdings, SEC Staff No-Action Letter (May 5, 1987). The staff also has stated its view that an issuer that is engaged primarily in purchasing or otherwise acquiring participations or fractionalized interests in individual or pooled mortgages or deeds of trust would not qualify to rely on Section 3(c)(5)(C) because such participations and interests are in the nature of a security in another person engaged in the real estate business. MGIC Mortgage Corp., SEC Staff No-Action Letter (Oct. 6, 1972 and Aug. 1, 1974); M.D.C Holdings, SEC Staff No-Action Letter (May 5, 1987).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>• The staff has expressed the view that “whole pool certificates” that are issued or guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae (“agency whole pool certificates”) provide the holder with the same economic experience as an investor who purchases the underlying mortgages directly, and therefore would be qualifying interests;<SU>52</SU>
            <FTREF/>and</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>52</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>Protecting Investors Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 49 at n. 267. A whole pool certificate is a security that represents the entire ownership interest in a particular pool of mortgage loans.<E T="03">Id. See also</E>American Home Finance Corp. (pub. avail. Apr. 9, 1981).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>• The staff has expressed the view that certain subordinate participations in commercial real estate first mortgage loans, called B-Notes, have a number of attributes that, when taken together, may allow them to be classified as an interest in real estate rather than an interest in the nature of a security issued by a person that is engaged in the real estate business.<SU>53</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>53</SU>Capital Trust Letter, SEC Staff No-Action Letter (Feb. 3, 2009) (“Capital Trust B-Note Letter”). The Capital Trust B-Note Letter was intended to clarify the staff's earlier statements with respect to mortgage participations as qualifying interests. In<PRTPAGE/>prior letters, the staff had expressed the view that a trust that held certain participation interests in construction period mortgage loans acquired from mortgage lenders may rely on Section 3(c)(5)(C), concluding that each mortgage participation interest held by the trust was an interest in real estate because the participation interest was in a mortgage loan that was fully secured by real property and the trustee had the right by itself to foreclose on the mortgage securing the loan in the event of default.<E T="03">See, e.g.</E>Northwestern Ohio Building and Construction Trades Foundation, SEC Staff No-Action Letter (Apr. 20, 1984); Baton Rouge Building and Construction Industry Foundation, SEC Staff No-Action Letter (Aug. 31, 1984). Although the Capital Trust B-Note Letter specifically did not withdraw the prior staff no-action letters, it noted the staff's view that, while the right to foreclose is an important attribute to consider when determining whether an asset should be considered a qualifying interest, other attributes of the asset also need to be considered when making such a determination.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <PRTPAGE P="55306"/>
          <P>Finally, the staff has expressed the view that certain mortgage-related instruments that were not treated as qualifying interests may be treated as real estate-type interests. In the staff's view, such instruments would include loans in which at least 55% of the fair market value of each loan was secured by real estate at the time the issuer acquired the loan,<SU>54</SU>
            <FTREF/>and agency partial pool certificates.<SU>55</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>54</SU>NAB Asset Corp., SEC Staff No-Action Letter (June 20, 1991).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>55</SU>The staff has expressed the view that, while an agency partial pool certificate (which is a certificate that represents less than the entire ownership interest in a mortgage pool) is not a qualifying interest because it is more akin to being an investment in the securities of an issuer holding mortgages rather than an investment directly in the underlying mortgages, such asset may be treated as a real estate-type interest for purposes of determining whether an issuer may rely on Section 3(c)(5)(C).<E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Nottingham Realty Securities, SEC Staff No-Action Letter (Apr. 19, 1984); Protecting Investors Report<E T="03">, supra</E>note 49 at n. 268 and accompanying text.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Some mortgage-related pools have determined that certain other assets constitute qualifying assets for purposes of that exclusion. For example, we understand that mortgage-related pools generally treat bridge loans, certain construction and rehabilitation loans, wrap-around mortgage loans and investments in distressed debt as qualifying interests, provided that the loans are fully secured by real estate. We also understand that some mortgage-related pools have determined to treat a convertible mortgage (which is a mortgage plus an option to purchase the underlying real estate) as two assets—a mortgage loan (treated as a qualifying interest provided that it is fully secured by real estate) and an option to purchase real estate (which is assigned an independent value and treated as a real estate-type interest).</P>
          <P>With respect to certain other mortgage-related instruments, there appears to be a degree of uncertainty or differing views among mortgage-related pools as to the availability of the Section 3(c)(5)(C) exclusion. For example, it appears that some mortgage-related pools that invest in certificates issued by pools that hold whole loans and participation interests in loans that are secured by commercial real estate (“CMBS”) limit the amount of CMBS that they hold, treating such assets as real estate-type interests under Section 3(c)(5)(C), whereas others treat certain CMBS as qualifying interests.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Request for Comment on the Current Interpretation of Section 3(c)(5)(C)</HD>
          <P>As the discussion above indicates, the exclusion from the definition of investment company provided by Section 3(c)(5)(C) does not have an extensive legislative history, has not been comprehensively addressed by the Commission, and generally has been addressed in staff no-action letters only on a case-by-case basis. The evolution of mortgage-related pools and the development of new and complex mortgage-related instruments have led us to be concerned that mortgage-related pools are making judgments about their status under the Investment Company Act without sufficient Commission guidance.<SU>56</SU>
            <FTREF/>It appears that some types of mortgage-related pools might interpret the statutory exclusion provided by Section 3(c)(5)(C) in a broad manner, while others might interpret the exclusion too narrowly. The Commission also is concerned that the staff no-action letters that have addressed the statutory exclusion in Section 3(c)(5)(C) may have contained, or led to, interpretations that are beyond the intended scope of the exclusion and inconsistent with investor protection. The Commission is concerned that certain types of companies today appear to resemble in many respects management investment companies that are registered under the Act and may not be the kinds of companies that were intended to be excluded from regulation under the Act by Section 3(c)(5)(C).</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>56</SU>In this regard we note that most mortgage-related pools, when publicly offering their securities, disclose in their registration statements that their determinations whether they may rely on the Section 3(c)(5)(C) exclusion will be based on staff no-action letters and Commission guidance and, where such guidance does not exist, on their own judgments. Such companies also state that there can be no assurance that the Commission staff will concur with their views, or that the laws governing the Investment Company Act status of mortgage-related pools, or the guidance provided by the Commission or its staff, will not change in a manner that would not adversely affect their operations.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>The Commission requests comment from mortgage-related pools, investors, and the public on the current state of guidance and interpretation concerning Section 3(c)(5)(C). The Commission is interested in learning from mortgage-related pools and their legal counsel about any difficulties they may have encountered in determining the status of such companies under the Investment Company Act. Are we correct that there is uncertainty or differing views among companies as to the availability of the Section 3(c)(5)(C) exclusion? If so, please explain and provide specific examples. Do commenters believe that the exclusion provided by Section 3(c)(5)(C) is generally being used consistent with the purposes and policies underlying that provision and investor protection? Do commenters believe that certain mortgage-related pools may be giving too broad an interpretation to this statutory exclusion? If so, does such broad interpretation result in companies that resemble traditional investment companies avoiding regulation under the Act and, if so, is it inconsistent with the purposes and policies underlying that provision and investor protection? Do commenters believe that certain companies may be giving too narrow an interpretation to this statutory exclusion? Commenters are requested to provide detailed explanations of their views, including specific examples, if appropriate.</P>

          <P>We noted above that companies generally determine whether they are primarily engaged in the business of purchasing or otherwise acquiring mortgages and other liens on and interests in real estate, based on whether at least 55% of the company's assets consist of qualifying interests and the remaining 45% of the company's assets consist primarily of real estate-type interests. Is this an appropriate approach to determining an issuer's primary engagement for purposes of Section 3(c)(5)(C)? Is it a difficult determination to make? Is the approach too broad or, conversely, too narrow in terms of identifying the types of companies that are able to rely on the exclusion, consistent with legislative intent? Does this approach lead certain companies to invest their assets in a different manner than they otherwise would in accordance with their business model, in order to have the certainty of being able to rely on Section 3(c)(5)(C)? Are there companies that have concluded that they do not qualify for the exclusion in Section 3(c)(5)(C)? If so, how did such companies address their status under the Investment Company Act? Commenters are requested to comment on their experiences in this<PRTPAGE P="55307"/>area, including the economic impact of this approach.</P>
          <P>With respect to the staff no-action letters, we ask for comment on whether any of the staff's analysis relating to the determination of whether an asset is a “lien on or interest in real estate” for purposes of Section 3(c)(5)(C) would be relevant in formulating Commission guidance for today's mortgage-related pools. Commenters should identify any such staff position and explain its relevance. For example, should certain mortgage participations be treated as interests in real estate and, if so, what types of participations and why? Is a company whose primary business activity consists of holding mortgage participations, the type of entity that should be excluded from the definition of investment company? Why or why not, and does it matter what type(s) of participations the company holds? If participations are to be treated as interests in real estate, what features should be considered in making a determination about such assets? For example, should the right to foreclose be considered an important attribute, even though such right only exists if the underlying mortgage defaults?<SU>57</SU>
            <FTREF/>Commenters are encouraged to discuss the costs and benefits of their recommendations.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>57</SU>
              <E T="03">See supra</E>note 53.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>We also request comment on the view that the Commission should take concerning agency whole pool certificates under Section 3(c)(5)(C). Should the Commission revisit the staff's view that agency whole pool certificates may be treated as interests in real estate?<SU>58</SU>
            <FTREF/>Should we view a company whose primary business consists of investing in agency whole pool certificates—or other mortgage-backed securities—as the type of entity that Congress intended to be encompassed by the exclusion provided by Section 3(c)(5)(C) or not? What would be the economic impact of the Commission adopting a position that would not treat agency whole pool certificates as interests in real estate? Commenters should explain how such companies are similar to, or differ from, traditional investment companies that invest in similar assets, and how any such similarities or differences should affect the status of such companies under the Investment Company Act.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>58</SU>The Commission issued a similar request for comment in 1992.<E T="03">See</E>Proposing Release to Rule 3a-7,<E T="03">supra</E>note 38 at n.103 and accompanying text. That request for comment stemmed from the Protecting Investors Report, issued in 1992, in which the staff discussed whether it should reconsider its position with respect to agency whole pool certificates, noting that an agency whole pool certificate holder does not have the same economic experience as an investor who holds the underlying mortgages because of the agency guarantee, which increases the certificates' liquidity. Protecting Investors Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 49 at text following n.346. Commenters strongly urged the staff not to withdraw its position, arguing that agency whole pool certificates are interests in real estate because certificate holders receive payment streams that reflect payments on the underlying mortgages. Commenters also argued that withdrawal of the position could result in some REITs and mortgage bankers that held these instruments becoming subject to the Investment Company Act. In response to commenters' concerns at that time, the staff ultimately decided not to withdraw its position. Adopting Release to Rule 3a-7,<E T="03">supra</E>note 46 at nn. 90-92 and accompanying text.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Finally, we ask for comment generally on whether guidance is needed with respect to other mortgage-related instruments. If so, which instruments and what should that guidance provide? We note in particular the differing approaches taken by certain mortgage-related pools as to the appropriate treatment of certain types of CMBS for purposes of determining a company's ability to rely on Section 3(c)(5)(C). Should the Commission provide guidance with respect to these mortgage-related instruments, what should that guidance address, and what would be the potential economic impact of this guidance? We also request comment on whether a company whose primary business consists of investing in CMBS, or any other type of mortgage-backed security, is the type of entity that Congress intended to be encompassed by the exclusion provided by Section 3(c)(5)(C).</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Request for Comment on Possible Commission Action</HD>
          <P>The Commission requests comment on what steps, if any, it should take to provide greater clarity, consistency or regulatory certainty regarding the status of mortgage-related pools under the Investment Company Act. The Commission potentially could engage in rulemaking (such as a safe harbor or definitional rule), issue an interpretive release, and/or provide exemptive relief to address mortgage-related pools and the scope of Section 3(c)(5)(C), or take no further action at this time. Commenters are encouraged to discuss the benefits and costs of each such option.</P>
          <P>Commenters are asked to address whether a test could be devised that would differentiate companies that are primarily engaged in the real estate and mortgage banking business from those companies that resemble traditional investment companies. If commenters believe that such a test is appropriate, the Commission is interested in commenters' views as to the factors that would be suitable in such a test, the benefits and costs associated with any suggested test, and the effect that any suggested test may have on investor protection, competition, efficiency and capital formation.</P>
          <P>Section 3(c)(5)(C) suggests that one factor that must be considered when determining whether a company is primarily engaged in the business set forth in Section 3(c)(5)(C) is the composition of the company's assets. Would it be helpful for the Commission to define the term “liens on and other interests in real estate” for purposes of Section 3(c)(5)(C)? If so, how should the Commission define that term? For example, in light of the reference to “mortgages” in Section 3(c)(5)(C), should the term “liens on and interests in real estate” also be defined to include only those assets that are directly related to real estate, rather than include, for example, interests in a mortgage or in a pool or other entity that holds real estate? The Commission requests comment on the advantages and disadvantages of defining the term “liens on and interests in real estate” in this manner. If commenters believe that a broader definition of the term “liens on and interests in real estate” is more appropriate, the Commission requests comment on the principles or concepts that could be used to craft such a definition. Commenters are encouraged to discuss the benefits and costs of alternative definitions.</P>
          <P>In addition to the composition of a company's assets, other factors may help to differentiate companies that are primarily engaged in the real estate and mortgage banking business from those companies that resemble traditional investment companies. What are such other factors? Should a company also look to its sources of income in determining its “primary business” under Section 3(c)(5)(C)?<SU>59</SU>
            <FTREF/>Should factors such as the company's historical development, the activities of its officers, directors and employees, and its public representations also be considered in determining the company's primary business under Section 3(c)(5)(C)? Are there factors that may be potentially indicative of a company's non-investment company business? For example, are there any types of business activities or types of business expenses that differentiate such a company from an investment company?<SU>60</SU>
            <FTREF/>Commenters are urged to be specific in their responses.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>59</SU>
              <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Section 3(c)(6) of the Investment Company Act. 15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(6). We note that the Internal Revenue Code's REIT provisions contain an asset and income test.<E T="03">See supra</E>note 16.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>60</SU>
              <E T="03">See e.g.,</E>Rule 3a-8 under the Investment Company Act (addressing the status under the Act<PRTPAGE/>of certain research and development companies based on, among other things, their research and development expenses, the activities of their officers, directors and employees, their public representations of policies, and their historical development). 17 CFR 270.3a-8.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <PRTPAGE P="55308"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. General Request for Comment</HD>
          <P>In addition to the issues raised or mentioned in this release, the Commission requests and encourages all interested persons, including investors in mortgage-related pools, to submit their views on any other issues relating to the status of such companies under the Investment Company Act. The Commission particularly welcomes statistical, empirical, and other datafrom commenters that may support their views and/or support or refute the views or issues raised in this release.</P>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Dated: August 31, 2011.</DATED>
            
            <P>By the Commission.</P>
            <NAME>Elizabeth M. Murphy,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-22771 Filed 9-6-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Release No. IC-29779; File Nos. S7-35-11]</DEPDOC>
        <CFR>17 CFR Part 270</CFR>
        <RIN>RIN 3235-AL03</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Treatment of Asset-Backed Issuers Under the Investment Company Act</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Securities and Exchange Commission.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Advance notice of proposed rulemaking; withdrawal.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Commission is considering proposing amendments to Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“Investment Company Act” or “Act”), the rule that provides certain asset-backed issuers with a conditional exclusion from the definition of investment company. Amendments to Rule 3a-7 that the Commission may consider could reflect market developments since 1992, when Rule 3a-7 was adopted, and recent developments affecting asset-backed issuers, including the passage of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and the Commission's recent rulemakings regarding the asset-backed securities markets. The Commission is withdrawing its 2008 proposal to amend Rule 3a-7, which was published July 11, 2008.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments should be received on or before November 7, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
        </ADD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
        <P>• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/concept.shtml</E>); or</P>
        <P>• Send an e-mail to<E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>Please include File Number S7-35-11 on the subject line; or</P>
        <P>• Use the Federal eRulemaking Portal (<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>). Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
        <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Elizabeth M. Murphy, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
        

        <FP>All submissions should refer to File Number S7-35-11. This file number should be included on the subject line if e-mail is used. To help us process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's Web site (<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/concept.shtml</E>). Comments also are available for Web site viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. All comments received will be posted without change; we do not edit personal identifying information from submissions. You should submit only information that you wish to make publicly available.</FP>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Rochelle Kauffman Plesset, Senior Counsel, at (202) 551-6840 or Nadya Roytblat, Assistant Chief Counsel, at (202) 551-6825, Office of the Chief Counsel, Division of Investment Management, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table of Contents</HD>
          <EXTRACT>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. Introduction and Executive Summary</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Background</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Asset-Backed Issuers as Investment Companies</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Rule 3a-7</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">III. Discussion</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Revisiting Rule 3a-7</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Rating Requirements</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Possible New Conditions for Rule 3a-7</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. Structure and Operation of the Issuer</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">b. Independent Review</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">c. Preservation and Safekeeping of Eligible Assets and Cash Flow</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">d. Other Possible Investor Protections</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">i. Other Commission Rules</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">ii. Eligibility to Use Rule 3a-7</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Standard for Acquisition and Disposition of Eligible Assets</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. The Effect of the Exclusion Provided by Rule 3a-7</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Holders of an Asset-Backed Issuer's Securities</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Eligible Portfolio Company</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Asset-Backed Issuers Relying on Section 3(c)(5)</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IV. General Request for Comment</FP>
          </EXTRACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Introduction and Executive Summary</HD>
          <P>Asset-backed issuers<SU>1</SU>
            <FTREF/>typically meet the definition of investment company under the Investment Company Act, but generally cannot operate under certain of the Act's requirements and restrictions.<SU>2</SU>
            <FTREF/>In 1992, the Commission adopted Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act specifically to exclude from the definition of investment company certain asset-backed issuers that meet the rule's conditions.<SU>3</SU>
            <FTREF/>These conditions were designed to incorporate then-existing practices in the asset-backed securities market that we believed served to distinguish asset-backed issuers from registered investment companies and addressed investor protection under the Investment Company Act.<SU>4</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>1</SU>We use the term “asset-backed issuer” in this release to refer generally to any issuer of fixed-income securities the payments on which depend primarily on the cash flows generated by a specified pool of underlying financial assets.<E T="03">See also infra</E>section III.A.2.d.ii for a discussion of the definition of “asset-backed securities” under other Federal securities laws.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>2</SU>
              <E T="03">See infra</E>note 29.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>3</SU>17 CFR 270.3a-7.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>4</SU>The conditions also were intended to accommodate future innovations in the securitization market, consistent with investor protection.<E T="03">See Exclusion from the Definition of Investment Company for Structured Financings,</E>Investment Company Act Release No. 19105 (Nov. 19, 1992) [57 FR 56248 (Nov. 27, 1992)] (“Adopting Release”) at text accompanying n.8. Rule 3a-7 effectuated the recommendation made by the Division of Investment Management's staff in its report,<E T="03">Protecting Investors: A Half Century of Investment Company Regulation,</E>The Treatment of Structured Finance under the Investment Company Act 1-101 (May 1992) (“Protecting Investors Report”). The Protecting Investors Report contains a discussion of the issues raised by asset-backed issuers under the Investment Company Act and the state of the asset-backed securities market prior to the Rule's adoption.</P>
          </FTNT>

          <P>Rule 3a-7 includes several conditions that refer to credit ratings by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“NRSROs” or “rating agencies”). One such condition is that certain of the asset-backed issuer's fixed-income securities receive certain credit ratings by at least one rating agency. These conditions were included in Rule 3a-7 not principally as standards of credit-worthiness, but, because we believed that rating agencies, when providing a rating assessing the credit risk of an asset-<PRTPAGE P="55309"/>backed issuer, evaluated whether the issuer was structured in a manner that also addressed investor protection under the Investment Company Act.<SU>5</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>5</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>Adopting Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 4 at n.42 and accompanying text.<E T="03">See also infra</E>note 38.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>The Dodd-Frank Act,<SU>6</SU>
            <FTREF/>enacted in 2010, generally requires the Commission to review any references to or requirements regarding credit ratings in its regulations, remove these references or requirements and substitute other appropriate standards of credit-worthiness in place of the credit ratings.<SU>7</SU>
            <FTREF/>Even though the ratings-related conditions in Rule 3a-7 generally were not intended to serve as standards of credit-worthiness, we are issuing this advance notice of proposed rulemaking in response to these requirements and in light of market developments since Rule 3a-7 was adopted. We also are withdrawing our 2008 proposal to amend Rule 3a-7.<SU>8</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>6</SU>Public Law 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>7</SU>Section 939A of the Dodd-Frank Act.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>8</SU>In 2008, the Commission proposed to replace the references to credit ratings in Rule 3a-7 with a prohibition on the sale of securities of issuers relying on Rule 3a-7 to anyone other than certain institutional investors (“retail sales prohibition”).<E T="03">References to Ratings of Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations,</E>Investment Company Act Release No. 28327 (July 1, 2008) [73 FR 40124 (July 11, 2008)] (“2008 NRSRO Proposing Release”) at nn.36-47 and accompanying text. Commenters generally opposed the retail sales prohibition, suggesting, among other things, that the retail sales prohibition would have unnecessarily precluded offerings to retail investors and impeded the liquidity and growth of the asset-backed securities market.<E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>comment letter from Dechert LLP to the Commission (Sept. 5, 2008), File No. S7-19-08 (“Dechert Comment Letter”); comment letter from Mayer Brown LLP to Florence E. Harmon, Acting Secretary (Sept. 4, 2008), File No. S7-19-08; comment letter from the American Bar Association to Florence E. Harmon, Acting Secretary (Sept. 12, 2008), File No. S7-19-08. In a 2009 release, the Commission deferred consideration of this proposal.<E T="03">See References to Ratings of Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations,</E>Investment Company Act Release No. 28940 (Oct. 5, 2009) [74 FR 52374 (Oct. 9, 2009)] at text following n.64. Based, in part, on the comments received, we have decided to withdraw from further consideration the amendments to Rule 3a-7 proposed in the 2008 NRSRO Proposing Release.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>The Dodd-Frank Act also directed the Commission to undertake a number of rulemakings related to the asset-backed securities market.<SU>9</SU>
            <FTREF/>Prior to the passage of the Dodd-Frank Act, in April 2010, the Commission proposed comprehensive revisions to the offering process, disclosure, and reporting requirements for asset-backed securities under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”) and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”).<SU>10</SU>
            <FTREF/>The Commission recognized that many of the problems giving rise to the recent financial crisis involved structured finance and proposed a number of changes designed to improve investor protection and promote more efficient asset-backed markets.<SU>11</SU>
            <FTREF/>Among other things, the Commission proposed to amend: the disclosure requirements of Regulation AB to require that more information be provided to investors about the assets being securitized; the eligibility requirements for public offerings of asset-backed securities conducted through “shelf registration” by replacing the existing requirement that the securities receive an investment grade rating with new requirements; and the safe harbors under the Securities Act for exempt offerings and exempt resales of asset-backed securities.<SU>12</SU>
            <FTREF/>In light of the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act and the comments subsequently received on the 2010 ABS Proposing Release, the Commission has issued a release revising and re-proposing certain of the proposals in the 2010 ABS Proposing Release.<SU>13</SU>
            <FTREF/>The 2011 ABS Re-proposal requests comment on whether, to be eligible for shelf registration under the Securities Act, an asset-backed issuer should, among other requirements, meet the conditions of Rule 3a-7.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>9</SU>A summary of these Dodd-Frank Act provisions is available at<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/spotlight/dodd-frank/assetbackedsecurities.shtml. See also Proposed Rules for Nationally</E>
              <E T="03">Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations,</E>Securities Exchange Act Release No. 64514 (May 18, 2011) [76 FR 33420 (June 9, 2011)] (proposal requiring third parties retained to conduct due diligence related to asset-backed securities to provide a certification containing specified information to the NRSRO that is producing a rating for the asset-backed securities);<E T="03">Disclosure for Asset-Backed Securities Required by Section 943 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act,</E>Securities Act Release No. 9175 (Jan. 20, 2011) [76 FR 4489 (Jan. 26, 2011)] (“Section 943 Release”) (adopting rules requiring securitizers of asset-backed securities to disclose the history of fulfilled and unfulfilled repurchase requests related to their outstanding asset-backed securities and disclosure by NRSROs of representations, warranties and enforcement mechanisms available to investors in an asset-backed securities offering);<E T="03">Issuer Review of Assets in Offerings of Asset-Backed Securities,</E>Securities Act Release No. 9176 (Jan. 20, 2011) [76 FR 4231 (Jan. 25, 2011)] (adopting rules requiring issuers of asset-backed securities to conduct a review of the assets underlying those securities and make certain disclosures about those reviews).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>10</SU>
              <E T="03">Asset-Backed Securities,</E>Securities Act Release No. 9117 (Apr. 7, 2010) [75 FR 23328 (May 3, 2010)] (“2010 ABS Proposing Release”).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>11</SU>
              <E T="03">Id.</E>
            </P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>12</SU>
              <E T="03">Id. See infra</E>section III.A.2.d.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>13</SU>
              <E T="03">Re-proposal of Shelf Eligibility Conditions for Asset-Backed Securities and Other Additional Requests for Comment,</E>Securities Act Release No. 9244 (July 26, 2011) [76 FR 47948 (Aug. 5, 2011)] (“2011 ABS Re-proposal”).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>The Commission also believes that it is appropriate to consider amending Rule 3a-7, among other things, to determine the role, if any, that credit ratings should continue to play in the context of Rule 3a-7. In the aftermath of the recent financial crisis, NRSROs' credit rating procedures and methodologies raised a number of concerns in light of the role the NRSROs played in determining credit ratings for securities collateralized by or linked to subprime residential mortgages, and the Commission has engaged in various regulatory initiatives to address these concerns.<SU>14</SU>
            <FTREF/>The potential amendments to Rule 3a-7 could include replacing references to credit ratings with conditions that are tailored to address Investment Company Act-related concerns. The Commission also is considering amending Rule 3a-7 to address two issues, detailed below, that have arisen relating to the potential Investment Company Act status of certain holders of securities of asset-backed issuers that rely on Rule 3a-7.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>14</SU>
              <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>2008 NRSRO Proposing Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 8.<E T="03">See also</E>Summary Report of Issues Identified in the Staff's Examinations of Select Credit Rating Agencies (July 2008). The report can be accessed at<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/news/studies/2008/craexamination070808.pdf.</E>
            </P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>To assist the Commission in its review of the treatment of asset-backed issuers under the Investment Company Act, the Commission is issuing this advance notice of proposed rulemaking and soliciting broad public comment on these issues. The Commission also invites commenters to address any other issues relating to the treatment of asset-backed issuers, the protection of investors under the Investment Company Act and capital formation that they believe may warrant Commission attention.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Background</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Asset-Backed Issuers as Investment Companies</HD>
          <P>An issuer of asset-backed securities typically is a special purpose entity that acquires and holds a pool of income-producing financial assets and issues non-redeemable debt obligations or equity securities with debt-like characteristics (“fixed-income securities”), the payment of which depends primarily on the cash flow generated by the pooled financial assets. An asset-backed issuer that has more assets, or expects to receive more income, than needed to make full payment on the fixed-income securities also may sell interests in the residual or additional cash flow.<SU>15</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>15</SU>For a more complete explanation of the structure of an asset-backed issuer and the roles of the various parties that may be involved in the organization and operation of the issuer,<E T="03">see, e.g.,</E>2010 ABS Proposing Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 13; Kravitt,<E T="03">Securitization of Financial Assets,</E>(2d ed. 2009) (“Kravitt”);<E T="03">Asset-Backed Securities,</E>Securities Act<PRTPAGE/>Release No. 8518 (Dec. 22, 2004) [70 FR 1506 (Jan. 7, 2005)] (“2004 ABS Release”);<E T="03">Exclusion from the Definition of Investment Company for Certain Structured Financings,</E>Investment Company Act Release No. 18736 (May 29, 1992) [57 FR 23980 (June 5, 1992)] (“Proposing Release”).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <PRTPAGE P="55310"/>
          <P>An asset-backed issuer typically meets the definition of investment company under Section 3(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act because it issues securities<SU>16</SU>
            <FTREF/>and is engaged in the business of investing in, owning or holding financial assets that are securities<SU>17</SU>
            <FTREF/>under the Investment Company Act.<SU>18</SU>
            <FTREF/>With respect to investment companies generally, as set forth in Section 1(b) of the Act,<SU>19</SU>
            <FTREF/>Congress was concerned, among other things, about companies that were: (i) Organized, operated, managed, or their portfolio securities selected, in the interest of company insiders;<SU>20</SU>
            <FTREF/>(ii) issuing excessive amounts of senior securities;<SU>21</SU>
            <FTREF/>(iii) when computing the asset value of their outstanding securities, employing unsound or misleading methods, or not being subjected to adequate independent scrutiny;<SU>22</SU>
            <FTREF/>and (iv) operating without adequate assets.<SU>23</SU>
            <FTREF/>In addition, the Investment Company Act reflected concerns that the assets of investment companies were not adequately protected, with controlling persons of investment companies commingling the investment company's assets with their own and then proceeding to misappropriate them.<SU>24</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>16</SU>Section 2(a)(36) of the Investment Company Act broadly defines “security” as “any note, stock, treasury stock, security future, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a ‘security', or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any of the foregoing.”</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>17</SU>
              <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>SEC,<E T="03">Report on the Public Policy Implications of Investment Company Growth,</E>H.R. Rep. No. 2337, 89th Cong., 2d Sess. 328 (1966) (stating that notes representing the sales price of merchandise, loans to manufacturers, wholesalers, retailers and purchasers of merchandise or insurance, and mortgages and other interests in real estate are investment securities for purposes of the Investment Company Act).<E T="03">See also</E>Protecting Investors Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 4, at n. 339 and accompanying text.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>18</SU>Section 3(a)(1)(A) of the Act defines an investment company as any issuer which “is or holds itself out as being engaged primarily, or proposes to engage primarily, in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities.” Section 3(a)(1)(C) defines an investment company as any issuer which “is engaged or proposes to engage in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding, or trading in securities, and owns or proposes to acquire investment securities [as defined by Section 3(a)(2) of the Investment Company Act] having a value exceeding 40 per centum of the value of [its] total assets (exclusive of Government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis” (“40% investment securities test”). Section 3(a)(2) of the Investment Company Act defines “investment securities” to include all securities except (A) Government securities, (B) securities issued by employees' securities companies, and (C) securities issued by majority-owned subsidiaries that are not themselves (i) investment companies and (ii) are not relying on the private investment company exclusions of that Act. Asset-backed issuers typically meet the definition of investment company in Section 3(a)(1)(A) and/or Section 3(a)(1)(C). 15 U.S.C. 80a-3(a)(1).<E T="03">See also infra</E>note 30 (discussing statutory exclusions from the definition of investment company that may be available to certain asset-backed issuers).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>19</SU>15 U.S.C. 80a-1(b).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>20</SU>A study conducted prior to the adoption of the Act documented numerous instances in which investment companies were managed for the benefit of their sponsors and affiliates to the detriment of investors.<E T="03">Investment Trusts and Investment Companies: Hearings on S.3580 Before a Subcomm. of the Senate Comm. On Banking and Currency,</E>3d Sess. 89 (1940) (“Investment Trusts Study”). Section 17 of the Investment Company Act prohibits certain transactions involving investment companies and their affiliates. 15 U.S.C. 80a-17(a). Other provisions of the Investment Company Act also effectively limit opportunities for overreaching by investment company sponsors and affiliates.<E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Section 10(f) of the Investment Company, which generally prohibits a registered investment company from knowingly purchasing, during the existence of any underwriting or selling syndicate, any security a principal underwriter of which is an affiliated person of the investment company. 15 U.S.C. 80a-10(f).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>21</SU>Prior to 1940, some investment companies were highly leveraged through the issuance of “senior securities” in the form of debt or preferred stock, which often resulted in the companies being unable to meet their obligations to the holders of their senior securities.<E T="03">See id.</E>Excessive leverage also greatly increased the speculative nature of the common stock of the companies.<E T="03">Id.</E>Section 18 of the Investment Company Act limits the ability of registered investment companies to engage in borrowing and to issue senior securities. 15 U.S.C. 80a-18.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>22</SU>Prior to 1940, investment companies often valued their portfolios inaccurately, resulting in unfair and discriminatory practices in the pricing of their securities.<E T="03">See</E>Investment Trusts Study,<E T="03">supra</E>note 20. The Investment Company Act governs the manner in which registered investment companies value their portfolios, including defining “value” in Section 2(a)(41), with respect to securities held by a registered investment company, to be (a) market value for securities for which market quotations are readily available or (b) for other securities or assets, fair value as determined in good faith by the company's board of directors. 15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(41).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>23</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>Investment Trusts Study,<E T="03">supra</E>note 20.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>24</SU>
              <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Investment Trusts Study,<E T="03">supra</E>note 20. Prior to 1940, investment company assets were not adequately protected from misuse by investment company insiders.<E T="03">Id.</E>In many cases, controlling persons of investment companies commingled the investment companies' assets with the investment advisers' assets and then proceeded to misuse the assets themselves.<E T="03">Id.</E>Section 17(f) of the Investment Company Act and the rules thereunder set forth requirements with respect to the custody of investment company assets. 15 U.S.C. 80a-17(f).<E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Rule 17f-2 under the Investment Company Act governing custody of investments by a registered investment company. 17 CFR 270.17f-2.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Like most investment companies, asset-backed issuers typically have no employees and must rely for their operations on their sponsors, servicers and other persons, each of whom has its own separate and distinct set of financial and other interests. Furthermore, with the exception of the role typically assigned to the trustee, the sponsor, or a person affiliated with the sponsor, potentially could be responsible for most, if not all, of the operations of an asset-backed issuer.<SU>25</SU>
            <FTREF/>This structure presents significant potential for conflicts of interest. Thus, for example, one Investment Company Act-related concern is the possibility of a sponsor intentionally overvaluing assets or “dumping” into the asset-backed issuer assets that are insufficient to produce the cash flow needed to meet the issuer's obligations to its securities holders, contrary to representations made to investors.<SU>26</SU>
            <FTREF/>Another Investment Company Act-related concern is that a sponsor potentially could substitute inferior assets for the assets transferred to the issuer at the time of securitization.<SU>27</SU>
            <FTREF/>Still another Investment Company Act-related concern relates to the safeguarding of the issuer's assets and the cash flow derived from such assets from being jeopardized, among other things, by the servicer or the trustee commingling the assets and the cash flow with their own assets or by the servicer or trustee investing the issuer's cash flow in a speculative manner.<SU>28</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>25</SU>
              <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Proposing Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 15 at n.95 and accompanying text.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>26</SU>
              <E T="03">See, e.g., SEC</E>v.<E T="03">Patrick Quinlan, et al.,</E>2008 Fed. Sec. L. Rep. (CCH) ¶ 95,005 (E.D. Mich. Nov.7, 2008),<E T="03">aff'd,</E>373 Fed. Appx. 581 (6th Cir., 2010) (the Commission brought an enforcement action against the sponsor of a mortgage-backed issuer that placed in the issuer a large number of mortgages that the sponsor itself had originated whose loan-to-value ratios exceeded the maximum loan-to-value ratios stated in the issuer's prospectus, significantly increasing the riskiness of the investment).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>27</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>Protecting Investors Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 4 at text following n.281.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>28</SU>
              <E T="03">See id.</E>at text following n.289.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Rule 3a-7</HD>
          <P>Although asset-backed issuers typically meet the definition of investment company, as a practical matter, they cannot operate under certain of the Investment Company Act's requirements and restrictions.<SU>29</SU>
            <FTREF/>
            <PRTPAGE P="55311"/>As a result, asset-backed issuers often rely on Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act to be excluded from regulation under the Act.<SU>30</SU>
            <FTREF/>The Commission adopted Rule 3a-7 in 1992 specifically to exclude from the definition of investment company certain asset-backed issuers that meet the rule's conditions.<SU>31</SU>
            <FTREF/>These conditions were intended to reflect the structural and operational distinctions between registered investment companies and asset-backed issuers,<SU>32</SU>
            <FTREF/>and incorporated what we believed to be then-existing practices in the asset-backed securities market that addressed investor protection under the Investment Company Act and promoted capital formation.<SU>33</SU>
            <FTREF/>The conditions also were intended to accommodate future developments in the asset-backed securities market, consistent with investor protection.<SU>34</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>29</SU>For example, Section 17(a) of the Investment Company Act generally would prohibit the sponsor's sale of assets to the asset-backed issuer. 15 U.S.C. 80a-17(a). In addition, certain asset-backed issuers could not comply with Section 18<PRTPAGE/>of the Act, which generally limits the extent to which registered investment companies may issue senior securities, including debt. 15 U.S.C. 80a-18.<E T="03">See</E>Proposing Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 15 at n.36; Protecting Investors Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 4 at n.253 and accompanying text.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>30</SU>Certain asset-backed issuers alternatively may seek to rely on the exclusion from the definition of investment company set forth in Section 3(c)(5)(A), (B) or (C) of the Investment Company Act. 15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(5).<E T="03">See infra</E>section III.C. The Commission today is issuing a concept release concerning companies that rely on Section 3(c)(5)(C).<E T="03">Companies Engaged in the Business of Acquiring Mortgages and Mortgage-Related Instruments,</E>Investment Company Act Release No. 29778 (Aug. 31, 2011) (the “Section 3(c)(5)(C) Concept Release”). That release may be relevant to certain asset-backed issuers that rely on that Section.<E T="03">See infra</E>section III.C.</P>

            <P>As yet another alternative, asset-backed issuers that privately offer and sell their securities may seek to rely on Section 3(c)(1) or Section 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act, commonly referred to as the “private investment company exclusions.” 15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1); 15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(7). Section 3(c)(1) generally excludes from the definition of investment company any issuer whose outstanding securities (other than short-term paper) are beneficially owned by not more than 100 investors and which is not making and does not presently propose to make a public offering of its securities. 15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1). Section 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act generally excludes from the definition of investment company any issuer whose outstanding securities are owned exclusively by persons who, at the time of acquisition of such securities, are certain sophisticated investors, called “qualified purchasers,” and which is not making and does not at that time propose to make a public offering of its securities. 15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(7).<E T="03">See</E>Section 2(a)(51) of the Investment Company Act (defining the term qualified purchaser). 15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(51). Section 3(c)(7) may be a particularly useful exclusion for asset-backed issuers that privately offer and sell their securities because, unlike Section 3(c)(1), it does not limit the number of investors that may hold the issuer's securities and many investors in asset-backed securities are large institutional investors that meet the definition of qualified purchaser under the Act.<E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Kravitt,<E T="03">supra</E>note 15 at 12.03[D].</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>31</SU>Prior to the adoption of Rule 3a-7, the Commission had issued approximately 125 orders under Section 6(c), the Investment Company's Act general exemptive provision, which provided exemptive relief to certain asset-backed issuers, primarily those holding mortgage-related assets. 15 U.S.C. 80a-6(c).<E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Mortgage Bankers Financial Corp. I,<E T="03">et al.,</E>Investment Company Act Release Nos. 16458 (June 28, 1988), 53 FR 25226 (notice of application) and 16497 (July 25, 1988), 41 SEC Docket 814 (order); Shearson Lehman CMO, Inc., Investment Company Act Release Nos. 15796 (June 11, 1987), 52 FR 23246 (notice of application) and 15852 (July 2, 1987), 38 SEC Docket 1403 (order). The Commission has not issued any such orders since Rule 3a-7 was adopted in 1992.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>32</SU>For example, an issuer relying on Rule 3a-7 may not issue redeemable securities, because “investors could confuse the securities with those issued by open-end management investment companies.” Proposing Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 15, at n. 61 and accompanying text.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>33</SU>Adopting Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 4 at text following n.8.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>34</SU>
              <E T="03">Id.</E>
            </P>
          </FTNT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Discussion</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Revisiting Rule 3a-7</HD>
          <P>To rely on Rule 3a-7, an asset-backed issuer must issue fixed-income securities or other securities which entitle the holders to receive payments that depend primarily on the cash flow from eligible assets.<SU>35</SU>
            <FTREF/>The rule provides that the issuer's fixed-income securities generally must be rated by at least one NRSRO in one of the four highest ratings categories.<SU>36</SU>
            <FTREF/>At the time the rule was adopted, the Commission understood that NRSROs, in providing credit ratings for fixed-income securities of asset-backed issuers, typically expected the issuers to have certain structural safeguards.<SU>37</SU>
            <FTREF/>The Commission viewed these safeguards as addressing investor protection under the Investment Company Act.<SU>38</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>35</SU>Rule 3a-7(b)(1) defines eligible assets to be financial assets, either fixed or revolving, that by their terms convert into cash within a finite time period plus any rights or other assets designed to assure the servicing or timely distribution of proceeds to security holders.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>36</SU>Rule 3a-7(a)(2). When Rule 3a-7 was adopted, almost all publicly offered fixed-income securities issued by asset-backed issuers were rated by at least one rating agency, with most issuing at least one class of fixed-income securities rated in one of the top two categories. See Protecting Investors Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 4 at nn. 187-188 and accompanying text. Rule 3a-7 contains an exception from the rating requirement that permits non-investment grade or unrated fixed-income securities to be sold to institutional accredited investors and any security, without regard to type or rating, to be sold to qualified institutional buyers or to persons involved in the organization or operation of the issuer and their affiliates, provided that the issuer and its underwriters use reasonable care to ensure that all excepted sales and resales are to such persons.<E T="03">See</E>Rule 3a-7(a)(2). The exception reflected then-existing industry practice that subordinate tranches of fixed-income asset-backed securities issuances, which typically were not highly rated, if rated at all, and residual interests in the issuer, were placed with certain sophisticated investors. Proposing Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 15 at n.77 and accompanying text.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>37</SU>Adopting Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 4, at text following n. 42. As noted above, the recent financial crisis has exposed various problems with the ratings process and the NRSROs' procedures and methodologies.<E T="03">See supra</E>note 14.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>38</SU>Adopting Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 4. The Commission also explained that the rating requirement also served as a means of distinguishing asset-backed issuers from registered investment companies. The Commission, however, emphasized that, “although ratings generally reflect evaluations of credit risk, the rating requirement [was] not intended to address investment risks associated with the credit quality of a financing.” Adopting Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 4 at text following n.41.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>For example, in providing a credit rating for certain asset-backed securities, the NRSROs, among other things, were understood to typically: Review the specific assets to be transferred to the issuer or the method by which the assets were selected; expect an independent auditor to confirm that the asset pool was representative of the sponsor's portfolio; and evaluate limitations placed on the substitution of the issuer's assets and the reinvestment of the cash flow derived from the assets.<SU>39</SU>
            <FTREF/>Such expected review by an NRSRO had the perceived benefit of mitigating opportunities for self-dealing and overreaching by the sponsor or other insiders of the asset-backed issuer.<SU>40</SU>
            <FTREF/>In addition, the NRSROs were understood to analyze the potential performance of the issuer's assets, the risks related to the issuer's cash flow and the cash flow allocation with respect to the payment of the fixed-income securities. Such analysis was viewed as addressing potential concerns relating to misvaluation of the issuer's assets and inadequate asset coverage.<SU>41</SU>
            <FTREF/>The NRSROs also were understood to review whether the asset-backed issuer's assets would be available in the event of the sponsor's insolvency, and evaluate the processes and controls regarding the custody of the issuer's assets and cash flow. Such review was viewed as addressing concerns relating to the safekeeping of the issuer's assets.<SU>42</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>39</SU>Protecting Investors Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 4 at nn. 208-211 and accompanying text, n. 218 and accompanying text, and text following n.292 and prior to n.293.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>40</SU>
              <E T="03">Id.</E>at text following n.292.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>41</SU>
              <E T="03">Id.</E>at nn.212, 220-221 and 293 and accompanying text.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>42</SU>
              <E T="03">Id.</E>at nn.294-295 and accompanying text.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Rule 3a-7 also imposes limitations on the acquisition and disposition of the eligible assets that were intended to help ensure that any changes in the issuer's assets would not adversely affect the outstanding fixed-income securities holders and guard against self-dealing and overreaching by the issuer's sponsor or servicer.<SU>43</SU>

            <FTREF/>The restrictions also were intended to prevent activities that resemble the<PRTPAGE P="55312"/>portfolio management practices employed by registered management investment companies.<SU>44</SU>
            <FTREF/>Under the rule, an issuer generally may acquire additional eligible assets or dispose of such assets only if that action complies with the terms and conditions set forth in the issuer's organizational documents.<SU>45</SU>
            <FTREF/>In addition, any acquisition or disposition of eligible assets may not result in a downgrading of the rating of the issuer's fixed-income securities.<SU>46</SU>
            <FTREF/>The rule also does not permit the acquisition or disposition of eligible assets for the primary purpose of recognizing gains or losses resulting from market changes.<SU>47</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>43</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>Adopting Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 4 at n. 66 and accompanying text.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>44</SU>
              <E T="03">Id.</E>at n.62 and accompanying text.<E T="03">See also infra</E>section III.A.3. For example, Rule 3a-7 does not permit the acquisition or disposition of eligible assets for the primary purpose of recognizing gains or losses resulting from market changes. Rule 3a-7(a)(3)(iii).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>45</SU>Rule 3a-7(a)(3)(i).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>46</SU>Rule 3a-7(a)(3)(ii). The Commission explained that tying the management of the issuer's eligible assets to the rating of the fixed-income securities addressed the danger of self-dealing, because any addition or removal of assets that adversely affected the fixed-income securities holders was understood to result in a downgrading of the issuer's outstanding fixed-income securities.<E T="03">See</E>Adopting Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 4 at n.66 and accompanying text.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>47</SU>Rule 3a-7(a)(3)(iii).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Finally, the rule includes conditions addressing the safekeeping of the issuer's eligible assets and the cash flow derived from such assets. Among other things, the issuer generally must take reasonable steps to cause an independent trustee<SU>48</SU>
            <FTREF/>to have a perfected security interest or ownership interest valid against any third parties in the eligible assets that principally generate the cash flow needed for payment on the fixed-income securities.<SU>49</SU>
            <FTREF/>In addition, the cash flow derived from the eligible assets that is received by the servicer must be deposited periodically in a segregated account that is maintained or controlled by the independent trustee, “consistent with the rating of the outstanding fixed-income securities.”<SU>50</SU>
            <FTREF/>This reference to the rating reflected what the Commission understood to be the practice of NRSROs, in issuing the rating, to review the capability of the issuer's servicer to perform its duties, including the risk of loss from the servicer holding the cash flow derived from the eligible assets.<SU>51</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>48</SU>Rule 3a-7(a)(4)(i) generally requires that the trustee be a bank that meets the requirements of Section 26(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act and that is not affiliated, as that term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, with the issuer or with any person involved in the organization or operation of the issuer, that does not offer or provide credit or credit enhancement to the issuer, and that executes an agreement or instrument concerning the issuer's securities containing provisions to the effect set forth in Section 26(a)(3) of the Investment Company Act, limiting when the trustee may resign. 15 U.S.C. 80a-26(a)(3).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>49</SU>Rule 3a-7(a)(4)(ii).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>50</SU>Rule 3a-7(a)(4)(iii).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>51</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>Proposing Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 15 at n.31.<E T="03">See also</E>Adopting Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 4 at text following n.82; Kravitt,<E T="03">supra</E>note 15 at 7.03[E].</P>
          </FTNT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Rating Requirements</HD>
          <P>As discussed above, Rule 3a-7 contains references to ratings in three of the rule's conditions. Specifically, an asset-backed issuer relying on Rule 3a-7 generally must have its fixed-income securities rated by at least one NRSRO in one of the four highest ratings categories.<SU>52</SU>
            <FTREF/>In addition, any acquisition or disposition of eligible assets may not result in a downgrading of the rating of the issuer's fixed-income securities.<SU>53</SU>
            <FTREF/>Finally, the cash flow derived from the eligible assets that is received by the servicer must be deposited periodically in a segregated account that is maintained or controlled by an independent trustee, “consistent with the rating of the outstanding fixed-income securities.”<SU>54</SU>
            <FTREF/>In each case, the reference to ratings was intended to be a type of proxy for the relevant investor protections afforded by the Investment Company Act.<SU>55</SU>
            <FTREF/>The condition that the fixed-income securities be rated also was viewed as a means of distinguishing asset-backed issuers from most registered investment companies.<SU>56</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>52</SU>Rule 3a-7(a)(2).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>53</SU>Rule 3a-7(a)(3)(ii).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>54</SU>Rule 3a-7(a)(4)(iii).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>55</SU>
              <E T="03">See supra</E>note 38 and accompanying text.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>56</SU>
              <E T="03">Id.</E>
            </P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>The Commission is considering eliminating the references to ratings in Rule 3a-7. We question whether such references have served, as intended, as a proxy to address Investment Company Act-related concerns, and whether it continues to be appropriate for Rule 3a-7 to make use of ratings in this manner. Accordingly, we ask for comment on the type of analysis that rating agencies currently conduct in providing credit ratings for the fixed-income securities of asset-backed issuers, and the types of structural safeguards that rating agencies expect asset-backed issuers to have, that also address Investment Company Act-related concerns.<SU>57</SU>
            <FTREF/>Please provide a full explanation of whether, and if so how, the actions and expectations of the rating agencies today mitigate the potential for the types of abuses otherwise addressed by the Investment Company Act.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>57</SU>
              <E T="03">See supra</E>section III.A.1 (describing the types of review we believed was conducted by the rating agencies when the rule was adopted).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>• Do ratings today serve as a proxy for addressing Investment Company Act-related concerns? If so, are there mechanisms in place that help ensure that NRSROs conduct the type of analysis and review of asset-backed issuers' structures and operations that serve to address Investment Company Act-related concerns?</P>
          <P>• Did the revelations concerning the NRSROs' processes, policies and methodologies arising out of the recent financial crisis also suggest that ratings failed to serve as a proxy for addressing Investment Company Act-related concerns?</P>
          <P>• Even if the actions and expectations of the rating agencies with respect to asset-backed issuers today mitigate the potential for Investment Company Act-related concerns, does it continue to be appropriate to rely on ratings as a proxy for addressing Investment Company Act-related concerns in Rule 3a-7?</P>
          <P>• Should some or all of the references to ratings be removed from the rule? Should the references to ratings be replaced with other conditions? What would be the economic impact of removing the references to ratings in Rule 3a-7 and of any suggested new conditions?</P>
          <P>• Should Rule 3a-7 continue to require that the fixed-income securities be rated regardless of whether any other conditions are added to the rule? To the extent that the ratings requirements in the rule are perceived to be or are useful as a measure of credit-worthiness, what substitute standards should the Commission consider adopting in accordance with Section 939A of the Dodd-Frank Act?<SU>58</SU>
            <FTREF/>We ask commenters to fully explain their views.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>58</SU>
              <E T="03">See supra</E>note 7 and accompanying text (Section 939A of the Dodd-Frank Act generally requires the Commission to review any references to or requirements regarding credit ratings in its regulations, remove these references or requirements and substitute other appropriate standards of credit-worthiness in place of the credit ratings).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>We note that, as discussed in greater detail below, various provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and Commission rules thereunder, as well as the 2010 ABS Proposing Release and 2011 ABS Re-proposal, set forth requirements relating to certain asset-backed issuers and certain persons involved in the organization and operation of asset-backed issuers, that may serve to address the same Investment Company Act-related concerns as those that underlie the references to ratings in Rule 3a-7.<SU>59</SU>

            <FTREF/>As detailed below, we ask for comment on whether any such requirements should be included as conditions to the exclusion from the<PRTPAGE P="55313"/>definition of investment company provided by Rule 3a-7.<SU>60</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>59</SU>
              <E T="03">See infra</E>section III.A.2.d.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>60</SU>
              <E T="03">Id.</E>
            </P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>We also note that, although Rule 3a-7 generally states that fixed-income securities of an asset-backed issuer must be rated by at least one NRSRO in one of the four highest rating categories, the text of the rule does not require fixed-income securities of a Rule 3a-7 issuer to be rated, provided that the securities are sold and resold only to certain sophisticated investors.<SU>61</SU>
            <FTREF/>We request comment on whether and, if so, to what extent, any issuer has relied on Rule 3a-7 to offer fixed-income securities to the sophisticated investors specified in the rule without any tranche of the issuer's fixed-income securities being rated in the categories specified in the rule. If so, please explain whether these securities were offered publicly or privately.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>61</SU>
              <E T="03">See supra</E>note 36.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Possible New Conditions for Rule 3a-7</HD>
          <P>We ask for comment on the conditions that should be added to Rule 3a-7 to directly address investor protection under the Investment Company Act.<SU>62</SU>
            <FTREF/>These investor protection issues generally can be characterized as falling into the following areas: (i) Concerns about self-dealing by insiders, misvaluation of assets and inadequate asset coverage as they relate to the structure and operation of the asset-backed issuer; (ii) the benefits of an independent review of the asset-backed issuer's structure and intended operations in addressing these concerns; and (iii) preservation and safekeeping of the asset-backed issuer's eligible assets and cash flow.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>62</SU>We note that this approach was suggested by a commenter that had responded to the Commission's request for comment in the 2008 NRSRO Proposing Release.<E T="03">See</E>comment letter from Shearman &amp; Sterling LLP (on behalf of its client Merrill Lynch Depositor Inc.) to Florence E. Harmon, Acting Secretary (Sept. 24, 2008), File Nos. S7-18-08 and S7-19-08 (“if the Commission feels it necessary that Rule 3a-7 be amended, our client feels that the Commission's proposal that the rating requirement be replaced with alternative specific requirements regarding abuses that the Investment Company Act is designed to address, such as self-dealing and overreaching by issuers, misvaluation of assets, and inadequate asset coverage, is worth further consideration by the Commission * * *”).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Each of these investor protection issues is discussed in greater detail below. Although the Commission has identified these particular issues, the Commission requests and encourages commenters to provide both thoughts about the types of investor protection concerns under the Investment Company Act presented by asset-backed issuers and suggestions as to the types of conditions that should be included in Rule 3a-7 to address these concerns. We also ask for comment on the changes in the asset-backed securities market since 1992, whether such changes present other issues or concerns under the Investment Company Act that we have not described, and how Rule 3a-7 should address them. We ask that commenters fully explain their recommendations, including how any suggested conditions would directly address investor protection under the Investment Company Act, and well as how such suggestions might affect capital formation. We also ask commenters to provide suggested rule text.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Structure and Operation of the Issuer</HD>
          <P>In many respects, the Investment Company Act is generally intended to address the structural and operational integrity of an issuer in relation to the securities being issued.<SU>63</SU>
            <FTREF/>In the context of an asset-backed issuer that may use the exclusion provided by Rule 3a-7, the concern is with the possibility of abusive practices, such as self-dealing and overreaching by insiders, misvaluation of assets, and inadequate asset coverage.<SU>64</SU>
            <FTREF/>For example, the asset-backed issuer's sponsor, among other things, might potentially engage in intentional misvaluation of assets or in a form of “dumping” by transferring assets insufficient to produce the cash flow needed to meet the issuer's obligations to its securities holders, contrary to representations made to investors. In addition, once the securities are issued, any person involved in the operation of the issuer potentially might engage in activities that could adversely affect payment of the outstanding fixed-income securities. Such activities might include, for example, substituting assets in the pool after the time of securitization with lower quality assets, investing the issuer's cash flow in a speculative manner, or other activities that present potential conflicts of interest.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>63</SU>
              <E T="03">See e.g., supra</E>notes 19-24 and accompanying text.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>64</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>Proposing Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 15, at nn. 69 and 70 and accompanying text.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>There are various approaches that the Commission could take to address these types of concerns in Rule 3a-7. The rule could impose specific requirements or limitations on the structure and operations of an asset-backed issuer relying on the rule in order to prevent these potential types of abuses from occurring. For example, the rule could specify the particular manner in which the issuer's assets should be selected and valued to avoid potential “dumping” of assets and misvaluation. The rule also could specify the particular manner in which the issuer's depositor and sponsor may structure the issuer to help guard against self-dealing and overreaching by these insiders. The rule further could prohibit any person involved in the operation of the issuer from engaging in specific activities that may adversely affect payment of the fixed-income securities consistent with their terms.</P>
          <P>Alternatively, the rule could take a principles-based approach that would be less prescriptive. For example, among other things, the rule could require that the parameters of the issuer's organization and operations be set forth in its organizational documents, with the goal of mitigating potential opportunities for self-dealing and overreaching on the part of the issuer and any person involved in the organization or operation of the issuer. To this end, the rule could require that the issuer's organizational documents set forth: (i) The specific roles and responsibilities of any person involved in the organization or operation of the issuer; (ii) the specific terms and conditions pursuant to which the issuer may acquire or dispose of eligible assets; and (iii) policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to prevent insiders from engaging in activities that may adversely affect payment of the fixed-income securities after the securities are sold. We understand that the current industry practice of publicly-offered asset-backed issuers is to set forth the parameters of the issuer's organization and operations in the issuer's organizational documents,<SU>65</SU>
            <FTREF/>with varying degrees of specificity.<SU>66</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>65</SU>An issuer's organizational documents must be filed as exhibits to the registration statement.<E T="03">See</E>Item 60 of Regulation S-K [17 CFR 229.60].</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>66</SU>We note, for example, that Regulation AB generally requires asset-backed issuers to describe much of this information in their registration statements, although perhaps not with the same degree of specificity that could be required under this approach.<E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Item 1104(d) (requiring a description of the sponsor's material roles and responsibilities in its securitization program); Item 1107(b) (requiring a description of the permissible activities of the issuer); Item 1108(a)(1) (requiring a description of the roles, responsibilities and oversight requirements of the servicers involved in a transaction) [17 CFR 229.1104(d), 1107(b), 1108(a)(1)]. In addition, as discussed previously, under current Rule 3a-7, an issuer generally may acquire additional eligible assets or dispose of such assets only if that action complies with the terms and conditions set forth in the issuer's organizational documents .<E T="03">See supra</E>note 45 and accompanying text.</P>
          </FTNT>

          <P>The Commission requests comment on the types of conditions that may be appropriate for Rule 3a-7 to provide structural and operational safeguards for<PRTPAGE P="55314"/>asset-backed issuers that seek to rely on the rule.</P>
          <P>• Is one of the possible approaches discussed above more consistent with investor protection than, or otherwise preferable to, the other? If so, which one and why? What would be the impact of such an approach on capital formation?</P>
          <P>• What would be the potential economic impact of the approaches discussed above?</P>
          <P>• If the rule were to impose specific requirements or limitations on the structure and operations of an asset-backed issuer relying on the rule, what should those requirements or limitations be, and what would be the likely benefits and costs of such requirements or limitations?</P>
          <P>• Should the rule require an issuer's organizational documents to set forth the types of information suggested above? How would such a requirement change current practice?</P>
          <P>• Rule 3a-7(a)(3)(i) currently provides that an issuer generally may acquire additional eligible assets or dispose of eligible assets only in accordance with the specific terms and conditions of the issuer's organizational documents. Should that condition be expanded to cover the initial transfer of eligible assets to the issuer at the time of securitization, in order to mitigate opportunities for dumping and other potential abuses by insiders that exist both at the time of the initial transfer of the assets to the issuer and over the course of the operation of the issuer? If the condition were so expanded, would it help mitigate such potential abuses?</P>
          <P>• Are there other approaches that the Commission should consider that would adequately address Investment Company Act-related concerns such as self-dealing and overreaching, misvaluation, and inadequate asset coverage?<SU>67</SU>
            <FTREF/>If so, what types of approaches, why and with what economic impact? We ask commenters to fully explain their views and, if appropriate, provide rule text and supporting data.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>67</SU>One approach to addressing these concerns might be to include a condition in Rule 3a-7 that provides for an independent third party review of the issuer's structure and intended operations. We discuss such a condition in the next section.<E T="03">See infra</E>section III.A.2.b.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>• Are there other Investment Company Act-related concerns that Rule 3a-7 should address besides self-dealing, misvaluation and inadequate asset coverage? If so, what are those concerns and how should the rule address them? For example, one of the Investment Company Act-related concerns is the pyramiding of investment companies.<SU>68</SU>
            <FTREF/>Should Rule 3a-7 address this concern?<SU>69</SU>
            <FTREF/>If so, why and how should the rule address it? Should the rule restrict the ability of an issuer relying on the rule to invest in other asset-backed issuers? If so, what restrictions should the rule impose?</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>68</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>Section 1(b)(4) of the Investment Company Act.<E T="03">Cf. Fund of Funds Investments,</E>Investment Company Act Release No. 26198 (Oct. 1, 2003) (“The complex structures that resulted from pyramiding created additional problems for shareholders. These structures permitted acquiring funds to circumvent investment restrictions and limitations, and made it impossible for shareholders to understand who really controlled the fund or the true value of their investments.”).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>69</SU>We note, for example, that the Financial Crisis Inquiry Commission found that investments by issuers of collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs) in other CDOs magnified total leverage and increased exposure to loss. Financial Crisis Inquiry Commission,<E T="03">The Financial Crisis Inquiry Report</E>(Jan. 2011) at 132-134, 155.<E T="03">See also The Report of the Counterparty Risk Management Policy Group III, Containing Systemic Risk: The Road to Reform</E>(Aug. 6, 2008) at 55 (discussing CDOs that invested in other CDOs).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Independent Review</HD>
          <P>The concept of independent oversight or independent review is fundamental to the regulatory framework of the Investment Company Act.<SU>70</SU>
            <FTREF/>Registered investment companies typically rely for their structure and operations on third parties that have their own financial interests separate and distinct from those of the investment companies and their shareholders, presenting potential conflicts of interest that require independent oversight. The independent oversight in the case of registered management investment companies is provided by the company's board of directors, and in particular the independent board members, as required by the Act.<SU>71</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>70</SU>
              <E T="03">See generally</E>Section 1(b) of the Investment Company Act.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>71</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>Section 10 of the Investment Company Act governing the composition of a registered investment company's board of directors.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Asset-backed issuers are similar to registered investment companies in that they also typically rely for their structure and operations on third parties that have their own financial interests separate and distinct from those of the asset-backed issuers and their fixed-income securities holders.<SU>72</SU>
            <FTREF/>We are considering whether to replace the rating condition currently contained in Rule 3a-7, in part, with a condition that would provide for an independent review of the asset-backed issuer and its intended operations prior to the sale of the fixed-income securities. Such a condition could require the asset-backed issuer to obtain an opinion from an independent evaluator that the independent evaluator reasonably believes, based on information available at the time the fixed-income securities are first sold and taking into account the characteristics of the securitized assets underlying the offering, that the asset-backed issuer is structured and would be operated in a manner such that the expected cash flow generated from the underlying assets, would likely allow the asset-backed issuer to have the cash flow at times and in amounts sufficient to service expected payments on the fixed-income securities. Such an opinion would not serve as a guarantee that the securitization will produce such cash flow. Alternatively, the rule could require the issuer itself to provide a similar certification in its offering documents, but to do so only after considering the views of an independent evaluator that has reviewed the structure and the intended operations of the issuer. For purposes of such a condition, potentially any independent person, including an NRSRO, that has the expertise and experience in the structuring or evaluating of asset-backed issuers and their securities, could serve as the independent evaluator.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>72</SU>
              <E T="03">See supra</E>note 25 and accompanying text.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>We note that, in the 2011 ABS Re-proposal, we proposed replacing the investment grade ratings criterion for shelf eligibility for asset-backed securities offerings with a requirement that a certification be provided by either the chief executive officer of the depositor or the executive officer in charge of securitization of the depositor.<SU>73</SU>
            <FTREF/>As we stated in the 2011 ABS Re-proposal, such a certification may cause these officials to review more carefully the disclosure and the transaction, and to participate more extensively in the oversight of the transaction. In the 2011 ABS Re-proposal, we also requested comment on whether an asset-backed issuer should have the flexibility to engage an independent evaluator to perform the review necessary to give the certification, and the type of opinion that the independent evaluator would provide.<SU>74</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>73</SU>As proposed, such certification would state, among other things, that based on the officer's knowledge, “taking into account the characteristics of the securitized assets underlying the offering, the structure of the securitization, including internal credit enhancements, and any other material features of the transaction, in each instance, as described in the prospectus, the securitization is designed to produce, but is not guaranteed by this certification to produce, cash flows at times and in amounts sufficient to service expected payments on the asset-backed securities offered and sold pursuant to the registration statement.”<E T="03">See</E>2011ABS Re-proposal<E T="03">, supra</E>note 13 at proposed Item 601(b)(36) of Regulation AB.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>74</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>2011 ABS Re-proposal,<E T="03">supra</E>note 13 at text following n. 58.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <PRTPAGE P="55315"/>
          <P>If Rule 3a-7 were to be amended to include a condition requiring independent review, the amendment would be premised on the need to address concerns arising under the Investment Company Act about self-dealing and overreaching by insiders.<SU>75</SU>
            <FTREF/>Thus, the purpose of the independent review under Rule 3a-7 would be different from that which might be performed in connection with the certification requirement proposed in the 2011 ABS Re-proposal. Nevertheless, the scope of the review under any independent review provisions in the shelf eligibility conditions and those in Rule 3a-7 could be consistent so that one review could satisfy both purposes.<SU>76</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>75</SU>As discussed above, within the framework of the Investment Company Act, these concerns are addressed through independent review.<E T="03">See supra</E>note 70 and accompanying text.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>76</SU>
              <E T="03">See also infra</E>section III.A.2.d.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>We request comment on whether Rule 3a-7 should require an independent review of the structure and intended operations of the asset-backed issuer.</P>
          <P>• Would such a review serve to address Investment Company Act-related concerns?</P>
          <P>• What should be the scope of the independent review under Rule 3a-7? What should be the standard(s) for the conclusion(s) reached by the independent evaluator for purposes of Rule 3a-7?</P>
          <P>• What should be the independence requirements for an entity to serve as an independent evaluator for purposes of Rule 3a-7? We note that the 2011 ABS Re-proposal requests comment on certain potential independence requirements for an independent evaluator, such as prohibitions on affiliation with the issuer or any person involved in the organization or operation of the issuer, on ownership of the issuer's securities or underlying assets, and on certain material business relationships.<SU>77</SU>
            <FTREF/>Would similar requirements be appropriate in the context of Rule 3a-7?</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>77</SU>2011 ABS Re-proposal,<E T="03">supra</E>note 13 at nn.60-61 and accompanying text.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>• The 2011 ABS Re-proposal also requests comment on whether it would be appropriate to define an independent evaluator as a person that has the expertise and experience in the structuring or evaluating of asset-backed securities. Would this be an appropriate definition of an independent evaluator for purposes of Rule 3a-7?</P>
          <P>• Should we impose any additional or different requirements on an independent evaluator? For example, should consideration be given to whether the independent evaluator is subject to Federal regulation or how the independent evaluator is regulated?</P>
          <P>• What steps should the asset-backed issuer be required to take to determine whether a prospective independent evaluator meets the qualifications to serve as an independent evaluator under Rule 3a-7? Should the asset-backed issuer be able to rely on a statement of the prospective independent evaluator, for example, that the prospective independent evaluator has the required expertise and experience? Should the asset-backed issuer perform some level of due diligence?</P>
          <P>• What types of entities may likely serve as independent evaluators under</P>
          <P>Rule 3a-7? We are interested in particular in hearing from commenters that may meet the possible independent evaluator qualifications discussed above whether they might be interested in serving as independent evaluators if such a condition were to be included in Rule 3a-7, and if not, why not.</P>
          <P>• Should rating agencies be allowed to serve as independent evaluators under Rule 3a-7? Why or why not?</P>
          <P>• If an independent evaluator condition were to be included in Rule 3a-7, should the rule also require the asset-backed issuer to include the independent evaluator's opinion as an exhibit to its registration statement thereby requiring the independent evaluator to consent to being named as an “expert” in the registration statement and being subject to potential liability under Section 11 of the Securities Act?</P>
          <P>• What would be the economic impact of including an independent evaluator condition in Rule 3a-7 and what would be the factors affecting the economic impact? Would the economic impact depend on whether the independent evaluator is subject to expert liability? If so, how? How may the risk of expert liability affect the willingness of an entity to serve as an independent evaluator and the price it may charge for its services?</P>
          <P>• Is the alternative that the asset-backed issuer itself must provide a certification about its structure and intended operations, but only after considering the views of an independent evaluator, preferable? Why or why not?</P>
          <P>• If Rule 3a-7 were to include an independent evaluator condition, would there be circumstances in which compliance with such condition may not be necessary for investor protection? For example, should such a condition not apply with respect to an asset-backed issuer that offers and sells its securities solely to investors that meet certain objective standards, such as being “qualified institutional buyers” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act? If such a condition should not apply to certain asset-backed issuers, should such issuers be required to disclose in their offering documents that they are not complying with the independent evaluator condition and explain why? Should such issuers be subject to other, alternative conditions under Rule 3a-7 that would address Investment Company Act-related concerns, including self-dealing and overreaching by insiders?</P>
          <P>• Are there other considerations that should factor into the Commission's determinations on the appropriateness and the details of an independent review in the context of Rule 3a-7? We ask commenters to fully explain their views and provide supporting data, if appropriate.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Preservation and Safekeeping of Eligible Assets and Cash Flow</HD>
          <P>Like registered investment companies, asset-backed issuers are pools of financial assets that are subject to the risk of misappropriation. In addition, unless the asset-backed issuer is structured appropriately, its assets and cash flow might not be insulated in the event of the sponsor's or depositor's bankruptcy or insolvency. The issuer's assets and cash flow also might be endangered if the servicer or trustee commingles them with its own assets. The availability of the issuer's cash flow to the fixed-income securities holders also could be endangered if the cash flow is invested in a speculative manner.</P>
          <P>Rule 3a-7 contains several conditions designed to address the safekeeping of the issuer's eligible assets and the cash flow derived from such assets. Under the rule, the issuer must take reasonable steps to cause an independent trustee to have a perfected security interest or ownership valid against third parties in the eligible assets.<SU>78</SU>
            <FTREF/>The rule also provides for the cash flow from such assets to be deposited periodically in a segregated account maintained or controlled by the independent trustee “consistent with the rating of the outstanding securities.”<SU>79</SU>

            <FTREF/>In addition, the rule's condition that the issuer's fixed-income securities generally receive a rating in one of the four highest rating categories also touches on concerns relating to the safekeeping of the issuer's assets and cash flow. For example, we understand that asset-backed securities often could not achieve an investment grade rating unless the issuer was structured in such<PRTPAGE P="55316"/>a manner that the assets and cash flow are insulated in the event of the sponsor's or depositor's bankruptcy or insolvency.<SU>80</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>78</SU>Rule 3a-7(a)(4)(ii).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>79</SU>Rule 3a-7(a)(4)(iii).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>80</SU>
              <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Proposing Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 15 at n.33 and accompanying text.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>We ask for comment on whether Rule 3a-7 should be amended to strengthen the provisions relating to the preservation and safekeeping of the asset-backed issuer's assets and cash flow. For example, the current rule does not limit the practice of servicers commingling the cash flow of asset-backed issuers with their own assets for periods of time prior to transferring it to the trustee.<SU>81</SU>
            <FTREF/>We ask for comment on whether such practice may be unnecessarily putting the cash flow at risk. The current rule also does not address the treatment of the cash flow when there is a timing mismatch between the receipt of collections from the eligible assets and the distributions to the fixed-income securities holders. Are there other aspects of the rule we should consider amending in order to help preserve and protect the asset-backed issuer's assets and cash flow? If so, please provide specific suggestions for such amendments, including, where possible, suggested rule text.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>81</SU>Current Rule 3a-7(a)(4) differs significantly from the condition that was initially proposed. The Commission proposed that the cash flow derived from the eligible assets be transferred to the trustee within a reasonable period from the time of receipt.<E T="03">See</E>Proposing Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 15 at nn.90-92 and accompanying text. The Commission explained that the proposed provision was intended to prohibit a servicer from commingling the cash flow with its own assets, arguing that “investor protection concerns outweigh any benefit resulting from the commingling of a servicer's assets with those of the issuer.”<E T="03">Id.</E>at text following n.92. Commenters argued that transferring the cash flow “within a reasonable period of time” was inconsistent with industry practice and that whether a servicer commingled the cash flow with its own assets, and if so, for how long, depended on the type of assets being securitized and the capabilities of the servicer's computer systems to track the cash flow.<E T="03">See</E>Adopting Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 4 at n.77 and accompanying text.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>We also note the irregularities that had recently surfaced that have caused difficulties in determining the ownership of certain mortgages that had been securitized.<SU>82</SU>
            <FTREF/>As discussed, under Rule 3a-7, the issuer must take reasonable steps to cause an independent trustee to have a perfected security interest or ownership valid against third parties in the eligible assets.<SU>83</SU>
            <FTREF/>We ask for comment on whether and how this requirement in Rule 3a-7 should be strengthened in light of these events.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>82</SU>
              <E T="03">See, e.g., November Oversight Report—Examining the Consequences of Mortgage Irregularities for Financial Stability and Foreclosure Mitigation,</E>Congressional Oversight Panel 19 (Nov. 16, 2010) (“Various commentators have begun to ask whether the poor recordkeeping and error-filled work exhibited in foreclosure proceedings, described above, is likely to have marked earlier stages of the process as well. If so, the effect could be that rights were not properly transferred during the securitization process such that title to the mortgage and the note might rest with another party in the process other than the trust.”)</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>83</SU>Rule 3a-7(a)(4)(ii).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>We invite commenters to provide us with information about current practices with respect to the safekeeping of eligible assets under Rule 3a-7.</P>
          <P>• Does the current rule contain safeguards that adequately protect the eligible assets?</P>
          <P>• Should stronger safeguards be adopted with respect to these assets? If so, what should these safeguards be?</P>
          <P>We also invite commenters to provide us with information about current practices under Rule 3a-7 with respect to the management of the cash flow that is derived from an asset-backed issuer's eligible assets.</P>
          <P>• How long do servicers typically hold the cash flow prior to transferring the cash flow to the trustee? What are the benefits, if any, to servicers from holding the cash flow? What are the benefits and risks to asset-backed issuers from servicers holding the cash flow?</P>
          <P>• We note that the rule does not specify that the servicer must keep the cash flow in a segregated account prior to transferring the cash flow to the trustee. Should such a condition be included in the rule and what would be its economic impact if included? Is the answer dependent on the time period that the servicer has, under the asset-backed issuer's organizational documents or otherwise, in which to transfer the cash flow to the trustee?</P>
          <P>• Should the rule be amended to prescribe a time period in which the servicer must transfer the cash flow to the trustee and what would be the economic impact of such a provision? If so, what should that time period be? Commenters suggesting specific time periods should address the costs and benefits associated with their suggestions.</P>
          <P>• Regulation AB requires that servicers provide an annual assessment of compliance with servicing criteria enumerated in Item 1121(d) of Regulation AB, so that investors may identify those aspects of standard servicing criteria that are in material compliance in order to better evaluate servicing responsibilities and performance and reliability of the information they receive.<SU>84</SU>
            <FTREF/>In particular, servicers must assess compliance with the servicing criterion that payments on pool assets are deposited into the appropriate custodial bank accounts and related bank clearing accounts within no more than two business days of receipt, or such other number of days as specified in the transaction agreements.<SU>85</SU>
            <FTREF/>Consistent with this provision, should the time period set forth in Rule 3a-7 be no more than two business days of receipt? Why or why not? What would be the effect if the time period were greater than or less than two business days?</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>84</SU>17 CFR 229.1122(d).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>85</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>Item 1122(d)(2)(i) of Regulation AB [17 CFR 229.1122(d)(2)(i)].</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>We are also interested in obtaining information about how the cash flow is invested under Rule 3a-7 and who receives the returns from such an investment.</P>
          <P>• Should the rule contain a condition that restricts the manner in which the cash flow may be invested? If so, what should this condition provide?</P>
          <P>• Should the rule limit who may receive the benefit of the returns of such investment? Why or why not? What economic benefits and costs would be associated with such a limitation?</P>
          <P>As discussed previously, we understand that asset-backed securities often could not achieve an investment grade rating unless the issuer was structured in such a manner that the assets and cash flow are insulated in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the sponsor or depositor.<SU>86</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>86</SU>
              <E T="03">See supra</E>note 80.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>• Does our understanding hold true?</P>
          <P>• Should the rule include a condition specifying that the eligible assets and the cash flow generated from such assets be available to pay the fixed-income securities consistent with their terms, notwithstanding the bankruptcy or insolvency of the sponsor or depositor? • Should any such condition also extend to the bankruptcy of the servicer? Does the answer depend on whether the servicer needs to hold the eligible assets for servicing purposes and is not required to transfer the cash flow to the independent trustee immediately upon receipt? What would be the potential economic impact of so extending the condition?</P>
          <P>The Commission also requests comment on any other concerns relating to the safekeeping of the issuer's assets and cash flow that we have not contemplated under Rule 3a-7.</P>
          <P>• If there are such concerns, what are they and how should the rule address them?</P>

          <P>• Does the asset-backed market generally impose safeguards that are intended to ensure the safety of the issuer's eligible assets and cash flow? Should the rule reflect these safeguards?<PRTPAGE P="55317"/>If so, what are the safeguards, how should they be reflected, and what would be the economic impact of reflecting them in the rule?</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">d. Other Possible Investor Protections</HD>
          <P>The exclusion from the definition of investment company provided by Rule 3a-7 is one of many regulations under the Federal securities laws addressing asset-backed issuers. Asset-backed issuers also are subject to various regulations under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. We recognize that there may be existing or proposed provisions under these other Federal securities laws applicable to asset-backed issuers which, although intended for different purposes, also may help mitigate potential Investment Company Act-related concerns. Such provisions could be considered for inclusion in Rule 3a-7 in lieu of the rating condition.<SU>87</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>87</SU>We note that not all asset-backed issuers that rely on Rule 3a-7 are subject to the same provisions under the Federal securities laws. For example, asset-backed issuers that rely on Rule 3a-7 may include those issuers that offer and sell their securities under an exemption from registration under the Securities Act or that are not subject to the Exchange Act reporting requirements. Therefore, if we determine that certain existing or proposed provisions under the Federal securities laws help mitigate potential Investment Company Act-related concerns, such provisions may need to be included as conditions in Rule 3a-7 to ensure that all asset-backed issuers relying on the rule are subject to the same conditions, regardless of their status under the other Federal securities laws.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">i. Other Commission Rules</HD>
          <P>For example, Rule 193 under the Securities Act generally requires an asset-backed issuer to perform a review of the assets underlying any asset-backed securities that will be registered under the Securities Act that, at a minimum, provides reasonable assurance that the disclosure in the issuer's prospectus regarding the assets is accurate in all material respects.<SU>88</SU>
            <FTREF/>Section 945 of the Dodd-Frank Act directed the Commission to enact Rule 193 so that due diligence was “re-introduced” into the offering process.<SU>89</SU>
            <FTREF/>This provision, if included in Rule 3a-7, might help mitigate some of the concerns underlying the Investment Company Act, such as the “dumping” of assets and the potential opportunities for overreaching and self-dealing.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>88</SU>17 CFR 230.193.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>89</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>Section 943 Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 9.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Similarly, as part of the 2011 ABS Re-proposal, we proposed to include, as part of the shelf eligibility requirements for asset-backed issuers, a requirement that the issuer's underlying transaction agreements provide for a “credit risk manager” to review the underlying assets in specified circumstances.<SU>90</SU>
            <FTREF/>That proposal addresses concerns about enforceability of representations and warranties regarding the assets, but such a requirement also might serve to mitigate potential Investment Company Act abuses relating to misvaluation of assets and inadequate asset coverage for asset-backed securities and therefore could be considered for inclusion in Rule 3a-7.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>90</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>2011 ABS Re-proposal,<E T="03">supra</E>note 13 at section II.B.1.b.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>As another example, we note that the Dodd-Frank Act added Section 27B to the Securities Act generally to prohibit an underwriter, placement agent, initial purchaser, sponsor, or any affiliate or subsidiary of any such entity, of an asset-backed security, as defined in the Exchange Act, from engaging in any transaction that would involve or result in any material conflict of interest with respect to any investor in a transaction arising out of such activity for a period of one year after the date of the first closing of the sale of the asset-backed security.<SU>91</SU>
            <FTREF/>This provision “prohibits firms from packaging and selling asset-backed securities to their clients and then engaging in transactions that create conflicts of interest between them and their clients.”<SU>92</SU>
            <FTREF/>To the extent that this provision also may help guard against certain of the Investment Company Act-related concerns, such as the potential for self-dealing and overreaching by insiders, it could be considered for incorporation into Rule 3a-7.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>91</SU>Section 621 of Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act also directed the Commission to issue rules for the purpose of implementing this provision, and the prohibition described above takes effect only upon the effective date of such rules.<E T="03">Id.</E>
            </P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>92</SU>Letter from Senators Jeffrey Merkley and Carl Levin to Commission Chairman Mary Schapiro,<E T="03">et al.</E>(Aug. 3, 2010) (“Merkley-Levin Letter”) at p. 1<E T="03">,</E>available at<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/comments/df-title-vi/conflicts-of-interest/conflictsofinterest-2.pdf</E>.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Yet another example of requirements under the Federal securities laws concerning certain asset-backed issuers that may be considered for inclusion in Rule 3a-7 are the risk retention requirements for sponsors of asset-backed issuers, such as the requirements recently proposed by the Commission in a joint rulemaking with other Federal regulators.<SU>93</SU>
            <FTREF/>These requirements may be appropriate as conditions for issuers that wish to rely on Rule 3a-7, if they serve to mitigate the Investment Company Act-related concerns about self-dealing by insiders, misvaluation of assets, and the safekeeping of assets and cash flow.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>93</SU>
              <E T="03">Credit Risk Retention,</E>Securities Exchange Act Release No. 64148 (Mar. 30, 2011) [76 FR 24090 (Apr. 29, 2011)].</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>We ask for comment on whether these or any other existing or proposed provisions under other Federal securities laws applicable to asset-backed issuers also may help mitigate potential Investment Company Act-related concerns and could serve, in whole or in part, as substitutes for the references to ratings in Rule 3a-7. Commenters should be specific in identifying the relevant provision and the Investment Company Act-related concern, and explaining how the provision may help mitigate the Investment Company Act-related concern.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">ii. Eligibility to Use Rule 3a-7</HD>
          <P>Currently, any issuer generally may rely on Rule 3a-7 provided that it is in the business of purchasing or otherwise acquiring and holding “eligible assets,” issues securities which entitle their holders to receive payments that depend primarily on the cash flow from the eligible assets, and meets the other conditions of the rule. When the Commission adopted Rule 3a-7, the Commission stated that the definition of “eligible assets” in Rule 3a-7—in part, “financial assets, either fixed or revolving, that by their terms convert into cash within a finite time period”—was based on the definition of “asset-backed security” under the Securities Act.<SU>94</SU>

            <FTREF/>We understand that asset-backed commercial paper programs that issue securities in reliance on an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, and other asset-backed issuers that offer and sell their securities in reliance<PRTPAGE P="55318"/>on an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, often rely on Rule 3a-7 to be excluded from regulation under the Investment Company Act. Conversely, an asset-backed issuer that cannot meet the conditions of Rule 3a-7 (and is unable to qualify for any other exclusion from regulation under the Investment Company Act, such as Section 3(c)(5), or register under the Act) generally may not register the issuance of its securities even if the issuer and its securities meet the other offering requirements under the Securities Act.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>94</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>Adopting Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 4 at n.12 and accompanying text. Regulation AB generally defines “asset-backed security” as “a security that is primarily serviced by the cash flows of a discrete pool of receivables or other financial assets, either fixed or revolving, that by their terms convert into cash within a finite time period, plus any rights or other assets designed to assure the servicing or timely distributions of proceeds to the security holders; provided that in the case of financial assets that are leases, those assets may convert to cash partially by the cash proceeds from the disposition of the physical property underlying such leases.”<E T="03">See</E>Item 1101(c)(1) of Regulation AB. Regulation AB considers certain types of master-trusts and issuers with prefunding periods and revolving accounts to be discrete pools of assets.<E T="03">See</E>Item 1101(c)(3) of Regulation AB. In the 2010 April ABS Proposal, the Commission proposed to restrict the use of Regulation AB by master trust issuers backed by non-revolving assets, limit the number of years for revolving periods of non-revolving accounts from three years to one year, and decrease the limit on the amount of prefunding permitted by the prefunding exception from 50% to 10%.<E T="03">See</E>2010 ABS Proposing Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 10 at section IV. The definition of “asset-backed security” in Regulation AB also contains limits on the amounts of delinquent and non-performing assets in the asset pool.<E T="03">See</E>Item 1101(c)(2). The shelf eligibility requirements on Form S-3 further limits the amount of delinquent assets and certain leases that may be held in the asset pool.<E T="03">See</E>Form S-3.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>• We request comment on whether the requirements of Regulation AB or the shelf eligibility requirements may serve, in whole or in part, to address the Investment Company Act concerns underlying Rule 3a-7 and therefore be a basis for meeting some or all of the rule's conditions, including the rating condition and any conditions that may replace it. Should the conditions of Rule 3a-7 distinguish between issuers that meet the shelf eligibility requirements and those that do not? If so, why and how should the conditions differ? We ask commenters to be specific in their responses and to provide data and statistics, if possible.</P>
          <P>• Would certain asset-backed issuers that currently are able to publicly offer their securities no longer be able to do so if Rule 3a-7 were limited to issuers that meet the shelf eligibility requirements? If so, please explain. With respect to such issuers, commenters also should address any alternative exclusion(s) from regulation under the Investment Company Act that may be available, and the advantages and disadvantages of the issuers' using these exclusions if Rule 3a-7 were not available to them. We ask commenters to provide data in support of their responses, if possible.</P>
          <P>• Is our understanding correct that some asset-backed issuers that privately offer their securities rely on Rule 3a-7? If so, would certain of these issuers no longer be able to rely on Rule 3a-7 if the rule was limited in this manner? If not, why not? We also ask commenters to provide similar information and data about asset-backed issuers that rely on the private investment company exclusions from regulation under the Investment Company Act, and any alternative exclusion(s) from regulation under the Investment Company Act that may be available, and the advantages and disadvantages of the issuers' using these exclusions if Rule 3a-7 were not available to them. The Commission also requests that commenters provide any available data about the sizes and types of asset-backed issuers that privately offer their securities that rely on Rule 3a-7.</P>
          <P>• What would be the effect on the asset-backed securities market in general, on capital formation, and on investors if the availability of Rule 3a-7 were limited to issuers of asset-backed securities as defined in Regulation AB or included the further limitations found in the shelf eligibility requirements?</P>
          <P>• Are there alternative approaches that the Commission should consider to an issuer's eligibility to use Rule 3a-7 that would address Investment Company Act-related concerns? Commenters that offer alternative approaches should be as specific as possible in explaining their approach and the effect such an approach would have on asset-backed issuers, on the asset-backed securities market in general, on capital formation, and on investors.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Standard for Acquisition and Disposition of Eligible Assets</HD>
          <P>With respect to the type and amount of activity related to the acquisition and disposition of an issuer's eligible assets that may take place under Rule 3a-7, the Commission has stated that Rule 3a-7 was intended to permit only those activities “that do not in any sense parallel typical `management' of registered investment company portfolios.”<SU>95</SU>
            <FTREF/>Thus, according to the Adopting Release, permitted activities under the rule include selling or substituting eligible assets when documentation is defective or for nonconformity with representations or warranties, disposing of assets in default or in imminent default, and removing excess credit support.<SU>96</SU>
            <FTREF/>We request comment on the management activities of asset-backed issuers under Rule 3a-7.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>95</SU>
              <E T="03">See supra</E>note 44 and accompanying text.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>96</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>Adopting Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 4<E T="03"/>at n.68 and accompanying text.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>• What changes, if any, should be made to the rule's conditions addressing the acquisition and disposition of eligible assets? What would be the economic impact of any such changes?</P>
          <P>• Does the current rule adequately preclude activities “that do not in any sense parallel typical `management' of registered investment company portfolios”? If not, should additional conditions be added to the rule that would limit the acquisition and disposition of the issuer's eligible assets, and if so, what types of conditions? What would be the economic impact of such conditions?</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. The Effect of the Exclusion Provided by Rule 3a-7</HD>
          <P>Current Rule 3a-7 excludes from the definition of investment company any issuer that meets the rule's conditions. The rule does not address how a holder of securities of a Rule 3a-7 issuer should treat those securities for purposes of determining the holder's own status under the Investment Company Act. In light of certain developments in the asset-backed securities markets in recent years, detailed below, we request comment whether we should consider limiting or clarifying the manner in which the exclusion provided by Rule 3a-7 may be used by certain holders of securities issued by Rule 3a-7 issuers.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Holders of an Asset-Backed Issuer's Securities</HD>
          <P>As a general matter, the status of an issuer under the Investment Company Act matters not only to the issuer itself, but also to the holders of the issuer's securities. A holder's own status under the Investment Company Act may depend on the investment company status of the issuers of securities that it owns.<SU>97</SU>
            <FTREF/>When the Commission adopted Rule 3a-7, the Commission focused on providing an exclusion from regulation under the Act for the asset-backed issuer, and not on the manner in which such an exclusion may affect a holder of the asset-backed issuer's securities.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>97</SU>For example, the holder may be an investment company under Section 3(a)(1)(C) of the Investment Company if it owns or proposes to acquire investment securities, which generally include, among others, securities issued by an investment company, having a value exceeding 40% of the value of the holder's total assets (exclusive of Government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis.<E T="03">See supra</E>note 30.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>We are interested in better understanding the manner in which the exclusion provided by Rule 3a-7 affects the status under the Investment Company Act of various types of holders of securities issued by Rule 3a-7 issuers. For example, in the last decade, many asset-backed issuers that relied on Rule 3a-7 were established by companies that sought to capture, by holding the equity or residual interest in these issuers, the spread between the yield of the assets being securitized and the financing cost of the fixed-income securities being issued.<SU>98</SU>
            <FTREF/>The potential<PRTPAGE P="55319"/>for returns on such investments led to companies being established whose business focused on purchasing equity and residual interests in collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and CDOs of issuers that relied on Rule 3a-7.<SU>99</SU>
            <FTREF/>The activities of some of these companies suggest that they are in the business of investing in securities.<SU>100</SU>
            <FTREF/>However, because current Rule 3a-7 excludes issuers relying on the rule from the definition of investment company, such companies that invest in Rule 3a-7 issuers may not meet the definition of investment company in the Investment Company Act.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>98</SU>More generally, in 2007, for example, only approximately 11.5% of CDOs issued globally were issued to remove assets from the balance sheet of the originator. The rest of the CDO market consisted of arbitrage CDOs, which are CDOs that attempt to capture the difference between the yield of its assets and the financing costs of the CDO tranches.<E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association: Research at<E T="03">http://archives1.sifma.org/story.asp?id=2375</E>(“SIFMA”).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>99</SU>
              <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Jody Shenn,<E T="03">Bear Stearns Funds Own 67 Percent Stake in Everquest (Update3),</E>Bloomberg, May 11, 2007,<E T="03">http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=newsarchive&amp;sid=</E>(describing various investment vehicles formed to invest in residual interests of CDOs).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>100</SU>In contrast, when Rule 3a-7 was adopted, most private sector sponsors of asset-backed issuers typically securitized financial assets that they themselves had originated to facilitate the financing and operation of their non-investment company businesses. For example, some sponsors securitized their financial assets in order to manage more effectively their loan portfolios and, in turn, their balance sheets. In addition, securitization allowed sponsors to gain access to alternative, usually cheaper, funding sources. Commercial banks and savings and loan associations also securitized financial assets to facilitate compliance with regulatory capital requirements. As the Commission noted when adopting Rule 3a-7, the purpose and operation of asset-backed issuers therefore were fundamentally different from investment companies.<E T="03">See</E>Proposing Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 15 at n.18 and accompanying text; Protecting Investors Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 4 at nn.49-62 and accompanying text.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Specifically, under the Investment Company Act, any company that holds 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of an issuer may treat such issuer as its majority-owned subsidiary.<SU>101</SU>
            <FTREF/>Securities of majority-owned subsidiaries that are not investment companies, in turn, are not “investment securities”<SU>102</SU>
            <FTREF/>for purposes of determining whether the parent meets the definition of investment company in Section 3(a)(1)(C) of the Act. Since a Rule 3a-7 issuer is not an investment company by virtue of the exclusion provided by the rule,<SU>103</SU>
            <FTREF/>any company that holds 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of a Rule 3a-7 issuer may treat the Rule 3a-7 issuer as its majority-owned subsidiary and is not required to treat any of the securities issued by the Rule 3a-7 issuer as “investment securities” for purposes of determining the company's own status under Section 3(a)(1)(C) of the Investment Company Act. Such a company therefore may have virtually all of its assets invested in securities of Rule 3a-7 majority-owned subsidiaries and not meet the definition of investment company under Section 3(a)(1)(C).<SU>104</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>101</SU>Section 2(a)(24) of the Investment Company Act states that a “majority-owned subsidiary” of a person “means a company 50 per centum or more of the outstanding voting securities of which are owned by such person, or by a company which, within the meaning of this paragraph, is a majority-owned subsidiary of such person.” Section 2(a)(42) of the Act defines “voting security,” in relevant part, to mean “any security presently entitling the owner or holder thereof to vote for the election of directors of a company.”</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>102</SU>
              <E T="03">See supra</E>note 18.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>103</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>Rule 3a-7(a) (“Notwithstanding section 3(a) of the Act, any issuer who is engaged in the business of purchasing, or otherwise acquiring, and holding eligible assets (and in activities related or incidental thereto), and who does not issue redeemable securities will not be deemed to be an investment company * * *”).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>104</SU>We note that, depending on the facts and circumstances, some of these companies may meet the definition of investment company in Section 3(a)(1)(A).<E T="03">See supra</E>note 18. Companies that meet the definition of investment company in Section 3(a)(1)(A) are subject to the requirements of the Investment Company Act unless they meet an exclusion or an exemption, even if they do not meet the other definitions of investment company in Section 3(a)(1).</P>

            <P>We also note that the idea of a company being in the business of investing in securities, even though the securities the company holds are those of its non-investment company majority-owned subsidiaries, is not novel. We have concluded, for example, that a company may be a “special situation investment company” that should be regulated under the Investment Company Act, even though the company holds securities of its majority-owned subsidiaries that are not investment securities.<E T="03">See Certain Prima Facie Investment Companies,</E>Investment Company Act Release No. 10937 (Nov. 13, 1979) [44 FR 66608 (Nov. 20, 1979)] at nn.18-20 and accompanying text. A special situation investment company generally is a company that secures control of other companies primarily for the purpose of making a profit in the sale of the controlled companies' securities.<E T="03">Id.</E>
            </P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>If the exclusion provided by Rule 3a-7 specified that an issuer relying on Rule 3a-7 would be deemed an investment company for the limited purpose of the definition of “investment securities” in Section 3(a)(2)(C)(i) of the Investment Company Act, any company that holds 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of a Rule 3a-7 issuer would be required to treat such securities, as well as any other securities of that Rule 3a-7 issuer, as “investment securities” for purposes of determining its own status under Section 3(a)(1)(C) of the Investment Company Act.<SU>105</SU>
            <FTREF/>With respect to certain types of holders of securities issued by Rule 3a-7 issuers, such as companies discussed above whose business focused on establishing Rule 3a-7 subsidiaries to capture the spread between the yield of the assets being securitized and the financing cost of the fixed-income securities being issued, and which may be engaged in the business of investing in securities, such an approach may serve to more accurately reflect their status under Section 3(a)(1)(C) of the Investment Company Act and afford their investors the appropriate protections.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>105</SU>
              <E T="03">See supra</E>note 18. Under this approach, securities of a majority-owned subsidiary relying on Rule 3a-7 would be treated in the same manner as securities of a majority-owned subsidiary that is an investment company or that relies on Section 3(c)(1) or Section 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act.<E T="03">See supra</E>notes 18, 30.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>The Commission requests comment on the extent to which various types of holders of securities of Rule 3a-7 issuers use the exclusion to determine their own status under the Investment Company Act.</P>
          <P>• What would be the potential economic impact if the exclusion from the definition of investment company provided by Rule 3a-7 were modified so that it did not extend to the definition of “investment securities” in Section 3(c)(1)(C)(i)?</P>
          <P>• Would such a modification adversely affect those sponsors that form Rule 3a-7 issuers to facilitate the operation of their non-investment company business? Are such sponsors typically invested in their Rule 3a-7 majority-owned subsidiaries to such an extent that this approach would cause a sponsor to have more than 40% of its assets in investment securities and therefore fall within the definition of investment company in Section 3(a)(1)(C)?<SU>106</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>106</SU>Sponsors that are banks, bank holding companies, broker-dealers, savings and loans and insurance companies are excluded from the definition of the Investment Company Act by Section 3(c) of the Investment Company Act and would be unaffected by a provision narrowing the effect of the exclusion provided by Rule 3a-7. In addition, other sponsors could conclude, based on an appropriate analysis of their primary business, that they are not investment companies pursuant to Section 3(b)(1) of the Investment Company Act or seek a Commission order under Section 3(b)(2) of that Act. Section 3(b)(1) of the Investment Company Act generally excludes an issuer from the definition of investment company in Section 3(a)(1)(C) of the Act if it is primarily engaged, directly or through wholly-owned subsidiaries, in a business other than investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading securities. Section 3(b)(2) of the Investment Company Act generally excludes from the definition of investment company in Section 3(a)(1)(C) of the Act any issuer which the Commission, upon application by the issuer, finds and by order declares to be primarily engaged in a business other than that of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding, or trading in securities either directly or through majority-owned subsidiaries or through controlled companies conducting similar type of businesses.</P>
          </FTNT>

          <P>• Rule 3a-7 alternatively could be recast such that a Rule 3a-7 issuer would be an investment company but would be exempted from the Act's requirements, provided that the issuer meets the rule's conditions. Under this approach, because the asset-backed issuer would not be excluded from the definition of investment company, but<PRTPAGE P="55320"/>exempted from the Investment Company Act, a holder of the issuer's securities would be required to treat such securities as “investment securities” for purposes of determining the holder's own status under the Act, as under the approach discussed above. Is this approach preferable? If so, why?</P>
          <P>• Are there reasons not to modify the exclusion provided by Rule 3a-7 to address this issue? Please explain and, if possible, provide data in support of your responses.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Eligible Portfolio Company</HD>
          <P>The Commission also has become aware of an interest among business development companies (“BDCs”) to sponsor and invest in securities of issuers relying on Rule 3a-7. Congress established BDCs in 1980 as a type of closed-end investment company the primary purpose of which was to make capital more readily available to small, developing and financially troubled businesses.<SU>107</SU>
            <FTREF/>To accomplish this purpose, Congress added a special set of provisions to the Investment Company Act that govern closed-end investment companies that elect BDC status.<SU>108</SU>
            <FTREF/>In amending the Investment Company Act, Congress underscored that the new provisions would apply only to BDCs that are operated for the purpose of investing in the securities of certain issuers and that make available significant managerial assistance to those issuers.<SU>109</SU>
            <FTREF/>Accordingly, the Investment Company Act generally prohibits a BDC from making any investment unless, at the time of the investment, at least 70% of the BDC's total assets (other than certain specified non-investment assets) are invested in securities of certain specified issuers (“70% basket”).<SU>110</SU>
            <FTREF/>The 70% basket includes, among other things, certain securities of “eligible portfolio companies,” as defined by the Act.<SU>111</SU>
            <FTREF/>Among other criteria, issuers qualifying as eligible portfolio companies must be organized under the laws of, and have their principal place of business in, the United States,<SU>112</SU>
            <FTREF/>and must not meet the definition of investment company in Section 3 of the Investment Company Act or be excluded from the definition of investment company under Section 3(c) of that Act.<SU>113</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>107</SU>Small Business Investment Incentive Act of 1980, Public Law 96-477, 94 Stat. 2275 (1980) (codified at scattered sections of the United States Code) (“SBIIA”).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>108</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>Sections 54-65 of the Investment Company Act.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>109</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>H.R. Rep. No. 1341, 96th Cong., 2d Sess. 22 (1980) (“BDC House Report”).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>110</SU>Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act.<E T="03">See</E>BDC House Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 109 at 23 (“The restrictions are designed to assure that companies electing special treatment as [BDCs] are in fact those that [the SBIIA] is intended to aid—companies providing capital and assistance to small, developing or financially troubled businesses that are seeking to expand, not passive investors in large, well-established businesses.”). BDCs may invest in certain other assets that would not count toward the 70% basket, provided that such investments are consistent with the overall purpose behind the BDC provisions of the Investment Company Act.<E T="03">Id.</E>at 39-40.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>111</SU>Section 2(a)(46) of the Investment Company Act.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>112</SU>Section 2(a)(46)(A) of the Investment Company Act.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>113</SU>Section 2(a)(46)(B) of the Investment Company Act. Section 2(a)(46)(B) also includes as an eligible portfolio company a small BDC which is licensed by the Small Business Administration and which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of a BDC. In addition to meeting the requirements set forth in Sections 2(a)(46)(A) and 2(a)(46)(B), a company qualifying for eligible portfolio company status must also meet one of the criteria set forth in Section 2(a)(46)(C) or in Rule 2a-46 under the Investment Company Act.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>By virtue of the exclusion from the definition of investment company provided by Rule 3a-7, a BDC might seek to treat a Rule 3a-7 issuer as an eligible portfolio company, provided that certain other criteria are met.<SU>114</SU>
            <FTREF/>As a general matter, the Commission presently does not believe that Rule 3a-7 issuers are the type of small, developing and financially troubled businesses in which Congress intended BDCs primarily to invest. Accordingly, the Commission requests comment on whether Rule 3a-7 should be amended to provide expressly that an issuer relying on Rule 3a-7 is an investment company for purposes of the definition of eligible portfolio company under the Investment Company Act.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>114</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>Section<E T="03"/>55(a) of the Investment Company Act.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>• What would be the effect on BDCs if Rule 3a-7 were amended to expressly provide that an issuer relying on Rule 3a-7 is not an eligible portfolio company?</P>
          <P>• What would be the effect on Rule 3a-7 issuers if Rule 3a-7 were amended to expressly provide that an issuer relying on Rule 3a-7 is not an eligible portfolio company?</P>
          <P>• We understand that BDCs that invest in Rule 3a-7 issuers typically do not treat such issuers as eligible portfolio companies. Is our understanding correct? If not, please explain.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Asset-Backed Issuers Relying on Section 3(c)(5)</HD>
          <P>As noted above, certain asset-backed issuers rely on the exclusion from the definition of investment company in Section 3(c)(5) of the Investment Company Act rather than on Rule 3a-7.<SU>115</SU>
            <FTREF/>Section 3(c)(5) was intended to exclude from the definition of investment company certain factoring, discounting and mortgage companies,<SU>116</SU>
            <FTREF/>and did not specifically contemplate asset-backed issuers, which generally did not exist at the time Congress adopted the Investment Company Act in 1940.<SU>117</SU>
            <FTREF/>Nevertheless, certain asset-backed issuers, including those that securitize retail automobile installment contracts, credit card receivables, trade receivables, boat loans or equipment leases, have sought to rely on the provisions of Section 3(c)(5).<SU>118</SU>
            <FTREF/>In addition, many issuers of mortgage-backed securities have sought to rely on Section 3(c)(5). These asset-backed issuers include issuers of securities backed by whole residential mortgage loans and home equity loans (two of the most commonly securitized assets),<SU>119</SU>
            <FTREF/>whole commercial mortgages, participated mortgage interests, and “whole pool certificates”<SU>120</SU>
            <FTREF/>issued or<PRTPAGE P="55321"/>guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>115</SU>
              <E T="03">See supra</E>note 30 discussing the 3(c)(5)(C) Concept Release. Section 3(c)(5) excludes from the definition of investment company “[a]ny person who is not engaged in the business of issuing redeemable securities, face-amount certificates of the installment type or periodic payment plan certificates, and who is primarily engaged in one or more of the following businesses: (A) Purchasing or otherwise acquiring notes, drafts, acceptances, open accounts receivable, and other obligations representing part or all of the sales price of merchandise, insurance, and services; (B) making loans to manufacturers, wholesalers and retailers of, and to prospective purchasers of, specified merchandise, insurance, and services; and (C) purchasing or otherwise acquiring mortgages and other liens on and interests in real estate.”</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>116</SU>S. Rep. No. 1775, 76th Cong. 3d. 13 (1940); H.R. Rep. No. 2639, 76th Cong., 3d Sess. 12 (1940); S. Rep. No. 184, 91st Cong., 1st Sess. 37 (1969); H.R. Rep. No. 1382, 91st Cong., 2d Sess. 17 (1970).<E T="03">See</E>Proposing Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 15<E T="03"/>at text following n.5 (“section 3(c)(5)] * * * originally was intended to exclude issuers engaged in the commercial finance and mortgage banking industries.”).<E T="03">See also</E>Section 3(c)(5)(C) Concept Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 30.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>117</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>Kravitt,<E T="03">supra</E>note 15 at 12.03[G][4] (“The exceptions stated in Section 3(c)(5) predate by many years the securitization industry. The `original intent' of the drafters of Section 3(c)(5) could not possibly have anticipated financial products such as collateralized mortgage obligations and receivables-backed securities. As with many of the Section 3 exceptions, issuers that do not, or arguably do not, fall within the original intent of the provisions have attempted to rely on the * * * exception.”)</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>118</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>Kravitt,<E T="03">supra</E>note 15 at 12.03[G]; Protecting Investors Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 4 at n.261 and accompanying text. Note, however, that an asset-backed issuer that securitizes these types of assets may be unable to rely on these exclusions if the issuer's structure allows for the holding of cash or similar instruments in such amounts that the issuer may not be “primarily engaged” in holding the asset being securitized.<E T="03">See</E>Kravitt,<E T="03">supra</E>note 15 at 12.03[G].</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>119</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>Kravitt,<E T="03">supra</E>note 15 at 12.03[G].</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>120</SU>A whole pool certificate is a security that represents the entire ownership interest in a particular pool of mortgage loans.<E T="03">See</E>Protecting Investors Report,<E T="03">supra</E>note 4 at n.267.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Unlike the exclusion provided by Rule 3a-7, the exclusion provided by Section 3(c)(5) is not subject to any conditions specifically addressing the Investment Company Act-related concerns presented by asset-backed issuers.<SU>121</SU>
            <FTREF/>Whether an asset-backed issuer has the option of relying on Section 3(c)(5) as an alternative to Rule 3a-7 generally depends on whether the issuer is primarily engaged in purchasing or otherwise acquiring a particular type of financial assets.<SU>122</SU>
            <FTREF/>Rule 3a-7, in contrast, was generally designed to encompass any asset-backed issuer that meets the rule's conditions, regardless of the type of financial assets that it holds.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>121</SU>
              <E T="03">See supra</E>section III.A.<E T="03">See also supra</E>note 115.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>122</SU>
              <E T="03">See supra</E>note 115.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>When first considering Rule 3a-7 in 1992, the Commission noted that, absent a statutory amendment precluding asset-backed issuers from relying on Section 3(c)(5), asset-backed issuers that rely on that section and those that rely on Rule 3a-7 would be subject to somewhat disparate treatment based solely on the type of the financial assets that they held. Accordingly, when the Commission proposed Rule 3a-7 in 1992, it also requested comment on, among other things, whether it should seek statutory amendments to Section 3(c)(5) that would preclude asset-backed issuers from continuing to rely on the Section.<SU>123</SU>
            <FTREF/>Most commenters then argued that it would be inappropriate to narrow the scope of Section 3(c)(5), at least until both the market and the Commission gained experience with Rule 3a-7.<SU>124</SU>
            <FTREF/>In response to commenters' concerns, the Commission decided not to pursue any regulatory changes with respect to Section 3(c)(5) at that time.<SU>125</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>123</SU>Proposing Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 15 at section II.B.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>124</SU>Adopting Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 4 at n.88 and accompanying text.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>125</SU>
              <E T="03">Id.</E>at text following n.89.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Now that the market and the Commission have gained almost twenty years of experience with Rule 3a-7, we believe that it is appropriate to revisit this issue as part of our review of the rule. We also believe that revisiting the ability of asset-backed issuers to rely on the exclusion provided by Section 3(c)(5) is appropriate in the aftermath of the recent financial crisis and the role that issuers of mortgage-backed securities have played in that crisis.<SU>126</SU>
            <FTREF/>Accordingly, the Commission once again is seeking comment on whether Section 3(c)(5) should be amended to limit the ability of asset-backed issuers to rely on Section 3(c)(5).<SU>127</SU>
            <FTREF/>The Commission also requests comment on whether it should engage in any rulemaking, consistent with Section 3(c)(5), that would define terms used in that section so as to limit its availability to those companies that are intended to be encompassed by the statutory exclusion. We also seek comment on whether there are any structural or operational reasons that make it necessary for certain asset-backed issuers to rely on Section 3(c)(5) rather than Rule 3a-7.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>126</SU>
              <E T="03">See generally</E>2010 ABS Proposing Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 10.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>127</SU>
              <E T="03">See also</E>Section 3(c)(5)(C) Concept Release,<E T="03">supra</E>note 30; 2011 ABS Re-proposal,<E T="03">supra</E>note 13 at n.110 and accompanying text (requesting comment on whether compliance with Rule 3a-7 should be one of the shelf eligibility requirements).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>• If there are such structural or operational reasons, what are they?</P>
          <P>• What types of asset-backed issuers rely on Section 3(c)(5)?</P>
          <P>• What would be the effect on asset-backed issuers, the securitization market and on capital formation if asset-backed issuers could no longer rely on Section 3(c)(5)?</P>
          <P>• Are there revisions to Rule 3a-7 that could be made to better facilitate asset-backed issuers' reliance on the rule rather than on Section 3(c)(5) and what would be the economic impact of such revisions?</P>
          <P>Commenters also are requested to provide any other observations, suggestions and data on the interplay between Rule 3a-7 and Section 3(c)(5) today and as the asset-backed securities markets may develop in the future.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. General Request for Comment</HD>
          <P>In addition to the issues raised in this release, the Commission requests and encourages all interested persons to submit their views on any issues relating to the treatment of asset-backed issuers under the Investment Company Act. This release is not intended in any way to limit the scope of comments, views, issues or approaches to be considered. The Commission particularly welcomes statistical, empirical, and other data from commenters that may support their views and/or support or refute the views or issues raised in this release.</P>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Dated: August 31, 2011.</DATED>
            
            <P>By the Commission.</P>
            <NAME>Elizabeth M. Murphy,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-22772 Filed 9-6-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Food and Drug Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>21 CFR Part 73</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket Nos. FDA-2011-C-0344 and FDA-2011-C-0463]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>CooperVision, Inc.; Filing of Color Additive Petitions</SUBJECT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Correction</HD>
        <P>In proposed rule document C1-2011-16089 appearing on page 49707 in the issue of Thursday, August 11, 2011, make the following correction:</P>
        <P>On page 49707, in the first column, in the nineteenth line, “methacryloxyethyl)phenlyamino]” should read “methacryloxyethyl)phenylamino]”.</P>
        
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. C2-2011-16089 Filed 9-6-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 1505-01-D</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Internal Revenue Service</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>26 CFR Part 1</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[REG-137125-08]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 1545-BI65</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Certain Employee Remuneration in Excess of $1,000,000 Under Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m); Correction</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Correction to notice of proposed rulemaking.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>This document contains a correction to a notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-137125-08) relating to the deduction limitation for certain employee remuneration in excess of $1,000,000 under the Internal Revenue Code. The document was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on Friday, June 24, 2011 (76 FR 37034).</P>
        </SUM>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Concerning these proposed regulations, Ilya Enkishev at (202) 622-6030 (not a toll-free number).</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <P>The correction notice that is the subject of this document is under section 162 of the Internal Revenue Code.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Need for Correction</HD>

        <P>As published, a notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-137125-08) contains<PRTPAGE P="55322"/>an error that may prove to be misleading and is in need of clarification.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Correction of Publication</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, the publication of a notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-137125-08), which was the subject of FR Doc. 2011-15653, is corrected as follows:</P>

        <P>On page 37036, column 2, in the preamble, under the paragraph heading “Proposed Effective/Applicability Date”, the language “These regulations under section 162(m) are proposed to apply to taxable years ending on or after the date of publication of the Treasury decision adopting these rules as final regulation in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.” is removed and is replaced with the new language “These proposed regulations will be effective upon publication in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>of a Treasury decision adopting these rules as final regulations.”.</P>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>LaNita Van Dyke,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Chief, Publications and Regulations Branch, Legal Processing Division, Associate Chief Counsel, (Procedure and Administration)</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-22734 Filed 9-6-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4830-01-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Internal Revenue Service</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>26 CFR Part 1</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[REG-128224-06]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 1545-BF80</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Section 67 Limitations on Estates or Trusts</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Withdrawal of notice of proposed rulemaking; notice of proposed rulemaking and notice of public hearing.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>This document withdraws the notice of proposed rulemaking that was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on July 27, 2007, providing guidance on which costs incurred by estates or trusts other than grantor trusts (non-grantor trusts) are subject to the 2-percent floor for miscellaneous itemized deductions under section 67(a). This document contains proposed regulations that provide guidance on which costs incurred by estates or trusts other than grantor trusts (non-grantor trusts) are subject to the 2-percent floor for miscellaneous itemized deductions under section 67(a). The regulations affect estates and non-grantor trusts. This document also provides notice of a public hearing on these proposed regulations.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Written and electronic comments must be received by December 6, 2011. Outlines of topics to be discussed at the public hearing scheduled for December 19, 2011 must be received by December 7, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Send submissions to CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG-128224-06), Room 5203, Internal Revenue Service, P.O. Box 7604, Ben Franklin Station, Washington, DC 20044. Submissions may be hand-delivered Monday through Friday between the hours of 8 a.m. and 4 p.m. to CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG-128224-06), Courier's Desk, Internal Revenue Service, 1111 Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington, DC, or sent electronically via the Federal eRulemaking Portal at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov/</E>(IRS REG-128224-06). The public hearing will be held in the IRS Auditorium, Internal Revenue Building, 1111 Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington, DC.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Concerning the proposed regulations, Jennifer N. Keeney, (202) 622-3060; concerning submissions of comments, the hearing, or to be placed on the building access list to attend the hearing, Richard A. Hurst, (202) 622-7180 (not toll-free numbers).</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <P>This document contains proposed regulations amending 26 CFR part 1 under section 67 of the Internal Revenue Code (Code) by adding § 1.67-4 regarding which costs incurred by an estate or a non-grantor trust are subject to the 2-percent floor for miscellaneous itemized deductions under section 67(a).</P>
        <P>Section 67(a) of the Code provides that, for an individual taxpayer, miscellaneous itemized deductions are allowed only to the extent that the aggregate of those deductions exceeds 2 percent of adjusted gross income. Section 67(b) excludes certain itemized deductions from the definition of “miscellaneous itemized deductions.” Section 67(e) provides that, for purposes of section 67, the adjusted gross income of an estate or trust shall be computed in the same manner as in the case of an individual. However, section 67(e)(1) provides that the deductions for costs paid or incurred in connection with the administration of the estate or trust that would not have been incurred if the property were not held in such estate or trust shall be treated as allowable in arriving at adjusted gross income. Therefore, deductions described in section 67(e)(1) are not subject to the 2-percent floor for miscellaneous itemized deductions under section 67(a).</P>

        <P>A notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-128224-06, 2007-36 IRB 551) was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(72 FR 41243) on July 27, 2007. The proposed regulations provide that a cost is fully deductible to the extent that the cost is unique to an estate or trust. If a cost is not unique to an estate or trust, such that an individual could have incurred the expense, then that cost is subject to the 2-percent floor. For this purpose, the proposed regulations clarify that it is the type of product or service provided to the estate or trust in exchange for the cost, rather than the description of the cost of that product or service, that is tested to determine the uniqueness of the cost. The proposed regulations also address costs subject to the 2-percent floor that are included as part of a comprehensive commission or fee paid to the trustee or executor (“Bundled Fiduciary Fee”).</P>
        <P>Written comments were received in response to the notice of proposed rulemaking. A public hearing was held on November 14, 2007, at which several commentators offered comments on the notice of proposed rulemaking.</P>

        <P>On January 16, 2008, the Supreme Court of the United States issued its decision in<E T="03">Michael J. Knight, Trustee of the William L. Rudkin Testamentary Trust</E>v.<E T="03">Commissioner,</E>552 U.S. 181, 128 S. Ct. 782 (2008), holding that fees paid to an investment advisor by a non-grantor trust or estate generally are subject to the 2-percent floor for miscellaneous itemized deductions under section 67(a). The Court reached this decision on a reading of section 67(e) that differed from that in the proposed regulations. The Court held that the proper reading of the language in section 67(e), which asks whether the expense “would not have been incurred if the property were not held in such trust or estate,” requires an inquiry into whether a hypothetical individual who held the same property outside of a trust “customarily” or “commonly” would incur such expenses. Expenses that are “customarily” or “commonly” incurred by individuals are subject to the 2-percent floor.</P>
        <P>Following the Supreme Court's decision in<E T="03">Knight,</E>the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and the Treasury Department issued Notice 2008-32 (2008-12 IRB 593) (March 24, 2008) to provide interim guidance on the treatment of Bundled Fiduciary Fees. The Notice provided that taxpayers will not be required to determine the portion of a Bundled Fiduciary Fee that is subject to the 2-percent floor under<PRTPAGE P="55323"/>section 67 for any taxable year beginning before January 1, 2008. In the Notice, the IRS and the Treasury Department reopened the comment period on the proposed regulations with regard to possible factors on which to base safe harbors for the allocation of a Bundled Fiduciary Fee between costs subject to the 2-percent floor and those exempt from the application of that floor. Written comments were received in response to the Notice. The IRS and the Treasury Department subsequently issued Notice 2008-116 (2008-52 IRB 1372) (December 29, 2008) extending the interim guidance provided in Notice 2008-32 to taxable years that begin before January 1, 2009, Notice 2010-32 (2010-16 IRB 594) (April 19, 2010) extending the interim guidance provided in Notice 2008-116 and Notice 2008-32 to taxable years that begin before January 1, 2010, and Notice 2011-37 (2011-20 IRB 785) (May 16, 2011) extending the existing interim guidance to taxable years that begin before the publication of final regulations in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>

        <P>All comments were considered and are available for public inspection. Many of the comments recommended that the proposed regulations be withdrawn and that new proposed regulations be issued to allow the public to comment on the impact of the<E T="03">Knight</E>decision on the regulations to be issued under section 67(e). After consideration of all of the comments received since the issuance of the proposed regulations, the proposed regulations published on July 27, 2007, are withdrawn and this document contains new proposed regulations.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Explanation of Provisions</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">In General</HD>
        <P>In<E T="03">Knight,</E>the Supreme Court held that the deductibility of an expense under section 67(e)(1) depends upon whether the cost is “commonly” or “customarily” incurred when such property is held instead by an individual. In other words, section “67(e)(1) excepts from the 2-percent floor only those costs that it would be<E T="03">un</E>common (or unusual, or unlikely) for such a hypothetical individual” holding the same property to incur (emphasis in original). In applying this interpretation of the statute to investment advisory fees incurred by a trust, the Court held that such fees generally are not uncommonly incurred by individual investors and thus are subject to the 2-percent floor. The Court noted, however, that it is conceivable “that a trust may have an unusual investment objective, or may require a specialized balancing of the interests of various parties, such that a reasonable comparison with individual investors would be improper.” The Court went on to provide that, “in such a case, the incremental cost of expert advice beyond what would normally be required for the ordinary taxpayer would not be subject to the 2-percent floor.” The Court held that the investment advisory fees of the trust in<E T="03">Knight</E>properly were subject to the 2-percent floor, and that the trustee did not assert any such unusual facts that would have brought this cost within the exception.</P>

        <P>These proposed regulations reflect the reasoning and holding in<E T="03">Knight</E>and provide guidance relating to the limited portion of the cost of investment advice that is not subject to the 2-percent floor. To the extent that a portion (if any) of an investment advisory fee exceeds the fee generally charged to an individual investor, and that excess is attributable to an unusual investment objective of the trust or estate or to a specialized balancing of the interests of various parties such that a reasonable comparison with individual investors would be improper, that excess is not subject to the 2-percent floor. Thus, where the costs charged to the trust do not exceed the costs charged to an individual investor, the cost attributable to taking into account the varying interests of current beneficiaries and remaindermen is included in the usual investment advisory fees and is not the type of cost that is excluded from the 2-percent floor under this narrow exception. Individual investors commonly have investment objectives that may require a balance between investing for income and investing for growth and/or a specialized approach for particular assets. Comments are requested on the types of incremental charges, as described in this paragraph, that may be incurred by trusts or estates, as well as a specific description and rationale for any such charges.</P>
        <P>Many of the comments received in response to Notice 2008-32 highlighted the legislative intent of the provision imposing the 2-percent floor for miscellaneous itemized deductions. The commentators noted that the intent was to simplify recordkeeping, reduce taxpayer errors, ease administrative burdens for the IRS, and reduce taxpayer errors in distinguishing between nondeductible personal expenditures and deductible miscellaneous itemized deductions. The IRS and the Treasury Department recognize the administrative difficulty of determining whether every type of cost incurred by a trust or estate is the type of cost that would be incurred commonly or customarily by individuals owning the same property. Therefore, the proposed regulations provide simplified rules for the application of section 67(e).</P>

        <P>Several commentators questioned the authority of the IRS and the Treasury Department to require the unbundling of fiduciary commissions. However, the<E T="03">Knight</E>decision posited just such an unbundling in the case of investment advisory costs rendered for certain services, the cost of which exceeds the costs charged to an individual investor. In determining whether a cost is subject to the 2-percent floor, the relevant cost at issue under section 67(e)(1) should be defined by reference to the products or services that were provided in exchange for that cost, rather than the label that is given to the cost. Therefore, if a fiduciary is performing services that are commonly or customarily performed by an investment advisor retained by an individual investor, then the costs attributable to those services are subject to the 2-percent floor.</P>
        <P>Many of the comments received in response to Notice 2008-32 objected to a rule that would require any unbundling of a unitary fee due to the cost and administrative difficulty of implementing a process to track which portions of a single fee are subject to the 2-percent floor. Some commentators anticipated that such a rule would require corporate trustees to invest in expensive software to track and measure the value of the various types of services provided on a trust-by-trust and year-by-year basis.</P>

        <P>These proposed regulations do not require the allocation described in the July 2007 proposed regulations. Instead, the proposed regulations apply section 67(e) as interpreted by the Supreme Court in<E T="03">Knight,</E>while also addressing the Government's and taxpayers' interests in reducing the administrative burden of complying with the tax law. The proposed regulations limit the costs that are subject to allocations pursuant to section 67(e) and allow the use of any reasonable method to perform such allocations.</P>

        <P>Specifically, the proposed regulations provide that the portion of a bundled fee attributable to investment advice (including any related services that would be provided to any individual investor as part of the investment advisory fee) will be subject to the 2-percent floor. In addition, the proposed regulations provide that, except for the portion so allocated to investment advice, a fiduciary fee not computed on an hourly basis is fully deductible with certain exceptions. The exceptions are<PRTPAGE P="55324"/>payments made to third parties out of the bundled fee that would have been subject to the 2-percent floor if they had been paid directly by the non-grantor trust or estate, and any payments for expenses separately assessed (in addition to the usual or basic fiduciary fee or commission) by the fiduciary or other service provider that are commonly or customarily incurred by an individual owner of such property. An example of such a separately assessed expense subject to the 2-percent floor might be an additional fee charged by the fiduciary for managing rental real estate owned by the non-grantor trust or estate.</P>
        <P>The proposed regulations allow the fiduciary and/or return preparer to use any reasonable method to make these allocations. However, the amount of each payment (if any) out of the fiduciary's fee or commission to a third party for expenses subject to the 2-percent floor, and of each separately assessed expense that is commonly or customarily incurred by an individual owner of such property, is readily identifiable without any discretion on the part of the fiduciary. Therefore, the reasonable method standard does not apply to these amounts that are to be deducted from the portion of the bundled fiduciary fee that is not subject to the 2-percent floor.</P>
        <P>Comments are requested on the types of methods for making a reasonable allocation, including possible factors on which a reasonable allocation is most likely to be based, and on the related substantiation that will be needed to satisfy the reasonable method standard proposed in these regulations. Specifically, the IRS and the Treasury Department are interested in methods for reasonably estimating the portion of a bundled fee that is attributable to investment advice. For methods based in whole or in part on time devoted to providing investment advice, the IRS and Treasury Department ask for suggestions for alternatives to contemporaneous time records for specific activities that could be used to substantiate the reasonableness of the allocation. The IRS and Treasury Department have considered comments regarding possible numerical or percentage safe harbors in response to Notice 2008-32. Commentators noted that, in many cases, fiduciaries could not rely on safe harbors because their fiduciary duties would require them to make a more accurate estimate so as to not harm the trust or their beneficiaries. In addition, safe harbors could increase complexity by requiring complicated anti-abuse rules. Therefore, comments are requested on methods other than numerical or percentage safe harbors.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Effective/Applicability Dates</HD>

        <P>Notice 2011-37 provides that taxpayers will not be required to determine the portion of a Bundled Fiduciary Fee that is subject to the 2-percent floor under section 67 for taxable years beginning before the date that these regulations are published as final regulations in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Availability of IRS Documents</HD>

        <P>The IRS notices cited in the preamble are published in the Cumulative Bulletin and are available at<E T="03">http://www.irs.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Special Analyses</HD>
        <P>It has been determined that this Treasury decision is not a significant regulatory action as defined in Executive Order 12866. Therefore, a regulatory assessment is not required. It has also been determined that section 553(b) of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 5) does not apply to these regulations, and because these regulations do not impose a collection of information on small entities, the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6) does not apply. Pursuant to section 7805(f), the notice of proposed rulemaking preceding these regulations was submitted to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration for comment on its impact on small business.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments and Public Hearing</HD>
        <P>Before these proposed regulations are adopted as final regulations, consideration will be given to any written (a signed original and eight (8) copies) or electronic comments that are submitted timely to the IRS. The IRS and the Treasury Department also request comments on the clarity of the proposed rules and how they can be made easier to understand. All comments will be available for public inspection and copying.</P>

        <P>A public hearing has been scheduled for December 19, 2011, beginning at 10 a.m. in the IRS Auditorium, Internal Revenue Building, 1111 Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington, DC. Due to building security procedures, visitors must enter at the Constitution Avenue entrance. In addition, all visitors must present photo identification to enter the building. Because of access restrictions, visitors will not be admitted beyond the Internal Revenue Building lobby more than 30 minutes before the hearing starts. For information about having your name placed on the building access list to attend the hearing, see the<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>section of this preamble.</P>
        <P>The rules of 26 CFR 601.601(a)(3) apply to the hearing. Persons who wish to present oral comments at the hearing must submit written or electronic comments by December 6, 2011 and submit an outline of the topics to be discussed and the time to be devoted to each topic (signed original and eight (8) copies) by December 7, 2011. A period of 10 minutes will be allotted to each person for making comments. An agenda showing the schedule of speakers will be prepared after the deadline for receiving outlines has passed. Copies of the agenda will be available free of charge at the hearing.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Drafting Information</HD>
        <P>The principal author of these regulations is Jennifer N. Keeney, Office of the Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs and Special Industries). However, other personnel from the IRS and the Treasury Department participated in their development.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 26 CFR Part 1</HD>
          <P>Income taxes, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Withdrawal of Notice of Proposed Rulemaking</HD>

        <P>Accordingly, under the authority of 26 U.S.C. 7805, the notice of proposed rulemaking amending 26 CFR parts 1 and 301 that was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on July 27, 2007, 72 FR 41243 (REG-128224-06), is withdrawn.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposed Amendments to the Regulations</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, 26 CFR part 1 is proposed to be amended as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1—INCOME TAXES</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="04">Paragraph 1.</E>The authority citation for part 1 continues to read in part as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *</P>
          </AUTH>
          
          <P>
            <E T="04">Par. 2.</E>Section 1.67-4 is added to read as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1.67-4</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Costs paid or incurred by estates or non-grantor trusts.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">In general.</E>Section 67(e) provides an exception to the 2-percent floor on miscellaneous itemized deductions for costs that are paid or incurred in connection with the administration of an estate or a trust not described in § 1.67-2T(g)(1)(i) (a non-grantor trust) and which would not have been incurred if the property were not held in such estate or trust. A cost is subject to the 2-percent floor to the extent that it is included in the definition of<PRTPAGE P="55325"/>miscellaneous itemized deductions under section 67(b), is incurred by an estate or non-grantor trust, and commonly or customarily would be incurred by a hypothetical individual holding the same property.</P>
            <P>(b) “<E T="03">Commonly” or “Customarily” Incurred</E>—(1)<E T="03">In general.</E>In analyzing a cost to determine whether it commonly or customarily would be incurred by a hypothetical individual owning the same property, it is the type of product or service rendered to the estate or non-grantor trust in exchange for the cost, rather than the description of the cost of that product or service, that is determinative. In addition to the types of costs described in paragraphs (b)(2), (3) and (4) of this section, costs that are incurred commonly or customarily by individuals also include expenses that do not depend upon the identity of the payor (in particular, whether the payor is an individual or instead is an estate or trust). Such commonly or customarily incurred costs include, but are not limited to, costs incurred in defense of a claim against the estate, the decedent, or the non-grantor trust that are unrelated to the existence, validity, or administration of the estate or trust.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Ownership costs.</E>Ownership costs are costs that are chargeable to or incurred by an owner of property simply by reason of being the owner of the property, such as condominium fees, real estate taxes, insurance premiums, maintenance and lawn services, automobile registration and insurance costs, and partnership costs deemed to be passed through to and reportable by a partner. For purposes of section 67(e), ownership costs are commonly or customarily incurred by a hypothetical individual owner of such property.</P>
            <P>(3)<E T="03">Tax preparation fees.</E>The application of the 2-percent floor to the cost of preparing tax returns on behalf of the estate, decedent, or non-grantor trust will depend upon the particular tax return. All estate and generation-skipping transfer tax returns, fiduciary income tax returns, and the decedent's final individual income tax returns are not subject to the 2-percent floor. The costs of preparing other individual income tax returns, gift tax returns, and tax returns for a sole proprietorship or a retirement plan, for example, are costs commonly and customarily incurred by individuals and thus are subject to the 2-percent floor.</P>
            <P>(4)<E T="03">Investment advisory fees.</E>Fees for investment advice (including any related services that would be provided to any individual investor as part of an investment advisory fee) are incurred commonly or customarily by a hypothetical individual investor and therefore are subject to the 2-percent floor. However, certain incremental costs of investment advice beyond the amount that normally would be charged to an individual investor are not subject to the 2-percent floor. For this purpose, such an incremental cost is a special, additional charge added solely because the investment advice is rendered to a trust or estate instead of to an individual, that is attributable to an unusual investment objective or the need for a specialized balancing of the interests of various parties (beyond the usual balancing of the varying interests of current beneficiaries and remaindermen), in each case such that a reasonable comparison with individual investors would be improper.</P>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">Bundled fees</E>—(1)<E T="03">In general.</E>If an estate or a non-grantor trust pays a single fee, commission, or other expense (such as a fiduciary's commission, attorney's fee, or accountant's fee) for both costs that are subject to the 2-percent floor and costs (in more than a de minimus amount) that are not, then the single fee, commission, or other expense (bundled fee) must be allocated, for purposes of computing the adjusted gross income of the trust or estate in compliance with section 67(e), between the costs subject to the 2-percent floor and those that are not. Out-of-pocket expenses billed to the trust or estate are treated as separate from the bundled fee.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Exception.</E>If a bundled fee is not computed on an hourly basis, only the portion of that fee that is attributable to investment advice is subject to the 2-percent floor; the remaining portion is not subject to that floor. In addition, payments made from the bundled fee to third parties that would have been subject to the 2-percent floor if they had been paid directly by the non-grantor trust or estate are subject to the 2-percent floor, as are any fees or expenses separately assessed by the fiduciary or other payee of the bundled fee (in addition to the usual or basic bundled fee) for services rendered to the trust or estate that are commonly or customarily incurred by an individual.</P>
            
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>
                <E T="03">Example.</E>A corporate trustee charges a percentage of the value of the trust income and corpus as its annual commission. In addition, the trustee bills a separate amount to the trust each year as compensation for leasing and managing the trust's rental real estate. The separate real estate management fee is subject to the 2-percent floor because it is a fee commonly or customarily incurred by an individual owner of rental real estate.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(3)<E T="03">Reasonable Method.</E>Any reasonable method may be used to allocate a bundled fee between those costs that are subject to the 2-percent floor and those costs that are not, including without li